Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
3401 S Harbor Blvd - TI (1-3 floor) - Plan
© H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w it h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com Kaiser Permanente Buildings on Brand 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 5 : 3 9 A M 02/25/2026 Harbor / MacArthur Medical Office Building | CAP030942 3401 S. Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 plan check resubmittal BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE BUILDING AREA IN SCOPE REQUIRING DEMOLITION, NEW CONSTRUCTION, ELECTRICAL OR PLUMBING WORK BUILDING AREA IN SCOPE REQUIRING ONLY NEW COSMETIC WALL, CEILING AND FLOOR FINISHES OR REPLACEMENT g e n e r a l n o t e s EXISTING PLANS FOR ORIENTATION PURPOSES ONLY. REFERENCE ENLARGED PLANS FOR WORK BEING DONE WITHIN THE LIMIT OF WORK. EXISTING WALLS l e g e n d LIMIT OF WORK 27,429 SF 1,033 SF 3,632 SF 32,094 SF TOTAL AREA OF LEVEL 1 NOT IN SCOPE (NO WORK) TOTAL AREA OF T.I. FOR COSMETIC FINISHES ONLY TOTAL AREA OF T.I. REQUIRING PERMIT FOR DEMOLITION, NEW CONSTRUCTION, ELECTRICAL OR PLUMBING WORK TOTAL LEVEL 1 SQUARE FOOTAGE f i r s t l e v e l s c o p e b r e a k d o w n ______ A112 20 ______ A711 20 ______ A731 20 ______ A721 20 DEMO PLAN FLOOR PLAN FINISH PLAN DEMO FURNITURE PLAN FURNITURE PLAN ______ A111 20 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 5 : 5 2 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A001 1ST FLOOR INDEX PLAN 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 3/32" = 1'-0"01 1st floor overall existing floor plan 0 8'16'4' No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE BUILDING AREA IN SCOPE REQUIRING DEMOLITION, NEW CONSTRUCTION, ELECTRICAL OR PLUMBING WORK . EXISTING ROOF AREA - NO NEW WORK g e n e r a l n o t e s EXISTING PLANS FOR ORIENTATION PURPOSES ONLY. REFERENCE ENLARGED PLANS FOR WORK BEING DONE WITHIN THE LIMIT OF WORK. EXISTING WALLS l e g e n d LIMIT OF WORK 30,232 SF ---- SF 3,491 SF 33,723 SF TOTAL AREA OF LEVEL 2 NOT IN SCOPE (NO WORK) TOTAL AREA OF T.I. FOR COSMETIC FINISHES ONLY TOTAL AREA OF T.I. REQUIRING PERMIT FOR DEMOLITION, NEW CONSTRUCTION, ELECTRICAL / PLUMBING WORK TOTAL LEVEL 2 SQUARE FOOTAGE s e c o n d l e v e l s c o p e b r e a k d o w n ______ A113 20 ______ A113 10 ______ A114 10 ______ A114 20 ______ A712 20 ______ A712 10 ______ A732 20______ A722 20 ______ A732 10 ______ A722 10 DEMO PLAN FLOOR PLAN FLOOR PLAN DEMO PLAN FINISH PLAN DEMO FURNITURE PLAN FURNITURE PLAN FLOOR PLAN FINISH PLAN FURNITURE DEMO PLAN FURNITURE PLAN OPEN TO BELOW OPEN TO BELOW 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 5 : 5 3 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A002 2ND FLOOR INDEX PLAN 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 3/32" = 1'-0"1 2nd floor overall existing floor plan 0 8'16'4' No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE BUILDING AREA IN SCOPE REQUIRING DEMOLITION, NEW CONSTRUCTION, ELECTRICAL OR PLUMBING WORK BUILDING AREA IN SCOPE REQUIRING ONLY NEW COSMETIC WALL, CEILING AND FLOOR FINISHES OR REPLACEMENT . EXISTING ROOF AREA - NO NEW WORK ______ A115 20 ______ A115 10 ______ A713 20 ______ A733 20 ______ A723 20 DEMO PLAN FLOOR PLAN FINISH PLAN DEMO FURNITURE PLAN FURNITURE PLAN g e n e r a l n o t e s EXISTING PLANS FOR ORIENTATION PURPOSES ONLY. REFERENCE ENLARGED PLANS FOR WORK BEING DONE WITHIN THE LIMIT OF WORK. EXISTING WALLS l e g e n d LIMIT OF WORK 11,546 SF 168 SF 2,469 SF 14,183 SF TOTAL AREA OF LEVEL 3 NOT IN SCOPE (NO WORK) TOTAL AREA OF T.I. FOR COSMETIC FINISHES ONLY TOTAL AREA OF T.I. REQUIRING PERMIT FOR DEMOLITION, NEW CONSTRUCTION, ELECTRICAL OR PLUMBING WORK TOTAL LEVEL 3 SQUARE FOOTAGE t h i r d l e v e l s c o p e b r e a k d o w n 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 5 : 5 5 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A003 3RD FLOOR INDEX PLAN 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 3/32" = 1'-0"01 03 plan - overall - key plan 0 8'16'4' No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 UP BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE 241 SF VESTI 1100 841 SF RECEP 1102 1901 SF LOBBY 1101 111 SF VESTI 1104 45 SF TLPUB 110675 SF TLPUB 1105 138 SF STAIR ST01 83 SF VESTI 1103 64 SF TLPUB 190254 SF TLPUB 1904 127 SF RECEP 1502 804 SF WTAGN 1500 60 SF WSGEN 1500AW02 38 SF WSGEN 1500AW01 76 SF VESEL 1108 ______ A121 14 ______ A122 14 D10 E17 D14 typ. D20 D20 E23 D21 E23 D20 E38 E23 E25 E33 typ. D20 D15 D15 D15 E20 typ. E20 typ. E20 typ. E20 typ. E20 E15 D10 E31 NO NEW WORK IN THIS AREA NO NEW WORK NO NEW WORK typ. E16 E16 D16 typ. D12 D03 D16 typ. D12 typ. D12D12 E10 EXISTING WALLS d e m o l i t i o n p l a n l e g e n d LIMIT OF WORK WALLS / ITEMS TO BE DEMOLISHED EXISTING FLOORING TO BE REPLACED d e m o l i t i o n p l a n n o t e s FOR DEMOLITION PLAN NOTES, ABBRIEVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS REFERENCE SHEET T002 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 5 : 5 9 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A111 1ST FLOOR ENLARGED DEMO PLAN 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 3/16" = 1'-0"20 1st floor enlarged demo plan k e y n o t e s D03 DEMO (E) SANITIZER DISPENSER D10 DEMO (E) CASEWORK D12 DEMO AND REMOVE (E) RECEPTION CASEWORK D14 DEMO (E) STAXI CORRAL (E) STAXI CARTS TO BE RELOCATED TO EXTERIOR (N.I.C.) D15 DEMO (E) SYSTEM FURNITURE D16 DEMO (E) SIGNAGE D20 DEMO (E) PLANTER D21 DEMO (E) TV E10 (E) CHECK-IN KIOSK - REMOVE AND REINSTALL IN CURRENT LOCATION AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW WORK E15 (E) CASEWORK TO BE RESURFACED E16 (E) SELF CHECK IN KIOSKS TO BE RELOCATED E17 (E) VENDING MACHINES TO REMAIN E20 (E) RECEPTION CASEWORK TO BE RESURFACED E23 (E) TV TO REMAIN E25 (E) DRINKING FOUNTAIN TO REMAIN E31 (E) SIGNAGE - SIGNAGE CONSULTANT TO CONFIRM DIRECTIVE E33 (E) CONFIDENTIAL WASTE CABINET TO REMAIN E38 (E) SHREDDING CABINET TO BE RELOCATED 0 4'8'2' No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 9 ASI-01 02/17/2026 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 UP BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE 241 SF VESTI 1100 841 SF RECEP 1102 1901 SF LOBBY 1101 111 SF VESTI 110445 SF TLPUB 1106 75 SF TLPUB 1105 138 SF STAIR ST01 83 SF VESTI 1103 64 SF TLPUB 190254 SF TLPUB 1904 127 SF RECEP 1502 804 SF WTAGN 1500 60 SF WSGEN 1500AW02 38 SF WSGEN 1500AW01 76 SF VESEL 1108 A740 20A A741 15D A741 20D A741 20D2 A742 05C 05A A742 05B A741 20A A740 20B A742 10B 10C 10A 10D A742 13A13C 13B A741 15C A742 19B A742 19E A742 19D A74219C A742 19A ______ A121 17 ______ A122 17 E13 E15 E20 E15 E23 E23 E23 A742 15B 05D 15C 15A (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG(E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG E15 E33 0640 01 ______ A851 05 ______ A851 15 E34 E39 E39 E39 E39 E39 E39 E39 E39 E39 E39 typ. 0012 02 0640 02 0640 03 E25 E19 typ. of 5 E18E18 A A E13 E13 E10 f l o o r p l a n n o t e s FOR FLOOR PLAN NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS REFERENCE SHEET T002 f l o o r p l a n l e g e n d EXISTING WALLS LIMIT OF WORK NEW WALLS EXISTING CORNER GUARD TO REMAIN NEW CORNER GUARD PER SCHEDULE (E)CG CG W408a WALL TYPE TAG REF. SHEET A800 A 3/16" = 1'-0"20 1st floor enlarged new floor plan 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 6 : 0 3 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A112 1ST FLOOR ENLARGED NEW FLOOR PLAN 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 0 4'8'2' k e y n o t e s 0012 02 MOBILE TOWER, RE: BRAND STANDARDS 0640 01 DEPARTMENT ENTRY BLADE - REF. 01/A840 0640 02 CUSTOM PLANTER BOX PER KPBE STANDARDS. RE: CASEWORK SCHEDULE FOR SIZE & FINISHES 0640 03 NEW CABINET E10 (E) CHECK-IN KIOSK - REMOVE AND REINSTALL IN CURRENT LOCATION AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW WORK E13 (E) RESURFACED CASEWORK E15 (E) CASEWORK TO BE RESURFACED E18 (E) GLAZING TO REMAIN - PROVIDE OPAQUE FILM AT INTERIOR SIDE E19 (E) RELCOATED CHECK-IN KIOSK E20 (E) RECEPTION CASEWORK TO BE RESURFACED E23 (E) TV TO REMAIN E25 (E) DRINKING FOUNTAIN TO REMAIN E33 (E) CONFIDENTIAL WASTE CABINET TO REMAIN E34 (E) TABLET CHARGER TO REMAIN, WITH ALL DATA AND RECEPTACLES E39 (E) DESK AND FINISHES TO REMAIN No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 8 PRFI-04 01/15/2026 9 ASI-01 02/17/2026 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE 730 SF CORRD 2101 64 SF VESEL 2108 118 SF VESTI 2104 45 SF TLPUB 210674 SF TLPUB 2105 A744 17A 17B 17C A745 20D A745 10D 10B 10A 10C 20C 20A ______ A123 17 (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG(E)CG(E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG E33 E25 ______ A123 13 730 SF CORRD 2101 64 SF VESEL 2108 118 SF VESTI 2104 45 SF TLPUB 210674 SF TLPUB 2105 E25 E33 D20 typ.of 4 typ. D31 of 3 EXISTING WALLS d e m o l i t i o n p l a n l e g e n d LIMIT OF WORK WALLS / ITEMS TO BE DEMOLISHED EXISTING FLOORING TO BE REPLACED d e m o l i t i o n p l a n n o t e s FOR DEMOLITION PLAN NOTES, ABBRIEVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS REFERENCE SHEET T002 f l o o r p l a n n o t e s FOR FLOOR PLAN NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS REFERENCE SHEET T002 f l o o r p l a n l e g e n d EXISTING WALLS LIMIT OF WORK NEW WALLS EXISTING CORNER GUARD TO REMAIN NEW CORNER GUARD PER SCHEDULE (E)CG CG W408a WALL TYPE TAG REF. SHEET A800 A 3/16" = 1'-0"20 2nd floor enlarged new floor plan - area a 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 6 : 0 6 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A113 2ND FLOOR - AREA A - ENLARGED DEMO AND NEW FLOOR PLANS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 3/16" = 1'-0"10 2nd floor enlarged demo plan - area a 0 4'8'2' 0 4'8'2' k e y n o t e s D20 DEMO (E) PLANTER D31 REMOVE AND SALVAGE (E) ARTWORK - ARTWORK CONSULTANT TO EVALUATE FOR REUSE - GC TO COORDINATE WITH END USER FOR POSSIBLE REUSE WITHIN THE CLINIC BACK OFFICE SPACE E25 (E) DRINKING FOUNTAIN TO REMAIN E33 (E) CONFIDENTIAL WASTE CABINET TO REMAIN No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 9 ASI-01 02/17/2026 11 ASI-02 02/24/2026 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE 1316 SF WTAGN 2123 717 SF CORRD 2126302 SF CORRD 2100 D11 D21 E23 E33 E36 A744 10A A744 10D1 A744 10B A744 10B1 1316 SF WTAGN 2123 302 SF CORRD 2100 717 SF CORRD 2126 10D A743 20C A743 20C1 20A 20A1 20BA744 05A 05C 05B 20D 0920 01 (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG(E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG(E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG A E37 E37 E37 E37 E36 E23 E33 typ. E37E37 EXISTING WALLS d e m o l i t i o n p l a n l e g e n d LIMIT OF WORK WALLS / ITEMS TO BE DEMOLISHED EXISTING FLOORING TO BE REPLACED d e m o l i t i o n p l a n n o t e s FOR DEMOLITION PLAN NOTES, ABBRIEVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS REFERENCE SHEET T002 f l o o r p l a n n o t e s FOR FLOOR PLAN NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS REFERENCE SHEET T002 f l o o r p l a n l e g e n d EXISTING WALLS LIMIT OF WORK NEW WALLS EXISTING CORNER GUARD TO REMAIN NEW CORNER GUARD PER SCHEDULE (E)CG CG W408a WALL TYPE TAG REF. SHEET A800 A 3/16" = 1'-0"10 2nd floor enlarged demo plan 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 6 : 0 9 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A114 2ND FLOOR - AREA B - ENLARGED DEMO AND NEW FLOOR PLANS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 3/16" = 1'-0"20 2nd floor enlarged new floor plan - area b 0 4'8'2' 0 4'8'2' k e y n o t e s 0920 01 (N) INFILL WALL PER PLAN D11 DEMO (E) WINDOW D21 DEMO (E) TV E23 (E) TV TO REMAIN E33 (E) CONFIDENTIAL WASTE CABINET TO REMAIN E36 (E) EVACUATION CHAIR TO REMAIN E37 (E) STRUCTURE ABOVE (SHOWN DASHED) No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE ______ A124 17 66 SF VESEL 3100 658 SF CORRD 3101 113 SF CORRD 3102 47 SF TLPUB 310474 SF TLPUB 3103 155 SF HALLW 3107 1452 SF WTAGN 3108 A747 20A 20C 20D 20B A746 20A 20B 20C 20D A746 10B 10A 10C 10D A747 15A 15B 15C A746 03A03C 03B (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG(E)CG(E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG(E)CG (E)CG (E)CG(E)CG E36 E25 0640 01 0640 01 of 3 ______ A124 13 66 SF VESEL 3100 658 SF CORRD 3101 113 SF CORRD 3102 47 SF TLPUB 310474 SF TLPUB 3103 155 SF HALLW 3107 1452 SF WTAGN 3108 D10 D21 D20 (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG(E)CG(E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG (E)CG(E)CG (E)CG (E)CG(E)CG E36 E28 of 3typ. D20 EXISTING WALLS d e m o l i t i o n p l a n l e g e n d LIMIT OF WORK WALLS / ITEMS TO BE DEMOLISHED EXISTING FLOORING TO BE REPLACED d e m o l i t i o n p l a n n o t e s FOR DEMOLITION PLAN NOTES, ABBRIEVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS REFERENCE SHEET T002 f l o o r p l a n n o t e s FOR FLOOR PLAN NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS REFERENCE SHEET T002 f l o o r p l a n l e g e n d EXISTING WALLS LIMIT OF WORK NEW WALLS EXISTING CORNER GUARD TO REMAIN NEW CORNER GUARD PER SCHEDULE (E)CG CG W408a WALL TYPE TAG REF. SHEET A800 A 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 6 : 1 2 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A115 3RD FLOOR ENLARGED DEMO AND NEW FLOOR PLANS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 3/16" = 1'-0"20 3rd floor enlarged new floor plan 3/16" = 1'-0"10 3rd floor enlarged demo plan 0 4'8'2' 0 4'8'2' k e y n o t e s 0640 01 DEPARTMENT ENTRY BLADE - REF. 01/A840 D10 DEMO (E) CASEWORK D20 DEMO (E) PLANTER D21 DEMO (E) TV E25 (E) DRINKING FOUNTAIN TO REMAIN E28 (E) SELF CHECK-IN KIOSK TO BE RELOCATED TO FIRST FLOOR - REF. SHT. A112 E36 (E) EVACUATION CHAIR TO REMAIN No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 9 ASI-01 02/17/2026 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE GYP. BOARD CEILING - PAINTED 64 SF TLPUB 1902 54 SF TLPUB 1904 (E)FS (E)FS (E)OS(E)OS D18D18 typ. E09 typ. E09 64 SF TLPUB 190254 SF TLPUB 1904 EQEQ EQ EQ EQEQ EQ EQ typ. 2650 01 0921 02 (E)FS (E)OS (E)OS (E)FS typ. E09 typ. E09 64 SF TLPUB 190254 SF TLPUB 1904 D02 D02 D01D01 E01 E01 typ. D05 typ. D05 D04 D04 D05D05 E46 64 SF TLPUB 190254 SF TLPUB 1904 A121 10B 10A 10D 10C A121 07D 07A 07B 07C 1902 PT-1 TB-2 FT-2 TLPUB 1904 PT-1 TB-2 FT-2 TLPUB S.P.S.P. WT-4 WT - 4 PT-1 WT-3 WT - 4 WT-4 PT - 1 PT-1 WT - 4 WT-3 64 SF TLPUB 190254 SF TLPUB 1904 E1E6E2 G1E2E6E1G1G2G2 C2 B2 C2 M M B2 WT-4 TB-2 0009 03 0009 02 typ. 1028 01 2242 01 03 A841 ______ 6" 0012 03 TI L E FU L L 6" TB-2 B2 C2 0009 02 02 A841 ______ 6" 0929 01 3' - 10" E01 TB-2 0009 0202 A841 ______ ______ A841 07 8" 6" 0929 01 18" MIN. WT-4 0009 02 TB-2 1028 01 EQ. 6" 03 A841 ______02 A841 ______ SS-3 PL-1 1232 01 2650 02 0929 01 WT-3 0012 03 2242 01 AL I G N TI L E FU L L 6" TI L E FU L L 0009 03EQ. typ. 1028 01 0012 03 2242 01 0009 03 0009 02 TB-2 WT-4 03 A841 ______ 6" TI L E FU L L 6" E46 EQ. 18" MIN. SS-3 PL-1 0929 01 02 A841 ______03 A841 ______TB-2 WT-4 1232 01 2650 02 0009 03 0009 02 0012 03 6" WT-3 2242 01 AL I G N TI L E FU L L 6" TI L E FU L L EQ. 8" E010009 02 ______ A841 07 0929 01 02 A841 ______ 6" 3' - 10" TB-20009 02 TI L E FU L L 6" 6" E46 0009 03 WT-4 r e s t r o o m n o t e s 1. FOR DEMOLITION PLAN, FLOOR PLAN, FINISH PLAN AND RESTROOM NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS REF. SHEET T002 2. FOR FINISH SCHEDULE REF. SHEET A700 3. FOR TOILET ACCESSORY MOUNTING HEIGHTS REF. DETAIL 14/T154. 4. ALL CLOSERS AT DOORS TO TOILET ROOMS BEING REMODELED TO BE ADJUSTED SO THAT THE TIME FOR THE DOOR TO CLOSE FROM A 90° POSITION TO A POSITION 12° FROM THE LATCH SHALL BE 5 SECONDS. 5. ALL CLOSERS AT DOORS TO TOILET ROOMS BE REMOLDED SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT THE PUSH FORCE IS 5 LBS. MAX. 6. THE SLOPE AT ALL NEW TILE FLOORING SHALL BE 2% MAXIMUM IN ALL DIRECTIONS r e s t r o o m l e g e n d ROOM NAME ?XX FINISH MATERIAL - REFERENCE FINISH SCHEDULE FLOORING TRANSITION XX ACCESSORY TYPE PER SCHEDULE TILE START POINT NAME XXXX 1001 XXXX XXXX ROOM NUMBER WALL FINISH BASE FINISH FLOOR FINISH S.P. 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 6 : 1 8 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A121 1ST FLOOR ENLARGED RESTROOM PLANS AND ELEVATIONS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 0 2'4'1'0 2'4'1' 0 2'4'1'0 2'4'1' 1/4" = 1'-0"12 1902 & 1904 tlpub enlarged reflected ceiling demo plan 1/4" = 1'-0"13 1902 & 1904 tlpub enlarged reflected ceiling plan 1/4" = 1'-0"14 1902 & 1904 tlpub - demo plan 1/4" = 1'-0"17 1902 & 1904 tlpub -new floor plan 1/4" = 1'-0"16 1902 & 1904 tlpub - finish plan 0 2'4'1' 0 2'4'1'1/4" = 1'-0"18 1902 & 1904 tlpub - accessories plan 10A 10B 10C 10D 07A 07B 07C 07D 10 1902 tlpub -interior elevations 3/8" = 1'0"07 1904 tlpub -interior elevations 3/8" = 1'0" t o i l e t a c c e s s o r i e s s c h e d u l e mark description mfr. model power recessed installation B2 SENSOR OPERATED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER TORK 5511282 No No SURFACE-MOUNTED E1 SURFACE-MOUNTED SEAT-COVER DISPENSER BOBRICK B-221 CLASSIC SERIES No No SURFACE-MOUNTED E2 SURFACE-MOUNTED SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL BOBRICK B-254 CLASSIC SERIES No No SURFACE-MOUNTED E6 SURFACE-MOUNTED TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER WITH HOODS BOBRICK B-6999 No No SURFACE-MOUNTED G1 GRAB BARS WITH SNAP FLANGE, 48" BOBRICK B-5806 SERIES, 48" No No SURFACE-MOUNTED G2 GRAB BARS WITH SNAP FLANGE, 36" BOBRICK B-5806 SERIES, 36" No No SURFACE-MOUNTED M TOUCH FREE SOAP DISPENSER ECOLAB 92021121 No No SURFACE-MOUNTED k e y n o t e s 0009 02 (N) BASE TILE JOINTS TO ALIGN WITH FLOOR TILE JOINTS 0009 03 (N) WALL TILE JOINTS TO ALIGN WITH FLOOR TILE JOINTS 0012 03 MAINTAIN MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 12 INCHES ABOVE AND MINIMUM 1-1/2" BELOW GRAB BAR PER CBC 11B-609.3 0921 02 NEW GYP. BOARD CEILING 0929 01 GYP. BOARD - PAINTED 1028 01 TOILET ACCESSORY PER SCHEDULE 1232 01 CUSTOM LAV CASEWORK 2242 01 WATER CLOSET 2650 01 (N) LIGHT FIXTURE 2650 02 (N) LIGHTED MIRROR, PER ELECT. & 16/A841 D01 DEMO (E) LAVATORY D02 DEMO (E) WATER CLOSET D04 DEMO (E) FLOOR FINISH; PREP SURFACE FOR NEW FLOOR FINISH D05 DEMO (E) TOILET ACCESSORIES; COORDINATE WITH OWNER THOSE TO BE SALVAGED FOR REUSE D18 DEMO (E) LIGHT FIXTURE E01 (E) DOOR TO REMAIN E09 (E) MECHANICAL REGISTERS TO REMAIN, PREPED FOR PAINT, PT-1 E46 (E) URNIAL TO REMAIN NOTE: EVERY EFFORT HAS BEEN MADE TO LOCATE ALL EXISTING THERMOSTATS, POWER AND DATA RECEPTACLES, AND OTHER WIRING DEVICES ON THE ELEVATIONS. ALL DEVICES, WHETHER SHOWN OR NOT, ARE TO REMAIN IN PLACE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE ELEVATIONS TO BE RELOCATED. No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 8 PRFI-04 01/15/2026 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE GYP. BOARD CEILING - PAINTED 111 SF VESTI 1104 45 SF TLPUB 1106 75 SF TLPUB 1105 EQEQ EQ EQ EQEQ EQ EQ EQEQ 2' - 0 " typ. 2650 01 typ. 2650 01 0921 02 (E)FS (E)SP (E)FD (E)FS (E)WF (E)FD (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)SC (E)FS (E)SC (E)SP (E)FDtyp. E09 typ. E09 111 SF VESTI 1104 45 SF TLPUB 1106 75 SF TLPUB 1105 (E)FS (E)FD (E)FD (E)SP (E)FS (E)FS (E)WF (E)FD (E)FS (E)FS (E)SC (E)FS (E)SC (E)SP typ. E09 typ. E09 D18 D18 111 SF VESTI 1104 45 SF TLPUB 110675 SF TLPUB 1105 D01 D01 typ. D05 D02 D02 typ. D05 E01 E01 D04 D04 typ. D10 111 SF VESTI 1104 45 SF TLPUB 1106 75 SF TLPUB 1105 G1G2E2G1E1 G1 G2E2G1 E1 M M B2 B2C2 A742 10B 10C 10A 10D 111 SF VESTI 1104 45 SF TLPUB 1106 75 SF TLPUB 1105 A122 10B A122 07D 07A 07B 07C 10A 10D 10C 1104 PT-1 RB-1 RT-10 VESTI 1106 PT-1 TB-2 FT-2 TLPUB 1105 PT-1 TB-2 FT-2 TLPUB S.P. S.P. WT-4 WT - 4 PT-1 WT - 3 PT - 1 WT - 4 WT-3 PT-1 PT - 1 TB-2 WT-40009 03 0009 02 6" 2242 01 1028 01 0012 03 TI L E FU L L 6" E012242 01 0929 01 TB-2 WT-4 0009 02 0009 03 03 A841 ______02 A841 ______ typ. 1028 01 0012 03 6" 6" AL I G N TI L E FU L L 8" ______ A841 07 TB-20009 02 0929 01 02 A841 ______ M 6" TILE FULL TB-2 WT-3 18" MIN. 0009 02 typ. 0929 01 02 A841 ______ SS-3 PL-1 1232 01 2650 02 6" AL I G N TI L E FU L L EQ.EQ. 0012 03 2242 01 1028 01 0009 02 0009 03 WT-4 TB-203 A841 ______ 6" 6" 02 A841 ______TB-2 0929 01 0009 02E01 6" EQEQ ______ A841 07 8" TB-2 0009 02 0929 01 02 A841 ______ 6" 18" MIN. 2650 02 1232 01 SS-3 PL-1 EQ EQ 1028 01 0009 02 0009 03 2242 01 TB-2 WT-4 0929 01 6" AL I G N 6" TI L E FU L L TI L E FU L L r e s t r o o m n o t e s 1. FOR DEMOLITION PLAN, FLOOR PLAN, FINISH PLAN AND RESTROOM NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS REF. SHEET T002 2. FOR FINISH SCHEDULE REF. SHEET A700 3. FOR TOILET ACCESSORY MOUNTING HEIGHTS REF. DETAIL 14/T154. 4. ALL CLOSERS AT DOORS TO TOILET ROOMS BEING REMODELED TO BE ADJUSTED SO THAT THE TIME FOR THE DOOR TO CLOSE FROM A 90° POSITION TO A POSITION 12° FROM THE LATCH SHALL BE 5 SECONDS. 5. ALL CLOSERS AT DOORS TO TOILET ROOMS BE REMOLDED SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT THE PUSH FORCE IS 5 LBS. MAX. 6. THE SLOPE AT ALL NEW TILE FLOORING SHALL BE 2% MAXIMUM IN ALL DIRECTIONS r e s t r o o m l e g e n d ROOM NAME ?XX FINISH MATERIAL - REFERENCE FINISH SCHEDULE FLOORING TRANSITION XX ACCESSORY TYPE PER SCHEDULE TILE START POINT NAME XXXX 1001 XXXX XXXX ROOM NUMBER WALL FINISH BASE FINISH FLOOR FINISH S.P. 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 6 : 2 7 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A122 1ST FLOOR ENLARGED RESTROOM PLANS AND ELEVATIONS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 0 2'4'1' 0 2'4'1' 0 2'4'1' 0 2'4'1' 0 2'4'1' 0 2'4'1' 1/4" = 1'-0"13 1105 & 1106 tlpub enlarged reflected ceiling plan 1/4" = 1'-0"12 1105 & 1106 tlpub enlarged reflected ceiling demo 1/4" = 1'-0"14 1105 & 1106 tlpub - demo plan 1/4" = 1'-0"18 1105 & 1106 tlpub - accessories plan 1/4" = 1'-0"17 1105 & 1106 tlpub -new floor plan 1/4" = 1'-0"16 1105 & 1106 tlpub - finish plan 10A 10B 10C 10D 10 1105 tlpub interior elevations 3/8" = 1'-0" 07D07C07B07A 07 1106 tlpub interior elevations 3/8" = 1'-0" t o i l e t a c c e s s o r i e s s c h e d u l e mark description mfr. model power recessed installation B2 SENSOR OPERATED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER TORK 5511282 No No SURFACE-MOUNTED E1 SURFACE-MOUNTED SEAT-COVER DISPENSER BOBRICK B-221 CLASSIC SERIES No No SURFACE-MOUNTED E2 SURFACE-MOUNTED SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL BOBRICK B-254 CLASSIC SERIES No No SURFACE-MOUNTED E6 SURFACE-MOUNTED TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER WITH HOODS BOBRICK B-6999 No No SURFACE-MOUNTED G1 GRAB BARS WITH SNAP FLANGE, 48" BOBRICK B-5806 SERIES, 48" No No SURFACE-MOUNTED G2 GRAB BARS WITH SNAP FLANGE, 36" BOBRICK B-5806 SERIES, 36" No No SURFACE-MOUNTED M TOUCH FREE SOAP DISPENSER ECOLAB 92021121 No No SURFACE-MOUNTED k e y n o t e s 0009 02 (N) BASE TILE JOINTS TO ALIGN WITH FLOOR TILE JOINTS 0009 03 (N) WALL TILE JOINTS TO ALIGN WITH FLOOR TILE JOINTS 0012 03 MAINTAIN MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 12 INCHES ABOVE AND MINIMUM 1-1/2" BELOW GRAB BAR PER CBC 11B-609.3 0921 02 NEW GYP. BOARD CEILING 0929 01 GYP. BOARD - PAINTED 1028 01 TOILET ACCESSORY PER SCHEDULE 1232 01 CUSTOM LAV CASEWORK 2242 01 WATER CLOSET 2650 01 (N) LIGHT FIXTURE 2650 02 (N) LIGHTED MIRROR, PER ELECT. & 16/A841 D01 DEMO (E) LAVATORY D02 DEMO (E) WATER CLOSET D04 DEMO (E) FLOOR FINISH; PREP SURFACE FOR NEW FLOOR FINISH D05 DEMO (E) TOILET ACCESSORIES; COORDINATE WITH OWNER THOSE TO BE SALVAGED FOR REUSE D10 DEMO (E) CASEWORK D18 DEMO (E) LIGHT FIXTURE E01 (E) DOOR TO REMAIN E09 (E) MECHANICAL REGISTERS TO REMAIN, PREPED FOR PAINT, PT-1 NOTE: EVERY EFFORT HAS BEEN MADE TO LOCATE ALL EXISTING THERMOSTATS, POWER AND DATA RECEPTACLES, AND OTHER WIRING DEVICES ON THE ELEVATIONS. ALL DEVICES, WHETHER SHOWN OR NOT, ARE TO REMAIN IN PLACE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE ELEVATIONS TO BE RELOCATED. No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE GYP. BOARD CEILING - PAINTED 45 SF TLPUB 210674 SF TLPUB 2105 D02 D02 D01 D01 typ. D05 typ. D05D04 D04 E01 E01 A123 10B A123 07D 07A 07B 07C 10A 10D 10C 45 SF TLPUB 2106 74 SF TLPUB 2105 45 SF TLPUB 210674 SF TLPUB 2105 (E)SP (E)FS (E)OS (E)FD (E)SP (E)OS (E)FD (E)FS (E)FS (E)FD(E)FS typ. E09 D18 typ. D18 45 SF TLPUB 2106 74 SF TLPUB 2105 EQ EQ EQEQ EQEQ EQ EQ 2' - 0 " EQEQ typ. 2650 01 typ. 2650 01 (E)SP (E)FS (E)OS (E)FD (E)FS (E)OS (E)FD (E)SP (E)FS (E)FS 45 SF TLPUB 2106 74 SF TLPUB 2105 G1G2E2G1E1 G1 G2E2G1 E1 M B2 M C2 B2 2104 PT-1 RB-1 RT-10 VESTI 2106 PT-1 TB-2 FT-2 TLPUB 2105 PT-1 TB-2 FT-2 TLPUB WT-4 PT-1 WT - 3 PT - 1 WT - 4 PT-1 WT - 4 WT-4 PT - 1 WT-3 S.P. S.P. WT-4 TB-2 2242 010009 02 0009 03 1028 01 6" 0012 03 03 A841 ______ TI L E FU L L 6" 1028 01 2242 01 0009 02 E01 0009 03 TB-2 WT-4 0929 01 0012 03 6" 03 A841 ______ TI L E FU L L 6" AL I G N 8" TB-2 typ. 0929 01 0009 02 02 A841 ______ ______ A841 08 6" 18" MIN. TILE FULL WT-3 TB-2 SS-3 PL-1 2650 02 1232 01 typ. 0929 01 0009 02 02 A841 ______ 6" AL I G N TI L E FU L L WT-4 0009 02 2242 01 0009 03 0012 03 TB-203 A841 ______ 6" 1028 01 TI L E FU L L 6" TB-2E01 0009 02 02 A841 ______ 0929 01 6" EQEQ ______ A841 07 8" 0009 02 TB-2 02 A841 ______ 0929 01 6" 18" MIN. 0012 03 1028 01 SS-3 PL-1 1232 01 2650 02 EQ EQ WT-4 0009 03 WT-3 TB-22242 01 0009 02 03 A841 ______02 A841 ______ 6" AL I G N TI L E FU L L 6" r e s t r o o m n o t e s 1. FOR DEMOLITION PLAN, FLOOR PLAN, FINISH PLAN AND RESTROOM NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS REF. SHEET T002 2. FOR FINISH SCHEDULE REF. SHEET A700 3. FOR TOILET ACCESSORY MOUNTING HEIGHTS REF. DETAIL 14/T154. 4. ALL CLOSERS AT DOORS TO TOILET ROOMS BEING REMODELED TO BE ADJUSTED SO THAT THE TIME FOR THE DOOR TO CLOSE FROM A 90° POSITION TO A POSITION 12° FROM THE LATCH SHALL BE 5 SECONDS. 5. ALL CLOSERS AT DOORS TO TOILET ROOMS BE REMOLDED SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT THE PUSH FORCE IS 5 LBS. MAX. 6. THE SLOPE AT ALL NEW TILE FLOORING SHALL BE 2% MAXIMUM IN ALL DIRECTIONS r e s t r o o m l e g e n d ROOM NAME ?XX FINISH MATERIAL - REFERENCE FINISH SCHEDULE FLOORING TRANSITION XX ACCESSORY TYPE PER SCHEDULE TILE START POINT NAME XXXX 1001 XXXX XXXX ROOM NUMBER WALL FINISH BASE FINISH FLOOR FINISH S.P. 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 6 : 3 5 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A123 2ND FLOOR ENLARGED RESTROOM PLANS AND ELEVATIONS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 1/4" = 1'-0"13 2105 & 2106 TLPUB - demo floor plan 1/4" = 1'-0"17 2105 & 2106 TLPUB -new floor plan 1/4" = 1'-0"11 2105 & 2106 TLPUB - demo reflected ceiling plan 1/4" = 1'-0"12 2105 & 2106 TLPUB - reflected ceiling plan 1/4" = 1'-0"18 2105 & 2106 - accesssories plan 1/4" = 1'-0"16 2105 & 2106 TLPUB - finish plan 0 2'4'1'0 2'4'1'0 2'4'1' 0 2'4'1'0 2'4'1'0 2'4'1' 10 2105 tlpub interior elevations 3/8" = 1'-0"07 2106 tlpub interior elevations 3/8" = 1'-0" 10A 10B 10C 10D 07D07C07B07A t o i l e t a c c e s s o r i e s s c h e d u l e mark description mfr. model power recessed installation B2 SENSOR OPERATED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER TORK 5511282 No No SURFACE-MOUNTED E1 SURFACE-MOUNTED SEAT-COVER DISPENSER BOBRICK B-221 CLASSIC SERIES No No SURFACE-MOUNTED E2 SURFACE-MOUNTED SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL BOBRICK B-254 CLASSIC SERIES No No SURFACE-MOUNTED E6 SURFACE-MOUNTED TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER WITH HOODS BOBRICK B-6999 No No SURFACE-MOUNTED G1 GRAB BARS WITH SNAP FLANGE, 48" BOBRICK B-5806 SERIES, 48" No No SURFACE-MOUNTED G2 GRAB BARS WITH SNAP FLANGE, 36" BOBRICK B-5806 SERIES, 36" No No SURFACE-MOUNTED M TOUCH FREE SOAP DISPENSER ECOLAB 92021121 No No SURFACE-MOUNTED k e y n o t e s 0009 02 (N) BASE TILE JOINTS TO ALIGN WITH FLOOR TILE JOINTS 0009 03 (N) WALL TILE JOINTS TO ALIGN WITH FLOOR TILE JOINTS 0012 03 MAINTAIN MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 12 INCHES ABOVE AND MINIMUM 1-1/2" BELOW GRAB BAR PER CBC 11B-609.3 0929 01 GYP. BOARD - PAINTED 1028 01 TOILET ACCESSORY PER SCHEDULE 1232 01 CUSTOM LAV CASEWORK 2242 01 WATER CLOSET 2650 01 (N) LIGHT FIXTURE 2650 02 (N) LIGHTED MIRROR, PER ELECT. & 16/A841 D01 DEMO (E) LAVATORY D02 DEMO (E) WATER CLOSET D04 DEMO (E) FLOOR FINISH; PREP SURFACE FOR NEW FLOOR FINISH D05 DEMO (E) TOILET ACCESSORIES; COORDINATE WITH OWNER THOSE TO BE SALVAGED FOR REUSE D18 DEMO (E) LIGHT FIXTURE E01 (E) DOOR TO REMAIN E09 (E) MECHANICAL REGISTERS TO REMAIN, PREPED FOR PAINT, PT-1 NOTE: EVERY EFFORT HAS BEEN MADE TO LOCATE ALL EXISTING THERMOSTATS, POWER AND DATA RECEPTACLES, AND OTHER WIRING DEVICES ON THE ELEVATIONS. ALL DEVICES, WHETHER SHOWN OR NOT, ARE TO REMAIN IN PLACE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE ELEVATIONS TO BE RELOCATED. No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE GYP. BOARD CEILING - PAINTED 47 SF TLPUB 310474 SF TLPUB 3103 D02D05 D02 D05 D01 D01 E01 E01 typ. D10 E25 A124 07DA124 10D 10A 10B 10C 07A 07B 07C 47 SF TLPUB 3104 74 SF TLPUB 3103 E25 47 SF TLPUB 3104 74 SF TLPUB 3103 EQ EQ EQ EQ EQEQ EQ EQ 2' - 0 " EQEQ typ. 2650 01 0921 02 (E)OS (E)FS (E)FD (E)FS (E)FD (E)FS (E)OS typ. E09 typ. E09 47 SF TLPUB 3104 74 SF TLPUB 3103 (E)OS (E)FS (E)FD (E)FS (E)FS (E)FD (E)OS (E)OS (E)FS (E)FDtyp. E09 typ. D18 typ. D18 typ. E09 47 SF TLPUB 3104 74 SF TLPUB 3103 G1G2E2G1E1 G1 G2E2G1 E1 M M B2 B2C2 3102 PT-1 RB-1 RT-10 CORRD 3104 PT-1 TB-2 FT-2 TLPUB 3103 PT-1 TB-2 FT-2 TLPUB WT-4 WT - 3 PT-1 WT - 4 PT - 1 PT-1 WT - 4 PT - 1 WT-3WT-4 S.P. S.P. TB-2 WT-4 0012 03 2242 010009 0203 A841 ______ 6" 1028 01 6" 0009 03 TI L E FU L L 2242 01 0009 02 E01 0012 03 1028 01 0929 010009 03 WT-4 TB-2 03 A841 ______ 6" TI L E FU L L 6" 8" ______ A841 08 TB-2 0929 01 0009 0202 A841 ______ 6" TB-2 EQ. WT-3 typ. 0929 01 0009 02 02 A841 ______ 18" MIN. 2650 02 SS-3 PL-1 1232 01 AL I G N 6" TI L E FU L L EQ. TILE FULL 0012 03 1028 01 2242 010009 02 TB-2 WT-40009 03 03 A841 ______ 6" TI L E FU L L 6" EQEQ TB-2 02 A841 ______0009 02 0929 01 B2 C2 E01 6" 8" TB-2 0929 01 0009 02 02 A841 ______ ______ A841 07 6" AL I G N 18" MIN. 2242 01 0009 02 1232 01 2650 02 SS-3 PL-1 EQ EQ WT-3 0012 03 TB-2 0929 01 03 A841 ______ 6" 02 A841 ______ TI L E FU L L 6" TI L E FU L L 0009 03 r e s t r o o m n o t e s 1. FOR DEMOLITION PLAN, FLOOR PLAN, FINISH PLAN AND RESTROOM NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS REF. SHEET T002 2. FOR FINISH SCHEDULE REF. SHEET A700 3. FOR TOILET ACCESSORY MOUNTING HEIGHTS REF. DETAIL 14/T154. 4. ALL CLOSERS AT DOORS TO TOILET ROOMS BEING REMODELED TO BE ADJUSTED SO THAT THE TIME FOR THE DOOR TO CLOSE FROM A 90° POSITION TO A POSITION 12° FROM THE LATCH SHALL BE 5 SECONDS. 5. ALL CLOSERS AT DOORS TO TOILET ROOMS BE REMOLDED SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT THE PUSH FORCE IS 5 LBS. MAX. 6. THE SLOPE AT ALL NEW TILE FLOORING SHALL BE 2% MAXIMUM IN ALL DIRECTIONS r e s t r o o m l e g e n d ROOM NAME ?XX FINISH MATERIAL - REFERENCE FINISH SCHEDULE FLOORING TRANSITION XX ACCESSORY TYPE PER SCHEDULE TILE START POINT NAME XXXX 1001 XXXX XXXX ROOM NUMBER WALL FINISH BASE FINISH FLOOR FINISH S.P. 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 6 : 4 2 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A124 3RD FLOOR ENLARGED RESTROOM PLANS AND ELEVATIONS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 1/4" = 1'-0"13 3103 & 3104 TLPUB - demo floor plan 1/4" = 1'-0"17 3103 & 3014 TLPUB -new floor plan 1/4" = 1'-0"12 3103 & 3104 TLPUB - reflected ceiling plan 1/4" = 1'-0"11 3013 & 3104 TLPUB - demo reflected ceiling plan 1/4" = 1'-0"18 3103 & 3104 TLPUB - accessories plan 1/4" = 1'-0"16 3103 & 3104 TLPUB - finish plan 0 2'4'1'0 2'4'1'0 2'4'1' 0 2'4'1'0 2'4'1'0 2'4'1' 10 3103 tlpub interior elevations 3/8" = 1'-0"07 3104 tlpub interior elevations 3/8" = 1'-0" 10A 10B 10C 10D 07D07C07B07A NOTE: EVERY EFFORT HAS BEEN MADE TO LOCATE ALL EXISTING THERMOSTATS, POWER AND DATA RECEPTACLES, AND OTHER WIRING DEVICES ON THE ELEVATIONS. ALL DEVICES, WHETHER SHOWN OR NOT, ARE TO REMAIN IN PLACE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE ELEVATIONS TO BE RELOCATED. t o i l e t a c c e s s o r i e s s c h e d u l e mark description mfr. model power recessed installation B2 SENSOR OPERATED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER TORK 5511282 No No SURFACE-MOUNTED E1 SURFACE-MOUNTED SEAT-COVER DISPENSER BOBRICK B-221 CLASSIC SERIES No No SURFACE-MOUNTED E2 SURFACE-MOUNTED SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL BOBRICK B-254 CLASSIC SERIES No No SURFACE-MOUNTED E6 SURFACE-MOUNTED TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER WITH HOODS BOBRICK B-6999 No No SURFACE-MOUNTED G1 GRAB BARS WITH SNAP FLANGE, 48" BOBRICK B-5806 SERIES, 48" No No SURFACE-MOUNTED G2 GRAB BARS WITH SNAP FLANGE, 36" BOBRICK B-5806 SERIES, 36" No No SURFACE-MOUNTED M TOUCH FREE SOAP DISPENSER ECOLAB 92021121 No No SURFACE-MOUNTED k e y n o t e s 0009 02 (N) BASE TILE JOINTS TO ALIGN WITH FLOOR TILE JOINTS 0009 03 (N) WALL TILE JOINTS TO ALIGN WITH FLOOR TILE JOINTS 0012 03 MAINTAIN MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 12 INCHES ABOVE AND MINIMUM 1-1/2" BELOW GRAB BAR PER CBC 11B-609.3 0921 02 NEW GYP. BOARD CEILING 0929 01 GYP. BOARD - PAINTED 1028 01 TOILET ACCESSORY PER SCHEDULE 1232 01 CUSTOM LAV CASEWORK 2242 01 WATER CLOSET 2650 01 (N) LIGHT FIXTURE 2650 02 (N) LIGHTED MIRROR, PER ELECT. & 16/A841 D01 DEMO (E) LAVATORY D02 DEMO (E) WATER CLOSET D05 DEMO (E) TOILET ACCESSORIES; COORDINATE WITH OWNER THOSE TO BE SALVAGED FOR REUSE D10 DEMO (E) CASEWORK D18 DEMO (E) LIGHT FIXTURE E01 (E) DOOR TO REMAIN E09 (E) MECHANICAL REGISTERS TO REMAIN, PREPED FOR PAINT, PT-1 E25 (E) DRINKING FOUNTAIN TO REMAIN No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE EXISTING ACOUSTIC CEILING TILES TO REMAIN IN PLACE EXISTING GYP. BOARD CEILING 241 SF VESTI 1100 841 SF RECEP 1102 1901 SF LOBBY 1101 111 SF VESTI 110445 SF TLPUB 1106 75 SF TLPUB 1105 138 SF STAIR ST01 83 SF VESTI 1103 64 SF TLPUB 190254 SF TLPUB 1904 127 SF RECEP 1502 804 SF WTAGN 1500 60 SF WSGEN 1500AW02 38 SF WSGEN 1500AW01 76 SF VESEL 1108 ______ A122 12 ______ A121 12 OPEN TO ABOVE (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)OS (E)SC (E)SC (E)FS(E)FS (E)FS (E)FS(E)FS (E)FS(E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)OS (E)FS (E)OS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)SP (E)FD (E)CP (E)GD (E)OS (E)FD (E)SC (E)SP (E)WF (E)OS (E)FD (E)GD(E)GD (E)SC (E)SP (E)FD (E)SC (E)FD (E)SC (E)FD (E)SP (E)FS (E)FD (E)FS (E)FD(E)WF(E)FS (E)FS (E)FD (E)CP (E)CP (E)FS (E)FS (E)FD (E)FS (E)FS (E)CP (E)CP (E)CP (E)CP (E)SC (E)FD (E)FS (E)SP (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FD (E)SP (E)FD (E)FS (E)FS (E)OS (E)FS (E)FS (E)SC(E)GD (E)GD (E)FS (E)CB (E)FS (E)FD (E)FS (E)FD (E)SP (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FD (E)SP (E)FS (E)WF (E)SP (E)FS (E)AP r e f l e c t e d c e i l i n g d e m o p l a n l e g e n d EXISTING MECHANICAL SUPPY EXISTING MECHANICAL RETURN EXISTING WALLS LIMIT OF WORK WALLS / ITEMS TO BE DEMOLISHED EXISTING ACOUSTIC CEILING TILES TO BE REPLACED - CEILING GRID TO REMAIN IN PLACE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REPLACED EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING SECURITY CAMERA EXISTING SPEAKER EXISTING WI-FI DEVICE (E)FS (E)SC (E)SP (E)WF EXISTING CALL LANTERN (E)CP EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER EXISTING COVER PLATE (E)CL (E)FD EXISTING FIRE DEVICE (E)OC EXISTING OCCUPANCY SENSOR EXISTING EXIT SIGN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REPLACED EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REPLACED EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REPLACED EXISTING ACCESS PANEL (E)AP PATCH & REPAIR (E) CLG & PROVIDE (N) GYP BD AS REQ'D - PREP FOR (N) FINISH r e f l e c t e d c e i l i n g d e m o p l a n n o t e s REFERENCE DEMOLITION NOTES ON SHEET T002. 3/16" = 1'-0"20 1st floor enlarged reflected ceiling demo plan 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 6 : 4 8 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A161 1ST FLOOR ENLARGED DEMO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 0 4'8'2' No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 k e y n o t e s BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE EXISTING GYP. BOARD CEILING - PAINT PT-1F U.N.O. ACRYLIC BLADE EXISTING ACOUSTIC CEILING TILES TO REMAIN IN PLACE NEW ACOUSTIC CEILING TILES WITHIN EXISTING CEILING GRID PAINT (E) CEILING GRIDS - REF A700 PATCH & REPAIR (E) CLG & PROVIDE (N) GYP BD AS REQ'D - PREP FOR (N) FINISH 241 SF VESTI 1100 841 SF RECEP 1102 1901 SF LOBBY 1101 111 SF VESTI 110445 SF TLPUB 110675 SF TLPUB 1105 138 SF STAIR ST01 83 SF VESTI 1103 64 SF TLPUB 190254 SF TLPUB 1904 127 SF RECEP 1502 804 SF WTAGN 1500 60 SF WSGEN 1500AW02 38 SF WSGEN 1500AW01 76 SF VESEL 1108 PT-3-A PT-3-A ______ A122 13 ______ A121 13 SH-2 ACS-1ACS-1 ACS-1 ACS-1 ACS-1 ACS-1 ACS-1 ACS-1 ACS-1 (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)OS (E)SC (E)SC (E)FS(E)FS (E)FS (E)FS(E)FS(E)FS(E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)OS (E)FS (E)OS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)SP (E)FD (E)CP (E)GD (E)OS (E)FD (E)SC (E)SP (E)WF (E)OS (E)FD (E)GD(E)GD (E)SC (E)SP (E)FD (E)SC (E)FD (E)SC (E)FD (E)SP (E)FS (E)FD (E)FS (E)FD (E)WF (E)FS (E)FS (E)FD (E)CP (E)FS (E)FS (E)FD (E)FS (E)FS (E)CP (E)CP (E)CP (E)CP (E)CP (E)SC (E)FD (E)WF (E)FS (E)SP (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FD (E)SP (E)FD(E)FS (E)FS (E)OS (E)FS (E)FS (E)SC (E)GD (E)GD (E)FS (E)CB (E)FS (E)FD (E)FS (E)FD (E)SP (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FD (E)SP (E)FS (E)SP (E)FS 04 A840 ______ typ. E07 ACS-2 ACS-1 ACS-1 (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS typ. 2113 01 of 7 r e f l e c t e d c e i l i n g p l a n n o t e s REFERENCE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NOTES ON SHEET T002. r e f l e c t e d c e i l i n g p l a n l e g e n d EXISTING MECHANICAL SUPPY - PAINT TO MATCH CEILING COLOR EXISTING MECHANICAL RETURN - PAINT TO MATCH CEILING COLOR NEW LIGHT FIXTURE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING WALLS LIMIT OF WORK EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING SECURITY CAMERA EXISTING SPEAKER EXISTING WI-FI DEVICE (E)FS (E)SC (E)SP (E)WF EXISTING CALL LANTERN (E)CP EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER EXISTING COVER PLATE (E)CL (E)FD EXISTING FIRE DEVICE (E)OC EXISTING OCCUPANCY SENSOR EXISTING EXIT SIGN NEW LIGHT FIXTURE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN NEW LIGHT FIXTURE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN NEW LIGHT FIXTURE EXISTING ACCESS PANEL (E)AP NEW GYP. BOARD CEILING 3/16" = 1'-0"20 1st floor enlarged reflected ceiling plan 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 6 : 5 4 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A162 1ST FLOOR ENLARGED NEW REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 0 4'8'2' k e y n o t e s 2113 01 EXTEND EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER DROP AND PROVIDE NEW REDUCER AND PENDANT FIXTURE AS REQUIRED FOR THE SPRINKLER DEFLECTOR TO CLEAR THE BOTTOM OF THE NEW CEILING MOUNTED LOUVER SYSTEM IN COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA 13. E07 (E) STRUCTURAL BEAM TO BE PAINTED - COLOR-PT-1 No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 10 CRFI-01 02/18/2026 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE EXISTING ACOUSTIC CEILING TILES TO REMAIN IN PLACE EXISTING GYP. BOARD CEILING BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE EXISTING GYP. BOARD CEILING - PAINT PT-1F U.N.O. ACRYLIC BLADE EXISTING ACOUSTIC CEILING TILES TO REMAIN IN PLACE NEW ACOUSTIC CEILING TILES WITHIN EXISTING CEILING GRID PAINT (E) CEILING GRIDS - REF A700 PATCH & REPAIR (E) CLG & PROVIDE (N) GYP BD AS REQ'D - PREP FOR (N) FINISH ______ A123 11 730 SF CORRD 2101 64 SF VESEL 2108 118 SF VESTI 2104 45 SF TLPUB 210674 SF TLPUB 2105 (E)FD (E)CP (E)CP (E)FS (E)FS (E)WF (E)FS (E)FS (E)SP (E)FD (E)FS (E)SP (E)FS (E)FD (E)OS (E)FS (E)FS (E)SC (E)FS (E)FD (E)FS (E)FS (E)FD (E)OS (E)SP (E)FD (E)OS (E)FS (E)SP (E)SP (E)FD (E)FS (E)FD (E)FD (E)FS ______ A123 12 730 SF CORRD 2101 64 SF VESEL 2108 118 SF VESTI 210445 SF TLPUB 2106 74 SF TLPUB 2105 ACS-1 ACS-1 ACS-1 ACS-1 (E)FD (E)CP (E)CP (E)CP(E)FS (E)FS (E)WF (E)FS (E)FS (E)SP (E)FD (E)FS (E)SP (E)FS (E)FD (E)OS (E)FS (E)FS (E)SC (E)FS (E)FD(E)FS (E)FS (E)FD(E)OS (E)SP (E)FD (E)OS (E)FS (E)SP (E)SP (E)FD (E)FS (E)FD (E)FD (E)FSPT-3-A r e f l e c t e d c e i l i n g d e m o p l a n l e g e n d EXISTING MECHANICAL SUPPY EXISTING MECHANICAL RETURN EXISTING WALLS LIMIT OF WORK WALLS / ITEMS TO BE DEMOLISHED EXISTING ACOUSTIC CEILING TILES TO BE REPLACED - CEILING GRID TO REMAIN IN PLACE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REPLACED EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING SECURITY CAMERA EXISTING SPEAKER EXISTING WI-FI DEVICE (E)FS (E)SC (E)SP (E)WF EXISTING CALL LANTERN (E)CP EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER EXISTING COVER PLATE (E)CL (E)FD EXISTING FIRE DEVICE (E)OC EXISTING OCCUPANCY SENSOR EXISTING EXIT SIGN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REPLACED EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REPLACED EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REPLACED EXISTING ACCESS PANEL (E)AP PATCH & REPAIR (E) CLG & PROVIDE (N) GYP BD AS REQ'D - PREP FOR (N) FINISH r e f l e c t e d c e i l i n g p l a n l e g e n d EXISTING MECHANICAL SUPPY - PAINT TO MATCH CEILING COLOR EXISTING MECHANICAL RETURN - PAINT TO MATCH CEILING COLOR NEW LIGHT FIXTURE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING WALLS LIMIT OF WORK EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING SECURITY CAMERA EXISTING SPEAKER EXISTING WI-FI DEVICE (E)FS (E)SC (E)SP (E)WF EXISTING CALL LANTERN (E)CP EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER EXISTING COVER PLATE (E)CL (E)FD EXISTING FIRE DEVICE (E)OC EXISTING OCCUPANCY SENSOR EXISTING EXIT SIGN NEW LIGHT FIXTURE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN NEW LIGHT FIXTURE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN NEW LIGHT FIXTURE EXISTING ACCESS PANEL (E)AP NEW GYP. BOARD CEILING r e f l e c t e d c e i l i n g p l a n n o t e s REFERENCE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NOTES ON SHEET T002. r e f l e c t e d c e i l i n g d e m o p l a n n o t e s REFERENCE DEMOLITION NOTES ON SHEET T002. 3/16" = 1'-0"10 2nd floor enlarged reflected ceiling demo plan - area a 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 6 : 5 8 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A163 2ND FLOOR - AREA A - ENLARGED DEMO AND NEW REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 3/16" = 1'-0"20 2nd floor enlarged reflected ceiling plan - area a 0 4'8'2' 0 4'8'2' k e y n o t e s No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE EXISTING ACOUSTIC CEILING TILES TO REMAIN IN PLACE EXISTING GYP. BOARD CEILING BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE EXISTING GYP. BOARD CEILING - PAINT PT-1F U.N.O. ACRYLIC BLADE EXISTING ACOUSTIC CEILING TILES TO REMAIN IN PLACE NEW ACOUSTIC CEILING TILES WITHIN EXISTING CEILING GRID PAINT (E) CEILING GRIDS - REF A700 PATCH & REPAIR (E) CLG & PROVIDE (N) GYP BD AS REQ'D - PREP FOR (N) FINISH (E)FS (E)FD (E)FS (E)SP (E)FS (E)FD (E)FS (E)FS (E)FD (E)FD (E)SP (E)SP (E)FD (E)SC(E)SC (E)SP (E)FD (E)SP (E)FD (E)FS (E)SP (E)FD (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)SC (E)FS (E)SP (E)FD (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS(E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS 1316 SF WTAGN 2123 717 SF CORRD 2126 302 SF CORRD 2100ACS-1 ACS-1 ACT-1 ACT-1 ACT-1 (E)CP (E)FS (E)FD (E)FS (E)SP (E)FS (E)FD (E)FS (E)FS (E)FD (E)FD (E)SP (E)SP (E)FD (E)SC(E)SC (E)SP (E)FD (E)SP (E)FD (E)FS (E)SP (E)FD (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)SC (E)FS (E)SP (E)FD (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS(E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS r e f l e c t e d c e i l i n g d e m o p l a n l e g e n d EXISTING MECHANICAL SUPPY EXISTING MECHANICAL RETURN EXISTING WALLS LIMIT OF WORK WALLS / ITEMS TO BE DEMOLISHED EXISTING ACOUSTIC CEILING TILES TO BE REPLACED - CEILING GRID TO REMAIN IN PLACE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REPLACED EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING SECURITY CAMERA EXISTING SPEAKER EXISTING WI-FI DEVICE (E)FS (E)SC (E)SP (E)WF EXISTING CALL LANTERN (E)CP EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER EXISTING COVER PLATE (E)CL (E)FD EXISTING FIRE DEVICE (E)OC EXISTING OCCUPANCY SENSOR EXISTING EXIT SIGN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REPLACED EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REPLACED EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REPLACED EXISTING ACCESS PANEL (E)AP PATCH & REPAIR (E) CLG & PROVIDE (N) GYP BD AS REQ'D - PREP FOR (N) FINISH r e f l e c t e d c e i l i n g p l a n l e g e n d EXISTING MECHANICAL SUPPY - PAINT TO MATCH CEILING COLOR EXISTING MECHANICAL RETURN - PAINT TO MATCH CEILING COLOR NEW LIGHT FIXTURE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING WALLS LIMIT OF WORK EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING SECURITY CAMERA EXISTING SPEAKER EXISTING WI-FI DEVICE (E)FS (E)SC (E)SP (E)WF EXISTING CALL LANTERN (E)CP EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER EXISTING COVER PLATE (E)CL (E)FD EXISTING FIRE DEVICE (E)OC EXISTING OCCUPANCY SENSOR EXISTING EXIT SIGN NEW LIGHT FIXTURE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN NEW LIGHT FIXTURE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN NEW LIGHT FIXTURE EXISTING ACCESS PANEL (E)AP NEW GYP. BOARD CEILING r e f l e c t e d c e i l i n g p l a n n o t e s REFERENCE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NOTES ON SHEET T002. r e f l e c t e d c e i l i n g d e m o p l a n n o t e s REFERENCE DEMOLITION NOTES ON SHEET T002. 3/16" = 1'-0"10 2nd floor enlarged reflected ceiling demo plan - area b 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 7 : 0 2 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A164 2ND FLOOR - AREA B - ENLARGED DEMO AND NEW REFLECTED CEILING PLANS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 3/16" = 1'-0"20 2nd floor enlarged reflected ceiling plan - area b 0 4'8'2' 0 4'8'2' k e y n o t e s No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE EXISTING ACOUSTIC CEILING TILES TO REMAIN IN PLACE EXISTING GYP. BOARD CEILING BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE EXISTING GYP. BOARD CEILING - PAINT PT-1F U.N.O. ACRYLIC BLADE EXISTING ACOUSTIC CEILING TILES TO REMAIN IN PLACE NEW ACOUSTIC CEILING TILES WITHIN EXISTING CEILING GRID PAINT (E) CEILING GRIDS - REF A700 PATCH & REPAIR (E) CLG & PROVIDE (N) GYP BD AS REQ'D - PREP FOR (N) FINISH ______ A124 11 66 SF VESEL 3100 658 SF CORRD 3101 113 SF CORRD 310247 SF TLPUB 310474 SF TLPUB 3103 155 SF HALLW 3107 1452 SF WTAGN 3108 (E)FS (E)WF (E)FD (E)FS (E)SC (E)FS(E)FS (E)OS (E)FD (E)OS (E)FS (E)FD (E)FS(E)FD (E)FS (E)OS (E)FS(E)FS (E)FS (E)WF (E)FD(E)CP(E)CP (E)SP (E)SC (E)SP (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS(E)FS (E)FS (E)FD (E)FS (E)FS (E)SP (E)FS (E)FS (E)WF (E)FS (E)FD (E)SP(E)CP(E)SC (E)FS (E)FS ______ A124 12 66 SF VESEL 3100 658 SF CORRD 3101 113 SF CORRD 3102 47 SF TLPUB 310474 SF TLPUB 3103 155 SF HALLW 3107 1452 SF WTAGN 3108 ACT-1 ACT-1 ACT-1ACT-1 ACT-1 (E)FS (E)WF (E)FD (E)FS (E)SC (E)FS(E)FS (E)OS (E)FD (E)OS (E)FS (E)FS (E)FD (E)FS(E)FD (E)FS (E)OS (E)FS(E)FS (E)FS (E)WF (E)FD(E)CP(E)CP (E)SP (E)SC (E)SP (E)FS (E)FS (E)FS(E)FS (E)FS (E)FD (E)FS (E)FS (E)SP (E)FS (E)WF (E)FS (E)FD (E)SP(E)CP(E)SC (E)FS PT-1F PT-3-A r e f l e c t e d c e i l i n g d e m o p l a n l e g e n d EXISTING MECHANICAL SUPPY EXISTING MECHANICAL RETURN EXISTING WALLS LIMIT OF WORK WALLS / ITEMS TO BE DEMOLISHED EXISTING ACOUSTIC CEILING TILES TO BE REPLACED - CEILING GRID TO REMAIN IN PLACE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REPLACED EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING SECURITY CAMERA EXISTING SPEAKER EXISTING WI-FI DEVICE (E)FS (E)SC (E)SP (E)WF EXISTING CALL LANTERN (E)CP EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER EXISTING COVER PLATE (E)CL (E)FD EXISTING FIRE DEVICE (E)OC EXISTING OCCUPANCY SENSOR EXISTING EXIT SIGN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REPLACED EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REPLACED EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REPLACED EXISTING ACCESS PANEL (E)AP PATCH & REPAIR (E) CLG & PROVIDE (N) GYP BD AS REQ'D - PREP FOR (N) FINISH r e f l e c t e d c e i l i n g p l a n l e g e n d EXISTING MECHANICAL SUPPY - PAINT TO MATCH CEILING COLOR EXISTING MECHANICAL RETURN - PAINT TO MATCH CEILING COLOR NEW LIGHT FIXTURE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING WALLS LIMIT OF WORK EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING SECURITY CAMERA EXISTING SPEAKER EXISTING WI-FI DEVICE (E)FS (E)SC (E)SP (E)WF EXISTING CALL LANTERN (E)CP EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER EXISTING COVER PLATE (E)CL (E)FD EXISTING FIRE DEVICE (E)OC EXISTING OCCUPANCY SENSOR EXISTING EXIT SIGN NEW LIGHT FIXTURE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN NEW LIGHT FIXTURE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN NEW LIGHT FIXTURE EXISTING ACCESS PANEL (E)AP NEW GYP. BOARD CEILING r e f l e c t e d c e i l i n g p l a n n o t e s REFERENCE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NOTES ON SHEET T002. r e f l e c t e d c e i l i n g d e m o p l a n n o t e s REFERENCE DEMOLITION NOTES ON SHEET T002. 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 7 : 0 7 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A165 3RD FLOOR ENLARGED DEMO AND NEW REFLECTED CEILING PLANS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 3/16" = 1'-0"10 3rd floor enlarged reflected ceiling demo plan 3/16" = 1'-0"20 3rd floor enlarged new reflected ceiling plan 0 4'8'2' 0 4'8'2' k e y n o t e s No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 f i n i s h p l a n n o t e s REFERENCE FINISH PLAN NOTES ON SHEET T002. t o i l e t p a r t i t i o n s p e c i f i c a t i o n s MANUFACTURER: BOBRICK SERIES: DESIGNERSERIES; HIGH PRESSURE LAMINATE, MAXIMUM HEIGHT STYLE: OVERHEAD-BRACED MODEL: #2042.65DS - CONTINUOUS HINGE, CONTINUOUS BRACKET AND DOOR STOP LAYOUT: REFERENCE PLANS AND ELEVATIONS FOR LAYOUT FINISH: MATCH PL-1 HARDWARE: PROVIDE OCCUPANCY INDICATOR LATCH l i n e c o n t r o l s t a n c h i o n s p e c i f i c a t i o n MANUFACTURER: LAVI INDUSTRIES SERIES: RETRACTABLE BELT STANCHIONS STYLE: ADA COMPLIANT DOUBLE-BELTED STANCHION MODEL: 50-3060DL/SA/GY LAYOUT: TO BE DETERMINED BY USERS BELT LENGTH: 10 FT. BASE STYLE: 14.5" SLIM FINISH: SA - SATIN ALUMINUM BELT COLOR: GY - GRAY 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 12" = 1'-0" 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 7 : 0 8 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A700 FINISH SCHEDULE 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR DTAN@ARMSTRONGCEILINGS.COM CONTACT DAI-NEE TAN, 949-275-8169 GRID COLOR PT-1S, SEMI-GLOSS GRID EXISTING TO REMAIN, PAINT SIZE 24" X 48" COLOR WHITE, DURABRITE SCRIM PRODUCT ULTIMA HIGH NRC TEGULAR EDGE MANUFACTURER ARMSTRONG LOCATION THROUGHOUT ACT-1 ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE DTAN@ARMSTRONGCEILINGS.COM CONTACT DAI-NEE TAN, 949-275-8169 GRID COLOR PT-1S, SEMI-GLOSS GRID EXISTING TO REMAIN, PAINT SIZE 24" X 24" COLOR WHITE, DURABRITE SCRIM PRODUCT ULTIMA HIGH NRC SQUARE LAY-IN MANUFACTURER ARMSTRONG LOCATION THROUGHOUT ACS-2 ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE DTAN@ARMSTRONGCEILINGS.COM CONTACT DAI-NEE TAN, 949-275-8169 GRID COLOR PT-1S, SEMI-GLOSS GRID EXISTING TO REMAIN, PAINT SIZE 24" X 48" COLOR WHITE, DURABRITE SCRIM PRODUCT ULTIMA HIGH NRC SQUARE LAY-IN MANUFACTURER ARMSTRONG LOCATION THROUGHOUT ACS-1 ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE 09 50 00 ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM MYOCUM@SCHLUTER.COM CONTACT MARY YOCUM, 888-472-4588 EXT. 4434 ANNETTE.LIEVERS@SHAWCONTRACT.COM SIZE VARRIES CONTACT ANNETTE LIEVERS, 619-251-9047 DVOMBAUR@TILEBAR.COM COLOR ALUMINUM, SATIN ANODIZED FIRE RATING CLASS I CONTACT DANIELLE VOMBAUR, 951-642-3171 STYLE QUADEC INSTALLATION ASHLAR GROUT GR-1 MANUFACTURER SCHLUTER SIZE 12" X 48" ORIENTATION VERTICAL INSTALLATION MONOLITHIC, HORIZONTAL ORIENTATION LOCATION THROUGHOUT COLOR / STYLE INTERACTION 67515 SIZE REF. ELEVATION SIZE 12" X 24", 9.5MM THICK WTR-3 WALL TRANSITION COLLECTION ESTABLISH TILE 5T368 COLOR TO MATCH PL-1 FINISH POLISHED MANUFACTURER SHAW CONTRACT MANUFACTURER VERNON COLOR WHITE MYOCUM@SCHLUTER.COM LOCATION LOCATION BEHIND SELF CHECK IN KIOSKS STYLE BASIC WHITE CERAMIC SUBWAY TILE CONTACT MARY YOCUM, 888-472-4588 EXT. 4434 CPT-1-A CARPET TILE DWP-1 DIMENSIONAL WALL PANEL MANUFACTURER TILE BAR SIZE VARRIES LOCATION RESTROOM BLACK GRAIN COATING 09 68 00 CARPET 06 83 00 INTERIOR WALL PANELING WT-4 WALL TILE COLOR BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL STYLE TREP-G SALLEN@COMMERCIALFLOORCONSULTANT.COM SIZE 1/8" THICKNESS MFARLEY@CROSSVILLEINC.OM MANUFACTURER SCHLUTER CONTACT SARAH ALLEN, 760-912-0023 COLOR TO MATCH PT-3-A CONTACT MONICA FARLEY, 714-501-7693 LOCATION THROUGHOUT INSTALLATION ASHLAR LOCATION BLADE SIGNAGE GROUT GR-5 FTR-5ALT WALL TRANSITION SIZE 19.5" X 39", 2.55MM THICK ACR-1 ACRYLIC PANELS INSTALLATION MONOLITHIC, HORIZONTAL ORIENTATION COLOR PE6BTW BRIGHT TWO SIZE 3" X 12", 5/16" THICK MYOCUM@SCHLUTER.COM STYLE PURLINE FUSION 06 64 00 ACRYLIC PANEL FINISH UNPOLISHED CONTACT MARY YOCUM, 888-472-4588 EXT. 4434 MANUFACTURER MATTER SURFACES COLOR LEADEN SIZE VARRIES LOCATION LFOX@LAMINART.COM STYLE RETRO ACTIVE 2.0 COLOR BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL RT-11 RESILIENT TILE CONTACT LETITIA FOX, 310-463-6823 MANUFACTURER CROSSVILLE STYLE TREP-E COLOR FINISH S550VL LOCATION ACCENT WALL TILE & DRINKING FOUNTAIN MANUFACTURER SCHLUTER SALLEN@COMMERCIALFLOORCONSULTANT.COM STYLE ELEGANT WHITE WT-3 WALL TILE LOCATION THROUGHOUT CONTACT SARAH ALLEN, 760-912-0023 MANUFACTURER ARBORITE FTR-5 WALL TRANSITION INSTALLATION ASHLAR LOCATION ANCHOR DESKS DALONZO@STONESOURCE.COM SIZE 19.5" X 39", 2.55MM THICK PL-2 PLASTIC LAMINATE CONTACT DAVID ALONZO, 562-325-2190 MYOCUM@SCHLUTER.COM COLOR PE6BT BRIGHT THREE NOTE TO UTILIZE WTR-3 & FTR-3 CONTACT MARY YOCUM, 888-472-4588 EXT. 4434 STYLE PURLINE FUSION LFOX@LAMINART.COM GROUT GR-1 SIZE VARRIES MANUFACTURER MATTER SURFACES CONTACT LETITIA FOX, 310-463-6823 INSTALLATION ALIGN WITH FLOOR TILE, STRAIGHT STACK COLOR ALUMINUM, SATIN ANODIZED LOCATION THROUGHOUT COLOR FINISH W481VL FINISH MATTE STYLE DILEX-AHKA RT-10 RESILIENT TILE STYLE ESSENTIAL NORDIC WOOD SIZE 6"HIGH MANUFACTURER SCHLUTER MANUFACTURER ARBORITE COLOR VEIN-CUT, PUMICE LOCATION THROUGHOUT MARISSA.DANIELS@TARKETT.COM LOCATION THROUGHOUT STYLE FIORANO USA ECOLOGY FTR-3A FLOOR TRANSITION CONTACT MARISSA DANIELS, 512-230-4192 PL-1 PLASTIC LAMINATE MANUFACTURER STONE SOURCE HEIGHT 4.375"H LOCATION RESTROOMS MYOCUM@SCHLUTER.COM COLOR VL2 WHISPERING MIST 06 41 00 PLASTIC LAMINATE TB-2 TILE BASE CONTACT MARY YOCUM, 888-472-4588 EXT. 4434 STYLE JOHNSONITE TIGHTLOCK RESILIENT SIZE VARRIES MANUFACTURER TARKETT CBPCUSTSUPPORT@CBPMAIL.NET STONE SOURCE COLOR ALUMINUM, SATIN ANODIZED LOCATION THROUGHOUT CONTACT BETTY M, 800-272-8786 CONTACT DAVID ALONZO, 562-325-2190 STYLE DILEX-AHK RB-1 RUBBER BASE COLOR #540 TRUFFLE GROUT GR-3,& NOING: FTR:5, FTR-5ALT MANUFACTURER SCHLUTER STYLE CEG-LITE COMMERICAL 100% EPOXY GROUT INSTALLATION MONOLITHIC LOCATION THROUGHOUT MYOCUM@SCHLUTER.COM MANUFACTURER CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS FINISH MATTE FTR-3 FLOOR TRANSITION CONTACT MARY YOCUM, 888-472-4588 EXT. 4434 LOCATION THROUGHOUT SIZE 8" X 48", 8.5MM THICK SIZE 4-3/8"H GR-5 GROUT COLOR LIGHT WALNUT NATURAL MYOCUM@SCHLUTER.COM COLOR BRUSHED STAINLELSS STEEL STYLE TAVOLE DI LEGNO 2.0 CONTACT MARY YOCUM, 888-472-4588 EXT. 4434 STYLE DESIGNBASE-SL CBPCUSTSUPPORT@CBPMAIL.NET MANUFACTURER STONE SOURCE SIZE VARRIES MANUFACTURER SCHLUTER CONTACT BETTY M, 800-272-8786 LOCATION STAIRS COLOR ALUMINUM, SATIN ANODIZED LOCATION CHECK-IN COLOR #145 LIGHT SMOKE FT-3 FLOOR TILE STYLE RENTO-TK MB-1 METAL BASE STYLE CEG-LITE COMMERICAL 100% EPOXY GROUT MANUFACTURER SCHLUTER MANUFACTURER CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS DALONZO@STONESOURCE.COM LOCATION THROUGHOUT 09 65 00 BASES & FLOORING LOCATION THROUGHOUT CONTACT DAVID ALONZO, 562-325-2190 FTR-2 FLOOR TRANSITION GR-3 GROUT GROUT GR-1 MLOPES@BNIND.COM INSTALLATION MONOLITHIC MYOCUM@SCHLUTER.COM CONTACT MICHELLE LOPES, 650-393-2307 CBPCUSTSUPPORT@CBPMAIL.NET FINISH MATTE CONTACT MARY YOCUM, 888-472-4588 EXT. 4434 HEIGHT V.I.F. CONTACT BETTY M, 800-272-8786 SIZE 12" X 24" RECTIFIED, 8MM THICK SIZE VARRIES SIZE 50MMX100MM, ROUNDED UP 2" X 4", COLOR #09 NATURAL GRAY COLOR VEIN-CUT, PUMICE 1104338 COLOR ALUMINUM, SATIN ANODIZED COLOR TE-2035 AXIS OAK N STYLE CEG-LITE COMMERICAL 100% EPOXY GROUT STYLE FIORANO USA ECOLOGY STYLE SCHIENE STYLE FORTINA THS-TYPE DIRECT-ATTACHED LOUVERS MANUFACTURER CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS MANUFACTURER STONE SOURCE MANUFACTURER SCHLUTER MANUFACTURER B+N LOCATION THROUGHOUT LOCATION RESTROOMS LOCATION THROUGHOUT LOCATION RECEPTION DESK GR-1 GROUT FT-2 FLOOR TILE FTR-1 FLOOR TRANSITION WS-1 ALUMINUM SLATS 03 60 00 GROUT 09 30 00 TILING 09 30 00 TILING 09 54 00 SPECIALTY CEILINGS No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 5 PRFI - 1 11/19/2025 6 PRFI - 2 11/19/2025 7 PRFI - 6 11/24/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 f i n i s h p l a n n o t e s REFERENCE FINISH PLAN NOTES ON SHEET T002. t o i l e t p a r t i t i o n s p e c i f i c a t i o n s MANUFACTURER: BOBRICK SERIES: DESIGNERSERIES; HIGH PRESSURE LAMINATE, MAXIMUM HEIGHT STYLE: OVERHEAD-BRACED MODEL: #2042.65DS - CONTINUOUS HINGE, CONTINUOUS BRACKET AND DOOR STOP LAYOUT: REFERENCE PLANS AND ELEVATIONS FOR LAYOUT FINISH: MATCH PL-1 HARDWARE: PROVIDE OCCUPANCY INDICATOR LATCH 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 12" = 1'-0" 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 7 : 0 9 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A701 FINISH SCHEDULE 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR CONTACT DARLA.FERREIRA@BENJAMINMOORE.COM BENJAMIN...DARLA FERREIRA, 650-235-0420 CONTACT VINH.NGUYEN@DUNNEDWARDS.COM DUNN EDWARDS VINH NGUYEN, 858-603-5577 FINISH EGGSHELL COLOR DE5847 ICE FISHING / 2062-70 HARBOR FOG MANUFACTURER DUNN EDWARDS / BENJAMIN MOORE LOCATION THROUGHOUT PT-5-A PAINT CONTACT DARLA.FERREIRA@BENJAMINMOORE.COM BENJAMIN...DARLA FERREIRA, 650-235-0420 CONTACT VINH.NGUYEN@DUNNEDWARDS.COM DUNN EDWARDS VINH NGUYEN, 858-603-5577 FINISH EGGSHELL COLOR DE6005 VICTORIAN VIOLET / 2073-40 PURPLE HYACINTH MANUFACTURER DUNN EDWARDS / BENJAMIN MOORE LOCATION THROUGHOUT PT-3-A PAINT CONTACT DARLA.FERREIRA@BENJAMINMOORE.COM BENJAMIN...DARLA FERREIRA, 650-235-0420 CONTACT VINH.NGUYEN@DUNNEDWARDS.COM DUNN EDWARDS VINH NGUYEN, 858-603-5577 FINISH SEMIGLOSS COLOR DET648 WHITE PICKET FENCE / OC-57 WHITE HERON MANUFACTURER DUNN EDWARDS / BENJAMIN MOORE LOCATION THROUGHOUT PT-1S PAINT CONTACT DARLA.FERREIRA@BENJAMINMOORE.COM BENJAMIN...DARLA FERREIRA, 650-235-0420 DDAWSON@DESIGNTEX.COM CONTACT VINH.NGUYEN@DUNNEDWARDS.COM CONTACT DONNA DAWSON, 310-528-7444 DUNN EDWARDS VINH NGUYEN, 858-603-5577 SIZE REF. ELEVATIONS, V.I.F FINISH FLAT PAM.DERVARICS@DURASEIN.COM FINISH UV GUARDIAN FINISH COLOR DET648 WHITE PICKET FENCE / OC-57 WHITE HERON CONTACT PAM DERVARICS, 610-360-8525 NUMBER CW11 MANUFACTURER DUNN EDWARDS / BENJAMIN MOORE FIRE RATING CLASS I PRODUCT CW11 DNA NON-VINYL LOCATION THROUGHOUT THICKNESS 1/2" GRAPHICS BRAND TOOLKIT PT-1F PAINT COLOR EVER AFTER DM5043 IMAGE A02.1 REF KPBE V4.1 ARCHITECTURAL MANUFACTURER DURASEIN COLOR CUSTOM CONTACT DARLA.FERREIRA@BENJAMINMOORE.COM LOCATION THROUGHOUT MANUFACTURER DESIGNTEX BENJAMIN...DARLA FERREIRA, 650-235-0420 SS-3 SOLID SURFACE LOCATION THROUGHOUT CONTACT VINH.NGUYEN@DUNNEDWARDS.COM A02.1 WALL COVERING DUNN EDWARDS VINH NGUYEN, 858-603-5577 12 34 00 SOLID SURFACE FINISH EGGSHELL DDAWSON@DESIGNTEX.COM COLOR DET648 WHITE PICKET FENCE / OC-57 WHITE HERON INSTALLATION INSTALL PER MANUFACTUER RECOMMENDATION CONTACT DONNA DAWSON, 310-528-7444 MANUFACTURER DUNN EDWARDS / BENJAMIN MOORE LAUREN@FOSTERENGINEERED.COM SIZE REF. ELEV, V.I.F.LOCATION THROUGHOUT CONTACT LAUREN NELSON, 949-637-7406 FINISH UV GUARDIAN FINISH PT-1 PAINT SIZE 4" H U.N.O., .040" THICKNESS NUMBER CW11 PT-5-A- TBD PRODUCT CW11 DNA NON-VINYL CONTACT VINH.NGUYEN@DUNNEDWARDS.COM PT-1 - #949 WHITE GRAPHICS BRAND TOOLKIT DUNN EDWARDS VINH NGUYEN, 858-603-5577 COLOR COLOR TO DETERMINED BY WALL PAINT IMAGE A15 REF KPBE V4.1 ARCHITECTURAL FINISH SEMI-GLOSS MODEL RS-40 COLOR CUSTOM COLOR DE6384 IRON FIXTURE STYLE ACROVYN RUBSTRIPS MANUFACTURER DESIGNTEX MANUFACTURER DUNN EDWARDS MANUFACTURER CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES LOCATION THROUGHOUT LOCATION THROUGHOUT LOCATION THROUGHOUT A15 WALL COVERING PT-AP PAINT WP WALL PROTECTION ELISE.HOLMES@WOLFGORDON.COM CONTACT DARLA.FERREIRA@BENJAMINMOORE.COM 10 26 00 WALL PROTECTION CONTACT ELISE HOLMES, 949-520-0619 BENJAMIN...DARLA FERREIRA, 650-235-0420 V.I.F.CONTACT VINH.NGUYEN@DUNNEDWARDS.COM GARY.JIVALAGIAN@SPRINGWINDOWFASHIONS.COM SIZE RE: FINISH PLANS & ELEVATIONS DUNN EDWARDS VINH NGUYEN, 858-603-5577 CONTACT GARY JIVALAGIAN, 818-642-1416 MODEL/COLOR FOUNDATION GRANITE DIGITAL RESOLVE FINISH SEMI-GLOSS COLOR 6753 GLASS STYLE WG 34112352 COLOR DET625 RECLAIMED WOOD / AF-685 THUNDER STYLE ECOVEIL SHEER 6750 SERIES, 3% OPEN MANUFACTURER WOLF GORDON MANUFACTURER DUNN EDWARDS / BENJAMIN MOORE MANUFACTURER MECHOSHADE SYSTEMS, MECHO/5X LOCATION ELEVATOR WALLS LOCATION DOOR FRAMES LOCATION THROUGHOUT W09 WALL COVERING FPT-1 PAINT SH-2 MANUAL ROLLER SHADE 09 70 00 WALL FINISHES 09 91 00 PAINTING 12 20 00 WINDOW TREATMENTS No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 8 PRFI-04 01/15/2026 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE 1100 PT-1 RB-1 RT-10 VESTI 1102 PT-1 RB-1 CPT-1-A RECEP 1101 PT-1 RB-1 RT-10 LOBBY 1104 PT-1 RB-1 RT-10 VESTI ST01 PT-1 - FT-3 STAIR 1103 PT-1 RB-1 RT-10 VESTI 64 SF TLPUB 190254 SF TLPUB 1904 1502 PT-1 RB-1 RT-10 RECEP 1500 PT-1 RB-1 RT-11 WTAGN 1500AW01 PT-1 RB-1 RT-10 WSGEN 1108 W09 RB-1 RT-10 VESEL W0 9 W0 9 WT-3 PT-3-A PT-5-A PT-5-A PT - 3 - A A1 5 ______ A121 16 ______ A122 16 05 A841 ______ 05 A841 ______ typ. E21 E22 typ. E22 EXISTING GRAPHIC TO REMAIN 1114 01 1114 01 DW P - 1 DW P - 1 f i n i s h p l a n n o t e s REFERENCE FINISH PLAN NOTES ON SHEET T002. EXISTING WALLS f i n i s h p l a n l e g e n d LIMIT OF WORK NAME 1001 XXXX XXXX XXXX BASE FINISH FLOOR FINISH WALL FINISH ROOM NUMBER ROOM NAME ?XX FINISH MATERIAL - REFERENCE FINISH SCHEDULE FLOORING TRANSITION TILE START POINTS.P. PATTERN/GRAIN DIRECTION 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 7 : 1 8 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A711 1ST FLOOR ENLARGED FINISH PLAN 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 0 4'8'2' 3/16" = 1'-0"20 1st floor enlarged finish plan k e y n o t e s 1114 01 PROVIDE MOVEABLE LINE CONTROL STANCHION PER SCHEDULE - NUMBER AND CONFIGURATION TO BE CONFIRMED BY USERS E21 (E) RAILINGS TO BE REPAINTED-COLOR: FPT-1 E22 (E) WOOD RAILING FINISHED - COLOR TO MATCH PL-1 AREA NOT IN SCOPE No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 8 PRFI-04 01/15/2026 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE f i n i s h p l a n n o t e s REFERENCE FINISH PLAN NOTES ON SHEET T002. EXISTING WALLS f i n i s h p l a n l e g e n d LIMIT OF WORK NAME 1001 XXXX XXXX XXXX BASE FINISH FLOOR FINISH WALL FINISH ROOM NUMBER ROOM NAME ?XX FINISH MATERIAL - REFERENCE FINISH SCHEDULE FLOORING TRANSITION TILE START POINTS.P. PATTERN/GRAIN DIRECTION 2123 PT-1 RB-1 RT-11 WTAGN 2100 PT-1 RB-1 RT-10 CORRD 2126 PT-1 RB-1 RT-10 CORRD PT-3-A PT-5-A PT-5-A PT-5-A PT-3-A PT-3-A 2101 PT-1 RB-1 RT-10 CORRD 2108 W09 RB-1 RT-10 VESEL2104 PT-1 RB-1 RT-10 VESTI W0 9 W0 9 WT-3PT-3-A ______ A123 16 05 A841 ______ 05 A841 ______ 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 7 : 2 5 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A712 2ND FLOOR ENLARGED FINISH PLAN 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR k e y n o t e s 3/16" = 1'-0"20 2nd floor enlarged finish plan - area b 3/16" = 1'-0"10 2nd floor enlarged finish plan - area a 0 4'8'2' 0 4'8'2' No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE 3100 PT-1 RB-1 RT-10 VESEL 3101 PT-1 RB-1 RT-10 CORRD 3102 PT-1 RB-1 RT-10 CORRD 3107 PT-1 RB-1 RT-10 HALLW 3108 PT-1 RB-1 RT-11 WTAGN W0 9 W0 9 PT-3-A ______ A124 16 05 A841 ______ 05 A841 ______ A02.1 f i n i s h p l a n n o t e s REFERENCE FINISH PLAN NOTES ON SHEET T002. EXISTING WALLS f i n i s h p l a n l e g e n d LIMIT OF WORK NAME 1001 XXXX XXXX XXXX BASE FINISH FLOOR FINISH WALL FINISH ROOM NUMBER ROOM NAME ?XX FINISH MATERIAL - REFERENCE FINISH SCHEDULE FLOORING TRANSITION TILE START POINTS.P. PATTERN/GRAIN DIRECTION 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 7 : 3 0 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A713 3RD FLOOR ENLARGED FINISH PLAN 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 3/16" = 1'-0"20 3rd floor enlarged finish plan 0 4'8'2' k e y n o t e s No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 241 SF VESTI 1100 841 SF RECEP 1102 1901 SF LOBBY 1101 111 SF VESTI 1104 45 SF TLPUB 110675 SF TLPUB 1105 138 SF STAIR ST01 83 SF VESTI 1103 64 SF TLPUB 190254 SF TLPUB 1904 127 SF RECEP 1502 804 SF WTAGN 1500 60 SF WSGEN 1500AW02 38 SF WSGEN 1500AW01 76 SF VESEL 1108 ______ A121 14 D14 typ. E16 typ. E17 ______ A122 14 D15 D15 E33 E32 E31 D15 typ. D29 D30 D29 D29 D10 D20 D29 E16 E10 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 3/16" = 1'-0" 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 7 : 3 5 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A721 1ST FLOOR ENLARGED FURNITURE DEMO PLANS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR NOTE: FURNITURE QUANTITY AND LAYOUT IS BASED ON MATTERPORT SCAN COMPLETED 12/15/2023 NOTE: FURNITURE PLANS ARE FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. CONTRACTOR IS TO COORDINATE THE REMOVAL/DISPOSAL OF EXISTING FURNITURE TO BE REMOVED AND/OR SALVAGE/STORAGE OF EXISTING FURNITURE TO REMAIN WITH OWNER. PROCUREMENT OF NEW FURNITURE BY OWNER (N.I.C.). CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR ON DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION OF NEW FURNITURE AND/OR REINSTALLATION OF EXISTING FURNITURE TO REMAIN. 0 4'8'2'3/16" = 1'-0"20 1st floor enlarged furniture demo plan AREA NOT IN SCOPE k e y n o t e s D10 DEMO (E) CASEWORK D14 DEMO (E) STAXI CORRAL (E) STAXI CARTS TO BE RELOCATED TO EXTERIOR (N.I.C.) D15 DEMO (E) SYSTEM FURNITURE D20 DEMO (E) PLANTER D29 DEMO AND REMOVE (E) SEATING D30 DEMO AND REMOVE (E) TABLE E10 (E) CHECK-IN KIOSK - REMOVE AND REINSTALL IN CURRENT LOCATION AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW WORK E16 (E) SELF CHECK IN KIOSKS TO BE RELOCATED E17 (E) VENDING MACHINES TO REMAIN E31 (E) SIGNAGE - SIGNAGE CONSULTANT TO CONFIRM DIRECTIVE E32 (E) DISPENSER TO REMAIN E33 (E) CONFIDENTIAL WASTE CABINET TO REMAIN No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 9 ASI-01 02/17/2026 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 730 SF CORRD 2101 64 SF VESEL 2108 118 SF VESTI 2104 45 SF TLPUB 210674 SF TLPUB 2105 E22 typ. D20 of 4 E33 typ. D30 typ. D29 typ. D30 typ. D29 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 3/16" = 1'-0" 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 7 : 3 8 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A722 2ND FLOOR ENLARGED FURNITURE DEMO PLANS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR NOTE: FURNITURE QUANTITY AND LAYOUT IS BASED ON MATTERPORT SCAN COMPLETED 12/15/2023 NOTE: FURNITURE PLANS ARE FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. CONTRACTOR IS TO COORDINATE THE REMOVAL/DISPOSAL OF EXISTING FURNITURE TO BE REMOVED AND/OR SALVAGE/STORAGE OF EXISTING FURNITURE TO REMAIN WITH OWNER. PROCUREMENT OF NEW FURNITURE BY OWNER (N.I.C.). CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR ON DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION OF NEW FURNITURE AND/OR REINSTALLATION OF EXISTING FURNITURE TO REMAIN. 0 4'8'2' 0 4'8'2'3/16" = 1'-0"10 2nd floor enlarged furniture demo plan - area a 3/16" = 1'-0"20 2nd floor enlarged furniture demo plan - area b k e y n o t e s D20 DEMO (E) PLANTER D29 DEMO AND REMOVE (E) SEATING D30 DEMO AND REMOVE (E) TABLE E22 (E) WOOD RAILING FINISHED - COLOR TO MATCH PL-1 E33 (E) CONFIDENTIAL WASTE CABINET TO REMAIN No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 9 ASI-01 02/17/2026 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 66 SF VESEL 3100 658 SF CORRD 3101 113 SF CORRD 3102 47 SF TLPUB 310474 SF TLPUB 3103 155 SF HALLW 3107 1452 SF WTAGN 3108 E28 D20 typ. D29 typ. D30 typ. D29 typ. D29 typ. D30 typ. D29 typ. D20 of 3 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 3/16" = 1'-0" 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 7 : 4 0 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A723 3RD FLOOR ENLARGED FURNITURE DEMO PLANS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR NOTE: FURNITURE QUANTITY AND LAYOUT IS BASED ON MATTERPORT SCAN COMPLETED 12/15/2023 NOTE: FURNITURE PLANS ARE FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. CONTRACTOR IS TO COORDINATE THE REMOVAL/DISPOSAL OF EXISTING FURNITURE TO BE REMOVED AND/OR SALVAGE/STORAGE OF EXISTING FURNITURE TO REMAIN WITH OWNER. PROCUREMENT OF NEW FURNITURE BY OWNER (N.I.C.). CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR ON DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION OF NEW FURNITURE AND/OR REINSTALLATION OF EXISTING FURNITURE TO REMAIN. 3/16" = 1'-0"20 3rd floor enlarged furniture demo plan 0 4'8'2' k e y n o t e s D20 DEMO (E) PLANTER D29 DEMO AND REMOVE (E) SEATING D30 DEMO AND REMOVE (E) TABLE E28 (E) SELF CHECK-IN KIOSK TO BE RELOCATED TO FIRST FLOOR - REF. SHT. A112 No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 9 ASI-01 02/17/2026 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 241 SF VESTI 1100 841 SF RECEP 1102 1901 SF LOBBY 1101 111 SF VESTI 1104 45 SF TLPUB 110675 SF TLPUB 1105 138 SF STAIR ST01 83 SF VESTI 1103 64 SF TLPUB 190254 SF TLPUB 1904 127 SF RECEP 1502 804 SF WTAGN 1500 60 SF WSGEN 1500AW02 38 SF WSGEN 1500AW01 76 SF VESEL 1108 existing furniture count: 36 new furniture count: 29 % of ADA seating = 6% existing furniture count: 6 new furniture count: 14 T-05B T-05B existing furniture count: 5 new furniture count: 0 C-04A S-03D C-04A C-04AS-03DC-04A C-25F C-25F C-25F C-25F C-25F C-04D S-03E C-04D C-04D C-04D C-04D C-04D C-04D T-05B C-04D S-03E C-04D C-01A C-01A C-01A C-01A C-01A C-01A C-01A C-01A C-01A C-01A C-25FC-25F C-20F 0012 02 0012 02 existing furniture count: 1 new furniture count: 1 E33 T-05B C-04D C-04D T-05B C-04D C-04D T-05B T-05B T-05B T-05B T-05B T-05B T-05B ADA SEATING 1114 011114 01 1114 011114 01 T-03T-03 TC-02A TC-02A TC-02A TC-02A TC-02A TC-02A TC-02A TC-02A TC-02A TC-02A TC-02A TC-02A TC-02A TC-02A TC-02A ADA SEATING 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 3/16" = 1'-0" 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 7 : 4 5 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A731 1ST FLOOR ENLARGED NEW FURNITURE PLANS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR NOTE: FURNITURE QUANTITY AND LAYOUT IS BASED ON MATTERPORT SCAN COMPLETED 12/15/2023 NOTE: FURNITURE PLANS ARE FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. CONTRACTOR IS TO COORDINATE THE REMOVAL/DISPOSAL OF EXISTING FURNITURE TO BE REMOVED AND/OR SALVAGE/STORAGE OF EXISTING FURNITURE TO REMAIN WITH OWNER. PROCUREMENT OF NEW FURNITURE BY OWNER (N.I.C.). CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR ON DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION OF NEW FURNITURE AND/OR REINSTALLATION OF EXISTING FURNITURE TO REMAIN. f u r n i t u r e s c h e d u l e item mfr. description seat upholstery back upholstery finish B-07A IOA FUN FORMS, DRIP FL-W-08: LDI, ENVIROLEATHER, CALIFORNIA, RHODODENDRON (#1025) - - C-01A MUUTO FIBER ARMCHAIR WOOD BASE UPHOLSTERED FD-W-55: DESIGNTEX, SILICONE ELEMENT, JAM (3919/601) FD-W-55: DESIGNTEX, SILICONE ELEMENT, JAM (3919/601) OAK, OAK C-01B MUUTO FIBER ARMCHAIR WOOD BASE UPHOLSTERED FD-W-46: DESIGNTEX, SILICONE ELEMENT, PETAL (3919/306) FD-W-46: DESIGNTEX, SILICONE ELEMENT, PETAL (3919/306) OAK, OAK C-04A NEMSCHOFF PALISADE LOUNGE CHAIR WITH OPEN ARMS FD-W-26: DESIGNTEX, LINNEN, MULBERRY (3921/603) FD-W-13: DESIGNTEX, C.S. TICKET, BUBBLEGUM (C0240/301) ET, CLEAR ON ASH C-04D NEMSCHOFF PALISADE LOUNGE CHAIR WITH OPEN ARMS FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) FD-W-10: DESIGNTEX, WAYSIDE, OFF-WHITE ET, CLEAR ON ASH C-04F NEMSCHOFF PALISADE LOUNGE CHAIR WITH OPEN ARMS FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) DESIGNTEX: FACET, BARLEY (9415/101) ET, CLEAR ON ASH C-15A HAY SOFT EDGE CHAIR, NON-UPHOLSTERED - - MTL, MATTE LACQUERED OAK C-20F NEMSCHOFF NEMSCHOFF EASTON PLUS CHAIR WITH CLOSED ARMS FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) DESIGNTEX: FACET, BARLEY (9415/101) FRAME: MSS, METALLIC SILVER SMOOTH; ARM CAP: SG, SLATE GREY C-25F NEMSCHOFF PALISADE EASY ACCESS CHAIR WITH CLOSED FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) DESIGNTEX: FACET, BARLEY (9415/101) LEG FINISH: SNL, SATIN STEEL; ARM CAP FINISH: G1, GRAPHITE M-05F NEMSCHOFF STEPS LOUNGE CHAIR MID BACK STRAIGHT SEAT WITHOUT ARMS FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) DESIGNTEX: FACET, BARLEY (9415/101) MSS, METALLIC SILVER SMOOTH M-05FA NEMSCHOFF STEPS LOUNGE CHAIR MID BACK STRAIGHT SEAT WITH ARMS FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) DESIGNTEX: FACET, BARLEY (9415/101) MSS, METALLIC SILVER SMOOTH S-03A NEMSCHOFF PALISADE CHAIR WITH OPEN ARMS FD-W-26: DESIGNTEX, LINNEN, MULBERRY (3921/603) FD-W-13: DESIGNTEX, C.S. TICKET, BUBBLEGUM (C0240/301) ET, CLEAR ON ASH S-03D NEMSCHOFF PALISADE CHAIR WITH OPEN ARMS FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) FD-W-10: DESIGNTEX, WAYSIDE, OFF-WHITE ET, CLEAR ON ASH S-03E NEMSCHOFF PALISADE CHAIR WITH OPEN ARMS FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) DESIGNTEX: LUSTER, GLOW (3701/101) ET, CLEAR ON ASH S-03F NEMSCHOFF PALISADE CHAIR WITH OPEN ARMS FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) DESIGNTEX: FACET, BARLEY (9415/101) ET, CLEAR ON ASH T-03 HERMAN MILLER POLYGON TABLE - 18"DIA. X 26"H - - TOP: 91, WHITE FORMCOAT; BASE: 91 WHITE T-05B HERMAN MILLER POLYGON TABLE - 18"DIA. X 20"H - -TOP: 91, WHITE FORMCOAT; BASE: 91 WHITE T-07B NAUGHTONE CAFE TABLE - 24"D - - TOP: WSE, WHITE MFMDF TOP WITH EDGE BAND; BASE: R03, SILVER RAL 9006 TC-02A HERMAN MILLER VERSUS TASK CHAIR FHM-W-1: HERMAN MILLER, SUMMIT, METAL (3SU/35) FHM-W-1: HERMAN MILLER, SUMMIT, METAL (3SU/35) BK, BLACK 0 4'8'2'3/16" = 1'-0"20 1st floor enlarged new furniture plan k e y n o t e s 0012 02 MOBILE TOWER, RE: BRAND STANDARDS 1114 01 PROVIDE MOVEABLE LINE CONTROL STANCHION PER SCHEDULE - NUMBER AND CONFIGURATION TO BE CONFIRMED BY USERS E33 (E) CONFIDENTIAL WASTE CABINET TO REMAIN No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 730 SF CORRD 2101 64 SF VESEL 2108 118 SF VESTI 2104 45 SF TLPUB 210674 SF TLPUB 2105 E33 existing furniture count: 49 new furniture count: 48 % of ADA seating = 6% S-03A C-04AC-04A C-04A C-04A S-03A C-25F C-25F C-25F C-25F C-25F C-04DC-04DC-04D S-03E M-05FA M-05F M-05FA M-05F M-05FA C-15AC-15A C-01B C-01B C-01B C-01B C-01BC-01BC-01BC-01B C-04D C-04D C-25F C-25F C-25F C-25F C-25F 1316 SF WTAGN 2123 T-05B T-05B T-05B T-07B T-07B E33 E36 C-04D C-04D C-04D C-04D T-05B T-05B T-05B ADA SEATING S-03A C-04A C-04A T-05B T-05B T-05BT-05B T-05B T-05B T-05B T-05B T-05BT-05B T-05B T-05B T-05B T-05B T-05BT-05B ADA SEATING ADA SEATING 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 3/16" = 1'-0" 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 7 : 4 8 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A732 2ND FLOOR ENLARGED NEW FURNITURE PLANS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR NOTE: FURNITURE QUANTITY AND LAYOUT IS BASED ON MATTERPORT SCAN COMPLETED 12/15/2023 NOTE: FURNITURE PLANS ARE FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. CONTRACTOR IS TO COORDINATE THE REMOVAL/DISPOSAL OF EXISTING FURNITURE TO BE REMOVED AND/OR SALVAGE/STORAGE OF EXISTING FURNITURE TO REMAIN WITH OWNER. PROCUREMENT OF NEW FURNITURE BY OWNER (N.I.C.). CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR ON DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION OF NEW FURNITURE AND/OR REINSTALLATION OF EXISTING FURNITURE TO REMAIN. f u r n i t u r e s c h e d u l e item mfr. description seat upholstery back upholstery finish B-07A IOA FUN FORMS, DRIP FL-W-08: LDI, ENVIROLEATHER, CALIFORNIA, RHODODENDRON (#1025) - - C-01A MUUTO FIBER ARMCHAIR WOOD BASE UPHOLSTERED FD-W-55: DESIGNTEX, SILICONE ELEMENT, JAM (3919/601) FD-W-55: DESIGNTEX, SILICONE ELEMENT, JAM (3919/601) OAK, OAK C-01B MUUTO FIBER ARMCHAIR WOOD BASE UPHOLSTERED FD-W-46: DESIGNTEX, SILICONE ELEMENT, PETAL (3919/306) FD-W-46: DESIGNTEX, SILICONE ELEMENT, PETAL (3919/306) OAK, OAK C-04A NEMSCHOFF PALISADE LOUNGE CHAIR WITH OPEN ARMS FD-W-26: DESIGNTEX, LINNEN, MULBERRY (3921/603) FD-W-13: DESIGNTEX, C.S. TICKET, BUBBLEGUM (C0240/301) ET, CLEAR ON ASH C-04D NEMSCHOFF PALISADE LOUNGE CHAIR WITH OPEN ARMS FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) FD-W-10: DESIGNTEX, WAYSIDE, OFF-WHITE ET, CLEAR ON ASH C-04F NEMSCHOFF PALISADE LOUNGE CHAIR WITH OPEN ARMS FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) DESIGNTEX: FACET, BARLEY (9415/101) ET, CLEAR ON ASH C-15A HAY SOFT EDGE CHAIR, NON-UPHOLSTERED - - MTL, MATTE LACQUERED OAK C-20F NEMSCHOFF NEMSCHOFF EASTON PLUS CHAIR WITH CLOSED ARMS FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) DESIGNTEX: FACET, BARLEY (9415/101) FRAME: MSS, METALLIC SILVER SMOOTH; ARM CAP: SG, SLATE GREY C-25F NEMSCHOFF PALISADE EASY ACCESS CHAIR WITH CLOSED FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) DESIGNTEX: FACET, BARLEY (9415/101) LEG FINISH: SNL, SATIN STEEL; ARM CAP FINISH: G1, GRAPHITE M-05F NEMSCHOFF STEPS LOUNGE CHAIR MID BACK STRAIGHT SEAT WITHOUT ARMS FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) DESIGNTEX: FACET, BARLEY (9415/101) MSS, METALLIC SILVER SMOOTH M-05FA NEMSCHOFF STEPS LOUNGE CHAIR MID BACK STRAIGHT SEAT WITH ARMS FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) DESIGNTEX: FACET, BARLEY (9415/101) MSS, METALLIC SILVER SMOOTH S-03A NEMSCHOFF PALISADE CHAIR WITH OPEN ARMS FD-W-26: DESIGNTEX, LINNEN, MULBERRY (3921/603) FD-W-13: DESIGNTEX, C.S. TICKET, BUBBLEGUM (C0240/301) ET, CLEAR ON ASH S-03D NEMSCHOFF PALISADE CHAIR WITH OPEN ARMS FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) FD-W-10: DESIGNTEX, WAYSIDE, OFF-WHITE ET, CLEAR ON ASH S-03E NEMSCHOFF PALISADE CHAIR WITH OPEN ARMS FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) DESIGNTEX: LUSTER, GLOW (3701/101) ET, CLEAR ON ASH S-03F NEMSCHOFF PALISADE CHAIR WITH OPEN ARMS FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) DESIGNTEX: FACET, BARLEY (9415/101) ET, CLEAR ON ASH T-03 HERMAN MILLER POLYGON TABLE - 18"DIA. X 26"H - - TOP: 91, WHITE FORMCOAT; BASE: 91 WHITE T-05B HERMAN MILLER POLYGON TABLE - 18"DIA. X 20"H - -TOP: 91, WHITE FORMCOAT; BASE: 91 WHITE T-07B NAUGHTONE CAFE TABLE - 24"D - - TOP: WSE, WHITE MFMDF TOP WITH EDGE BAND; BASE: R03, SILVER RAL 9006 TC-02A HERMAN MILLER VERSUS TASK CHAIR FHM-W-1: HERMAN MILLER, SUMMIT, METAL (3SU/35) FHM-W-1: HERMAN MILLER, SUMMIT, METAL (3SU/35) BK, BLACK 0 4'8'2' 0 4'8'2'3/16" = 1'-0"10 2nd floor enlarged furniture plan - area a 3/16" = 1'-0"20 2nd floor enlarged new furniture plan - area b k e y n o t e s E33 (E) CONFIDENTIAL WASTE CABINET TO REMAIN E36 (E) EVACUATION CHAIR TO REMAIN No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 66 SF VESEL 3100 658 SF CORRD 3101 113 SF CORRD 3102 47 SF TLPUB 310474 SF TLPUB 3103 155 SF HALLW 3107 1452 SF WTAGN 3108 existing furniture count: 60 new furniture count: 50 % of ADA seating = 6% M-05FA M-05F M-05F M-05FA C-15A C-15A C-04A C-04A S-03F C-04A C-04AC-04A C-04A S-03F C-04A C-04A C-04A C-04A S-03F C-04A C-04A C-04A C-04A S-03F C-04A C-04A C-01B C-01B C-01B C-01B C-01B T-05B C-04A T-05BT-05B T-05BT-05B T-05BT-05B T-05B C-04A C-04A C-04A C-04A C-04A C-04A T-07B T-07B E36 B-07A B-07A B-07AB-07A B-07A B-07A B-07AB-07A C-04F C-04F T-05B C-04F C-04F C-04F C-04F C-04F C-04F C-04F C-04F ADA SEATING ADA SEATING ADA SEATING 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 3/16" = 1'-0" 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 7 : 5 1 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A733 3RD FLOOR ENLARGED NEW FURNITURE PLAN 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR NOTE: FURNITURE QUANTITY AND LAYOUT IS BASED ON MATTERPORT SCAN COMPLETED 12/15/2023 NOTE: FURNITURE PLANS ARE FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. CONTRACTOR IS TO COORDINATE THE REMOVAL/DISPOSAL OF EXISTING FURNITURE TO BE REMOVED AND/OR SALVAGE/STORAGE OF EXISTING FURNITURE TO REMAIN WITH OWNER. PROCUREMENT OF NEW FURNITURE BY OWNER (N.I.C.). CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR ON DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION OF NEW FURNITURE AND/OR REINSTALLATION OF EXISTING FURNITURE TO REMAIN. f u r n i t u r e s c h e d u l e item mfr. description seat upholstery back upholstery finish B-07A IOA FUN FORMS, DRIP FL-W-08: LDI, ENVIROLEATHER, CALIFORNIA, RHODODENDRON (#1025) - - C-01A MUUTO FIBER ARMCHAIR WOOD BASE UPHOLSTERED FD-W-55: DESIGNTEX, SILICONE ELEMENT, JAM (3919/601) FD-W-55: DESIGNTEX, SILICONE ELEMENT, JAM (3919/601) OAK, OAK C-01B MUUTO FIBER ARMCHAIR WOOD BASE UPHOLSTERED FD-W-46: DESIGNTEX, SILICONE ELEMENT, PETAL (3919/306) FD-W-46: DESIGNTEX, SILICONE ELEMENT, PETAL (3919/306) OAK, OAK C-04A NEMSCHOFF PALISADE LOUNGE CHAIR WITH OPEN ARMS FD-W-26: DESIGNTEX, LINNEN, MULBERRY (3921/603) FD-W-13: DESIGNTEX, C.S. TICKET, BUBBLEGUM (C0240/301) ET, CLEAR ON ASH C-04D NEMSCHOFF PALISADE LOUNGE CHAIR WITH OPEN ARMS FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) FD-W-10: DESIGNTEX, WAYSIDE, OFF-WHITE ET, CLEAR ON ASH C-04F NEMSCHOFF PALISADE LOUNGE CHAIR WITH OPEN ARMS FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) DESIGNTEX: FACET, BARLEY (9415/101) ET, CLEAR ON ASH C-15A HAY SOFT EDGE CHAIR, NON-UPHOLSTERED - - MTL, MATTE LACQUERED OAK C-20F NEMSCHOFF NEMSCHOFF EASTON PLUS CHAIR WITH CLOSED ARMS FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) DESIGNTEX: FACET, BARLEY (9415/101) FRAME: MSS, METALLIC SILVER SMOOTH; ARM CAP: SG, SLATE GREY C-25F NEMSCHOFF PALISADE EASY ACCESS CHAIR WITH CLOSED FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) DESIGNTEX: FACET, BARLEY (9415/101) LEG FINISH: SNL, SATIN STEEL; ARM CAP FINISH: G1, GRAPHITE M-05F NEMSCHOFF STEPS LOUNGE CHAIR MID BACK STRAIGHT SEAT WITHOUT ARMS FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) DESIGNTEX: FACET, BARLEY (9415/101) MSS, METALLIC SILVER SMOOTH M-05FA NEMSCHOFF STEPS LOUNGE CHAIR MID BACK STRAIGHT SEAT WITH ARMS FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) DESIGNTEX: FACET, BARLEY (9415/101) MSS, METALLIC SILVER SMOOTH S-03A NEMSCHOFF PALISADE CHAIR WITH OPEN ARMS FD-W-26: DESIGNTEX, LINNEN, MULBERRY (3921/603) FD-W-13: DESIGNTEX, C.S. TICKET, BUBBLEGUM (C0240/301) ET, CLEAR ON ASH S-03D NEMSCHOFF PALISADE CHAIR WITH OPEN ARMS FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) FD-W-10: DESIGNTEX, WAYSIDE, OFF-WHITE ET, CLEAR ON ASH S-03E NEMSCHOFF PALISADE CHAIR WITH OPEN ARMS FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) DESIGNTEX: LUSTER, GLOW (3701/101) ET, CLEAR ON ASH S-03F NEMSCHOFF PALISADE CHAIR WITH OPEN ARMS FD-W-27: DESIGNTEX, LUSTER, TAUPE (3701/103) DESIGNTEX: FACET, BARLEY (9415/101) ET, CLEAR ON ASH T-03 HERMAN MILLER POLYGON TABLE - 18"DIA. X 26"H - - TOP: 91, WHITE FORMCOAT; BASE: 91 WHITE T-05B HERMAN MILLER POLYGON TABLE - 18"DIA. X 20"H - -TOP: 91, WHITE FORMCOAT; BASE: 91 WHITE T-07B NAUGHTONE CAFE TABLE - 24"D - - TOP: WSE, WHITE MFMDF TOP WITH EDGE BAND; BASE: R03, SILVER RAL 9006 TC-02A HERMAN MILLER VERSUS TASK CHAIR FHM-W-1: HERMAN MILLER, SUMMIT, METAL (3SU/35) FHM-W-1: HERMAN MILLER, SUMMIT, METAL (3SU/35) BK, BLACK 0 4'8'2'3/16" = 1'-0"20 3rd floor enlarged new furniture plan k e y n o t e s E36 (E) EVACUATION CHAIR TO REMAIN No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 i n t e r i o r e l e v a t i o n n o t e s REFERENCE INTERIOR ELEVATION NOTES ON SHEET T002. TYP. RB-1 E01 typ. E02 E06E33 WT-3 TYP. RB-1 typ. E02 PT-3-A E01 PT-1FPT-1 typ. E27 E06E29 E05 D23 E25 typ. E27 E31 E05 E06 typ. E07 E07 1019 00 1019 00 OBLIQUE ELEVATION VIEW RB-1 10'-0" DWP-1 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 7 : 5 3 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A740 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR k e y n o t e s 1019 00 SIGNAGE - REF. SIGNAGE PACKAGE FOR SPECIFICS REGARDING SIGN TYPE, EXACT LOCATION, AND MOUNTING DETAILS D23 DEMO (E) DISPENSER E01 (E) DOOR TO REMAIN E02 (E) GLAZING TO REMAIN E05 (E) RECEPTACLE TO REMAIN E06 (E) FIRE ALARM DEVICE TO REMAIN E07 (E) STRUCTURAL BEAM TO BE PAINTED - COLOR-PT-1 E25 (E) DRINKING FOUNTAIN TO REMAIN E27 (E) CORNER GUARD TO REMAIN E29 (E) ELECTRICAL DEVICE TO REMAIN E31 (E) SIGNAGE - SIGNAGE CONSULTANT TO CONFIRM DIRECTIVE E33 (E) CONFIDENTIAL WASTE CABINET TO REMAIN NOTE: EVERY EFFORT HAS BEEN MADE TO LOCATE ALL EXISTING THERMOSTATS, POWER AND DATA RECEPTACLES, AND OTHER WIRING DEVICES ON THE ELEVATIONS. ALL DEVICES, WHETHER SHOWN OR NOT, ARE TO REMAIN IN PLACE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE ELEVATIONS TO BE RELOCATED. 20 1100 vesti interior elevations 3/8" = 1'-0" 20A 20B No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 i n t e r i o r e l e v a t i o n n o t e s REFERENCE INTERIOR ELEVATION NOTES ON SHEET T002. TYP. RB-1 ______ A850 20E OPEN TO BEYOND OPEN TO BEYOND OPEN TO BEYOND typ. E07 E07E07 10' - 0" DWP-1 TYP. WS-1 E19 typ. of 2 E10 PT-3-A OPEN TO BEYOND E01 typ. E02 TYP. RB-1D19 E23E06 E05 E30 typ. E27 D08 E05 E31 E06E31 1019 00 2' - 3 " 1' - 0"8" ALIGN E311019 00 EQEQ TYP. RB-1 PL-1 E15E01PL-2D23E17 typ. E05 E34 typ. 0640 03A15 TYP. RB-1 typ. E24 TYP. RB-1 OPEN TO BEYOND E33 E331019 00 1019 00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 7 : 5 7 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A741 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 15 1101 lobby interior elevations 3/8" = 1'-0" k e y n o t e s 0640 03 NEW CABINET 1019 00 SIGNAGE - REF. SIGNAGE PACKAGE FOR SPECIFICS REGARDING SIGN TYPE, EXACT LOCATION, AND MOUNTING DETAILS D08 DEMO (E) CLOCK D19 DEMO (E) PLAQUE D23 DEMO (E) DISPENSER E01 (E) DOOR TO REMAIN E02 (E) GLAZING TO REMAIN E05 (E) RECEPTACLE TO REMAIN E06 (E) FIRE ALARM DEVICE TO REMAIN E07 (E) STRUCTURAL BEAM TO BE PAINTED - COLOR-PT-1 E10 (E) CHECK-IN KIOSK - REMOVE AND REINSTALL IN CURRENT LOCATION AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW WORK E15 (E) CASEWORK TO BE RESURFACED E17 (E) VENDING MACHINES TO REMAIN E19 (E) RELCOATED CHECK-IN KIOSK E23 (E) TV TO REMAIN E24 (E) THERMOSTAT TO BE RELOCATED E27 (E) CORNER GUARD TO REMAIN E30 (E) DATA TO REMAIN E31 (E) SIGNAGE - SIGNAGE CONSULTANT TO CONFIRM DIRECTIVE E33 (E) CONFIDENTIAL WASTE CABINET TO REMAIN E34 (E) TABLET CHARGER TO REMAIN, WITH ALL DATA AND RECEPTACLES NOTE: EVERY EFFORT HAS BEEN MADE TO LOCATE ALL EXISTING THERMOSTATS, POWER AND DATA RECEPTACLES, AND OTHER WIRING DEVICES ON THE ELEVATIONS. ALL DEVICES, WHETHER SHOWN OR NOT, ARE TO REMAIN IN PLACE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE ELEVATIONS TO BE RELOCATED. 15D 15C 20A20D 20D2 20 1102 recep interior elevations 3/8" = 1'-0" No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 9 ASI-01 02/17/2026 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 i n t e r i o r e l e v a t i o n n o t e s REFERENCE INTERIOR ELEVATION NOTES ON SHEET T002. TYP. RB-1 EXISTING TO REMAIN E01 TYP. RB-1 E31 E06 TYP. RB-1 OPEN TO BEYOND E01 TYP. RB-1 OPEN TO BEYOND E31 E27 TYP. RB-1 typ. E27 typ. D24 E01 TYP. RB-1 E06 E05 E01 TYP. RB-1 E27 W09E01 TYP. RB-1E31 E12 E12 TYP. RB-1 D25 E06 D22 1 1019 00 W09E01 TYP. RB-1 E12 0640 01 ACR-1 E01 TYP. RB-1 OPEN TO BEYOND ______ A851 12A 1019 00 PT-5-A E15 TYP. RB-1 TYP. PL-1E05 D24 E33 TYP. WP 2' - 0 " 5"5" 1019 00 SH-2 E23 E02 PT-5-A TYP. RB-1 D21E06 2' - 0 " TYP. WP E24 TYP. RB-1 E23 D22 E06 E14 E01E24 typ. D16 RB-1 E05 E04 RB-1 E24 RB-1PL-1 PL-2E01RB-1 E14 PL-2 PL-1 1019 00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 8 : 0 2 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A742 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR k e y n o t e s 0640 01 DEPARTMENT ENTRY BLADE - REF. 01/A840 1019 00 SIGNAGE - REF. SIGNAGE PACKAGE FOR SPECIFICS REGARDING SIGN TYPE, EXACT LOCATION, AND MOUNTING DETAILS D16 DEMO (E) SIGNAGE D21 DEMO (E) TV D22 DEMO (E) SUGGESTION BOX D24 DEMO (E) DATA D25 DEMO (E) FILE HOLDER E01 (E) DOOR TO REMAIN E02 (E) GLAZING TO REMAIN E04 (E) LIGHT SWITCH TO REMAIN E05 (E) RECEPTACLE TO REMAIN E06 (E) FIRE ALARM DEVICE TO REMAIN E12 (E) ELEVATOR BUTTONS, CONTROLS AND LANTERNS TO REMAIN E14 (E) EXIT SIGN TO REMAIN E15 (E) CASEWORK TO BE RESURFACED E23 (E) TV TO REMAIN E24 (E) THERMOSTAT TO BE RELOCATED E27 (E) CORNER GUARD TO REMAIN E31 (E) SIGNAGE - SIGNAGE CONSULTANT TO CONFIRM DIRECTIVE E33 (E) CONFIDENTIAL WASTE CABINET TO REMAIN NOTE: EVERY EFFORT HAS BEEN MADE TO LOCATE ALL EXISTING THERMOSTATS, POWER AND DATA RECEPTACLES, AND OTHER WIRING DEVICES ON THE ELEVATIONS. ALL DEVICES, WHETHER SHOWN OR NOT, ARE TO REMAIN IN PLACE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE ELEVATIONS TO BE RELOCATED. 13 1108 vesel interior elevations 3/8" = 1'-0" 05A 05B 05C 10A 10B 10C 10D 13A 13B 13C 10 1104 vesti interior elevations 3/8" = 1'-0"05 1103 vesti interior elevations 3/8" = 1'-0" 19A 19B 19C 19D 19E 19 1500 vesti interior elevations 3/8" = 1'-0" 15B 05D 15C15A 15 1500AW01 & 1500AW02 wsgen interior elevations 3/8" = 1'-0" No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 i n t e r i o r e l e v a t i o n n o t e s REFERENCE INTERIOR ELEVATION NOTES ON SHEET T002. OPEN TO BEYOND E02 E01 TYP. RB-1 PT-5-A typ. E27E35 OPEN TO BEYOND PT-5-A PT-5-A TYP. RB-1 PT-5-APT-5-A typ. E27 E05 E06 E36 E01 E14 E05 E06 E02 E01 E01 TYP. RB-1 E06 E35 E17WPD27 PT-3-A typ. E271019 001019 00 E02 TYP. RB-1 E01 typ. E27E35E05E40 TYP. RB-1 E01E35 typ. E27 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 8 : 0 4 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A743 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR k e y n o t e s 1019 00 SIGNAGE - REF. SIGNAGE PACKAGE FOR SPECIFICS REGARDING SIGN TYPE, EXACT LOCATION, AND MOUNTING DETAILS D27 DEMO (E) WALL PROTECTION E01 (E) DOOR TO REMAIN E02 (E) GLAZING TO REMAIN E05 (E) RECEPTACLE TO REMAIN E06 (E) FIRE ALARM DEVICE TO REMAIN E14 (E) EXIT SIGN TO REMAIN E17 (E) VENDING MACHINES TO REMAIN E27 (E) CORNER GUARD TO REMAIN E35 (E) CARD READER TO REMAIN E36 (E) EVACUATION CHAIR TO REMAIN E40 (E) FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET TO REMAIN NOTE: EVERY EFFORT HAS BEEN MADE TO LOCATE ALL EXISTING THERMOSTATS, POWER AND DATA RECEPTACLES, AND OTHER WIRING DEVICES ON THE ELEVATIONS. ALL DEVICES, WHETHER SHOWN OR NOT, ARE TO REMAIN IN PLACE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE ELEVATIONS TO BE RELOCATED. 20A 20A1 20B 20C 20C1 20 2126 corrd interior elevations 3/8" = 1'-0" 20D No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 i n t e r i o r e l e v a t i o n n o t e s REFERENCE INTERIOR ELEVATION NOTES ON SHEET T002. PT-5-A RB-1D21 D27 WP TYP. RB-1E01 PT-3-A E35 E27 D27 2' - 0 " WP1019 00 TYP. RB-1 E01 PT-5-AE33 typ. D27 typ. E27 E23 WP 2' - 2 " E010920 01 RB-1 typ. E27 typ. D27 WP 2' - 2 " TYP. RB-1 PT-3-A E01D27WPE35 2' - 0 " 1019 00 E01W09 RB-1D25E05 E12 E01 RB-1 E06 E05 E35 2 1019 00 E01 W09RB-1 E12 typ. E05 TYP. RB-1 E14E06 E06 E05 E27 E01 TYP. RB-1 typ. E27 E01RB-1 E27 E35 E40 E06 E04 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 8 : 0 8 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A744 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR k e y n o t e s 0920 01 (N) INFILL WALL PER PLAN 1019 00 SIGNAGE - REF. SIGNAGE PACKAGE FOR SPECIFICS REGARDING SIGN TYPE, EXACT LOCATION, AND MOUNTING DETAILS D21 DEMO (E) TV D25 DEMO (E) FILE HOLDER D27 DEMO (E) WALL PROTECTION E01 (E) DOOR TO REMAIN E04 (E) LIGHT SWITCH TO REMAIN E05 (E) RECEPTACLE TO REMAIN E06 (E) FIRE ALARM DEVICE TO REMAIN E12 (E) ELEVATOR BUTTONS, CONTROLS AND LANTERNS TO REMAIN E14 (E) EXIT SIGN TO REMAIN E23 (E) TV TO REMAIN E27 (E) CORNER GUARD TO REMAIN E33 (E) CONFIDENTIAL WASTE CABINET TO REMAIN E35 (E) CARD READER TO REMAIN E40 (E) FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET TO REMAIN NOTE: EVERY EFFORT HAS BEEN MADE TO LOCATE ALL EXISTING THERMOSTATS, POWER AND DATA RECEPTACLES, AND OTHER WIRING DEVICES ON THE ELEVATIONS. ALL DEVICES, WHETHER SHOWN OR NOT, ARE TO REMAIN IN PLACE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE ELEVATIONS TO BE RELOCATED. 10A 10B 10B1 10D 10 2123 wtagn interior elevations 3/8" = 1'-0" 10D1 17 2108 vesel interior elevations 3/8" = 1'-0" 17A 17B 17C 05A 05B 05C 05 2100 corrd interior elevations 3/8" = 1'-0" No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 i n t e r i o r e l e v a t i o n n o t e s REFERENCE INTERIOR ELEVATION NOTES ON SHEET T002. E01 TYP. RB-1 OPEN TO BEYOND typ. E27E05 RB-1 E05E30E05E05 E01 TYP. RB-1E27 E06 E01 TYP. RB-1 E40 typ. E27 E06 TYP. RB-1E01WT-3 PT-3-A OPEN TO BEYOND E02TILE FULL 03 A841 ______E25 typ. E27E05 TI L E FU L L 1019 00 1019 00 E01RB-1 E40 E05E01 TYP. RB-1 E01 OPEN TO BEYOND OPEN TO BEYOND OPEN TO BEYONDOPEN TO BEYOND E06 typ. E27 E35 E06 PL-1 typ. D28 E151019 00 typ. D31 of 3 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 8 : 1 1 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A745 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR k e y n o t e s 1019 00 SIGNAGE - REF. SIGNAGE PACKAGE FOR SPECIFICS REGARDING SIGN TYPE, EXACT LOCATION, AND MOUNTING DETAILS D28 DEMO (E) ARTWORK D31 REMOVE AND SALVAGE (E) ARTWORK - ARTWORK CONSULTANT TO EVALUATE FOR REUSE - GC TO COORDINATE WITH END USER FOR POSSIBLE REUSE WITHIN THE CLINIC BACK OFFICE SPACE E01 (E) DOOR TO REMAIN E02 (E) GLAZING TO REMAIN E05 (E) RECEPTACLE TO REMAIN E06 (E) FIRE ALARM DEVICE TO REMAIN E15 (E) CASEWORK TO BE RESURFACED E25 (E) DRINKING FOUNTAIN TO REMAIN E27 (E) CORNER GUARD TO REMAIN E30 (E) DATA TO REMAIN E35 (E) CARD READER TO REMAIN E40 (E) FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET TO REMAIN NOTE: EVERY EFFORT HAS BEEN MADE TO LOCATE ALL EXISTING THERMOSTATS, POWER AND DATA RECEPTACLES, AND OTHER WIRING DEVICES ON THE ELEVATIONS. ALL DEVICES, WHETHER SHOWN OR NOT, ARE TO REMAIN IN PLACE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE ELEVATIONS TO BE RELOCATED. 10 2104 vesti interior elevations 3/8" = 1'-0" 20 2101 corrd interior elevations 3/8" = 1'-0" 10A 10B 10C 10D 20C 20D20A No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 11 ASI-02 02/24/2026 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 i n t e r i o r e l e v a t i o n n o t e s REFERENCE INTERIOR ELEVATION NOTES ON SHEET T002. W09RB-1 E01D25E05 E12 RB-1 E06 D22 D25 3 1019 00 E01 RB-1 W09 E12 E01 TYP. RB-1 OPEN TO BEYOND E27E05 WT-3 TYP. RB-1 03 A841 ______E25 typ. E08E05E30E27 EQ.EQ. TI L E FU L L PT-AP RB-1 E27 E06 E25 E01 RB-1 typ. E27 E06 E40 E02 E02 TYP. RB-1 E06 typ. E27 E36 E17 E06E31 PT-3-A TYP. RB-1E01 E14 E05E06 typ. E27 E01E01 E02 E01PT-3-A TYP. RB-1 OPEN TO BEYOND E06 typ. E27 E01RB-1 E40 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 8 : 1 5 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A746 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR k e y n o t e s 1019 00 SIGNAGE - REF. SIGNAGE PACKAGE FOR SPECIFICS REGARDING SIGN TYPE, EXACT LOCATION, AND MOUNTING DETAILS D22 DEMO (E) SUGGESTION BOX D25 DEMO (E) FILE HOLDER E01 (E) DOOR TO REMAIN E02 (E) GLAZING TO REMAIN E05 (E) RECEPTACLE TO REMAIN E06 (E) FIRE ALARM DEVICE TO REMAIN E08 (E) ACCESS PANEL TO REMAIN E12 (E) ELEVATOR BUTTONS, CONTROLS AND LANTERNS TO REMAIN E14 (E) EXIT SIGN TO REMAIN E17 (E) VENDING MACHINES TO REMAIN E25 (E) DRINKING FOUNTAIN TO REMAIN E27 (E) CORNER GUARD TO REMAIN E30 (E) DATA TO REMAIN E31 (E) SIGNAGE - SIGNAGE CONSULTANT TO CONFIRM DIRECTIVE E36 (E) EVACUATION CHAIR TO REMAIN E40 (E) FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET TO REMAIN NOTE: EVERY EFFORT HAS BEEN MADE TO LOCATE ALL EXISTING THERMOSTATS, POWER AND DATA RECEPTACLES, AND OTHER WIRING DEVICES ON THE ELEVATIONS. ALL DEVICES, WHETHER SHOWN OR NOT, ARE TO REMAIN IN PLACE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE ELEVATIONS TO BE RELOCATED. 20 3101 corrd interior elevations 3/8" = 1'-0" 10 3102 corrd interior elevations 3/8" = 1'-0" 03A 03B 03C 10A 10B 10C 10D 20A 20B 20C 20D 03 3100 vesel interior elevations 3/8" = 1'-0" No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 i n t e r i o r e l e v a t i o n n o t e s REFERENCE INTERIOR ELEVATION NOTES ON SHEET T002. E02 RB-1 typ. E27E21 E01 RB-1 E14 E05 RB-1 E02 E05 E27 E21 E01E01E01 0640 01 ACR-1 E14 typ. E27 E17RB-1 2' - 2 " WP OBLIQUE ELEVATION VIEW OPEN TO BEYOND E02 TYP. RB-1 D21 E05 typ. E27 2' - 2 " WPWP E01 E01 0640 01 ACR-1 TYP. RB-1E21 typ. E27E06 E05 E35 2' - 2 " TYP. WPA02.1 1019 001019 00 OBLIQUE ELEVATION VIEW ACR-1 ACR-1 E01E01 E01 0640 01 0640 01 TYP. RB-1 E35 E06 E05 E14 E35 WP 2' - 2 " 1019 00 1019 00 1019 001019 00 OBLIQUE ELEVATION VIEW OBLIQUE ELEVATION VIEW 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 8 : 1 8 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A747 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR k e y n o t e s 0640 01 DEPARTMENT ENTRY BLADE - REF. 01/A840 1019 00 SIGNAGE - REF. SIGNAGE PACKAGE FOR SPECIFICS REGARDING SIGN TYPE, EXACT LOCATION, AND MOUNTING DETAILS D21 DEMO (E) TV E01 (E) DOOR TO REMAIN E02 (E) GLAZING TO REMAIN E05 (E) RECEPTACLE TO REMAIN E06 (E) FIRE ALARM DEVICE TO REMAIN E14 (E) EXIT SIGN TO REMAIN E17 (E) VENDING MACHINES TO REMAIN E21 (E) RAILINGS TO BE REPAINTED-COLOR: FPT-1 E27 (E) CORNER GUARD TO REMAIN E35 (E) CARD READER TO REMAIN NOTE: EVERY EFFORT HAS BEEN MADE TO LOCATE ALL EXISTING THERMOSTATS, POWER AND DATA RECEPTACLES, AND OTHER WIRING DEVICES ON THE ELEVATIONS. ALL DEVICES, WHETHER SHOWN OR NOT, ARE TO REMAIN IN PLACE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE ELEVATIONS TO BE RELOCATED. 20 3108 wtagn interior elevations 3/8" = 1'-0" 15A 15B 15C 20A 20B 20C 20D 15 3107 hallw interior elevations 3/8" = 1'-0" No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 p a r t i t i o n n o t e s THESE BASIC PARTITION COMPONENTS AND NOTES APPLY TO ALL PARTITIONS SHOWN U.N.O. 1. THE FOLLOWING NOTES SHOULD BE CONSIDERED MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR INTERIOR NON-BEARING PARTITION FRAMING. 2. PARTITIONS ARE DISTINGUISHED ON FLOOR PLANS BY GRAPHIC DESIGNATION OR BY SYMBOL - REFER TO GRAPHIC DESIGNATION AND SYMBOL PARTITION SCHEDULES. 3. "LINE OF STRUCTURE" INDICATED FOR EACH PARTITION IS DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY AND DOES NOT INDICATE EXACT CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS OR GEOMETRY. 4. SEALANT TYPES: A. FIRE RESISTANCE RATED PARTITIONS SHALL USE FIRE/SMOKE RESISTANT FILL MATERIAL B. NON-RATED PARTITIONS AND NON-RATED SMOKE RESISTANT PARTITIONS SHALL USE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. 5. INSULATION - HEAD CONDITIONS AT FLOOR/ROOF DECK: A. FIRE RESISTANCE RATED PARTITIONS SHALL USE FIRE SAFING INSULATION. 6. REFER TO SCHEDULE FOR STUD GAUGE, SPACING AND ALLOWABLE LIMITING HEIGHTS DEFLECTION CRITERIA FOR GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES. ICC-ES ESR-3064P FOR STUDS AND FASTENERS. SCHEDULE (REFERENCE ALLOWABLE STUD HEIGHT SCHEDULE THIS SHEET) 25ga: NOT ACCEPTABLE 22ga: TYPICAL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED 7. FIRE RESISTANT AND FIRE RESISTANT SMOKE BARRIER RATINGS ARE TO SURROUND ALL OPENINGS IN RATED PARTITIONS. 8. PARTITIONS SHALL EXTEND AND SEAL TO INSIDE FACE OF EXTERIOR SHEATHING, INCLUDING EXTENSIONS THROUGH SOFFITS. 9. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FACE OF STUD U.O.N. 10. REFER TO TOILET ACCESSORIES SHEET AND CASEWORK SHEET FOR MOUNTING DETAIL INFORMATION. 11. USE TYPE "X" FIRE RATED GYPSUM BOARD ON FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES. 12. USE MIN. 18ga. STUD AT ALL PARTITIONS SUPPORTING CABINETS OR EQUIPMENT. 13. OMIT GYPSUM BOARD ON INACCESSIBLE, NON-VISIBLE, NON-RATED SIDE OF WALLS. 14. PROVIDE STRUCTURAL TUBE SUPPORT FOR ALL PARTIAL HEIGHT UNBRACED PARTITIONS. 15. FOR WALL MOUNTED ITEMS WEIGHING 20-50 LBS. PROJECTING 6" MAX FROM FACE OF WALL (X=3") USE 6" MIN. X 18ga. STUD BACKING W/ (3)#10 SMS TO EACH 22ga. STUD SPANNING 3 STUDS MIN. FOR WALL MOUNTED ITEMS WEIGHING 50-150 LBS. (INCLUDING HUNG CASEWORK) USE 6" MIN. X 18ga. STUD BACKING W/ (3)#10 SMS TO EACH 18ga. STUD SPANNING 3 STUDS MIN. STUDS DO NOT NEED TO BE FULL HEIGHT BUT SHOULD BE BRACED ABOVE CEILING AT 4'-0" O.C. MAX. 16. ALL GYPSUM BOARD CLAD WALLS AND CEILINGS IN RESTROOMS OR OTHER SPACES WITH EXPOSURE TO INCREASED HUMIDITY TO USE MOLD AND MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD. 17. ALL WALLS ASSUME A DEFLECTION LIMIT OF L/240 U.O.N. WALLS WHICH RECEIVE CLADDING AND/OR VENEER SHALL USE A DEFLECTION LIMIT OF L/360. ICC-ES ESR-3064P STUD SIZE (@ 16" OC) 2-1/2" 3-1/2" 3-5/8" 4" MIN. FRAMING THICKNESS 22ga. 20ga. 18ga. 22ga. 20ga. 18ga. 16ga. 14ga. 22ga. 20ga. 18ga. 16ga. 14ga. 22ga. 20ga. 18ga. 16ga. 14ga. MAX. HEIGHT LIMIT (L/240) 11'-3" 11'-8" 13'-1" 14'-7" 15'-1"" 17'-0" 18'-2" 19'-4" 15'-0" 15'-6" 17'-5" 18'-8" 19'-11" 16'-1" 16'-9" 18'-10" 20'-2" 21'-6" i n t e r i o r w a l l l i m i t i n g h e i g h t s t a b l e (5 PSF) STUD SIZE (@ 16" OC) 5-1/2" 6" 8" MIN. FRAMING THICKNESS 22ga. 20ga. 18ga. 16ga. 14ga. 22ga. 20ga. 18ga. 16ga. 14ga. 18ga. 16ga. 14ga. MAX. HEIGHT LIMIT (L/240) 20'-5" 21'-6" 24'-4" 26'-1" 27'-11" 21'-5" 23'-0" 26'-2" 28'-0" 30'-0" 33'-1" 35'-7" 38'-2" MTL. STUDS PER SCHEDULE SOUND ATTENUATION BATT NEW FINISH PER ELEVATION 5/8" GYP. BD. A REF. DETAIL 20/- FOR TOP AND BOTTOM CONNECTION AT INFILL CONDITION PIPE PENETRATION UL-W-L-1001 BOX PENETRATION UL-236 RATED WALL ASSEMBLY PER PLAN 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP BD PIPE PENETRATION FIRE SEALANT -TYP. 3M COMPANY -CP 25WB+ OR FB-3000 WT RATED WALL ASSEMBLY PER PLAN 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP BD FIRESTOP PUTTY HILTI CP 617 ELEC. OUTLET BOX (N) GYP. BD. FINISH (N) MTL. STUD MATCH - (E) MTL. STUD WIDTH - REF. DET. 10/-FOR MAX. SPAN AL I G N AL I G N EX I S T I N G E X I S T I N G (2) (N) #8 SMS @ EA SIDE- STAGGERED @ 16" O.C. T&B (N) SOUND ATTENUATION 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 8 : 1 9 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A800 PARTITION DETAILS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 1" = 1'-0"10 partition types 1 1/2" = 1'-0"19 penetration through rated partition 6" = 1'-0"20 infill wall detail No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 ROOF OR FLR. S.O.G. OR FLR. (1 5 ' - 9 " @ G R O U N D F L O O R ) 15 ' - 0 " M A X . AN D B O T . O F W A L L 4' - 0 " M A X . T O P adjacent opng. adjacent opng. window opng. opng.opng. door opng. INFILL AT RATED WALLS MATCH STUD SIZE AND SPACING JAMB STUD AT ADJACENT OPNG. 'L''L''L' FOR HDR/SILL 'L' FOR HDR/SILL 'L' FOR JAMB BTWN ADJACENT OPNG. BOTTOM TRACK PER 09/A801 TYP. HEADER PER 07/A802 TYP. JAMBS PER 18/A801 TYP. SILL PER 17/A802 TYP. BRIDGING @ 4'-0" O.C. VERT. WHEN SHEATHING DOES NOT OCCUR ON BOTH SIDES OF STUDS - SEE BRIDGING DETAILS 09/A802 OR 14/A802. NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, TYPICAL WALL FRAMING IS 4" x 33 mil (20ga.), SPACED @ 16" O.C. typ. typ. typ. typ. A802 07 A802 07 A802 17 A802 04 A802 04 A801 12 ROOF OR FLR. S.O.G. OR FLR. (7 ' - 0 " M I N . , 1 2 ' - 0 " M A X . ) H window opng.door opng. PROVIDE DIAGONAL BRACING WHERE TOP TRACK, PER EXCEEDS MAX. SPAC BETWEEN INTERSECTING WALLS OR AT ENDS OF FREESTANDING WALLS PER 10/A801 'L''L' BOTTOM TRACK PER 09/A801 TYP. HEADER PER 07/A802 JAMBS PER 18/A801 BRIDGING @ MIDSPAN WHEN SHEATHING DOES NOT OCCUR ON BOTH SIDES OF STUDS - SEE BRIDGING DETAILS 09/A802 OR 14/A802. *SOLID WALL PIER WIDTH LENGTH L > H / 2 SHALL OCCUR AT WA L L REF. RCP CLNG. LINE WALLPIER LEAST ONCE PER 20'-0" LENGTH OF WALL L *SOLID WALL PIER PIER 1/2" MIN. GYPSUM BOARD SHEATHING WITH #8 SMS @ 4" AT PANEL EDGES AND 8" AT FIELD SLAB ON GRADE OR SLAB ON METAL DECK STRUCTURAL SLAB ON DECK SILL PER 17/A802 TYP. HEADER PER 07/A802 TYP. TOP TRACK PER 04/A801 JAMBS PER 18/A800, TYP. typ. typ. typ.typ. A802 07 A802 07 A802 05 A802 17 A802 04 A802 04 A801 12 A801 05 ROOF OR FLR. S.O.G. OR FLR. REF. RCP CLNG. LINE CG CG 3' - 0 " M A X . 3' - 0 " M A X . 2' - 0" MAX. 9" MAX. 1' - 6" MAX. TY P . 3" T & B 7' - 6 " M A X . CG T& B 1' - 0 " M A X . TY P . 2' - 0 " M A X . A NO ATTACHMENTS B HANGING EQUIPMENT C BASE AND/OR UPPER CABINETS D FULL HEIGHT CABINETS 2' - 0" MAX. 'H ' @ P A R T I A L H E I G H T W A L L S - S E E 1 3 / A 8 0 1 'H ' @ F U L L H E I G H T W A L L S - S E E 1 3 / A 8 0 1 STUDS @ 16" PER SCHEDULE, TYP. - REF. 13/A801 FULL HEIGHT STUD (WHERE OCCURS) 6" MAX. CG 1' - 0 " M I N . NOTES: 1. BACKING PLATE TYPE 1 PER 16/A801 2. BACKING PLATE TYPE 2 PER 17/A801 1. 1. 2. 1. MAX. OPER. WT. = 50LBS/STUD typ.typ. typ.A801 09 A801 20A801 20 p a r t i a l h e i g h t ' H ' = 1 2 ' -0 " m a x . f u l l h e i g h t ' H ' = 1 5 ' -0 " m a x . ( 1 5 ' -9 " a t g r o u n d ) DETAIL MAX. SPACING 3.62"4" 6" STUD DEPTH A B C D 16" 362S162-33 362S162-33 362S162-54 362S162-43 600S125-33 600S125-33 600S125-43 600S125-43 16" 16" 16" 8" DETAIL MAX. SPACING 3.62"4" 6" STUD DEPTH A B C D 16" 362S162-33 362S162-43 362S162-54 362S162-43 600S125-33 600S125-33 600S125-43 600S125-33 16" 16" 16" 8" 4'-0" 8'-0" LENGTH*TYPE 12'-0" 16'-0" SINGLE SINGLE SINGLE SINGLE NESTED NESTED TOP TRACK DEPTH 3.625"4" 6" 8" XXXT125-33 XXXT125-43 362T200-97 400T150-97 600T125-54 800T125-54 XXXS125-33 & XXXT125-33 N/A 400T350-118 600T250-68 800T125-54 362S125-54 & 362T125-54 400S125-43 & 400T125-43 600S125-33 & 600T125-33 800S125-33 & 800T125-33 *LENGTH INDICATES TRACK SPAN BETWEEN INTERSECTING WALLS OR OUT-OF-PLANE DIAGONAL BRACES. A SINGLE TOP TRACK B NESTED TOP TRACK SAME DEPTH AS WALL C OPTION: NESTED TOP TRACK DEEPER THAN WALL 1/ 2 " M A X . NESTED TRACK (2-1/2" FLANGE TRACK) / STUD PER SCHED. #8 SMS EA. FLANGE EA. STUD, TYP. #8 SMS EA. FLANGE EA. STUD, TYP. TOP TRACK PER SCHEDULE NESTED TRACK / STUD PER SCHED. OFFSET AS REQUIRED #8 SMS EA. FLANGE EA. STUD, TYP. w e l d o p t i o n MAX 'L' TYPE 3.62"4" 6" JAMB 4'-0" 8'-0" SINGLE 400S200-54 600S125-54 SINGLE 8" BUILT-UP 400S125-43 & 400T125-43 600S125-54 BUILT-UP (2)400S125-43 & 400T125-43 600S137-54 400S300-68 600S137-54 11'-0" SINGLE BUILT-UP (2)400S125-43 & 400T125-43 400S250-97 600S162-54 600S125-43 & 600T125-43 14'-0" SINGLE BUILT-UP (2)400S125-43 & 400T125-43 400S300-118 600S200-54 600S125-43 & 600T125-43 s c r e w o p t i o n TRACK PER SCHED. STUD PER SCHED.#8 SMS @ 16" O.C. TYP. #8 SMS @ 16" O.C. EA. FLANGE STUD PER SCHED. (1/16)1 1/2 -16 TYP. EA. SIDE NOTE: STUD SECTIONS (SAME FLANGE AND GAGE OR GREATER) CAN BE USED IN LIEU OF SPECIFIED TRACK SECTIONS FOR WELD OPTION i n t e r i o r b o t t o m t r a c k s i l l a n c h o r - n o c u r b ANCHOR TYPE ANCHOR BOLT EXPANSION ANCHOR SCREW ANCHOR P.A.F. SIZE AND SPACING SLAB-ON-GRADE 3/8"⌀@ 4'-0" O.C. W/ 3" EMBED 3/8"⌀@ 4'-0" O.C. W/ 2" EFF EMBED 3/8"⌀@ 4'-0" O.C. W/ 2" EFF EMBED 0.145"⌀@ 2'-8" O.C. W/ 1-1/4" EMBED DECK AND FILL N.A. 3/8"⌀@ 4'-0" O.C. W/ 2" EFF EMBED 3/8"⌀@ 4'-0" O.C. W/ 1.86" EFF EMBED 0.145"⌀@ 2'-8" O.C. W/ 1" EMBED i n t e r i o r b o t t o m t r a c k s i l l a n c h o r - w i t h c u r b ANCHOR TYPE ANCHOR BOLT EXPANSION ANCHOR SCREW ANCHOR SIZE AND SPACING 3/8"⌀@ 2'-8" O.C. W/ 5" EMBED 3/8"⌀HILTI KB-TZ @ 2'-8" O.C. W/ 2" EFF EMBED 3/8"⌀@ 2'-8" O.C. W/ 1.86" EFF EMBED A BTYPICAL - NO CURB CURB ANCHOR PER SCHEDULE ANCHOR PER SCHEDULE CURB PER PLAN MIN. 6" EM B E D #10 SMS EA. STUD EA. FLANGE #10 SMS EA. STUD EA. FLANGE WALL STUD - REF. TOP TRACK - REF. ALTERNATE DIRECTIONS IF DESIRED (3)#8 SMS 250T200-54 TRACK BRACE PER PLAN. CUT FLANGE AND BEND 45° - ATTACH FLANGE W/ (1)#8 SMS. ALTERNATE BRACE AT ALL WALL ENDS INCLUDING WALLS DISCONTINUOUS THROUGH WALL INTERSECTIONS. CEILING LINE MI N . 6" 'H ' 7' - 6 " M A X . (1)3/8"⌀x 2" MIN. EFFECTIVE EMBED EXPANSION ANCHOR (OPTION: (1)3/8"⌀X 2-1/2" NOMINAL EMBED SCREW ANCHOR IN LIEU OF EXPANSION ANCHOR CONC. FILL OVER METAL DECK #8 SMS 1"1" 1 1 EQ EQ #8 SMS 3/8"⌀x 2" MIN. EMBED EXPANSION ANCHOR parallel to flutes CONC. FILL OVER METAL DECK TYPE 1 2 BACKING 6" x 20ga. (33 MIL) 6" x 16ga. (54 MIL) 7 29 STUDS @ 24" O.C. STUDS @ 16" O.C. 5 20 10 40 TO STUD # SCREWS (2)#6 (2)#8 (LBS) 3.5 14.5 MAX (LBS)MAX(LBS)MAX (LBS)MAX USE FLAT STRAP BACKING GENERALLY FOR EQUIP. ≤ 50LBS OR 10LBS/FT. EG: • DRY ERASE/CHALK/BULLETIN BOARDS • SURFACE MOUNTED MIRRORS • WASTE RECEPTACLES • SOAP/PAPER TOWEL DISPENSERS • DOORSTOPS/HOLDERS STRAP PER SCHEDULE SEE SCHEDULE STUDS PER SCHEDULE - SEE 12/A801 MAX MAX 1" MIN. @ ENDS NOTE: SEE M/E/P DETAILS AND STRUCTURAL ANCHORAGE DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL BACKING REQUIREMENTS TYPE 1 2 BACKING 600T150-33 600T150-54 80 300 STUDS @ 24" O.C. STUDS @ 16" O.C. 60 225 120 450 TO STUD # SCREWS (3)#8 (5)#8@ 18ga. (3)#8@ 16ga. (LBS) 40 150 MAX (LBS)MAX(LBS)MAX (LBS)MAX USE FLANGED BACKING GENERALLY FOR EQUIP. > 50LBS OR 10LBS/FT. EG: • UPPER WALL HUNG • FULL HEIGHT CABINETS • SHOWER SEATS • GRAB BARS/HANDRAILS • SINKS/URINALS BACKING PER SCHEDULE SEE SCHEDULE STUDS PER SCHEDULE - SEE 12/A801 MAX MAX 1/2" LONG BEND 90° @ ENDS NOTE: SEE M/E/P DETAILS AND STRUCTURAL ANCHORAGE DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL BACKING REQUIREMENTS • CHANGING TABLES • TOILET PARTITIONS • MAGNETIC HOLD OPENS • WALL MOUNTED MEP • MEDICAL EQUIPMENT 1/4" MAX. GAP 1" TYP. 2" TYP. STEEL BEAM PER PLAN CONC. SLAB FOR TOP TRACK SEE 'E' FASTENERS @ 2'-8" O.C. SEE SCHEDULE STUD PER 1/ 2 " G A P FASTENER @ 2'-8" O.C. SEE SCHEDULE 3" x 16ga. PL @ 2'-8" O.C. MAX. #8 SMS @ 2'-8" O.C. 1/ 2 " G A P FASTENER @ 2'-8" O.C. MAX. - SEE SCHEDULE 1" TYP. OFFSET 1/2" MAX. P.A.F. OFFSET 1/2" MAX. P.A.F. A WALL PERPENDICULAR TO DECK FLUTES B WALL PARALLEL TO DECK FLUTES C TOP TRACK AT WALL UNDER BEAM D TOP TRACK AT WALL PARALLEL TO WF BEAM E TYPICAL TOP TRACK f a s t e n e r s c h e d u l e DECK WITH STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FILL STEEL BEAM 0.145"⌀x 1-1/4" EMBED P.A.F. 0.145"⌀P.A.F. DECK W/O STRUCT. CONC. FILL OR DECK W/ INSULATING CONC. FILL #8 SCREWS 2-1/2" DEEP LEG SLOTTED TRACK W/ VERTICAL SLOTS @ 1" O.C. WALL STUD, TYP. #8 SMS W/ STAND-OFF WASHER EA. FLANGE. INSTALL FASTENERS AT CENTER OF 1-1/2" SLOT JAMB STUDS WHERE OCCURS FASTENERS - SEE SCHEDULE CONC. SLAB WF BEAM 16ga. Z CHANNEL @ 2'-8" O.C. HEIGHT AS REQUIRED FOR FIRE PROOFING (1-1/2" MIN.) 1-1/4" 3/4" 2" MAX. FASTENER - SEE SCHEDULE TOP TRACK AND FASTENERS PER 'E' #8 SMS W/ STAND-OFF WASHERS @ 2'-8" O.C. HORIZONTAL BRACE PER PLAN AND SCHEDULE MAX 'L' 7'-0" 10'-0" MINIMUM BRACE SIZE 362T125-33 362T150-43 362T200-54 5'-0" PARTIAL HEIGHT UNBRACED END 6" M A X . 1" MAX. (4)#8 SMS EA. END TYP. 1.5 MIN. 1 S PROVIDE DIAGONAL BRACE WHEN LENGTH OF UNBRACED WALL IS LESS THAN 5'-0" 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 8 : 2 1 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A801 TYPICAL PARTITION DETAILS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 1/4" = 1'-0"02 typical interior wall elevation (full-height) 1/4" = 1'-0"07 typical interior wall elevation (partial-height) 1/2" = 1'-0"12 typical interior studs NTS13typical interior studs schedule 1 1/2" = 1'-0"04 typical partial height wall top track NTS18typical interior jambs 1" = 1'-0"09 typical interior bottom track detail 3/4" = 1'-0"05 braced partial height stud wall 1" = 1'-0"17 flat strap backing - type 2 1" = 1'-0"16 flanged backing - type 1 1 1/2" = 1'-0"20 typical interior full-height wall top track detail 1" = 1'-0"10 horiz. brace @ partial height wall w/ unbraced end No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 2"x2" 16ga. CLIP ANGLE AT TOP OF HEADER 1/2" LESS THAN STUD WIDTH W/ (3)#8 SMS EA. LEG - SEE 'C' 2"x2" 16ga. CLIP ANGLE AT TOP & BOTTOM OF HEADER 1/2" LESS THAN STUD WIDTH W/ (3)#8 SMS EA. LEG - SEE 'C' JAMB STUDS JAMB STUDS CUT AND BEND TRACK WEB AND ATTACH TO JAMB W/ (3)#8 SMS THRU WEB AND (4)#8 SMS EA. FLANGE HEADER HEADER ATTACHMENT AS SHOWN IN 'C' #8 SMS EA. FLANGE EA. STUD HEADER 3" MIN. T&B TO NEAREST PUNCH-OUT 3" MIN. T&B TO NEAREST PUNCH-OUT CRIPPLE STUDS #8 SMS EA. FLANGE @ 16" #8 SMS EA. FLANGE EA. STUD CRIPPLE STUDS TRACK PER SCHEDULE #8 SMS EA. FLANGE @ 16" TRACK PER SCHEDULE OPTION: #8 SMS EA. FLANGE @ 16" IN LIEU OF WELDING #8 SMS EA. FLANGE @ EA. STUD WALL STUD STUD PER SCHEDULE STUD EA. SIDE PER SCHED. #8 SMS @ 16" O.C. T&B WALL STUD TRACK PER SCHEDULE OPTION: WELD IN LIEU OF SCREWS TO NESTED STUD1/8 2-12 1 1/2-61/16 TYP. (2)400S125-54 & (2)362T125-43 A -n e s t e d s t u d o p t i o n B -b o x h e a d e r s e c t i o n L ≤ 4'-0" 4'-0" < L ≤ 14'-0" MAX 'L' HEADER 3 5/8"4" 6" 4'-0" 8'-0" 11'-0" 14'-0" ---S162-43 & ---T250-33 (2)600S125-54 & (2)362T125-68 (2)400S125-54 & (2)400T125-33 (2)362S125-33 & (2)---T125-33 (2)600S125-54 & (2)400T125-54 (2)400S125-54 & (2)600T125-33 (2)600S125-54 & (2)600T125-43C -h e a d e r a t t a c h m e n t EQ. EQ. 1/2" 1/2" 1" 1" TRACK SECTION x HEADER DEPTH W/ (6)#8 SMS TO JAMB AND (3)#8 SMS EA. SIDE OF HEADER EQ. EQ. 1/2" 1/2" 2"x2" 16ga. CLIP ANGLE 1/2" LESS THAN STUD WIDTH W/ (3)#8 SMS EA. LEG - SEE 'C' 2"x2" 16ga. CLIP ANGLE AT TOP & BOTTOM OF SILL 1/2" LESS THAN STUD WIDTH W/ (3)#8 SMS EA. LEG - SEE 'C' JAMB STUDS JAMB STUDS SILL SECTION WALL STUDS SILL SECTION 3" MIN. T&B TO NEAREST PUNCH-OUT 3" MIN. T&B TO NEAREST PUNCH-OUT WALL STUDS TRACK PER SCHEDULE TOP TRACK PER SCHEDULE WALL STUD WALL STUD A -s i n g l e t r a c k s e c t i o n B -n e s t e d s t u d s e c t i o n L ≤ 4'-0" 4'-0" < L ≤ 14'-0" MAX 'L'SILL 3 5/8"4" 6" 4'-0" 8'-0" 11'-0" 14'-0" ---T125-33 (2)---S125-54 & (2)---T250-54 600T125-54C -s i l l a t t a c h m e n t EQ. EQ. 1/2" 1/2" 1" 1" ---T125-43 ---T125-54 OPTION: WELD IN LIEU OF SCREWS TO NESTED STUD 1/8 2-12 STUD PER SCHED. 2"x2" 16ga. CLIP ANGLE AT TOP & BOTTOM OF TOP TRACK 1/2" LESS THAN STUD WIDTH W/ (3)#8 SMS EA. LEG AS SHOWN ABOVE STUDS AT WALL INTERSECTION WALL STUDS TOP TRACK PER 3" MIN. T&B TO NEAREST PUNCH-OUT EQ. EQ. 1/2" 1/2" 1" 1" JAMB STUD PER #8 SMS EA. SIDE BOTTOM TRACK TOP OF SLAB OR CURB ANCHORAGE PER 09/- 3" 3" A -c o n t i n u o u s t r a c k B -e n d o f t r a c k C -b o x e d j a m b JAMB STUD PER #8 SMS EA. SIDE BOTTOM TRACK TOP OF SLAB OR CURB ANCHORAGE PER 09/- 3" 5" CUT BOTTOM TRACK AT F.O. DOOR JAMB BOXED JAMB PER #8 SMS EA. SIDE, TYP. BOTTOM TRACK TOP OF SLAB OR CURB FOR TRACK ANCHORAGE, SEE 'A' 3" 3" WHERE BRACING TERMINATES AT BUILT-UP JAMB, EXTEND CRC INTO PUNCH-OUT LATERAL BRACING: CONT. 16ga. COLD ROLLED CHANNEL (CRC) 2"x2"x16ga. CLIP ANGLE, 1/2" LESS THAN STUD WIDTH W/ (4)#8 SMS, TYP. WALL STUD, TYP. LATERAL BRACING SPLICE: 12" LONG CRC INVERTED OVER CENTER OF SPLICE W/ (3)#8 SMS EA. SIDE OF SPLICE 1/2" 1-1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1" 1" 3/4" 3/4" 1/2" NOTES: 1. DETAIL MAY BE USED AS AN ALTERNATE. 2. IF STUD DEPTH IS GREATER THAN 6", USE DETAIL . 3. AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS, IN LIEU OF 16ga. CRC, USE EITHER OF (WITH SCREWS PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS): A. BRIDGECLIP BY THE STEEL NETWORK B. SUBH/MSUBH BRIDGING CONNECTOR BY SIMPSON STRONG-TIE a l t e r n a t e b r i d g i n g l o c a t i o n GYP. BOARD SHEATHING ON ON SIDE CONT. 54 MIL. x 1-1/2" x 1/2" FLANGE CRC W/ (2)#8 SMS EA. STUD 20ga. MIN. TRACK BLOCKING, CLIP FLANGE AND BEND. INSTALL @ 8'-0" O.C. HORIZ. - COORDINATE W/ PIPES & CONDUIT (2)#10 SMS, TYP. SPLICE STRAP @ BLKG. AS REQ'D. WALL STUD, TYP. TAUT FLAT STRAP EA. SIDE - 18ga. x 1-1/2" MIN. NOTE: FLAT STRAP BRIDGING MAY BE OMITTED ON EITHER SIDE OF STUD WHERE GYPSUM BOARD OF LATH OR PLYWOOD IS PROVIDED AND ATTACHED WITH FASTENERS @ 12" O.C. MAX. ALONG THE FULL HEIGHT OF EACH WALL STUD. (1)#10 SMS EA. STUD, TYP. (4)#10 SMS, STRAP TO BLKG., TYP. 3"± 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 1 1/2" = 1'-0" 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 8 : 2 2 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A802 TYPICAL PARTITION DETAILS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 1 1/2" = 1'-0"07 typical interior header and jamb connection 1 1/2" = 1'-0"17 typical interior sill and jamb connection 1 1/2" = 1'-0"05 typical partial height wall top track to full-height stud 1 1/2" = 1'-0"04 typical interior jamb base detail 1 1/2" = 1'-0"09 typical bridging detail 1 1/2" = 1'-0"14 alternate bridging detail No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 STRUCT. CONC. DECK STRUCT. STL. MEMBER CLG. CLIP 12ga. X 3/4" WIDE (MIN.) W/ 0.145" DIA. SHOT-IN ANC. (3) TIGHT TURNS IN 1 1/2" VERT. HANGER WIRE (TEST FOR 200 LBS) SPLAYED BRACING WIRE W/ #10 SMS (TEST FOR 440 LBS) (4) TIGHT TURNS IN 1 1/2" STL. STRAP 1" W X 12 ga. (MIN.) HILTI X-CW U27 W/ 2" EMBED - ICC#ESR-2184 (TEST TO 440 LBS)161/256" MAX. 5/8" MAX. 45° MAX. FROM FLUTE EDGE 1 1/8" MIN. 45° MAX.CLG. CLIP 12 ga. X 3/4" WIDE (MIN.) W/ 0.145" DIA. SHOT IN ANC. (3) TIGHT TURNS IN 1 1/2" (4) TIGHT TURNS IN 1 1/2" SPLAYED BRACING WIRE VERT. HANGING WIRE (TEST FOR 200 LBS) STL. STRAP 1" W X 12ga. (MIN.) 0.15" DIA. SHOT-IN ANC. W/ 1 1/2" EMBED. ICC#ER-1663 TEST TO 200 LBS FROM FLUTE EDGE 1 1/8" MIN. FROM FLUTE CL 1" MAX. 5/8" MAX. 5/8" MAX. 2" MAX. 2" MAX. 8" MAX.8" MAX. 2" MAX. 2" MAX. 45° MAX. TYP. 2" MIN. 2" MIN. 1 6 SEISMIC COMPRESSION STRUT, SEE NOTE D. 12 GA. VERT. HANGER WIRE @ 48" O.C. ALONG MAIN RUNNERS, SEE NOTE E. MIN. (3) TIGHT TURNS IN 1 1/2" BOTH ENDS (4) 12 GA. BRACING WIRES W/ MIN. 4 TIGHT TURNS IN 1 1/2" BOTH ENDS OF WIRE - CONNECT TO MAIN RUNNERS, SEE NOTE B. MAIN RUNNER, SEE NOTE G CROSS RUNNER, SEE NOTE G SEISMIC CLIP AT MAIN RUNNERS AS REQUIRED, SEE NOTE C 12 GA. PERM. HANGER WIRE AT ALL RUNNERS ADJACENT TO WALLS ANCHORED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE, SEE NOTE H 3/4" MIN. @ (2) ADJACENT UNATTACHED WALLS ARMSTRONG BERC 2 ARMSTRONG SHADOW MOLDING 78723 - TYP. WALL ANGLE PERIMETER STABILIZER BAR OR CLIP AS REQUIRED TO KEEP PERIMETER COMPONENTS FROM SPREADING APART s u s p e n s i o n g r i d a x o n @ l a t e r a l b r a c i n g i n t e r s e c t i o n s u s p e n s i o n g r i d @ w a l l s u s p e n s i o n g r i d a x o n l a y - i n c e i l i n g t i l e c o n c e a l e d s e i s m i c c l i p a x o n ATTACHED UNATTACHED SEISMIC COMPRESSION STRUT, SEE NOTE D LIGHT OR MECHANICAL FIXTURE, SEE NOTE F SUSPENSION GRID PER RCP 12 GA. HANGER WIRE @ 48" O.C. ALONG MAIN RUNNERS, SEE NOTE E MAIN RUNNER, SEE NOTE E CROSS RUNNER, SEE NOTE G MAIN RUNNER SEISMIC CLIP - LOCATED ALONG SEISMIC CONTROL JOINT. SEE CEILING NOTE K CROSS RUNNER LAY-IN TILE SHOWN HIDDEN FOR CLARITY c e i l i n g n o t e s A 1. B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. C. 1. D. 1. 2. E. 1. 2. F. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. G. 1. 2. 3. H. 1. I. 1. J. 1. K. 1. PATTERN ACOUSTICAL TILE - UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR SPECIFIED, INSTALL CEILINGS IN A REGULAR PATTERN WITHOUT BORDER AND JOINT LINES PARALLEL TO WALLS. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL UNITS SYMMETRICALLY ABOUT CENTERLINES OF EACH ROOM OR SPACE, AVOIDING NARROW UNITS AT WALL. LATERAL BRACING LATERAL BRACING FOR SUSPENDED CEILINGS MUST BE PROVIDED (CBC 2501A.5 AND ASCE 7). WHERE CEILING LOADS ARE LESS THAN 5 PSF AND NOT SUPPORTING INTERIOR PARTITIONS, CEILING BRACING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY (4) NO. 12 GAUGE WIRES SECURED TO THE MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2 INCHES FROM THE CROSS RUNNER INTERSECTION AND SPLAYED 90-DEGREES FROM EACH OTHER AT AN ANGLE NOT EXCEEDING 45-DEGREES FROM THE PLANE OF THE CEILING. THESE HORIZONTAL RESTRAINT POINTS SHALL BE PLACED 4'-0" FEET O.C. IN BOTH DIRECTIONS WITH THE FIRST POINT WITHIN 4'-0" FEET FROM EACH WALL. FASTEN BRACING WIRES WITH FOUR (4) TIGHT TURNS. MAKE ALL TIGHT TURNS WITHIN A DISTANCE OF 11/2". BRACING WIRE ANCHORS TO THE STRUCTURE SHOULD BE INSTALLED IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THE DIRECTION OF THE ANCHOR ALIGNS AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE WITH THE DIRECTION OF THE WIRE. ATTACHMENT OF THE RESTRAINT WIRES TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CONNECTION STRENGTH OF 200 POUNDS OR BE ADEQUATE FOR THE LOAD IMPOSED. REFER TO DETAIL 5/-FOR ATTACHMENT REQUIREMENTS TO CONCRETE DECK. ALLOWABLE LOAD FOR #10 WIRE IS 343 LBS AND #12 WIRE IS 209 LBS. SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS WITH A CEILING AREA OF 144 SQUARE FEET OR LESS, AND FIRE RATED SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS WITH A CEILING AREA OF 96 SQUARE FEET OR LESS, SURROUNDED BY WALLS WHICH CONNECT DIRECTLY TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE, DO NOT REQUIRE BRACING ASSEMBLIES WHEN ATTACHED TO TWO ADJACENT WALLS. THE SUSPENDED CEILING LATERAL FORCE-BRACING MEMBERS SHALL BE LOCATED A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES FROM ALL HORIZONTAL PIPING OR DUCT WORK THAT ARE NOT PROVIDED WITH BRACING RESTRAINTS FOR HORIZONTAL FORCES. CABLE TRAYS AND ELECTRICAL CONDUITS SHALL BE SUPPORTED INDEPENDENTLY OF THE CEILING. LATERAL SUPPORT PROVIDE SEISMIC CLIP PER ESR-1308 AT MAIN RUNNERS ON A MINIMUM OF 2-ADJACENT SIDES AND HOLD A MINIMUM OF 3/4" CLEARANCE AT UNATTACHED WALLS. SEISMIC BRACING (REQUIRED ONLY FOR CEILING AREAS GREATER THAN 1,000 SF) VERTICAL COMPRESSION STRUTS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT EACH CROSS RUNNER INTERSECTION WHERE LATERAL SUPPORT WIRES ARE INSTALLED (12'-0" FEET O.C. IN BOTH DIRECTIONS, STARTING 6'-0" FEET FROM WALLS). WHERE THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE CEILING GRID AND THE STRUCTURE ABOVE IS LESS THAN 8'-0" FEET, PROVIDE ONE 3-5/8" (25 GA.) METAL STUD, 8'-10' TWO 1 5/8" 25 GA METAL STUDS ORIENTED PERPENDICULAR (FLANGE OF ONE STUD CONNECTED TO THE WEB OF THE OTHER STUD) AND CONNECTED EVERY 12" ALONG THEIR PATHS. 10'-15', TWO 2-1/2" 25GA METAL STUDS, ORIENTED AND CONNECT SIMILAR TO 8'-10". SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. SCREW WITH #6 DRYWALL SCREW TO CEILING MAIN RUNNER AT SPLAYED CORNERS. HANGER WIRES SPACE WIRES AT MAXIMUM 48" CENTERS ALONG MAIN RUNNERS AND CONNECT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. MINIMUM 12-GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL WIRE TO BE UTILIZED, UNLESS HEAVIER GAUGE REQUIRED BY CODE. FASTEN HANGER WIRES WITH NOT LESS THAN THREE (3) TIGHT TURNS. MAKE ALL TIGHT TURNS WITHIN A DISTANCE OF 11/2". HANGER WIRE ANCHORS TO THE STRUCTURE SHOULD BE INSTALLED IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THE DIRECTION OF THE ANCHOR ALIGNS AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE WITH THE DIRECTION OF THE WIRE. REFER TO DETAIL 5/- FOR ATTACHMENT REQUIREMENTS TO CONCRETE DECK. ALLOWABLE LOAD FOR #10 WIRE IS 343 LBS AND #12 WIRE IS 209 LBS. FRAMING FOR LIGHTING & MECHANICAL FIXTURES OBTAIN NECESSARY DATA FROM OTHER TRADES AND PROVIDE ADDITIONAL HANGERWIRE AND/OR FRAMING IN SUSPENDED GRIDS AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT LIGHTING AND MECHANICAL FIXTURES. WHERE FIRE RATING IS REQUIRED; PROVIDE FIRE DAMPERS. SEPARATE ALL CEILING HANGER AND BRACING WIRES AT LEAST 6" FROM ALL UNBRACED DUCTS, PIPES, CONDUIT, ETC. LIGHTING FIXTURES AND MECHANICAL DIFFUSERS WEIGHING LESS THAN 56 POUNDS SHALL BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY BY A MIN. OF 2-12 GA. HANGERWIRES (MAY BE SLACK) LOCATED AT OPPOSITE CORNERS OF THE FIXTURE AND ATTACHED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES MUST BE MECHANICALLY ATTACHED TO THE GRID PER NEC 410-16 AT TWO LOCATIONS UNLESS INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED. ALL FLUSH OR RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR TERMINALS WEIGHING 56 LBS OR MORE MUST BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED BY NOT LESS THAN FOUR (4) TAUT #12 GAGE WIRES, EACH ATTACHED TO THE FIXTURE AND TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE REGARDLESS OF THE TYPE OF CEILING GRID SYSTEM USED. THE FOUR (4) TAUT #12 GAGE WIRES, INCLUDING THEIR ATTACHMENT TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE, MUST BE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING FOUR (4) TIMES THE WEIGHT OF THE UNIT. ALL FIXTURES AND AIR TERMINALS SUPPORTED ON INTERMEDIATE DUTY GRID SYSTEMS MUST BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED BY NOT LESS THAN FOUR (4) TAUT #12 GAGE WIRES EACH ATTACHED TO THE FUXTURE OR TERMINAL, AND TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. SUPPORT SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES BY AT LEAST TWO POSITIVE DEVICES WHICH SURROUND THE CEILING RUNNER AND WHICH ARE EACH SUPPORTED FROM THE STRUCTURE ABOVE BY A #12 GAGE WIRE. SPRING CLIPS OR CLAMPS THAT CONNECT ONLY TO THE RUNNER ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SUPPORTS WHEN LIGHT FIXTURES ARE 8 FT. OR LONGER. SUPPORT PENDANT MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES DIRECTLY FROM THE STRUCTURE ABOVE WITH HANGER WIRES OR CABLES PASSING THROUGH EACH PENDANT HANGER AND CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING FOUR (4) TIMES THE WEIGHT OF THE FIXTURE. A BRACING ASSEMBLY IS REQUIRED WHERE THE PENDANT HANGER PENETRATES THE CEILING. SPECIAL DETAILS ARE REQUIRED TO ATTACH THE PENDANT HANGER TO THE BRACING ASSEMBLY TO TRANSMIT HORIZONTAL FORCES. EXCEPT WHERE RIGID BRACES ARE USED TO LIMIT LATERAL DEFLECTION, SPRINKLER HEADS AND OTHER PENETRATIONS THROUGH THE CEILING TILE REQUIRE MINIMUM 2-INCH RINGS, SLEEVES OR ADAPTERS THAT WILL ALLOW A MINIMUM 1-INCH CEILING MOVEMENT IN ALL HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS. ALTERNATIVELY, A SWING JOINT CAN BE PROVIDED AT THE TOP OF THE SPRINKLER HEAD EXTENSION TO ACCOMMODATE THE 1-INCH MOVEMENT. SUSPENSION GRID SPACE HEAVY DUTY MAIN RUNNERS AT MAXIMUM 48" CENTERS AND INSTALL CROSS RUNNERS TO COMPLETE THE GRID. INSTALL MAIN RUNNERS ALONG EDGES OF MECHANICAL AND LIGHTING FIXTURES. LOCK SUSPENSION PARTS INTO PLACE TO FORM A GRID CAPABLE OF RESISTING A LATERAL FORCE OF 180 POUNDS MINIMUM IN BOTH TENSION AND COMPRESSION. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL UNITS WITH TIGHT FLUSH JOINTS, ALL JOINT LINES STRAIGHT AND ALIGNED. CUT UNITS TO FIT TIGHTLY AROUND CEILING PENETRATIONS, AND EDGES BEARING ON RUNNERS, ALL EDGES SECURED WITH HOLD-DOWN CLIPS. PROVIDE MOLDING AT VERTICAL SURFACES AND AT ALL PENETRATIONS, JOINTS TIGHTLY BUTTED AND MITER CUT AT ANGLES OR CHANNELS. AT THE PERIMETER OF THE CEILING AREA WHERE MAIN OR CROSS RUNNERS ARE NOT CONNECTED TO THE ADJACENT WALL, PROVIDE INTERCONNECTION BETWEEN THE RUNNERS AT THE FREE END TO PREVENT LATERAL SPREADING. A METAL STRUCT OR A #16 GAGE WIRE WITH A POSITIVE MECHANICAL CONNECTION TO THE RUNNER MAY BE USED. WHERE THE PERPENDICULAR DISTANCE FROM THE WALL TO THE FIRST PARALLEL RUNNER IS 12 INCHES OR LESS, THIS INTERLOCK IS NOT REQUIRED. SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C 635, ASTM C 636, AND CBC 803.9. DISCONTINUOUS ENDS DISCONTINUOUS ENDS OF CROSS RUNNERS AND MAIN RUNNERS SHALL BE VERTICALLY SUPPORTED WITHIN 8" OF SUCH ENDS. HANGER WIRE SLOPE MAXIMUM OF 1:6 OUT OF PLUMB. CEILING PLANE ELEVATION CHANGES PROVIDE TRIMS AND RIGID SUPPORT WHERE SHOWN OR NECESSARY TO PROPERLY FINISH AT OFFSET OR CEILING BREAKS, TYPES AS INDICATED, DIRECTED AND APPROVED. REPAIR, CLEANING, & COMPLETION REMOVE AND REPLACE ALL DISCOLORED, BROKEN, OR DAMAGED MATERIALS. COMPLETED CEILINGS SHALL PRESENT A SMOOTH LEVEL SURFACE FREE OF EDGE OR CORNER OFFSETS, CUPPING, SCRATCHES, GOUGES, OR OTHER DEFECTS. CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES AND REMOVE FOREIGN MATTER. CONTROL JOINTS PROVIDE A CONTROL JOINT FOR EVERY 2500 SQUARE FEET OF CEILING AREA. WHEN CEILING AREA EXCEEDS 2500 SQUARE FEET LOCATE CONTROL JOINTS THAT DIVIDE CEILING AREA INTO EQUAL/BALANCES AREAS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE PLANS. CEILING JOIST PER SCHEDULE STUDS CEILING JOIST PER SCHEDULE STUDS 3-#8 SMS EA STUD 1-LAYER CYP BOARD (5/8" MAX) #8 SMS AT EA STUD (2-TOTAL) CEILING JOIST PER SCHEDULE STUDS 3-#8 SMS TYP L1 1/2"X 1 1/2"X 33 MIL CONT W/1-#8 SMS EA LEG, EA STUD AND JOIST c e i l i n g j o i s t c o n n t o e x t e r i o r w a l l c e i l i n g j o i s t c o n n t o w a l l t h r u 1 - l a y e r o f g y p STUDS JOIST SIZE & SPACING PER SCHEDULE 1" FLANGE CONT TRACK GAUGE PER SCHEDULE W/ #8 SMS EA FLANGE, EA STUD. SEE DETAILS 'B' THRU 'E' FOR CONNECTION TO STUD, TYP STUDS c e i l i n g j o i s t NOTES: 1. CEILING WHERE JOISTS SHALL SUPPORT NO MORE THAN TWO LAYERS OF 5/8" GYP BOARD. 2. WHERE CEILING JOISTS SPANS EXCEED TABULATED VALUES, PROVIDE MID-SPAN SUPPORTS PER 2/- OR 5/- TO CUT TOTAL SPANS i n t e r i o r c e i l i n g j o i s t m a x s p a n s c h e d u l e STUD JOIST SIZE & SPACING UNBRACED JOIST BRACED JOIST 16" OC 16" OC 9'-5" 13'-2" 10'-5" 14'-4" 10'-8" 15'-0" 12'-0" 16'-2" 13'-8" 16'-11" 362S125-33 362S125-43 400S125-43 400S137-43 400S162-43 c e i l i n g j o i s t l a p c o n n A B C D EQ ± 6 EQ ± 6 54 MIL x 1 1/2" CRC W/2-#8 SMS @ EA STUD AT BRACED JOIST 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 8 : 2 3 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A820 TYPICAL CEILING DETAILS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 3" = 1'-0"10 hanger wire attachment @ ceiling 3" = 1'-0"18 typical suspended acoustical ceiling details 3/4" = 1'-0"20 interior hard lid ceiling No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 STUDS PER 2/SX-10.02 FULL HEIGHT WALLCEILING JOIST PER 'HARD LID CEILING' SCHEDULE 8'-0" MAX CEILING JOIST PER 'HARD LID CEILING' SCHEDULE 3-#8 SMS STUDS TO MATCH DROP CEILING JOIST DROP CEILING JOIST SPACING TO MATCH CEILING JOIST SPACING ABOVE SEE 'HARD LID CEILING' SCHEDULE 4'-0" MAX METAL STUD 3-#8 SMS TYP CONT BENT PLT 33MILx1 1/2"X1 1/2" W/1-#8 SMS EA LEG, EA STUD NOTE: FOR CEILING JOIST TO WALL CONNECTION SEE 'HARD LID CEILING' DETAILS STUDS PER 2/SX-10.02 d r o p c e i l i n g A CEILING JOIST PER 'HARD LID CEILING' SCHEDULE 8'-0" MAX 7' - 0 " M A X T Y P . 8 ' - 0 " M A X A T G R O U N D F L O O R STUD SPACING TO MATCH CEILING JOIST SPACING FOR BRACE SEE 'SUSPENDED STUDS AT STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FILLED DECK' AND 'SUSPENDED STUDS AT DECK WITHOUT STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FILL' TYP FULL HEIGHT WALL 8'-0" MAX CEILING JOIST PER 'HARD LID CEILING' SCHEDULE STUD SPACING TO MATCH CEILING JOIST SPACING d r o p c e i l i n g a d j a c e n t t o f u l l h e i g h t w a l l d r o p c e i l i n g f u l l h e i g h t b r e a k a d j a c e n t t o w a l l d r o p c e i l i n g @ h a r d l i d c e i l i n g c o r n e r B EDC SEE E SEE 'B'SEE 'SUSPENDED STUDS AT STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FILLED DECK' AND 'SUSPENDED STUDS AT DECK WITHOUT CONCRETE FILL' SEE 'B' SEE 'SUSPENDED STUDS AT STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FILLED DECK' AND 'SUSPENDED STUDS AT DECK WITHOUT STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FILL' SEE 'TYPICAL INTERIOR FULL- HEIGHT WALL TOP TRACK DETAIL' B STUDS PER 2/SX-10.02 2" M I N 400S 162-54 KICKER @ 48" (LENGTH = 10'-0" MAX) W/ 4-#8 SMS EA END CONT TRACK SAME GAGE AS STUD W/1-#10 SMS EA FLANGE, EA STUD TYPICAL BOTTOM TRACK 1 MAX 1 1 MAX 1 d e c k p a r a l l e l t o w a l l d e c k p e r p e n d i c u l a r t o w a l l A B SEE ' SUSPENDED STUD CONNECTION TO STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FILLED DECK' SEE 'KICKER CONNECTION TO STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FILLED DECK BENT PL 43 MIL x4x2x1'-4" (LLV) SEE NOTE 1 KICKER SIZE & SPACING PER SECTION 4-#8 SMS, TYP p e r p e n d i c u l a r t o f l u t e s 1-3/8"⌀X 2" MIN NOMINAL EMBED HILTI KH-EZ SCREW ANCHORS (2 TOTAL) SEE NOTE 2 BENT PL 43 MIL x4x2x1'-4" (LLV) CLIP CAN BE LOCATED IN LOW OR HIGH FLUTE SEE NOTE 1 BENT PL 43 MIL x4x2x1'-4" KICKER SIZE & SPACING PER SECTION 1-3/8"⌀X 2" MIN NOMINAL EMBED HILTI KH-EZ SCREW ANCHORS (2 TOTAL) SEE NOTE 21" TYP NOTES: 1. SEE 'KICKER CONNECTION TO STEEL BEAM' FOR ALTERNATE CONNECTION 2. OPTION: USE 3/8" ⌀x 2" EFFECTIVE EMBED HILTI KB-TZ EXPANSION ANCHORS IN LIEU OF SCREW ANCHORS CL OF FLUTE CL OF FLUTE E E D s e c t i o n B OFFSET TYP 1 1/4" MAX TYP 1 1/8" MIN TYP 1" MIN p a r a l l e l t o f l u t e s a l t e r n a t e p a r a l l e l t o f l u t e s s e c t i o n A B C D E BENT PL 43 MILx4x2x1'-4" (LLV) SPAN THREE FLUTES MIN W/ # 8 SMS EA FLUTE SEE NOTE 1 KICKER SIZE & SPACING PER SECTION 4-#8 SMS, TYP BENT PL 43 MIL x4x2x1'-4" (LLV) W/3-#8 SMS SEE NOTE 1 NOTES: 1. SEE 'KICKER CONNECTION TO STEEL BEAM' FOR ALTERNATE CONNECTION E D C E 1 3/4" 3-#8 SMS(6 TOTAL) PL TO DECK PL 68MIL x 1'-4" SPAN 2 FLUTES NOTES: KICKER & DECK OMITTED FOR CLARITY p e r p e n d i c u l a r t o f l u t e s p a r a l l e l t o f l u t e s a t h i g h f l u t e s a t l o w f l u t e s s e c t i o n A B C D E 2" M I N 1 1/12"x 54 MILx 1 1/2" FLANGE 1 1/2" FLANGE X 1'-4" LONG 'Z' CHANNEL @ 48" STUDS PER 2 / SX-10.21 10 " M I N #8 SMS (2 TOTAL) EA 'Z' CHANNEL 10 " M I N 54 MIL X 1 1/2" FLANGE CONT. TRACK MIN W/ #8 SMS EA FLANGE, EA STUD 54 MIL X 1 1/2" FLANGE CONT. TRACK MIN W/ #8 SMS EA FLANGE, EA STUD STUD DEPTH x 6"x 54 MIL WASHER @ EA ANCHOR STUDS PER 2 / SX-10.21 1-3/8" ⌀x 2 1/2" MIN NOMIAL EMBED HILTI KH-EZ SCREW ANCHORS (ICC ESR 3027) @ 48" 1-3/8" x 2 1/2" MIN NOMIAL EMBED HILTI KH-EZ SCREW ANCHORS (ICC ESR 3027) @ 48" STUDS PER 2 / SX-10.21 10 " M I N #8 SMS (2 TOTAL) EA 'Z' CHANNEL 54 MIL X 1 1/2" FLANGE CONT. TRACK MIN W/ #8 SMS EA FLANGE, EA STUD OPTION: USE 3/8" x 2" EFFECTIVE EMBE3D HILTI KB-TZ EXPANSION ANCHORS IN LIEW OF SCREW ANCHORS 1 1/12"x 54 MILx 1 1/2" FLANGE 1 1/2" FLANGE X 1'-4" LONG 'Z' CHANNEL @ 48" CL OF FLUTE 3/8"⌀x 1 5/8" MIN NOMIAL EMBED SCREW ANCHORS (2 TOTAL) SEE NOTE 1 OFFSET TYP 2" MAX 6" p e r p e n d i c u l a r t o f l u t e s p a r a l l e l t o f l u t e s a l t e r n a t e p e r p e n d i c u l a r t o f l u t e s A B C STUDS PER 2/SX-10.02 400S 162-54 KICKER @ 48" (LENGTH = 10'-0" MAX) W/ 4-#8 SMS EA END CONT TRACK SAME GAGE AS STUD W/1-#8 SMS EA FLANGE, EA STUD TYPICAL TOP & BOTT. 1 MIN 2 MAX 1 d e c k p a r a l l e l t o w a l l 1 1/2"x54 MIL x 1 1/2" FLGx1 1/2" FLG Z-CHANNEL @48" W/ #8 SMS EA FLUTE (3 FLUTES MIN) 54 MIL x 1 1/2" FLG CONT TRACK MIN W/ #8 SMS EA FLG EA STUD BEAM PER PLAN 2-#8 SMS, TRACK TO DECK @ 12" MAX 10'-0" MAX 54 MIL x 1 1/2" FLG CONT TRACK MIN W/ # 8 SMS EA FLG EA STUD 1 MIN 2 MAX 1 d e c k p e r p e n d i c u l a r t o w a l lA B SEE 'KICKER CONNCECTION TO DECK WITHOUT STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FILL' 10 " M I N #8 SMS (2 TOTAL) EA 'Z' CHANNEL 54 MIL X 1 1/2" FLANGE CONT. TRACK-WIDTH TO MATCH STUD SIZE 2"X 54 MIL X 1 1/2" FLANGE x 1 1/2" FLANGE X 1'-4" LONG 'Z' CHANNEL @ 48" W-BEAM OPTION: WELD IN LIEU OF SCREWS STUDS PER 2 / SX-10.21 FOR BRACE, SEE 'SUSPENDED STUDS AT STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FILLED DECK' AND 'SUSPENDED STUDS AT DECK WITHOUT STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FILL' 2-#12 SMS EA 'Z' CHANNEL KICKER SIZE & SPACING PER SECTIONS BENT PL 54 MILx3x2x0'-8" W/ 4-#12 SMS TO KICKER AND 3-#12 SMS TO STEEL BEAM BE A M ' K ' OPTION: WELD IN LIEU OF SCREWS BEAM WEB NOTE: KICKER OMITTED FOR CLAIRTY s e c t i o n A A 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 3/4" = 1'-0" 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 8 : 2 5 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A821 TYPICAL CEILING DETAILS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 3/4" = 1'-0"10 drop ceiling and soffit detail 3/4" = 1'-0"15 suspended stud at structural concrete filled deck 3/4" = 1'-0"20 kicker connection to structural concrete filled deck 3/4" = 1'-0"18 kicker connection to metal deck without structural conc fill 3/4" = 1'-0"08 suspended stud connect to structural conc filled deck 3/4" = 1'-0"13 suspended stud at metal deck without structural conc fill 3/4" = 1'-0"02 suspended stud at steel beam 3/4" = 1'-0"8 kicker connection to steel beam No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 ... against wall... freestanding NOTE 1: UNATTACHED ACRYLIC PANELS TO BE FIELD INSTALLED TO CONCEAL FASTENERS. WALL AS IT MAY OCCUR ACRYLIC PNL., THIS FACE UNATTACHED SEE NOTE 1 FLOORING PER FINISH PLAN CONT. CLEAR SEALANT, TYP. EXST. SUBFLOOR SHIM AS REQ'D. ACRYLIC PNL., THIS FACE UNATTACHED SEE NOTE 1 1/2" PLYWD. SUBSTRATE FRAMING, TYP. ACRYLIC PNL., THIS FACE PREATTACHED (FACING DOOR) 8X1" WOODSCREW 1X CONTINUOUS CLEAT (LOOSE) #8X2" TAPCON @12" O.C. MAX 1"X3/4" CONTINUOUS BLOCKING 1X CONTINUOUS CLEAT (LOOSE) #8X2" TAPCON @12" O.C. MAX ... freestanding NOTE 1: UNATTACHED ACRYLIC PANELS TO BE FIELD INSTALLED TO CONCEAL FASTENERS. ACRYLIC PNL., PREATTACHED TO PLYWD. FRAME SUPPORT TUBE PER 12/A840 2" W x 1/2" THK. PLYWD. STRIP, FASTENED TO TUBE ... against wall 1/2" Ø ACCESS HOLE ACRYLIC PNL., TOP FACE UNATTACHED SEE NOTE 1 . WALL AS IT MAY OCCUR PROVIDE CLEAR SEALANT AS REQ'D. ACRYLIC PNL., THIS FACE UNATTACHED SEE NOTE 1 1/2" PLYWD. SUBSTRATE FRAMING, TYP. ACRYLIC PNL., THIS FACE UNATTACHED SEE NOTE 1 ACRYLIC PNL., TOP FACE UNATTACHED SEE NOTE 1 ACRYLIC PNL., BOTTOM FACE PREATTACHED TO FRAME . LINE OF FRONT FACE ACRYLIC SEAM#8 x 1" FLATHEAD WD. SCREW, TYP. 1/2" Ø ACCESS HOLE SHIM AS REQ'D. SIGNAGE (WHERE OCCURS - REF. ELEVATIONS) DOOR VERTICAL BLADE ELEMENT WHERE OCCURS PER PLAN OR ELEV. HORIZONTAL BLADE ELEMENT AL I G N PROVIDE BACKING AS REQ'D. FABRICATED IN-WALL MTL. BRACKET SUPPORT - 3/4" SQ. x 0.083" STL. TUBE @ 24" OC MAX. & 2" MAX FROM END OF BACKING PLATE EXST. DOOR & FRAME 3/16" THK. STL. BACK PLT. ATTACHED TO WALL w/ #10 x 2" HHSMS @ 12" OC, STAGG. - SHIM AS REQ'D. 2 1 / 2 " . 9 3/4" LONG x 2" WIDE x 1/2" THK. PLYWD. NAILER STRIP ATTACHED TO TUBE w/ #8 x 1" FHSMS MIN. 2 PER TUBE #8 x 1" FH WD. SCREW, TYP. 1/8" THK. ACRYLIC PNL., TOP FACE UNATTACHED TO BE FIELD INSTALLED PREATTACHED ACRYLIC PNL. (FASCIA & BOTTOM) FIN. EDGE PE R S I G N A G E DW G . . FIN. EDGE CONT. CLR. SEALANT AS REQ'D. PER SIGNAGE AL I G N E D G E O F BL A D E W I T H S I G N A G E elevation plan CO N D I T I O N S VA R I E S P E R E X I S T I N G 2 1 / 2 " PL A N PE R SIGNAGE (WHERE OCCURS - REF. ELEVATIONS) DOOR TOP AND OUTSIDE ACRYLIC TO BE SENT LOOSE F.E. 2 1/2" (F.V.) F.E. F.E. F.E. typ. LINE OF BLADE ABOVE VERTICAL BLADE ELEMENT OR A840 08 A840 06 A840 11 07 A840 08 A840 12 A840 SIGNAGE (WHERE OCCURS - REF. ELEVATIONS) DOOR ACCENT PAINT ON WALL IN LIEU OF VERTICAL BLADE ELEMENT WHERE OCCURS - PAINT COLOR TO MATCH ACRYLIC COLOR HORIZONTAL BLADE ELEMENT AL I G N AL I G N EXISTING MILLWORK STEM WALL TO REMAIN EXISTING FLOOR NEW BASE PER SCHED. NEW LAMINATE PER ELEV. NEW SOLID SURFACE COUNTER PER PLAN 1/8" CONDITIONS PER EXIST'G.2 1/8" 1 1 / 2 " T. O . C O U N T E R MA X . 3 4 " T O DEMO EXIST'G. BASE, TYP. demo new ALIGN F.O.COUNTER W/ F.O. SOLID SURFACE BEYOND SOLID SURFACE BEYOND (WHERE OCCURS) DEMO EXIST'G. CONDITIONS AS REQ'D. FOR NEW WORK 2' - 1 0 " EXISTING MILLWORK STEM WALL TO REMAIN EXISTING FLOOR NEW BASE PER SCHED. NEW LAMINATE PER ELEV. NEW SOLID SURFACE PER ELEV. 1/8" CONDITIONS PER EXIST'G.2 1/8" 11 " T. O . C O U N T E R MA X . 4 0 " T O DEMO EXIST'G. BASE, TYP. demo DEMO EXIST'G. CONDITIONS AS REQ'D. FOR NEW WORK new ADJUSTABLE FOOT, TYP. BASE PER SCHED., TYP. SOLID SURFACE PER ELEV., TYP. ba 40 " 1" 5" 32 1 / 2 " ( R E M O V A B L E P A N E L ) 1 1 / 2 " 1 1 / 2 " 25 3 / 4 " ( R E M O V A B L E P A N E L ) 5" 1" 33 1 / 4 " ( 3 4 " M A X ) 10 " 1" 10"10" LAMINATE PER ELEV., TYP. SOLID SURFACE BEYOND (WHERE OCCURS) ALL INTERIOR OF RACEWAY TO BE FIRE RATED PLYWOOD, TYP. 1/8"1/8"2 1/8"2 1/8" EXISTING FLOOR EXISTING MILLWORK STEM WALL TO REMAIN EXISTING FLOOR NEW BASE PER SCHED. NEW LAMINATE PER ELEV. NEW SOLID SURFACE COUNTER PER PLAN 1/8" CONDITIONS PER EXIST'G.2 1/8" 1 1 / 2 " T. O . C O U N T E R MA X . 3 4 " T O DEMO EXIST'G. BASE, TYP. demo new ALIGN F.O.COUNTER W/ F.O. SOLID SURFACE BEYOND SOLID SURFACE BEYOND (WHERE OCCURS) DEMO EXIST'G. CONDITIONS AS REQ'D. FOR NEW WORK DEMO COUNTERTOP AND CONNECTED CASEWORK B.O. CLG. EXST. CEILING TO REMAIN ALUM. HORIZ. LOUVER SLAT PER SCHEDULE - DIRECT ATTACHMENT TO B.O. CLG. PER MFR. INSTRUCTIONS - ALIGN w/ VERT. LOUVER SLAT BELOW PER DETAIL 1"4"4"4"4"4"1" PROVIDE CLG. BLOCKING OR BACKING AS REQ'D. 1'-10" NOM. CONT. ALUM. SLAT BACK RAIL SUPPORT, FASTENED TO CLG. SIDE SCREW PER MFR. - EXPOSED FASTENER HEAD FACING RECEPTION ... section /A84009 (N) BACKING AND ANCHORAGE REF. DETAIL 17/A801 EXST. STEM WALL TO REMAIN NEW SOLID SURFACE PER ELEV. 40 " M A X . T O T . O . C O U N T E R T O P ... demo DEMO EXST. SURFACES AS REQ'D. & PREP FOR NEW WORK DEMO EXST. SOLID SURFACE COUNTER (WHERE OCCUR) NEW BASE PER SCHED. DEMO EXST. BASE ... new work NEW LAMINATE PER ELEV. 1 1 " DEMO EXST. COUNTERTOP WALL PANELING PER SCHED. ALUM. Z-CLIP - MONARCH MF375 OR EQ. CONT. ALUM. ANGLE TRIM 1" x 1/4" x 1/16" THK. PTD. BLACK FINISHED EDGE PNL. CLIP WHERE OCCUR 1"1/2" . 1/ 4 " FACE OF WALL ... plan view ... section CONT. ALUM. ANGLE TRIM 1" x 1/4" x 1/16" THK. PTD. BLACK FINISHED EDGE 1/ 2 " 1" WALL PANELING PER SCHED. 1/4" FACE OF WALL OUTLET BOX EXTENDER WALL PANELING PER SCHED. AND ELEVATION ALUM. Z-CLIP - MONARCH MF250 OR EQ. POWER / DATA RECEPTACLE AS IT MAY OCCUR ELEC. OUTLET BOX WALL BACKING AS REQ'D. PER SCHED. COVER PLATE EXST. WALL END CAP w/ MATCHING FINISH - FASTEN PER MFR. BACK RAIL CLOSURE TRIM w/ MATCHING FINISH BACK RAIL CLOSURE w/ MATCHING FINISH SHT. MTL. SCREW CTRD. THRU LOUVER SCREW BOSS HORIZ. ALUM. LOUVER SLAT PER SCHEDULE - DIRECT CLG. ATTACHMENT PER MFR. SHT. MTL. SCREW CTRD. THRU VERT. LOUVER SLAT SCREW BOSS FLR. BRACKET PER MFR. FASTENER AS REQ'D. VERT. ALUM. LOUVER SLAT PER SCHEDULE - FLR. MTD. INSTALLATION PER MFR. CONT. BACK RAIL - DIRECT CLG. ATTACHMENT CLG. FASTENER - PROVIDE CLG. BLOCKING OR BACKING AS REQ'D. CEILING OR SOFFIT FASTENER @ WOOD: 1/4" ⌀SOS SCREW W/ 2" EMBED OR 1/4" ⌀TOGGLE BOLT FASTENER @ CONCRETE: 1/4" ⌀TAPCON SCREW W/ 1" EMBED OR 1/4" ⌀TITEN-HD W/ 1" EMBED ... plan view F.O. DESK / SOLID SURFACE FINISH ALUM. VERT. LOUVER SLAT PER SCHEDULE - FLR. MTD. INSTALLATION PER MFR. INSTRUCTION - ALIGN w/ HORIZ. LOUVER SLAT ABOVE PER DETAIL 1'-10" NOM. 1"4"4"4"4"4"1" OV E R A L L D I M . PE R R C P . .. AL I G N w / F. O . D E S K 3/ 8 " G A P F.O. DESK /A84004 ... at corner... at wall ACRYLIC PNL., THIS FACE UNATTACHED SEE NOTE 1 1X BLIND CLEAT w/ #8 x 2-1/2" FHSMS @ 24" OC MAX. ACRYLIC PNL., THIS FACE UNATTACHED SEE NOTE 1 #8 x 1-1/4" FH WD. SCREW @ 24" OC MAX., TYP. EXST. DOOR & FRAME CONT. CLEAR SEALANT, TYP. BOTH SIDES 2 1/2". 1/2" PLYWD. SUBSTRATE FRAMING, TYP. PROVIDE BACKING AS REQ'D. LINE OF BLADE ABOVE 2 1/2". NOTE 1: UNATTACHED ACRYLIC PANELS TO BE FIELD INSTALLED TO CONCEAL FASTENERS. ACRYLIC PNL., THIS FACE UNATTACHED SEE NOTE 1 . . SHIM AS REQ'D. CONT. CLEAR SEALANT 1X BLIND CLEAT w/ #8 x 2-1/2" FHSMS @ 24" OC MAX. PREATTACHED ACRYLIC PNL. PER FINISH SCHED. . 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 8 : 2 8 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A840 TYPICAL INTERIOR DETAILS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 3" = 1'-0"11 vertical blade element @ sill 3" = 1'-0"06 typical blade corner detail 1/2" = 1'-0"02 typical blade axon 3" = 1'-0"12 horizontal blade element 3/8" = 1'-0"01 typical blade plan and elevation 1/2" = 1'-0"03 typical blade axon with painted vertical 1 1/2" = 1'-0"16 anchor desk - transaction counter remodel detail 1 1/2" = 1'-0"17 anchor desk - solid surface remodel detail 1 1/2" = 1'-0"18 anchor desk - new construction detail 1 1/2" = 1'-0"14 anchor desk - transaction counter remodel 1 1/2" = 1'-0"04 louver slat @ ceiling 1 1/2" = 1'-0"19 anchor desk solid surface remodel 6" = 1'-0"15 wall panel edge 6" = 1'-0"20 receptacle thru wall panel 3" = 1'-0"05 louver slat installation 1 1/2" = 1'-0"09 vertical louver slat 3" = 1'-0"07 vertical blade element No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 22" 4 3/4"12 3/4"4 1/2" 16 3/8" 8"6"8" 4 1 / 2 " (2 9 " M I N . A D A C L R . ) 29 " (3 4 " M A X . ) 33 1 / 2 " SOLID SURFACE PER PLANS REQ'D. ADA CLEARANCE ACCESS PANEL - REF. ELEV. FOR LAMINATE TYPE LAVATORY PER PLANS CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BACKING AS REQ'D., TYP. FAUCET PER PLANS SOLID SURFACE BACKSPLASH 2 1 / 2 " 22" 10"6"6" 4 1 / 2 " 1/ 8 " 22 7 / 8 " 6" HINGED ACCESS PANEL - REF. ELEV. FOR LAMINATE TYPE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BACKING AS REQ'D., TYP. (3 4 " M A X . ) 33 1 / 2 " TRASH CAN 20 5/8"7/8" POPLAR RUNNERS TO SECURE FALSE PANEL FALSE PANEL - MATCH ACCESS PANEL LAMINATE SOLID SURFACE PER PLANS TRASH OPN'G. IN S.S. SOLID SURFACE BACKSPLASH 2 1 / 2 " TILE BASE PER PLAN THINSET OVER TCNA APPROVED SUBSTRATE, TYP. (WHERE OCCURS) WALL / FLOOR TRANSITION FTR-3A EXISTING WALL, TYP. @ new tile flooring @ existing/RT flooring WALL / FLOOR TRANSITION FTR-3 WALL TILE PER PLAN THINSET OVER TCNA APPROVED SUBSTRATE EL E V . ( W H E R E O C C U R S ) TI L E B A S E H E I G H T P E R EL E V . ( W H E R E O C C U R S ) TI L E B A S E H E I G H T P E R WALL TILE PER PLAN, TYP. EXISTING WALL, TYP. SEALANT, TYP. @ outside tile corner @ outside corner @ tile end/device EXISTING ELEVATOR CALL BUTTON, HALL LANTERN, OR OTHER DEVICE TO REMAIN (WHERE OCCURS) WALL TRANSITION WTR-3, TYP. EXISTING FLOOR TRANSITION PROFILE FTR-2 @ uneven surface FLOOR FINISH PER PLAN FLOOR FINISH PER PLAN @ even surface EXISTING FLOOR TRANSITION PROFILE FTR-1 FLOOR FINISH PER PLAN FLOOR FINISH PER PLAN TILE BASE PER PLAN THINSET OVER TCNA APPROVED SUBSTRATE, TYP. WALL / FLOOR TRANSITION FTR-3A EXISTING WALL, TYP. WALL TRANSITION WTR-3, TYP. SEALANT, TYP. PE R E L E V . @ new tile flooring PE R E L E V . @ existing/RT flooring WALL / FLOOR TRANSITION FTR-3 TILE BASE PER PLAN THINSET OVER TCNA APPROVED SUBSTRATE, TYP. EXISTING WALL, TYP. WALL TRANSITION WTR-3, TYP. SEALANT, TYP. PE R E L E V . PE R E L E V . @ new tile flooring @ existing/resilient flooring EXISTING WALL FRAMING EXISTING GYP. BOARD 1/4" CEMENT BACKER BOARD INSTALLED OVER EXISTING GYP. BOARD BOND COAT TILE PER FINISH SCHEDULE REF. TCNA W244C-22 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION EXISTING ACCESS PANEL - REMOVE AND REINSTALL OVER NEW TILE FINISH. PAINT ACCESS PANEL PER PLAN NEW TILE FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE REF. 09/A841 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION EXISTING WALL HEM EDGES, TYP. FORMED S.S. END CAP, MATCH CG-5 FINISH - END CAP HEIGHT PER ELEVATIONS ADHESIVE SET TO WALL SURFACE 3 1/2" TYP. FI E L D V E R I F Y W I D T H STAIR NOSING FTR-5 TYPICAL AT ALL INTERMEDIATE STAIR FLIGHT TREADS. STAIR NOSING FTR-5A TYPICAL AT ALL STAIR FLIGHT UPPER APPROACH AND LOWER TREADS. REF. CBC 11B-504.4.1 CONTRASTING STRIPE TREAD FINISH PER PLANS EXISTING STAIR SUBSTRATE RISER FINISH PER PLANS PER LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE PE R L U M I N A I R E S C H E D U L E OPEN AREA FOR MC CABLE ENTRY PE R 14 / T 1 5 4 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 8 : 2 9 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A841 TYPICAL INTERIOR DETAILS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 1 1/2" = 1'-0"07 typical vanity casework detail @ lav 1 1/2" = 1'-0"08 typical vanity casework detail @ trash 12" = 1'-0"03 typical tiled wall base detail 12" = 1'-0"04 typical wall tile transitions detail 12" = 1'-0"05 typical floor transition detail 12" = 1'-0"02 typical tile cove base detail 12" = 1'-0"01 typical tile base detail 6" = 1'-0"15 typical end cap detail 6" = 1'-0"09 typical tile installation detail @ existing wall 6" = 1'-0"10 typical existing access panel detail @ tile wall 12" = 1'-0"14 typical stair nosing detail 1 1/2" = 1'-0"16 new lighted mirror detail No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 WS -XX . x SIT TO STAND INDICATION INDICATION OF SIT TO STAND SIZE WS-XX NO CASH DRAWER TO BE ATTACHED WS-XX.e EXISTING CASH DRAWER TO BE ATTACHED TO NEW SIT TO STAND DESK WS-XX.n NEW CASH DRAWER TO BE ATTACHED TO NEW SIT TO STAND DESK INDICATION OF CASH DRAWER ATTACHMENT 841 SF RECEP 1102 A850 20B 20C A850 20F A850 20A 20G A850 20D A850 20H A850 20E P-1 E39 E39 E39 E39 E39 E39 E39 E39 E39 E39 RT-51 RT-51 RT-51 RT-51RT-51 RT-51 RT-51 RT-51 RT-51 LB-1 TRANSACTION COUNTER 3' - 6" TRANSACTION COUNTER 3' - 6" TR A N S A C T I O N C O U N T E R 3' - 6 " TR A N S A C T I O N C O U N T E R 7' - 0 " TR A N S A C T I O N C O U N T E R 7' - 0 " 8" typ. 01 8" TYP. MB-1 TYP. SS-3 TYP. PL-1 OPEN TO BEYOND 2' - 5 " 7" 4" 2' - 1 0 " M A X 2' - 1 0 " M A X TRANSACTION COUNTER 3' - 6" TRANSACTION COUNTER 3' - 6" 16 A840 ______17 A840 ______ TYP. PT-1F TYP. WS-1 TYP. PT-1 OPEN TO BEYOND OPEN TO BEYOND TYP. PL-1 TYP. MB-1 TYP. SS-3 TRANSACTION COUNTER 3' - 6" TRANSACTION COUNTER 7' - 0" 2' - 1 0 " M A X 2' - 1 0 " M A X TRANSACTION COUNTER 7' - 0" 2' - 1 0 " M A X 16 A840 ______17 A840 ______ TYP. PT-1F TYP. PT-1 TYP. WS-1 TYP. PT-1 4" 7" 2' - 5 " TYP. RB-1 TYP. PL-1 TYP. SS-3 TYP. PL-1 TYP. SS-3 TYP. RB-1 OPEN TO BEYOND OPEN TO BEYOND TYP. PT-1 TYP. PT-1 TYP. PT-1 4" 3' - 0 " ma x . 2' - 1 0 " TRANSACTION COUNTER 7' - 0" TRANSACTION COUNTER 7' - 0" COUNTER 3' - 6" ma x . 2' - 1 0 " ma x . 2' - 1 0 " TYP. MB-1 TYP. MB-1 TYP. SS-3 TYP. WS-1 OPEN TO BEYOND TYP. PT-1F 4" 7" 2' - 5 " TYP. MB-1 TYP. PL-1 TYP. SS-3 OPEN TO BEYOND TYP. PT-1F TYP. WS-1 V. I . F . 3' - 4 " ma x . 2' - 1 0 " TYP. RB-1 TYP. PL-1 TYP. SS-3 OPEN TO BEYOND TRANSACTION COUNTER 3' - 6" TRANSACTION COUNTER 3' - 6" ma x . 2' - 1 0 " ma x . 2' - 1 0 " 3' - 4 " 4" 7" 2' - 5 " OPEN TO BEYOND TYP. RB-1 TYP. PL-1 TYP. SS-3 2' - 1 0 " M A X V. I . F . 3' - 4 " TYP. RB-1 TYP. PL-1 TYP. SS-3 TYP. WS-1 OPEN TO BEYOND 4" 3' - 0 " 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 8 : 3 6 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A850 CASEWORK DETAILS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR c a s e w o r k s c h e d u l e key manufacturer description finish LB-1 VERNON DOUBLE DOOR CABINET W/ DRAWERS: LB-3620-18-4B PL-1: ARBORITE, ESSENTIAL NORDIC WOOD W481 CW; BASE: TO MATCH RB-1 LB-2 VERNON DOUBLE DOOR CABINET: LB2400-15-4B PL-1: ARBORITE, ESSENTIAL NORDIC WOOD W481 CW; BASE: TO MATCH RB-1 P-1 VERNON CUSTOM PLANTER BOX,4'-0" L X 1'-3"W X 2'-10"H BASE: MB-1; LAMINATE: PL-1; TOP PLATE: SS-3 RT-51 VERNON RT-51: MW1800R ROLLING TOWER PL-1: ARBORITE, ESSENTIAL NORDIC WOOD W481 CW 20 103 RECEP -check-in reception desk -elevations 3/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0"15 1102 reception desk enlarged plan 20D 20E 20H 20B 20C 20G20F 20A 09 1102 reception desk axon k e y n o t e s 01 ACCESSIBLE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE - 30" x 48" E39 (E) DESK AND FINISHES TO REMAIN No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 9 ASI-01 02/17/2026 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 WS -XX . x SIT TO STAND INDICATION INDICATION OF SIT TO STAND SIZE WS-XX NO CASH DRAWER TO BE ATTACHED WS-XX.e EXISTING CASH DRAWER TO BE ATTACHED TO NEW SIT TO STAND DESK WS-XX.n NEW CASH DRAWER TO BE ATTACHED TO NEW SIT TO STAND DESK INDICATION OF CASH DRAWER ATTACHMENT 127 SF RECEP 1502 A851 02B A851 02A A851 02C 02D E39 E39 E39 TRA N S A C T I O N C O U N T E R 3' - 0 " TRA N S A C T I O N C O U N T E R 3' - 0 " typ. 01 8" 60 SF WSGEN 1500AW02 38 SF WSGEN 1500AW01 A851 12A A85112B LB-2 LB-2 E39 E39TRA N S A C T I O N C O U N T E R 10' - 9 1 / 4 " 01 8" TYP. MB-1 TYP. SS-3 TYP. PL-1 2' - 1 0 " M A X 2' - 1 0 " M A X TRANSACTION COUNTER 3' - 0" TRANSACTION COUNTER 3' - 0" 16 A840 ______17 A840 ______ TYP. MB-1 TYP. SS-3 TYP. PL-1 TYP. RB-1 TYP. PL-1 TYP. SS-3 TYP. RB-1 TYP. PL-1 TYP. SS-3 TRANSACTION COUNTER 3' - 0" TRANSACTION COUNTER 3' - 0" 2' - 1 0 " M A X 2' - 1 0 " M A X 16 A840 ______ TYP. MB-1 TYP. PL-1 TYP. SS-3 TRANSACTION COUNTER 10' - 9 1/4" 2' - 1 0 " M A X TYP. RB-1 TYP. PL-1 TYP. SS-3 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 8 : 4 1 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 A851 CASEWORK DETAILS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR c a s e w o r k s c h e d u l e key manufacturer description finish LB-1 VERNON DOUBLE DOOR CABINET W/ DRAWERS: LB-3620-18-4B PL-1: ARBORITE, ESSENTIAL NORDIC WOOD W481 CW; BASE: TO MATCH RB-1 LB-2 VERNON DOUBLE DOOR CABINET: LB2400-15-4B PL-1: ARBORITE, ESSENTIAL NORDIC WOOD W481 CW; BASE: TO MATCH RB-1 P-1 VERNON CUSTOM PLANTER BOX,4'-0" L X 1'-3"W X 2'-10"H BASE: MB-1; LAMINATE: PL-1; TOP PLATE: SS-3 RT-51 VERNON RT-51: MW1800R ROLLING TOWER PL-1: ARBORITE, ESSENTIAL NORDIC WOOD W481 CW 02 243 RECEP -check-in reception desk -elevations 3/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"05 1502 reception desk enlarged plan 04 1502 reception desk axon 1/4" = 1'-0"15 1500AW01 & 1500AW02 reception desk enlarged plan 14 1500AW01 & 1500AW02 reception desk axon 02A 02B 02C 02D 12A 12B 20 1500aw01 & 1500aw02 -check-in reception desk -elevations 3/8" = 1'-0" No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 k e y n o t e s 01 ACCESSIBLE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE - 30" x 48" E39 (E) DESK AND FINISHES TO REMAIN p r o j e c t d e s c r i p t i o n TENANT IMPROVEMENT OF SINGLE ACCOMMODATION RESTROOMS, CIRCULATION SPACES AS WELL AS DEPARTMENTAL RECEPTION AND WAITING AREAS ON ALL THREE FLOORS OF THIS MEDICAL OFFICE BUILDING. THE WORK INCLUDES:. 1. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OF RECEPTIONS AREAS, FLOORING AND WALL FINISHES, RECEPTION CASEWORK, REMOVAL OF ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILES, PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ELECTRICAL FIXTURES. 2. RENOVATION INCLUDES PATCHING, REPAINTING AND APPLICATION OF NEW WALL FINISHES AND COVERINGS. WORK ALSO INCLUDES NEW ACOUTICAL CEILING TILES, PAINTING OF EXISTING CEILING ELEMENTS, NEW RECEPTION MILLWORK, NEW FLOORING, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL FIXTURES. 3. PLUMBING SCOPE TO INCLUDE REPLACEMENT OF EXISTING WATER CLOSETS AND LAVATORIES. 4. EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE COUNTS HAVE BEEN MAINTAINED. 5. NO CHANGE IN USE TO THE EXISTING BUILDING. 6. THIS BUILDING IS NOT AN OSHPD-3 BUILDING. 7. EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM WILL REMAIN UNCHANGED. 8. NO CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY IS PROPOSED. v i c i n i t y m a p W MACARTHUR BLVD S H A R B O R B L V D W MOORE AVE W GARRY AVE S C R O D D Y W A Y S S H A N N O N S T PROJECT SITE p r o j e c t d a t a PROJECT ADDRESS: CONSTRUCTION TYPE: NUMBER OF STORIES: OCCUPANCY: BUILDING AREA: ASSESSOR'S PARCEL NUMBER: LEGAL DESCRIPTION: 3401 SOUTH HARBOR BOULEVARD SANTA ANA, CA 92704 TYPE II-A, FULLY SPRINKLERED 3 GROUP B - OFFICE BUILDING TOTAL AREA: 80,000 SF REFERENCE A001, A002 AND A003 PERMIT COSMETIC ONLY NO WORK FLOOR TOTAL FIRST FLOOR 3,632 SF 1,033 SF 27,429 SF 32,094 SF SECOND FLOOR 3,491 SF --- SF 30,232 SF 33,723 SF THIRD FLOOR 2,469 SF 168 SF 11,546 SF 14,183 SF _____________________________________________________________________________________ TOTALS 9,592 SF 1,201 SF 69,207 SF 80,000 SF PERMIT = TOTAL AREA OF T.I. SUBMITTED FOR PERMIT, REQUIRING DEMOLITION, NEW CONSTRUCTION, ELECTRICAL AND/OR PLUMBING WORK COSMETIC ONLY = TOTAL AREA OF T.I. FOR COSMETIC FINISHES ONLY NO WORK = TOTAL AREA NOT IN SCOPE (NO WORK) FLOOR TOTAL = TOTAL SQUARE FOOTAGE ON EACH FLOOR 414-262-08 P BK 38 LPG 13 PAR 2 P.M. 38-13, PAR.2 PRO OF PAR AND WILLIAMS d e f e r r e d a p p r o v a l s 1. DEFERRED SUBMITTAL TIESM SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED UNTIL THEIR DESIGN AND SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY THE BUILDING OFFICAL DEFERRED APPROVAL ITEMS: 1. MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING FIRE SPINKLER SYSTEM AT THE FIRST FLOOR RECEPTION SOFFIT. 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev:Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 12" = 1'-0" 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 5 0 : 0 5 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 T001 TITLE SHEET 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR i n d e x TITLE T001 TITLE SHEET T002 TYPICAL PROJECT NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS, SYMBOLS & LEGEND T100 CALGREEN - NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES T101 CALGREEN - NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES T150 ACCESSIBILITY NOTES T151 ACCESSIBILITY NOTES T152 ACCESSIBILITY NOTES T153 ACCESSIBILITY NOTES T154 ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS T200 1ST FLOOR EGRESS PLANS T201 2ND FLOOR EGRESS PLANS T202 3RD FLOOR EGRESS PLANS T300 SITE ACCESSIBILITY PLAN ARCHITECTURAL A001 1ST FLOOR INDEX PLAN A002 2ND FLOOR INDEX PLAN A003 3RD FLOOR INDEX PLAN A111 1ST FLOOR ENLARGED DEMO PLAN A112 1ST FLOOR ENLARGED NEW FLOOR PLAN A113 2ND FLOOR - AREA A - ENLARGED DEMO AND NEW FLOOR PLANS A114 2ND FLOOR - AREA B - ENLARGED DEMO AND NEW FLOOR PLANS A115 3RD FLOOR ENLARGED DEMO AND NEW FLOOR PLANS A121 1ST FLOOR ENLARGED RESTROOM PLANS AND ELEVATIONS A122 1ST FLOOR ENLARGED RESTROOM PLANS AND ELEVATIONS A123 2ND FLOOR ENLARGED RESTROOM PLANS AND ELEVATIONS A124 3RD FLOOR ENLARGED RESTROOM PLANS AND ELEVATIONS A161 1ST FLOOR ENLARGED DEMO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A162 1ST FLOOR ENLARGED NEW REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A163 2ND FLOOR - AREA A - ENLARGED DEMO AND NEW REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A164 2ND FLOOR - AREA B - ENLARGED DEMO AND NEW REFLECTED CEILING PLANS A165 3RD FLOOR ENLARGED DEMO AND NEW REFLECTED CEILING PLANS A700 FINISH SCHEDULE A701 FINISH SCHEDULE A711 1ST FLOOR ENLARGED FINISH PLAN A712 2ND FLOOR ENLARGED FINISH PLAN A713 3RD FLOOR ENLARGED FINISH PLAN A721 1ST FLOOR ENLARGED FURNITURE DEMO PLANS A722 2ND FLOOR ENLARGED FURNITURE DEMO PLANS A723 3RD FLOOR ENLARGED FURNITURE DEMO PLANS A731 1ST FLOOR ENLARGED NEW FURNITURE PLANS A732 2ND FLOOR ENLARGED NEW FURNITURE PLANS A733 3RD FLOOR ENLARGED NEW FURNITURE PLAN A740 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A741 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A742 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A743 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A744 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A745 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A746 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A747 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A800 PARTITION DETAILS A801 TYPICAL PARTITION DETAILS A802 TYPICAL PARTITION DETAILS A820 TYPICAL CEILING DETAILS A821 TYPICAL CEILING DETAILS A840 TYPICAL INTERIOR DETAILS A841 TYPICAL INTERIOR DETAILS A850 CASEWORK DETAILS A851 CASEWORK DETAILS f i r e d e p t . n o t e s ALL REQUIRED PERMITS MUST BE OBTAINED FROM FIRE PLAN CHECK BEFORE THE BUILDING IS OCCUPIED. STANDPIPE SYSTEMS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF CBC SEC. 905 PLANS FOR AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS & CLASS I STANDPIPES MUST BE SUBMITTED AND APPROVED BY FIRE PLAN CHECK BEFORE THIS EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED. VALVES CONTROLLING THE WATER SUPPLY FOR AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS, PUMPS, TANKS, WATER LEVELS AND TEMPERATURES, CRITICAL AIR PRESSURES AND WATERFLOW SWITCHES ON ALL SPRINKLER SYSTEMS SHALL BE ELECTRICALLY SUPERVISED BY A LISTED FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT. (CBC SEC. 903.4) AN APPROVED AUDIBLE SPRINKLER FLOW ALARM SHALL BE PROVIDED ON THE EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING IN AN APPROVED LOCATION PER (CBC SEC. 903.4.2). AN APPROVED AUDIBLE SPRINKLER FLOW ALARM TO ALERT THE OCCUPANTS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE INTERIORS IN A NORMALLY OCCUPIED LOCATION PER (CBC SEC. 904.3.4) PROVIDE TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT WATER SUPPLY FOR FIRE PROTECTION AS SOON AS COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS ARRIVE ON SITE, AS REQUIRED AND APPROVED BY CORRESPONDANT FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE PROTECTION, INCLUDING FIRE APPARATUS ACCESS ROADS AND WATER SUPPLIES FOR FIRE PROTECTION, SHALL BE INSTALLED AND MADE SERVICEABLE PRIOR TO AND DURING TIME OF CONSTRUCTION. (CFC 501.4) BUILDINGS UNDERGOING CONSTRUCTION ALTERATION OR DEMOLITION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CFC CHAPTER 33; CBC CHAPTER 33. ADDRESSES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL NEW AND EXISTING BUILDINGS IN A POSITION AS TO BE PLAINLY VISIBLE AND LEGIBLE FROM THE STREET OR ROAD FRONTING THE PROPERTY. DECORATIVE MATERIALS SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A FLAME RETARDANT CONDITION. (CODE REGS. TIT. 19, SEC. 3.08, 3.21, CFC 807) AT LEAST ONE FIRE EXTINGUISHER WITH A MINIMUM RATING OF 2-A-10B:C SHALL BE PROVIDED WITHIN 75 FEET MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE FOR EACH 6,000 S.F. OR PORTION THEREOF ON EACH FLOOR. (CFC 1002, UFC STANDARD 10-1, CAL. CODE REGS, TIT. 19, SEC. 3.29) AT LEAST ONE FIRE EXTINGUISHER WITH A MINIMUM RATING OF 2-A-10B:C SHALL BE PROVIDED WITHIN 75 FEET MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE PER CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 19, DIVISION 1, SECTION 568, TABLE 2. (CFC 906.3) COMPLETE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS, FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS, INCLUDING AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS AND WET DRY STANDPIPES, HALON SYSTEMS AND OTHER SPECIAL TYPES OF AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS, BASEMENT PIPE INLETS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS AND APPURTENANCES THERETO SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO FIRE AND SAFETY FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. (CFC 901.2) FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CBC SEC. 906 AND COMPLY WITH STANDARDS 9-1 AND 9-2. INSTALLATION OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CFC SEC. 907 WITH NOT LESS THAN ONE STANDPIPE FOR USE DURING CONSTRUCTION INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CBC SEC. 3314 COMPLETE SITE SAFETY PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE APPLICABLE THROUGHOUT ALL PHASES OF THE CONSTRUCTION, REPAIR, ALTERATION OR DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO FIRE AND LIFE SAFETY DEPARTMENT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL BUILDING PERMIT IS ISSUE CFC SEC. 3303 FIRE HYDRANT LOCATIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH FIRE AND LIFE SAFETY FPB POLICY F-96-01 FOR ON SITE FIRE HYDRANTS FIRE HYDRANTS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY THE INSTALLATION OF REFLECTIVE MARKERS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. g o v e r n i n g c o d e s ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE CURRENT EDITIONS OF NATIONAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES, AND OTHER REGULATING AGENCIES WHICH HAVE AUTHORITY OVER ANY PORTION OF THE WORK. ALL CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS PERFORMING GENERAL CONSTRUCTION, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, OR RELATED WORK, SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF THE CODES THAT HAVE JURISDICTION. APPLICABLE CODES: 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC) PART 1, PART 2, TITLE 24, CCR 2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE PART 5, TITLE 24, CCR 2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE PART 4, TITLE 24, CCR 2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE PART 9, TITLE 24, CCR 2022 NFPA 13 STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 2022 BUILDING STANDARDS ADMINISTRATIVE CODE PART 1, TITLE 24, CCR 2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE PART 3, TITLE 24, CCR 2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE PART 6, TITLE 24, CCR 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (CALGreen), PART 11, TITLE 24 CCR 2022 CALIFORNIA REFERENCED STANDARDS, PART 12, TITLE 24, CCR 2022 CALIFORNIA EXISTING BUILDING CODE (CEBC) 2010 ADA STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBLE DESIGN MECHANICAL M001 MECHANICAL COVERSHEET M101 LEVEL 01 - MECHANICAL PLAN - OVERALL M102 LEVEL 02 - MECHANICAL PLAN - OVERALL M103 LEVEL 03 - MECHANICAL PLAN - OVERALL M111 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN M112 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED MECHANICAL REMODEL PLAN M113 LEVEL 02 - ENLARGED MECHANICAL PLANS M115 LEVEL 03 - ENLARGED MECHANICAL PLAN PLUMBING P000 PLUMBING COVER SHEET P002 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS P101 LEVEL 01 - PLUMBING - REMODEL PLAN OVERALL P102 LEVEL 02 - PLUMBING - REMODEL PLAN OVERALL P103 LEVEL 03 - PLUMBING - REMODEL PLAN - OVERALL P111 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN P113 LEVEL 02 - ENLARGED PLLUMBING DEMOLITION AND REMODEL PLAN - AREA A P115 LEVEL 03 - ENLARGED PLUMBING DEMOLITION AND REMODEL PLAN ELECTRICAL E001 ELECTRICAL COVERSHEET E002 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E003 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E004 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E005 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E101 LEVEL 01 - ELECTRICAL PLAN OVERALL E102 LEVEL 02 - ELECTRICAL PLAN - OVERALL E103 LEVEL 03 - ELECTRICAL PLAN - OVERALL E111 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED LIGHTING DEMOLITION PLAN E112 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED LIGHTING REMODEL PLAN E113 LEVEL 02 - ENLARGED LIGHTING PLAN - AREA A E114 LEVEL 02 - ENLARGED LIGHTING PLAN - AREA B E115 LEVEL 03 - ENLARGED LIGHTING PLAN E121 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED POWER DEMOLITION PLAN E122 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED POWER REMODEL PLAN E123 LEVEL 02 - ENLARGED POWER PLAN E124 LEVEL 03 - ENLARGED POWER PLAN E300 ELECTRICAL ENLARGED PLANS E400 PANEL SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM & ELECTRICAL DETAILS E500 PANEL SCHEDULES AND LOAD SUMMARIES E600 TITLE 24 SIGNAGE & GRAPHICS SG100 INTERIOR SIGNAGE SG101 INTERIOR SIGNAGE SG102 INTERIOR SIGNAGE SG103 INTERIOR SIGNAGE SG104 INTERIOR SIGNAGE SG110 1ST FLOOR - SIGN LOCATION PLAN SG111 2ND FLOOR - SIGN LOCATION PLAN SG112 3RD FLOOR - SIGN LOCATION PLAN o w n e r / p e r m i t t e e : KAISER PERMANENTE 74 NORTH PASADENA AVENUE, 8TH FLOOR PASADENA, CA 91103 WORK: (626)372-4258 AGNES C. HERRERA (Agnes.C.Herrera@kp.org) - - - a r c h i t e c t : HGW ARCHITECTURE 1955 BACON STREET SAN DIEGO, CA 92107 WORK: 619.523.8485 RANDY HANNA (randy@hgwarchitecture.com) ERIC WENDLANDT (eric@hgwarchitecture.com) d i r e c t o r y m e p e n g i n e e r : IMEG 222 S. HARBOR BLVD., SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 WORK: (714) 507-1613 TIM PHAM (tim.g.pham@imegcorp.com) MIRA SOPHOCLIS GEORGY (mira.sophoclis-georgy@imegcorp.com) 3401 SOUTH HARBOR BOULEVARD SANTA ANA, CA 92704 No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 10 CRFI-01 02/18/2026 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 AREA PROVIDED FOR CITY APPROVED STAMPS BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE EXISTING ACOUSTIC CEILING TILES TO REMAIN IN PLACE EXISTING GYP. BOARD CEILING BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE EXISTING GYP. BOARD CEILING - PAINT PT-1F U.N.O. ACRYLIC BLADE EXISTING ACOUSTIC CEILING TILES TO REMAIN IN PLACE NEW ACOUSTIC CEILING TILES WITHIN EXISTING CEILING GRID PAINT (E) CEILING GRIDS - REF A700 PATCH & REPAIR (E) CLG & PROVIDE (N) GYP BD AS REQ'D - PREP FOR (N) FINISH BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE GYP. BOARD CEILING - PAINTED f l o o r p l a n n o t e s 1. DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF FINISHED WALL SURFACE, U.N.O. 2. ALL WALL-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT TO HAVE BACKING, U.N.O. REFERENCE TYPICAL BACKING DETAILS 16 & 17/A801. 3. PROVIDE CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BOARD (MANUFACTURER: HARDIEBACKER OR DENS ARMOUR PLUS INTERIOR PANELS) AT WALL TILE LOCATIONS. SUBSTRATE VARIANCE TO BE 1/8” OR LESS IN 10’-0”. 4. COMPLY WITH TCNA’S “HANDBOOK FOR CERAMIN, GLASS, AND STONE TILE INSTALLATION” FOR TCNA INSTALLATION METHODS SPECIFIED IN FINISH SCHEDULE. COMPLY WITH PARTS OF THE ANSI A 108 SERIES “SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF CERAMIC TILE” THAT ARE REFERENCED IN TCNA INSTALLATION METHODS, SPECIFIED IN FINISH SCHEDULE, AND APPLY TO TYPES OF SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS USED. r e f l e c t e d c e i l i n g p l a n n o t e s 1. DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF FINISHED WALL SURFACE, U.N.O. 2. PROVIDE BACKING AS REQUIRED FOR NEW LIGHT FIXTURES. 3. PAINT ALL GYP. BOARD CEILINGS AND SOFFITS PT-1F, U.N.O. 4. REFER TO FINISH PLANS AND FINISH SCHEDULE FOR FURTHER CLARIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION. 5. CLEAN, PREP AND PAINT EXISTING PAINTED SHEET METAL MECHANICAL DEVICES (GRILLES, REGISTERS, AND DIFFUSERS)AT ALL EXISTING LAY-IN CEILING SYSTEMS TO RECIEVE NEW ACOUSTICAL TILE AND EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGS SCHEDULED TO RECIEVE NEW PAINT FINISH - COLOR TO BE PT-1S (SEMI-GLOSS) 6. CLEAN EXISTING ANODIZED ALUMINUM OR STAINLESS STEEL MECHANICAL DEVICES (GRILLES, REGISTERS, AND DIFFUSER) – NO PAINT. 7. ALL EXISTING CEILING-MOUNTED DEVICES (SPRINKLERS, SPEAKERS, EXIT SIGNS, ALARM BELLS/STROBES, SENSORS, DATA DEVICES, ETC.) TO REMAIN, U.N.O. 8. CLEAN, PREP AND PAINT ALL EXISTING CEILING GRID SYSTEMS WHERE ACOUSTICAL TILES ARE BEING REPLACED - COLOR TO BE PT-1F (FLAT). f i n i s h p l a n n o t e s 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SAMPLES OF ALL FINISHES FOR ARCHITECT’S APPROVAL PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 2. REFER TO ELEVATIONS, DETAILS, FINISH PLANS, AND FINISH SCHEDULE FOR FURTHER CLARIFICATION AND INFORMATION. 3. INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS APPLIED TO WALLS AND CEILINGS SHALL BE TESTED AS SPECIFIED IN CBC SECTION 803. 4. ADHESIVES, SEALANTS AND CAULKS, PAINTS AND COATINGS, AND AEROSOL PAINTS AND COATINGS SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE STANDARDS OUTLINED IN CALGREEN SECTIONS 5.504.4.1, 5.504.4.2, 5.504.4.3 RESPECTIVELY. VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH THESE SECTIONS MUST BE PROVIDED AT THE TIME OF INSPECTION. 5. PER CBC 803.13, ALL FINISHES SHALL BE MINIMUM CLASS ‘C’ RATED IN ROOMS AND ENCLOSED SPACES. 6. PROVIDE SCHLUTER METAL CORNER AND TOP TRIM AT WALLS TO RECEIVE NEW TILE FINISH. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. F L O O R I N G N O T E S 1. WHERE DOORS OCCUR, FLOORING MATERIAL TRANSITION SHALL BE CENTERED UNDERNEATH DOORS, U.N.O. 2. CONTINUE ALL FLOORING MATERIALS BENEATH SINKS AND MILLWORK. 3. PATCH ALL AREAS WHERE THE FLOOR IN NOT LEVEL OR IS CRACKED PRIOR TO NEW FLOORING INSTALLATION. 4. PREPARE EXISTING SURFACE AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE SMOOTH AND LEVEL TRANSITION BETWEEN FINISH FLOOR SURFACES. 5. REFERENCE FINISH PLANS FOR CLARIFICATION ON TILE START POINTS AND ALIGNMENT. P A I N T / W A L L C O V E R I N G N O T E S 1. SURFACES TO RECEIVE PAINT SHALL BE PROPERLY SEALED, SANDED, ETC. PRIOR TO APPLICATION. 2. PAINT SHALL BE APPLIED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR GIVEN SPACE. PARTITIONS TO BE PAINTED SHALL RECEIVE ONE COAT OF PRIMER PLUS A MINIMUM OF TWO COATS OF PAINT TO COMPLETELY COVER. 3. ALL WALLS TO BE PAINTED PT-1, U.N.O. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE AND PLANS FOR ACCENT PAINT COLORS AND LOCATIONS. 4. ALL HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND WINDOW FRAMES TO BE FPT-1, U.N.O. ANY ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAMING TO REMAIN AS IS. 5. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LEVEL 5 GYPSUM BOARD WALL FINISH WHERE WALLCOVERINGS OR WALL GRAPHICS ARE TO BE APPLIED. REFER TO FINISH PLANS AND ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONS. M I L L W O R K N O T E S 1. BEFORE MANUFACTURING, THE MILLWORK CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS (FOR ALL MILLWORK) TO THE ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL. 2. REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR MILLWORK FINISHES. 3. COORDINATE MILLWORK WITH SPECIFIC PLUMBING FIXTURES WHERE APPLICABLE. i n t e r i o r e l e v a t i o n s n o t e s 1. ALL WALL-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES TO HAVE BACKING, U.N.O. REFERENCE TYPICAL BACKING DETAILS 16 & 17/A801. 2. PROVIDE BOX EXTENSION AT ALL POWER AND DATA OUTLET LOCATIONS WHERE WALL PANELING IS BEING INSTALLED - REFERENCE DETAIL 20/A841 3. REFERENCE TOILET ACCESSORIES SCHEDULE ON FLOOR PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 4. REFERENCE T150 FOR TYPICAL ADA MOUNTING HEIGHTS. 5. REFER TO FINISH PLANS AND FINISH SCHEDULE FOR FURTHER CLARIFICATION AND INFORMATION. 6. COMPLY WITH TCNA’S “HANDBOOK FOR CERAMIN, GLASS, AND STONE TILE INSTALLATION” FOR TCNA INSTALLATION METHODS SPECIFIED IN FINISH SCHEDULE. COMPLY WITH PARTS OF THE ANSI A 108 SERIES “SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF CERAMIC TILE” THAT ARE REFERENCED IN TCNA INSTALLATION METHODS, SPECIFIED IN FINISH SCHEDULE, AND APPLY TO TYPES OF SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS USED. 7. REFERENCE SHEET A841 FOR REQUIRED FLOOR AND WALL TILE, END CAP, EDGE AND TRANSITION TRIM DETAILS 8. REMOVE ALL SIGNAGE AND POSTINGS, U.N.O. PATCH AND REPAIR WALLS AS REQUIRED. 9. REFERENCE DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES FOR FURTHER INFORMATION AND CLARIFICATION OF ITEMS TO BE REMOVED. d e m o l i t i o n n o t e s 1. DEMOLITION NOTES BELOW ARE APPLICABLE ONLY TO THAT SCOPE DEFINED WITHIN THE LIMIT OF WORK, U.N.O. 2. CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY OWNER AND ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN EXISTING-TO-REMAIN ACTUAL CONDITIONS AND PLANS PRIOR TO DEMOLITION OF THAT PORTION OF THE BUILDING. 3. ALL DEMOLITION WORK SHALL AT ALL TIMES BE UNDER THE IMMEDIATE SUPERVISION OF A PERSON WITH THE PROPER EXPERIENCE, TRAINING, AND AUTHORITY. 4. CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY OWNER AND ARCHITECT OF ANY DRY ROT, MOLD, WATER DAMAGE, TERMITES, OR OTHER FRAMING AND/OR STRUCTURAL DAMAGE TO EXISTING BUILDING. 5. ALL REMOVED BUILDING MATERIALS AND FIXTURES MAY BE SALVAGED AT THE OWNER’S DISCRETION. VERIFY WITH OWNER PRIOR TO DEMOLITION WHAT IS TO BE REMOVED WITH CARE, SALVAGED, AND STORED AT A LOCATION DESCRIBED BY OWNER. 6. REMOVE AND HAUL OFF SITE ALL MATERIALS TO BE DISPOSED OF. 7. DEMOLITION CONTRACTOR TO REDIRECT/CONNECT ANY ACTIVE EXISTING UTILITY, DRAINAGE, AND SPRINKLER LINES WHICH ARE DISTURBED BY DEMOLITION. CAP ALL ABANDONDED LINES. 8. ALL RESTROOM ACCESSORIES TO BE REMOVED, U.N.O. CONFIRM ACCESSORIES TO BE SALVAGED FOR REUSE WITH OWNER. 9. REFERENCE FINISH PLANS FOR NEW FINISHES. PREP EXISTING WALLS/FLOORS AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. 10. REFERENCE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR FURTHER CLARIFICATION AND INFORMATION. 11. WHERE FLOORING IS TO BE REMOVED/REPLACED, THE EXISTING SURFACE SHALL BE MODIFIED AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH TRANSITION BETWEEN ADJACENT FINISH FLOOR SURFACES. 12. PATCH AND REPAIR WALLS/FLOORS WHERE ITEMS ARE REMOVED. 13. REMOVE, SALVAGE, AND STORE ALL ARTWORK AT A LOCATION DESCRIBED BY THE OWNER. PATCH AND REPAIR WALLS AS REQUIRED. 14. REMOVE, SALVAGE, AND STORE ALL FURNITURE INDICATED TO BE REMOVED AT A LOCATION DESCRIBED BY THE OWNER. 15. REMOVE, SALVAGE, AND STORE ALL PLANTERS INDICATED TO BE REMOVED AT A LOCATION DESCRIBED BY THE OWNER. 16. REMOVE, SALVAGE, AND STORE ALL BULLETIN BOARDS, BULLETIN BOARD CABINETS, WHITEBOARDS, AND DISPLAY CABINETS AT A LOCATION DESCRIBED BY THE OWNER, U.N.O. PATCH AND REPAIR WALLS AS REQUIRED. 17. REMOVE, SALVAGE, AND STORE ALL FILE HOLDERS, POSTINGS HOLDERS, PAMPHLET HOLDERS, AND MAGAZINE RACKS AT A LOCATION DESCRIBED BY THE OWNER, U.N.O. PATCH AND REPAIR WALLS AS REQUIRED. 18. REMOVE, SALVAGE, AND STORE ALL WALL-MOUNTED HAND SANITIZERS AT A LOCATION DESCRIBED BY THE OWNER, U.N.O. PATCH AND REPAIR WALLS AS REQUIRED. 19. REMOVE ALL SIGNAGE AND POSTINGS, INCLUDING QUEUING STICKERS ON THE FLOOR, U.N.O. PATCH AND REPAIR WALLS AS REQUIRED. 20. REMOVE ALL WALL CLOCKS, U.N.O. PATCH AND REPAIR WALLS AS REQUIRED. 21. EXISTING WALL-MOUNTED SECURITY MIRRORS TO REMAIN, U.N.O. 22. EXISTING WALL BASE TO REMAIN, U.N.O. 23. EXISTING CORNER GUARDS TO REMAIN, U.N.O. 24. REMOVE ALL WALL PROTECTION, U.N.O. PATCH AND REPAIR WALLS AS REQUIRED. 25. REMOVE ALL BRACKETS/WALL MOUNTS WHERE EXISTING TVS ARE INDICATED TO BE REMOVED - PATCH AND REPAIR WALLS AS REQUIRED. EXISTING POWER/DATA RECEPTACLES TO REMAIN, U.N.O. 26. EXISTING SWITCHING DEVICES, POWER RECEPTACLES, DATA RECEPTACLES, THERMOSTATS, CARD READERS, FIRE ALARM DEVICES, AND OTHER WALL MOUNTED DEVICES TO REMAIN, U.N.O. REMOVE COVER PLATES/DEVICE FROM WALL SURFACE PRIOR TO PAINTING OR INSTALLATION OF WALLCOVERINGS OR WALL GRAPHICS AND REINSTALL AFTERWARDS. 27. EXISTING WIFI ROUTERS AND OTHER I.T. DEVICES TO REMAIN, U.N.O. 28. ANY DEVICES INDICATED TO BE RELOCATED THAT REQUIRE DATA SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER’S I.T. CONSULTANT. 29. EXISTING FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS, EXTINGUISHERS, AND HOSE CABINETS TO REMAIN, U.N.O. 30. REFERENCE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR EXTENT OF PLUMBING DEMOLITION SCOPE. 31. REFERENCE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXTENT OF ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION SCOPE. s y m b o l s 1 000a 100M.x 24 ______01 A200 A740 01A 01A 01A 01A ? W408a 01 ASI 02301 DOOR SYMBOL WINDOW TYPE FINISH SYMBOL CASEWORK SYMBOL BUILDING ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATION(S) KEYNOTE (SHEET SPECIFIC) KEYNOTE (PROJECT-WIDE)0330 01 REVISION WALL TYPE ROOM NAME ROOM NUMBER 1 01 A300 ______01 A300 ______ ______ A500 01 01 A300 ______ BUILDING SECTIONS WALL SECTIONS DETAIL CUTS GRID LINES ELEVATION 01 drawing title 1/8" = 1'-0"DRAWING TITLE 1ST FLR. +0'-0" DETAIL CALLOUT A ?CPT-01 Aa office A000B 10000 SF f l o o r p l a n l e g e n d EXISTING WALLS LIMIT OF WORK NEW WALLS EXISTING CORNER GUARD TO REMAIN NEW CORNER GUARD PER SCHEDULE (E)CG CG W408a WALL TYPE TAG REF. SHEET A800 A r e f l e c t e d c e i l i n g d e m o p l a n l e g e n d EXISTING MECHANICAL SUPPY EXISTING MECHANICAL RETURN EXISTING WALLS LIMIT OF WORK WALLS / ITEMS TO BE DEMOLISHED EXISTING ACOUSTIC CEILING TILES TO BE REPLACED - CEILING GRID TO REMAIN IN PLACE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REPLACED EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING SECURITY CAMERA EXISTING SPEAKER EXISTING WI-FI DEVICE (E)FS (E)SC (E)SP (E)WF EXISTING CALL LANTERN (E)CP EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER EXISTING COVER PLATE (E)CL (E)FD EXISTING FIRE DEVICE (E)OC EXISTING OCCUPANCY SENSOR EXISTING EXIT SIGN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REPLACED EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REPLACED EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REPLACED EXISTING ACCESS PANEL (E)AP PATCH & REPAIR (E) CLG & PROVIDE (N) GYP BD AS REQ'D - PREP FOR (N) FINISH r e f l e c t e d c e i l i n g p l a n l e g e n d EXISTING MECHANICAL SUPPY - PAINT TO MATCH CEILING COLOR EXISTING MECHANICAL RETURN - PAINT TO MATCH CEILING COLOR NEW LIGHT FIXTURE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING WALLS LIMIT OF WORK EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING SECURITY CAMERA EXISTING SPEAKER EXISTING WI-FI DEVICE (E)FS (E)SC (E)SP (E)WF EXISTING CALL LANTERN (E)CP EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER EXISTING COVER PLATE (E)CL (E)FD EXISTING FIRE DEVICE (E)OC EXISTING OCCUPANCY SENSOR EXISTING EXIT SIGN NEW LIGHT FIXTURE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN NEW LIGHT FIXTURE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN NEW LIGHT FIXTURE EXISTING ACCESS PANEL (E)AP NEW GYP. BOARD CEILING EXISTING WALLS f i n i s h p l a n l e g e n d LIMIT OF WORK NAME 1001 XXXX XXXX XXXX BASE FINISH FLOOR FINISH WALL FINISH ROOM NUMBER ROOM NAME ?XX FINISH MATERIAL - REFERENCE FINISH SCHEDULE FLOORING TRANSITION TILE START POINTS.P. PATTERN/GRAIN DIRECTION r e s t r o o m l e g e n d ROOM NAME ?XX FINISH MATERIAL - REFERENCE FINISH SCHEDULE FLOORING TRANSITION XX ACCESSORY TYPE PER SCHEDULE TILE START POINT NAME XXXX 1001 XXXX XXXX ROOM NUMBER WALL FINISH BASE FINISH FLOOR FINISH S.P. 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 5 : 4 0 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 T002 TYPICAL PROJECT NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS, SYMBOLS & LEGEND 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR ANCHOR BOLT ASPHALTIC CONCRETE OR AIR CONDITIONING ACOUSTIC ACCESS DOOR ADDENDUM ADJUSTABLE ABOVE FINISH FLOOR ALUMINUM ALTERNATIVE ANODIZED ARCHITECTURAL ASPHALT AT BOARD BETWEEN BOTTOM OF FOOTING BUILDING BLOCKING BEAM BOUNDARY NAIL BEARING BASEMENT BUILT UP CABINET CENTERLINE CERAMIC CONTROL JOINT CEILING CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT COLUMN CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION CONTINUOUS COORDINATE CORRIDOR COUNTERSINK CENTER CHANNEL PENNY (NAIL) DOUBLE DETAIL DIAMETER DIAGONAL DIAPHRAGM DRINKING FOUNTAIN OR DOUGLAS FIR DIMENSION DEAD LOAD DOWN DOWNSPOUT DRAWING DOWELS DRAWER EAST EACH EXPANSION BOLT EXPANSION JOINT ELEVATOR ELEVATION ELECTRIC(AL) EDGE NAIL ENCLOSURE EQUAL EACH WAY EXTERIOR EXISTING FLAT BAR FLOOR DRAIN FINISH FLOOR FOUNDATION FIRE EXTINGUISHER FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET A.B. A.C. ACOUS. A.D. ADD. ADJ. A.F.F. AL., ALUM. ALT. ANOD. ARCH. ASPH. @ BD., BO. BET. B.F. BLDG. BLKG. BM. B.N. BRG. BSMT. B.U. CAB. CL CER. C.J. CLG. CMU COL. CONC. CONSTR. CONT. COOR'D. CORR. CSK. CTR. C d DBL. DET. DIA., DIAG. DIAPH. D.F. DIM. D.L. DN. D.S. DWG. DWLS. DWR. E. EA. E.B. E.J. EL. ELEV. ELEC. E.N. ENC. EQ. E.W. EXT. EXST. F.B. F.D. F.F. FDN. F.E. F.E.C. FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION FINISH FLOOR FLUORESCENT FIELD NAIL FACE OF (ITEM) FACE OF BRICK FACE OF CONCRETE FACE OF FINISH FACE OF MASONRY FACE OF STUD FIREPROOFING FOOT OR FEET FLOOR SINK FIELD VERIFY GAUGE GALVANIZED GALVANIZED IRON GLASS GLUE LAMINATED BEAM GYPSUM BOARD HOSE BIBB HOLLOW CORE HEADER HARDWARE HANGER HOLLOW METAL HORIZONTAL HEIGHT HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR CONDITIONING HOT WATER INSIDE DIAMETER INCH INCLUDED INVERT ELEVATION INSULATION INTERIOR JANITOR JOIST JOINT KITCHEN LAMINATED LAG BOLTS LIVE LOAD LONG LEG HORIZONTAL LONG LEG VERTICAL LONGITUDINAL LOW POINT LIGHT WEIGHT CONCRETE MASONRY MATERIAL MAXIMUM MECHANICAL MEMBRANE METAL MANUFACTURER MINIMUM MISCELLANEOUS NORTH NOT IN CONTRACT NUMBER NOT TO SCALE NON-COMBUSTIBLE NON-RATED OVER ON CENTER OUTSIDE DIAMETER OVERFLOW OR OUTSIDE FACE OPPOSITE HAND F.F.E. FIN. FLR. FLUOR. F.N. F.O. F.O.B. F.O.C. F.O.F. F.O.M. F.O.S. F.P. FT. F.S. F.V. GA. GALV. G.I. GL. GLB. GYP. BD. H.B. H.C. HDR. HDWR. HGR. H.M. HORIZ. HT. H.V.A.C. H.W. I.D. IN. INCL. I.E. INSUL. INT. JAN. JST. JT. KIT. LAM. L.G. L.L. LLH LLV LONGIT. L.P. L.W.C. MAS. MAT'L. MAX. MECH. MEMB. MET., MTL. MFR. MIN. MISC. N. N.I.C. NO. N.T.S. NC NR O/ O.C. O.D. O.F. O.H. OPENING OPPOSITE OVERHEAD PROPERTY LINE PLYWOOD POUNDS PER SQ. FOOT POUNDS PER SQ. INCH PRESSURE TREATED PAINTED POST TENSIONED SLAB PERIMETER PERPENDICULAR PLASTER PLASTIC RISE ROOF DRAIN REFERENCE REINFORCING RESILIENT RETAIN(ING) REQUIRE(D) REQUIREMENTS ROOM ROUGH OPENING RADIUS POINT SOUTH SOLID CORE SCHEDULE SHEET SQUARE FEET SIMILAR STAND PIPE SPACING SPECIFICATION SQUARE STAINLESS STEEL STAGGERED STANDARD STIFFENED STRUCTURAL STEEL TREAD TOP OF CURB OR TOP OF CONCRETE TONGUE AND GROOVE THRESHOLD TOOLED JOINT TOENAIL TOP OF (ITEM) TOP OF FOOTING TOP OF SLAB TOP OF WALL TRANSVERSE TYPICAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE VAPOR BARRIER VENTILATION VERTICAL WEST WITH WOOD WATER HEATER WITHOUT WATERPROOF(ING) WEAKENED PLANE JOINT WATER RESISTANT WEIGHT WELDED WIRE FABRIC YARD OPG. OPP. OHD. PL PWD. P.S.F. P.S.I. P.T. PTD. P.T.S. PERIM. , PERP. PLAS. PLAST. R. R.D. REF. REINF. RESIL. RET. REQ.('D) REQMTS. RM. R.O. R.P. S. S.C. SCHED. SHT. S.F. SIM. S.P. SP'G. SPEC. SQ. S.S. STAGG. STD. STIFF. STR. OR STRUCT. ST. T. T.C. T & G THR. T.J. T.N. T.O. T.O.F. T.O.S. T.O.W. TRANS. TYP. U.N.O. U.B.C. V.B. VENT. VERT. W. W/ WD. W.H. W/O WP. W.P.J. W.R. WT. W.W.F. YD. a b b r e v i a t i o n s No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 5 : 4 0 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 T100 CALGREEN - NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR TABLE H-2 STANDARDS FOR COMMERCIAL PRE-RINSE SPRAY VALUES MANUFACTURED ON OR AFTER JANUARY 28, 2019 PRODUCT CLASS [spray force in ounce force (ozf)] MAXIMUM FLOW RATE (gpm) Product Class 1 (≤5.0 ozf)1.00 Product Class 2 (> 5.0 ozf and ≤8.0 ozf) 1.20 Product Class 3 (> 8.0 ozf) 1.28 TABLE 5.106.5.4.1 RACEWAY CONDUIT AND PANEL POWER REQUIREMENTS FOR MEDIUM-AND HEAVY-DUTY EVSE [N] BUILDING TYPE BUILDING SIZE (SQ. FT.)NUMBER OF OFF-STREET LOADING SPACES ADDITIONAL CAPACITY REQUIRED (KVA) FOR RACEWAY & BUSWAY AND TRANSFORMER & PANEL Grocery 10,000 to 90,000 1 or 2 200 3 or Greater 400 Greater than 90,000 1 or Greater 400 Retail 10,000 to 135,000 1 or 2 200 3 or Greater 400 Greater than 135,000 1 or Greater 400 Warehouse 20,000 to 256,000 1 or 2 200 3 or Greater 400 Greater than 256,000 1 or Greater 400 1. IESNA Lighting Zones 0 and 5 are not applicable; refer to Lighting Zones as defined in the California Energy Code and Chapter 10 of the California Administrative Code. 2. For property lines that abut public walkways, bikeways, plazas and parking lots, the property line may be considered to be 5 feet beyond the actual property line for purpose of determining compliance with this section. For property lines that abut public roadways and public transit corridors, the property line may be considered to be the centerline of the public roadway or public transit corridor for the purpose of determining compliance with this section. 3. General lighting luminaires in areas such as outdoor parking, sales or storage lots shall meet these reduced ratings. Decorative luminaries located in these areas shall meet U-value limits for "all other outdoor lighting" chapter 3 - green building section 301 general 301.1 scope. Buildings shall be designed to include the green building measures specified as mandatory in the application checklists contained in this code. Voluntary green building measures are also included in the application checklists and may be included in the design and construction of structures covered by this code, but are not required unless adopted by a city, county, or city and county as specified in Section 101.7. 301.3 nonresidential additions and alterations. The provisions of individual sections of Chapter 5 apply to newly constructed buildings, building additions of 1,000 square feet or greater, and/or building alterations with a permit valuation of $200,000 or above (for occupancies within the authority of California Building Standards Commission). Code sections relevant to additions and alterations shall only apply to the portions of the building being added or altered within the scope of the permitted work. A code section will be designated by a banner to indicate where the code section only applies to newly constructed buildings [N] or to additions and/or alterations [A]. When the code section applies to both, no banner will be used. 301.3.1 nonresidential additions and alterations that cause updates to plumbing fixtures only: Note: On and after January 1, 2014, certain commercial real property, as defined in Civil Code Section 1101.3, shall have its noncompliant plumbing fixtures replaced with appropriate water-conserving plumbing fixtures under specific circumstances. See Civil Code Section 1101.1 for definitions, types of commercial real property affected, effective dates, circumstances necessitating replacement of noncompliant plumbing fixtures, and duties and responsibilities for compliance. 301.3.2 waste diversion. The requirements of Section 5.408 shall be required for additions and alterations whenever a permit is required for work. 301.4 public schools and community colleges 301.5 health facilities section 302 mixed occupancy buildings 302.1 mixed occupancy buildings.In mixed occupancy buildings, each portion of a building shall comply with the specific green building measures applicable to each specific occupancy. section 303 phased projects 303.1 phased projects. For shell buildings and others constructed for future tenant improvements, only those code measures relevant to the building components and systems considered to be new construction (or newly constructed) shall apply. 303.1.1 Initial Tenant improvements.The provisions of this code shall apply only to the initial tenant improvements to a project. Subsequent tenant improvements shall comply with the scoping provisions in Section 301.3 non-residential additions and alterations. abbreviations definitions: HCD department of housing and community development BSC california building standards commission DSA-SS division of the state architect, structural safety OSHPD office of statewide health planning and development LR low rise HR high rise AA additions and alterations N new 2 0 2 2 c a l g r e e n ( C G B S C ) n o t e s chapter 5 - nonresidential mandatory measures section 5.101 general 5.101.1 scope. The provisions of this chapter outline planning, design and development methods that include environmentally responsible site selection, building design, building siting and development to protect, restore and enhance the environmental quality of the site and respect the integrity of adjacent properties. section 5.102 definitions 5.102.1 definitions. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference) cutoff luminaires.Luminaires whose light distribution is such that the candela per 1000 lamp lumens does not numerically exceed 25 (2.5 percent) at an angle of 90 degrees above nadir, and 100 (10 percent) at a vertical angle of 80 degrees above nadir. This applies to all lateral angles around the luminaire. low-emitting and fuel efficient vehicles.eligible vehicles are limited to the following: 1. Zero emission vehicle (ZEV), enhanced advanced technology PZEV (enhanced AT ZEV) or transitional zero emission vehicles (TZEV) regulated under CCR, Title 13, Section 1962. 2. High-efficiency vehicles, regulated by U.S. EPA, bearing a fuel economy and greenhouse gas rating od 9 oe 10 as regulated under 40 CFR Section 600 Subpart D. neighborhood electric vehicle.A motor vehicle that meets the definition of "low-speed vehicle" either in Section 385.5 of the Vehicle Code or in 49CFR571.500 (as it existed on July 1, 2000), and is certified to zero-emission vehicle standards. tenant-occupants. Building occupants who inhabit a building during its normal hours of operation as permanent occupants, such as employees, as distinguished from customers and other transient visitors. vanpool vehicle. Eligible vehicles are limited to any motor vehicle, other than a motortruck or truck tractor, designed for carrying more than 10 but not more than 15 persons including the driver, which is maintained and used primarily for the nonprofit work-related transportation of adults for the purpose of ridesharing. Note: Source: Vehicle Code, Division 1, Section 668 zev.Any vehicle certified to zero-emission standards. section 5.106 site development 5.106.1 storm water pollution prevention for projects that disturb less than one acre of land. Newly constructed projects and additions which disturb less than one acre of land, and are not part of a larger common plan of development or sale, shall prevent the pollution of storm water runoff from the construction activities through one or more of the following measures: 5.106.1.1 local ordinance. Comply with a lawfully enacted storm water management and/or erosion control ordinance. 5.106.1.2 best management practices (BMPs).Prevent the loss of soil through wind or water erosion by implementing an effective combination of erosion and sediment control and good housekeeping BMPs. 1. Soil loss BMPs that should be considered for implementation as appropriate for each project include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Scheduling construction activity during dry weather, when possible. b. Preservation of natural features, vegetation, soil, and buffers around surface waters. c. Drainage swales or lined ditches to control stormwater flow. d. Mulching or hydroseeding to stabilize disturbed soils. e. Erosion control to protect slopes. f. Protection of storm drain inlets (gravel bags or catch basin inserts). g. Perimeter sediment control (perimeter silt fence, fiber rolls). h. Sediment trap or sediment basin to retain sediment on site. i. Stabilized construction exits. j. Wind erosion control. k. Other soil loss BMPs acceptable to the enforcing agency. 2. Good housekeeping BMPs to manage construction equipment, materials, non-stormwater discharges and wastes that should be considered for implementation as appropriate for each project include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dewatering activities. b. Material handling and waste management. c. Building materials stockpile management. d. Management of washout areas (concrete, paints, stucco, etc.). e. Control of vehicle/equipment fueling to contractor's staging area. f. Vehicle and equipment cleaning performed off site. g. Spill prevention and control. h. Other housekeeping BMPs acceptable to the enforcing agency. 5.106.2 stormwater pollution prevention for projects that disturb one or more acres of land. Comply with all lawfully enacted stormwater discharge regulations for projects that (1) disturb one acre or more of land, or (2) disturb less than one acre of land but are part of a larger common plan of development sale. Note: Projects that (1) disturb one acre or more of land, or (2) disturb less than one acre of land but are part of the larger common plan of development or sale must comply with the post-construction requirements detailed in the applicable National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General permit for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities issued by the State Water Resources Control Board or the Lahontan Regional Water Quality Control Board (for projects in the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit). The NPDES permits require postconstruction runoff (post-project hydrology) to match the preconstruction runoff (pre- project hydrology) with the installation of postconstruction stormwater management measures. The NPDES permits emphasize runoff reduction through on-site stormwater use, interception, evapotranspiration, and infiltration through nonstructural controls, such as Low Impact Development (LID) practices, and conversation design measures. Stormwater volume that cannot be addressed using nonstructural practices is required to be captured in structural practices and be approved by the enforcing agency. Refer to the current applicable permits on the State Water Resources Control Board website at: www.waterboards.ca.gov/constructionstormwater. Consideration to the stormwater runoff management measures should be given during the initial design process for appropriate integration into site development. 5.106.4 bicycle parking. For buildings within the authority of California Building Standards Commission as specified in Section 103, comply with Section 5.106.4.1. For buildings within the authority of the Division of the State Architect pursuant to Section 105, comply with Section 5.106.4.2 5.106.4.1 bicycle parking.Comply with Sections 5.106.4.1.1 and 5.106.4.1.2; or meet the applicable local ordinance, whichever is stricter. 5.106.4.1.1 Short-term bicycle parking. If the new project or an addition or alteration is anticipated to generate visitor traffic, provide permanently anchored bicycle racks within 200 feet of the visitors' entrance, readily visible to passers-by, for 5% of new visitor motorized vehicle parking spaces being added, with a minimum of one two- bike capacity rack. Exception: Additions or alterations which add nine or less visitor vehicular parking spaces. 5.106.4.1.2 long-term bicycle parking.For new buildings with tenant spaces that have 10 or more tenant- occupants, provide secure bicycle parking for 5 percent of the tenant-occupant vehicular parking spaces with a minimum of one bicycle parking facility. 5.106.4.1.3 For additions or alterations that add 10 or more tenant-occupant vehicular parking spaces, provide secure bicycle parking for 5 percent of the tenant vehicular parking spaces being added, with a minimum of one bicycle parking facility. 5.106.4.1.4 For new shell buildings in phased projects provide secure bicycle parking for 5 percent of the anticipated tenant-occupant vehicular parking spaces with a minimum of one bicycle parking facility. 5.106.4.1.5 Acceptable bicycle parking facility for Sections 5.106.4.1.2, 5.106.4.1.3, and 5.106.4.1.4 shall be convenient from the street and shall meet one of the following: 1. Covered, lockable enclosures with permanently anchored racks for bicycles; 2. Lockable bicycle rooms with permanently anchored racks; or 3. Lockable, permanently anchored bicycle lockers. 5.106.4.2 bicycle parking.For public schools and community colleges, comply with Sections 5.106.4.2.1 and 5.106.4.2.2 5.106.4.2.1 student bicycle parking.provide permanently anchored bicycle racks conveniently accessed with a minimum of four two-bike capacity racks per new building. 5.106.4.2.2 staff bicycle parking.Provide permanent, secure bicycle parking conveniently accessed with a minimum of two staff bicycle parking spaces per new building. Acceptable bicycle parking facilities shall be convenient from the street or staff parking area and shall meet one of the following: 1. Covered, lockable enclosures with permanently anchored racks for bicycles; 2. Lockable bicycle rooms with permanently anchored racks; or 3. Lockable, permanently anchored bicycle lockers. 5.106.5.3 electric vehicle (EV) charging. [N] Construction to provide electric vehicle infrastructure and facilitate electric vehicle charging shall comply with Section 5.106.5.3.1 and shall be provided in accordance with regulations in the California Building Code and the California Electrical Code. exceptions: 1. On a case-by-case basis where the local enforcing agency has determined compliance with this section is not feasible based upon one of the following conditions: a. Where there is no local utility power supply b. Where the local utility is unable to supply adequate power. c. Where there is evidence suitable to the local enforcement agency substantiating the local utility infrastructure design requirements, directly related to the implementation of Section 5.106.5.3, may adversely impact the construction cost of the project. 2. Parking spaces accessible only by automated mechanical car parking systems are not required to comply with this code section 5.106.5.3.1 EV capable spaces. [N] ] EV capable spaces shall be provided in accordance with Table 5.106.5.3.1 and the following requirements. 1. Raceways complying with the California Electrical Code and no less that 1-inch (25 mm) diameter shall be provided and shall originate at a service panel or a subpanel(s) serving the area, and shall terminate in close proximity to the proposed location of the EV capable and into a suitable listed cabinet, box,enclosure or equivalent. A common raceway may be used to serve multiple EV charging spaces. 2. A service panel or subpanel (s) shall be provided with panel space and electrical load capacity for a dedicated 208/240 volt, 40-ampere minimum branch circuit for each EV capable space, with delivery of 30-ampere minimum to an installed EVSE at each EVCS. 3. The electrical system and any on-site distribution transformers shall have sufficient capacity to supply full rated amperage at each EV capable space. 4. The service panel or subpanel circuit directory shall identify the reserved overcurrent protective devices space(s) as "EV CAPABLE". The raceway termination location shall be permanently and visibly marked as "EV CAPABLE." Note:A parking space served by electric vehicle supply equipment or designed as a future EV charging space shall count as at least one standard automobile parking space only for the purpose of complying with any applicable minimum parking space requirements established by an enforcement agency. See vehicle Code Section 22511.2 for further details. TABLE 5.106.5.3.1 TOTAL NUMBER OF ACTUAL PARKING SPACES NUMBER OF REQUIRED EV CAPABLE SPACES NUMBER OF EVCS (EV CAPABLE SPACES PROVIDED WITH EVSE)^2 0-9 0 0 10-25 2 0 26-50 8 2 51-75 13 3 76-100 17 4 101-150 25 6 151-200 35 9 201 AND OVER 20% of total ¹25% of EV capable spaces ¹ 1. Where there is insufficient electrical supply. 2. The number of required EVCS (EV capable spaces provided with EVSE) in column 3 count towards the total number of required EV capable spaces shown in column 2. 5.106.5.3.2 electric vehicle charging stations (EVCS) EV capable spaces shall be provided with EVSE to create EVCS in the number indicated in Table 5.106.5.3.1. The EVCS required by Table 5.106.5.3.1 may be provided with EVSE in any combination of Level 2 and Direct Current Fast Charging (DCFC), except that at least one Level 2 EVSE shall be provided. One EV charger with multiple connectors capable of charging multiple EVs simultaneously shall be permitted if the electrical load capacity required by Section 5.106.5.3.1 for each EV capable space is accumulatively supplied to the EV charger. The installation of each DCFC EVSE shall be permitted to reduce the minimum number of required EV capable spaces without EVSE by five and reduce proportionally the required electrical load capacity to the service panel or subpanel. 5.106.5.3.3 use of automatic load management systems (ALMS). ALMS shall be permitted for EVCS. When ALMS is installed, the required electrical load capacity specified in section 5.106.5.3.1 for each EVCS may be reduced when serviced by an EVSE controlled by an ALMS. Each EVSE controlled by an ALMS shall deliver a minimum 30 amperes to an EV when charging one vehicle and shall deliver a minimum 3.3 kW while simultaneously charging multiple EVs. 5.106.5.3.4 accessible EVCS. When EVSE is installed, accessible EVSC shall be provided in accordance with the California Building Code, Chapter 11B, Section 11B-228.3. Note: For EVCS signs, refer to Caltrans Traffic Operations Policy Directive 13-01 (Zero Emission Vehicle Signs and Pavement Markings) or its successor(s). 5.106.5.4 electric vehicle (EV) charging: medium-duty and heavy-duty. [N] Construction shall comply with section 5.106.5.4.1 to facilitate future installation of electric vehicle supply equipment (EVSE). Construction for warehouses, grocery stores and retail stores with planned off-street loading spaces shall also comply with Section 5.106.5.4.1 for future installation of medium- and heavy-duty EVSE. Exceptions: 1. On a case-by-case basis where the local enforcing agency has determined compliance with this section is not feasible based upon one of the following conditions: a. Where there is no local utility power supply. b. Where the local utility is unable to supply adequate power. c. Where there is evidence suitable to the local enforcing agency substantiating that additional local utility infrastructure design requirements, directly related to the implementation of Section 5.106.5.3, may adversely impact the construction cost of the project. When EVSE(s) is/are installed, it shall be in accordance with the California Building Code, the California Electrical Code and as follows: 5.106.5.4.1 Electric vehicle charging readiness requirements for warehouse, grocery stores and retail stores with planned off-street loading spaces. [N] In order to avoid future demolition when adding EV charging supply and distribution equipment, spare raceways(s) or busway(s) and adequate capacity for transformers(s), service panels(s) or subpanel(s) shall be installed at the time of construction in accordance with the California Electrical Code. Construction plans and specifications shall include but are not limited to, the following: 1. The transformer, main service equipment and subpanel shall meet the minimum power requirement in Table 5.106.5.4.1 to accommodate the dedicated branch circuits for the future installation of EVSE. 2. The construction documents shall indicate on or more location(s) convenient to the planned offstreet loading space(s) reserved for medium-and heavy-duty ZEV charging cabinets and charging dispensers, and a pathway reserved for routing of conduit from the termination of the raceway(s) or busway(s) to the charging cabinet(s) and dispenser(s) as shown in Table 5.106.5.4.1 3. Raceway(s) or busway(s) originating at a main service panel or a subpanel(s) serving the area where potential future medium-and heavy-duty EVSE will be located and shall terminate in close proximity to the potential future location of the charging equipments for medium- and heavy-duty vehicles. 4. The raceway(s) or busway(s) shall be sufficient size to carry the minimum additional system load to the future location of the charging for medium- and heavy-duty ZEVs as shown in Table 5.106.5.4.1. 1. Identifies the construction and demolition waste materials to be diverted from disposal by efficient usage, recycling, reuse on the project or salvage for future use or sale. 2. Determines if construction and demolition waste materials will be sorted on-site (source-separated) or bulk mixed (single stream). 3. Identifies diversion facilities where construction and demolition waste material collected will be taken. 4. Specifies that the amount of construction and demolition waste materials diverted shall be calculated by weight or volume, but not by both. 5.408.1.2 waste management company. Utilize a waste management company that can provide verifiable documents that the percentage of construction and demolition waste managerial diverted from the landfill complies with this section. Note:The owner or contractor shall make the determination if the construction and demolition waste material will be diverted by a waste management company. Exceptions to Sections 5.408.1.1 and 5.408.1.2 1. Excavated soil and land-clearing debris. 2. Alternate waste reduction methods developed by working with local agencies if diversion or recycle facilities capable of compliance with this item do not exist. 3. Demolition waste meeting local ordinance or calculated in consideration of local recycling facilities and markets. 5.408.1.3 waste stream reduction alternative. The combined wight of new construction disposal that does not exceed two pounds per square foot of building area may be deemed to meet the 65% minimum requirement as approved by the enforcing agency. 5.408.1.4 documentation. Documentation shall be provided to the enforcing agency which demonstrates compliance with Sections 5.408.1.1, through 5.408.1.3. The waste management plan shall be updated as necessary and shall be accessible during construction for examination by the enforcing agency. Notes: 1. Sample forms found in "A Guide to the California Green Building Standards Code (Nonresidential)" located www.dgs.ca.gov/BSC/Resources/Page-Content/Building-Standards-Commission- Resources-List- Folder/CALGreen may be used to assist in documenting compliance with the waste management plan. 2. Mixed construction and demolition debris processors can be located at the California Department of Resources Recycling and Recovery (CalRecycle). 5.408.2 universal waste. [A] Additions and alterations to a building or tenant space that meet the scoping provisions in Section 301.3 for nonresidential additions and alterations, shall require verification that Universal Waste items such as fluorescent lamps and ballast and mercury containing thermostats as well as other California prohibited Universal Waste materials are disposed of properly and are diverted from landfills. A list of prohibited Universal Waste materials shall be included in the construction documents. Note:Refer to the Universal Waste Rule link at: http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/universalwaste/ 5.408.3 excavated soil and land clearing debris. 100 percent of trees, stumps, rocks and associated vegetation and soils resulting primarily from land clearing shall be reused or recycled. For a phased project, such material may be stockpiled on site until the storage site is developed. Exception: Reuse, either on or off-site, of vegetation or soil contaminated by disease or pest infestation. Notes: 1. If contamination by disease or pest infestation is suspected, contact the County Agricultural Commissioner and follow its direction for recycling or disposal of the material. 2. For a map of know pest and/or disease quarantine zones, consult with the California Department of Food and Agriculture. (www.cdfa.ca.gov) section 5.410 building maintenance and operations 5.410.1 recycling by occupants. Provide readily accessible areas that serve the entire building and are identified for the depositing, storage and collection of non-hazardous materials for recycling, including (at a minimum) paper, corrugated cardboard, glass, plastics, organic waste, and metals or meet a lawfully enacted local recycling ordinance, if more restrictive. Exception:Rural jurisdictions that meet and apply for the exemption in Public Resources Code 42649.82 (a)(2)(A) et seq. shall also be exempt from the organic waste portion of this section. 5.410.1.1 additions.All additions conducted within a 12-month period under single or multiple permits, resulting in an increase of 30% or more in floor area, shall provide recycling areas on site. Exception: Additions within a tenant space resulting in less than a 30% increase in the tenant space area. 5.410.1.2 sample ordinance.Space allocation for recycling areas shall comply with Chapter 18, Part 3, Division 30 of the Public Resources Code. Chapter 18 is known as the California Solid Waste Reuse and Recycling Access Act of 1991 (Act). Note: A sample ordinance for use by local agencies may be found in Appendix A of the document at the CalRecycle’s web site. 5.410.2 commissioning. [N] new buildings 10,000 square feet and over. For new buildings 10,000 square feet and over, building commissioning shall be included in the design and construction processes of the building project to verify that the building systems and components meet the owner’s or owner representative’s project requirements. Commissioning shall be performed in accordance with this section by trained personnel with experience on projects of comparable size and complexity. For I-occupancies that are not regulated by OSHPD or for I-occupancies and L-occupancies that are not regulated y the California Energy Code Section 100.0 Scope, all requirements in Sections 5.410.2 through 5.410.2.6 shall apply. Note:For energy-related systems under the scope (Section 100) of the California Energy Code, including heating, ventilation, air conditioning (HVAC) systems and controls, indoor lighting systems and controls, as well as water heating systems and controls, refer to California Energy Code Section 120.8 for commissioning requirements Commissioning requirements shall include: 1. Owner’s or Owner representative’s project requirements. 2. Basis of design. 3. Commissioning measures shown in the construction documents. 4. Commissioning plan. 5. Functional performance testing. 6. Documentation and training. 7. Commissioning report. Exceptions: 1. Unconditioned warehouses of any size. 2. Areas less than 10,000 square feet used for offices or other conditioned accessory spaces within unconditioned warehouses. 3. Tenant improvements less than 10,000 square feet as described in Section 303.1.1. 4. Open parking garages of any size, or open parking garage areas, of any size, within a structure. Note: For the purposes of this section, unconditioned shall mean a building, area, or room which does not provide heating and or air conditioning. Informational Notes: 1. IAS AC 476 is an accreditation criteria for organizations providing training and/or certification of commissioning personnel. AC 476 is available to the Authority Having Jurisdiction as a reference for qualifications of commissioning personnel. AC 476 does not certify individuals to conduct functional performance tests or to adjust and balance systems. 2. Functional performance testing for heating, ventilation, air conditioning systems and lighting controls must be performed in compliance with the California Energy Code. 5.410.2.1 owner's or owner representative's project requirements (OPR). [N]The expectations and requirements of the building appropriate to its phase shall be documented before the design phase of the project begins. This documentation shall include the following: 1. Environmental and sustainability goals. 2. Building sustainable goals. 3. Indoor environmental quality requirements. 4. Project program, including facility functions and hours of operation, and need for after hours operation. 5. Equipment and systems expectations. 6. Building occupant and operation and maintenance (O&M) personnel expectations. 5.410.2.2 basis of design (BOD). [N] A written explanation of how the design of the building systems meets the OPR shall be completed at the design phase of the building project. The Basis of Design document shall cover the following systems: 1. Renewable energy systems. 2. Landscape irrigation systems. 3. Water reuse system. 5.410.2.3 commissioning plan. [N] Prior to permit issuance a commissioning plan shall be completed to document how the project will be commissioned. The commissioning plan shall include the following: 1. General project information. 2. Commissioning goals. 3. Systems to be commissioned. Plans to test systems and components shall include: a. An explanation of the original design intent. b. Equipment and systems to be tested, including the extent of tests. c. Functions to be tested. d. Conditions under which the test shall be performed. e. Measurable criteria for acceptable performance. 4. Commissioning team information. 5. Commissioning process activities, schedules and responsibilities. Plans for the completion of commissioning shall be included. 5.410.2.4 functional performance testing. [N] Functional performance tests shall demonstrate the correct installation and operation of each component, system and system-to-system interface in accordance with the approved plans and specifications. Functional performance testing reports shall contain information addressing each of the building components tested, the testing methods utilized, and include any readings and adjustments made. 5.410.2.5 documentation and training. [N] A Systems Manual and Systems Operations Training are required, including Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) requirements in California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 8, Section 5142, and other related regulations. 5.410.2.5.1 systems manual. [N]Documentation of the operational aspects of the building shall be completed within the systems manual and delivered to the building owner or representative. The systems manual shall include the following: 1. Site information, including facility description, history and current requirements. 2. Site contact information. 3. Basic operations and maintenance, including general site operating procedures, basic troubleshooting, recommended maintenance requirements, site events log. 4. Major systems. 5. Site equipment inventory and maintenance notes. 6. A copy of verifications required by the enforcing agency or this code. 7. Other resources and documentation, if applicable. TABLE 5.106.8 [N] MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE BACKLIGHT, UPLIGHT AND GLARE (BUG) RATINGS 1,2 ALLOWABLE RATING LIGHTING ZONE LZ0 LIGHTING ZONE LZ1 LIGHTING ZONE LZ2 LIGHTING ZONE LZ3 LIGHTING ZONE LZ4 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE BACKLIGHT RATING luminaire greater than 2 mounting heights (MH) from property line N/A No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit luminaire back hemisphere is 1-2 MH from property line N/A B2 B3 B4 B4 Luminaire back hemisphere is 0.5-1 MH from property line N/A B1 B2 B3 B3 Luminaire back hemisphere is less than 0.5 MH from property line N/A B0 B0 B1 B2 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE UPLIGHT RATING (U) For area lighting 3 N/A U0 U0 U0 U0 For all other outdoor lighting,including decorative luminaires N/A U1 U2 U3 UR MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5 (G) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5(G)N/A G1 G2 G3 G4 5 (G) N/A G0 G1 G1 G2 5(G)N/A G0 G0 G1 G1 5 (G) N/A G0 G0 G0 G1 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5.106.8.1 facing-backlight [N]. Luminaries within 2MH of a property line shall be oriented so that the nearest property line is behind the fixture, and shall comply with the backlight rating specified in Table 5.106.8 based on the lighting zone and distance to the nearest point of that property line. Exception: corners.If two property lines (or two segments of the same property line) have equidistant point to the luminaire, then the luminaire may be oriented so that the intersection of the two lines (the corner) is directly behind the luminaire. The luminaire shall still use the distance to the nearest points(s) on the property lines to determine the required backlight rating. 5.106.8.2 facing-glare. For luminaires covered by 5.106.8.1, if a property line also exists within or extends into the front hemisphere within 2MH of the luminaire then the luminaire shall comply with the more stringent glare rating specified in Table 5.106.8 based on the lighting zone and distance to the nearest point on the nearest property line within the front hemisphere. Note: [N] 1. See also California Building Code, Chapter 12, Section 1205.6 for college campus lighting requirements for parking facilities and walkways. 2. Refer to Chapter 8 (Compliance Forms, Worksheets and Reference Material) for IES TM-15-11 Table A-1, California Energy Code Tables 130.2-A and 130.2-B 3. Refer to the California Building Code for requirements for additions and alterations. 5.106.10 grading and paving.Construction plans shall indicate how site grading or a drainage system will manage all surface water flows to keep water from entering buildings. Examples of methods to manage surface water include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Swales 2. Water collection and disposal systems. 3. French drains. 4. Water retention gardens. 5. Other water measures which keep surface water away from buildings and aid in groundwater recharge Exception: Additions and alterations not altering the drainage path. 5.106.12 shade trees. Shade Trees shall be planted to comply with Sections 5.106.12.1, 5.106.12.2, and 5.106.12.3. Percentages shown shall be measured at noon on the summer solstice. Landscape irrigation necessary to establish and maintain tree health shall comply with Section 5.304.6. 5.106.12.1 surface parking areas. Shade tree plantings, minimum #10 container size or equal, shall be installed to provide shade over 50 percent of the parking area within 15 years. Exceptions: Surface parking area covered by solar photovoltaic shade structures with roofing materials that comply with Table A5.106.11.2.2 in Appendix A5 shall be permitted in whole or in part in lieu of shade tree planting. 5.106.12.2 landscape areas.Shade tress plantings, minimum #10 container size or equal shall be installed to provide shade of 20% of the landscape area within 15 years. Exceptions: Playfields for organized sport activity are not included in the total area calculation. 5.106.12.3 hardscape areas.Shade tree plantings, minimum #10 container size or equal shall be installed to provide shade over 20 percent of the hardscape area within 15 years. Exceptions: 1. Walks, hardscape areas covered by solar photovoltaic shade structures or shade structures with roofing materials that comply with Table A5.106.11.2.2 in Appendix A5 shall be permitted in whole or in part in lieu of shade tree planting. 2. Designated and marked play areas of organized sport activity are not included in the total area calculation. division 5.2 energy efficiency section 5.201 general 5.201.1 scope. California Energy Code. For the purposes of mandatory energy efficiency standards in this code, the California Energy Commission will continue to adopt mandatory building standards. division 5.3 water efficiency and conservation section 5.301 general 5.301.1 scope. The provisions of this chapter shall establish the means of conserving water use indoors, outdoors and in wastewater conveyance. section 5.302 definitions 5.302.1 definitions.The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference) evapotranspiration adjustment factor (ETAF) [DSA-SS].An adjustment factor when applied to reference evapotranspiration that adjusts for plant factors and irrigation efficiency, which are two major influences on the amount of water that needs to be applied to the landscape. footprint area [DSA-SS]. The total area of the furthest exterior wall of the structure projected to natural grade, not including exterior areas such as stairs, covered walkways, patios and decks. metering faucet. A self-closing faucet that dispenses a specific volume of water for each actuation cycle. The volume or cycle duration can be fixed or adjustable. graywater.Pursuant to Health and Safety Code Section 17922.12, "graywater" means untreated wastewater that has not been contaminated by any toilet discharge, has not been affected by infectious, contaminated, or unhealthy bodily wastes, and does not present a threat from contamination by unhealthful processing, manufacturing, or operating wastes. "Graywater" includes, but is not limited to wastewater from bathtubs, showers, bathroom washbasins, clothes washing machines and laundry tubs, but does not include waste water from kitchen sinks or dishwashers. model water efficient landscape ordinance (MWELO).The California ordinance regulating landscape design, installation and maintenance practices that will ensure commercial, multifamily and other developer installed landscapes greater than 2500 square feet meet an irrigation water budget developed based on landscaped area and climatological parameters. model water efficient landscape ordinance (MWELO). [HCD]The California model ordinance (California Code of Regulations, Title 23, Division 2, Chapter 2.7), regulating landscape design, installation and maintenance practices. Local agencies are required to adopt the updated MWELO, or adopt a local ordinance at least as effective as the MWELO. potable water. Water that is drinkable and meets the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Drinking Water Standards. See definition in the California Plumbing Code, Part 5. potable water. [HCD] Water that is satisfactory for drinking, culinary, and domestic purposes, and meets the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Drinking Water Standards and the requirements of the Health Authority Having Jurisdiction. recycled water. Water which, as a result of treatment of waste, is suitable for a direct beneficial use or a controlled use that would not otherwise occur [Water Code Section 13050 (n)]. Simply put, recycled water is water treated to remove waste matter attaining a quality that is suitable to use the water again. submeter. [HCD 1] A secondary device beyond a meter that measures water consumption of an individual rental unit within a multi-unit residential structure or mixed-use residential and commercial structure. (See Civic Code Section 1954.202 (g) and Water code Section 517 for additional details.) water budget. Is the estimated total landscape irrigation water use which shall not exceed the maximum applied water allowance calculated in accordance with the Department of Water Resources Model Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO). 5.303.4 commercial kitchen equipment. 5.303.4.1 food waste disposers. Disposers shall either modulate the use of water to no more than 1 gpm when the disposer is not in use (not actively grinding food waste/no-load) or shall automatically shut off after no more than 10 minutes of inactivity. Disposers shall use no more than 8 gpm of water. Note: This code section does not affect local jurisdiction authority to prohibit or require disposer installation. 5.303.5 areas of addition for alteration. For those occupancies within the authority of the California Building Standards Commission as specified in Section 103, the provisions of Section 5.303.3 and 5.303.4 shall apply to new fixtures in additions or areas of alteration to the building. 5.303.6 standards for plumbing fixtures and fittings. Plumbing fixtures and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the California Plumbing Code, and shall meet the applicable standards referenced in Table 1701.1 of the California Plumbing Code and in Chapter 6 of this code. section 5.304 outdoor water use 5.304.1 outdoor potable water use in landscape areas. Nonresidential developments shall comply with a local water efficient landscape ordinance or the current California Department of Water Resources' Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO), whichever is more stringent. Notes: 1. The Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO) is located in the California Code of Regulations, Title 23, Chapter 2.7, Division 2. 2. MWELO and supporting documents, including a water budget calculator, are available at: https://www.water.ca.gov/. 5.304.6 outdoor potable water use in landscape areas. For public schools and community colleges, landscape projects as described in Sections 5.304.6.1 and 5.304.6.2 shall comply with the California Department of Water Resources Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO) commencing with Section 490 of Chapter 2.7, Division 2, Title 23, California Code of Regulations, except that the evapotranspiration adjustment factor (ETAF) shall be 0.65 with an additional water allowance for special landscape areas (SLA) of 0.35. Exception: Any project with an aggregate landscape area of 2,500 square feet or less may comply with the prescriptive measures contained in Appendix D of the MWELO. 5.304.6.1 newly constructed landscapes.New construction projects with an aggregate landscape area equal to or greater than 500 square feet. 5.304.6.2 rehabilitated landscapes. Rehabilitated landscape projects with an aggregate landscape area equal to or greater than 1,200 square feet. division 5.4 material conservation and resource efficiency section 5.401 general 5.401.1 scope.The provisions of this chapter shall outline means of achieving material conservation and resource efficiency through protection of buildings from exterior moisture, construction waste diversion, employment of techniques to reduce pollution through recycling of materials, and building commissioning or testing and adjusting. section 5.402 definitions 5.402.1 definitions. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference) adjust. To regulate fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment, such as to reduce fan speed or adjust a damper. balance. To proportion flows within the distribution system, including sub-mains, branches and terminals, according to design quantities. building commissioning. A systematic quality assurance process that spans the entire design and construction process, including verifying and documenting that building systems and components are planned, designed, installed, tested, operated and maintained to meet the owner’s project requirements.\ organic waste.Food waste, green waste, landscape and pruning waste, nonhazardous wood waste, and food test.A procedure to determine quantitative performance of a system or equipment section 5.407 water resistance and moisture management 5.407.1 weather protection. Provide a weather-resistant exterior wall and foundation envelope as required by California Building Code Section 1402.2 (Weather Protection), manufacturer's installation instructions or local ordinance, whichever is more stringent. 5.407.2 moisture control.Employ moisture control measures by the following methods. 5.407.2.1 sprinklers.Design and maintain landscape irrigation systems to prevent spray on structures. 5.407.2.2 entries and openings.Design exterior entries and/or openings subject to foot traffic or wind-driven rain to prevent water intrusion into buildings as follows: 5.407.2.2.1 Exterior door protection. Primary exterior entries shall be covered to prevent water intrusion by using nonabsorbent floor and wall finishes within at least 2 feet around and perpendicular to such openings plus at least one of the following: 1. An installed awning at least 4 feet in depth. 2. The door is protected by a roof overhang at least 4 feet in depth. 3. The door is recessed at least 4 feet. 4. Other methods which provide equivalent protection. 5.407.2.2.2 flashing. Install flashings integrated with a drainage plane. section 5.408 construction waste reduction, disposal and recycling 5.408.1 construction waste management. Recycle and/or salvage for reuse a minimum of 65% of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste in accordance with Section 5.408.1.1, 5.408.1.2 or 5.408.1.3; or meet a local construction and demolition waste management ordinance, whichever is more stringent. 5.408.1.1 construction waste management plan. Where a local jurisdiction does not have a construction and demolition waste management ordinance, submit a construction waste management plan that: nonresidential mandatory measures sheet 1 section 5.303 indoor water use 5.303.1 meters.Separate submeters or metering devices shall be installed for the uses described in Sections 503.1.1 and 503.1.2. 5.303.1.1 buildings in excess of 50,000 square feet. Separate submeters shall be installed as follows: 1. For each individual leased, rented or other tenant space within the building projected to consume more than 100 gal/day (380 L/day), including, but not limited to, spaces used for laundry or cleaners, restaurant or food service, medical or dental office, laboratory, or beauty salon or barber shop. 2. Where separate submeters for individual building tenants are unfeasible, for water supplied to the following subsystems: a. Makeup water for cooling towers where flow through is greater than 500 gpm (30 L/s). b. Makeup water for evaporative coolers greater than 6 gpm (0.04 L/s). c. Steam and hot water boilers with energy input more than 500,000 Btu/h (147 kW). 5.303.1.2 excess consumption.A separate submeter or metering device shall be provided for any tenant within a new building or within an addition that is projected to consume more than 1,000 gal/day. 5.303.3 water conserving plumbing fixtures and fittings. Plumbing fixtures (water closets and urinals) and fittings (faucets and showerheads) shall comply with the following: 5.303.3.1 water closets. The effective flush volume of all water closets shall not exceed 1.28 gallons per flush. Tank- type water closets shall be certified to the performance criteria of the U.S. EPA WaterSense Specification for Tank-Type toilets. Note:The effective flush volume of dual flush toilets is defined as the composite, average flush volume of two reduced flushes and one full flush. 5.303.3.2 urinals. 5.303.3.2.1 wall-mounted urinals.The effective flush volume of wall-mounted urinals shall not exceed 0.125 gallons per flush 5.303.3.2.2 floor-mounted urinals. The effective flush volume of floor-mounted or other urinals shall not exceed 0.5 gallons per flush. 5.303.3.3 showerheads. [BSC-CG] 5.303.3.3.1 single showerhead. Showerheads shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 1.8 gallons per minute at 80 psi. Showerheads shall be certified to the performance criteria of the U.S. EPA WaterSense Specification for Showerheads. 5.303.3.3.2 multiple showerheads serving one shower. When a shower is served by more than one showerhead, the combined flow rate of all the showerheads and/or other shower outlets controlled by a single valve shall not exceed 1.8 gallons per minute at 80 psi, or the shower shall be designed to allow only one shower outlet to be in operation at a time. Note: A hand-held shower shall be considered a showerhead. 5.303.3.4 faucets and fountains. 5.303.3.4.1 nonresidential lavatory faucets. Lavatory faucets shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 0.5 gallons per minute at 60 psi. 5.303.3.4.2 kitchen faucets. Kitchen faucets shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 1.8 gallons per minute at 60 psi. Kitchen faucets may temporarily increase the flow above the maximum rate, but not to exceed 2.2 gallons per minute at 60 psi, and must default to a maximum flow rate of 1.8 gallons per minute at 60 psi. 5.303.3.4.3 wash fountains. Wash fountains shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 1.8 gallons per minute/20 [rim space (inches) at 60 psi]. 5.303.3.4.4 metering faucets. Metering faucets shall not deliver more than 0.20 gallons per cycle. 5.303.3.4.5 metering faucets for wash fountains. Metering faucets for wash fountains shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 0.20 gallons per minute/20 [rim space (inches) at 60 psi]. Note: Where complying faucets are unavailable, aerators or other means may be used to achieve reduction. 5.303.3.4.6 pre-rinse spray value. When installed, shall meet the requirements in the California Code of Regulations, Title 20 (Appliance Efficiency Regulations), Section 1605.1 (h)(4) Table H-2, Section 1605.3 (h)(4)(A), and Section 1607(d)(7), and shall be equipped with an integral automatic shutoff. for reference only: The following table and code section have been reprinted from the California Code of Regulations, Title 20 (Appliance Efficiency Regulations), Section 1605.1 (h)(4) and Section 1605.3 (h)(4)(A). 5.106.8 light pollution reduction. [N]. Outdoor lighting systems shall be designed and installed to comply with the following: 1. The minimum requirements in the California Energy Code for Lighting Zones 0-4 as defined in Chapter 10, Section 10-114 of the California Administrative Code; and 2. Backlight (B) ratings as defined in IES TM-15-11 (shown in Table A-1 in Chapter 8); 3. Uplight and Glare ratings as defined in California Energy Code (shown in Tables 130.2-A and 130.2-B in Chapter 8) and 4. Allowable BUG ratings not exceeding those shown in Table 5.106.8, [N] or Comply with a local ordinance lawfully enacted pursuant to Section 101.7, whichever is more stringent. Exceptions: [N] 1. Luminaires that qualify as exceptions in Sections 130.2 (b) and 140.7 of the California Energy Code. 2. Emergency lighting. 3. Building facade meeting the requirements in Table 140.7-B of the California Energy Code, Part 6. 4. Custom lighting features as allowed by the local enforcing agency, as permitted by Section 101.8 Alternate materials, designs and methods of construction. 5. Luminaires with less than 6,200 initial luminaire lumens. No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 5 : 4 2 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 T101 CALGREEN - NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR nonresidential mandatory measures - sheet 2 TABLE 5.504.4.1 -ADHESIVE VOC LIMIT 1,2 Less Water and Less Exempt Compounds in Grams per Liter ARCHITECTURAL APPLICATIONS CURRENT VOC LIMIT INDOOR CARPET ADHESIVES 50 CARPET PAD ADHESIVES 50 OUTDOOR CARPET ADHESIVES 150 WOOD FLOORING ADHESIVES 100 RUBBER FLOOR ADHESIVES 60 SUBFLOOR ADHESIVES 50 CERAMIC TILE ADHESIVES 65 VCT & ASPHALT TILE ADHESIVES 50 DRYWALL & PANEL ADHESIVES 50 COVE BASE ADHESIVES 50 MULTIPURPOSE CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVES 70 STRUCTURAL GLAZING ADHESIVES 100 SINGLE-PLY ROOF MEMBRANE ADHESIVES 250 OTHER ADHESIVES NOT SPECIFICALLY LISTED 50 SPECIALTY APPLICATIONS PVC WELDING 510 CPVC WELDING 490 ABS WELDING 325 PLASTIC CEMENT WELDING 250 ADHESIVE PRIMER FOR PLASTIC 550 CONTACT ADHESIVE 80 SPECIAL PURPOSE CONTACT ADHESIVE 250 STRUCTURAL WOOD MEMBER ADHESIVE 140 TOP & TRIM ADHESIVE 250 SPECIALTY COATINGS ALUMINUM ROOF COATINGS 400 BASEMENT SPECIALTY COATINGS 400 BITUMINOUS ROOF COATINGS 50 BITUMINOUS ROOF PRIMERS 350 BOND BREAKERS 350 CONCRETE CURING COMPOUNDS 350 CONCRETE/MASONRY SEALERS 100 DRIVEWAY SEALERS 50 DRY FOG COATINGS 150 FAUX FINISHING COATINGS 350 FIRE RESISTIVE COATINGS 350 FLOOR COATINGS 100 FORM-RELEASE COMPOUNDS 250 GRAPHIC ARTS COATINGS (SIGN PAINTS) 500 HIGH-TEMPERATURE COATINGS 420 INDUSTRIAL MAINTENANCE COATINGS 250 LOW SOLIDS COATINGS 1 120 MAGNESITE CEMENT COATINGS 450 MASTIC TEXTURE COATINGS 100 METALLIC PIGMENTED COATINGS 500 MULTICOLOR COATINGS 250 PRETREATMENT WASH PRIMERS 420 PRIMERS, SEALERS, & UNDERCOATERS 100 REACTIVE PENETRATING SEALERS 350 RECYCLED COATINGS 250 ROOF COATINGS 50 RUST PREVENTATIVE COATINGS 250 SHELLACS: CLEAR 730 OPAQUE 550 SPECIALTY PRIMERS, SEALERS & UNDERCOATERS 100 STAINS 250 STONE CONSOLIDANTS 450 SWIMMING POOL COATINGS 340 TABLE 5.504.4.5 -FORMALDEHYDE LIMITS 1 MAXIMUM FORMALDEHYDE EMISSIONS IN PARTS PER MILLION PRODUCT CURRENT LIMIT HARDWOOD PLYWOOD VENEER CORE 0.05 HARDWOOD PLYWOOD COMPOSITE CORE 0.05 PARTICLE BOARD 0.09 MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD 0.11 THIN MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD 2 0.13 1. VALUES IN THIS TABLE ARE DERIVED FROM THOSE SPECIFIED BY THE CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD, AIR TOXICS CONTROL MEASURE FOR COMPOSITE WOOD AS TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 1333. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, SEE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 17, SECTIONS 93120 THROUGH 93120.12. 2. THIN MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD HAS A MAXIMUM THICKNESS OF 5/16 INCHES (8 MM). TABLE 5.504.4.3 -VOC CONTENT LIMITS FOR ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS 2,3 GRAMS OF VOC PER LITER OF COATING, LESS WATER & LESS EXEMPT COMPOUNDS COATING CATEGORY CURRENT VOC LIMIT FLAT COATINGS 50 NONFLAT COATINGS 100 NONFLAT HIGH GLOSS COATINGS 150 5.410.2.5.2 systems operations training, [N]A program for training of the appropriate maintenance staff for each equipment type and/or system shall be developed and documented in the commissioning report and shall include the following: 1. System/equipment overview (what it is, what it does and with what other systems and/or equipment it interfaces). 2. Review and demonstration of servicing/preventive maintenance. 3. Review of the information in the Systems Manual. 4. Review of the record drawings on the system/equipment. 5.410.2.6 commissioning report. [N]A report of commissioning process activities undertaken through the design and construction phases of the building project shall be completed and provided to the owner or representative. 5.410.4 testing and adjusting. New buildings less than 10,000 square feet. Testing and adjusting of systems shall be required for new buildings less than 10,000 square feet or new systems to serve an addition or alteration subject to Section 303.1. Note: For energy-related systems under the scope (Section 100) of the California Energy Code, including heating, ventilation, air conditioning (HVAC) systems and controls, indoor lighting system and controls, as well as water heating systems and controls, refer to California Energy Code Section 120.8 for commissioning requirements and Sections 120.5, 120.6, 130.4, and 140.9(b)3 for additional testing requirements of specific systems. 5.410.4.2 Systems. Develop a written plan of procedures for testing and adjusting systems. Systems to be included for testing and adjusting shall include at a minimum, as applicable to the project: 1. Renewable energy systems. 2. Landscape irrigation systems. 3. Water reuse systems. 5.410.4.3 procedures.Perform testing and adjusting procedures in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and applicable standards on each system. 5.410.4.3.1 HVAC balancing. In addition to testing and adjusting, before a new space-conditioning system serving a building or space is operated for normal use, the system shall be balanced in accordance with the procedures defined by the Testing Adjusting and Balancing Bureau National Standards; the National Council National Standards or as approved by the enforcing agency. 5.410.4.4 reporting. After completion of testing, adjusting and balancing, provide a final report of testing signed by the individual responsible for performing these services. 5.410.4.5 operation and maintenance (O & M) manual. Provide the building owner or representative with detailed operating and maintenance instructions and copies of guaranties/warranties for each system. O & M instructions shall be consistent with OSHA requirements in CCR, Title 8, Section 5142, and other related regulations. 5.410.4.5.1 inspections and reports. Include a copy of all inspection verifications and reports required by the enforcing agency. division 5.5 environmental quality section 5.501 general 5.501.1 scope. The provisions of this chapter shall outline means of reducing the quantity of air contaminants that are odorous, irritating, and/or harmful to the comfort and well-being of a building's installers, occupants and neighbors. section 5.502 definitions 5.502.1 definitions. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference) arterial highway.A general term denoting a highway primarily for through traffic usually on a continuous route. a-weighted sound level (dBA). The sound pressure level in decibels as measured on a sound level meter using the internationally standardized A-weighting filter or as computed from sound spectral data to which A-weighting adjustments have been made. 1 btu/hour. British thermal units per hour, also referred to as Btu. The amount of heat required to raise one pound of water one degree Fahrenheit per hour, a common measure of heat transfer rate. A ton of refrigeration is 12,000 Btu, the amount of heat required to melt a ton (2,000 pounds) of ice at 32 Fahrenheit. community noise equivalent level (CNEL). A metric similar to the day-night average sound level (Ldn), except that a 5 decibel adjustment is added to the equivalent continuous sound exposure level for evening hours (7pm to 10pm) in addition to the 10 dB nighttime adjustment used in the Ldn. composite wood products. Composite wood products include hardwood plywood, particleboard and medium density fiberboard. “Composite wood products” does not include hardboard, structural plywood, structural panels,structural composite lumber, oriented strand board, glued laminated timber, timber, prefabricated wood I–joists or finger–jointed lumber, all as specified in California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 17, Section 93120.1(a). note: See CCR, Title 17, Section 93120.1. day-night average sound level (Ldn). The A-weighted equivalent continuous sound exposure level for a 24-hour period with a 10 dB adjustment added to sound levels occurring during nighttime hours (10p.m. to 7 a.m.). decibel (db) A measure on a logarithmic scale of the magnitude of a particular quantity (such as sound pressure, sound power, sound intensity) with respect to a reference quantity. electric vehicle (EV) An automotive-type vehicle for on-road use, such as passenger automobiles, buses, trucks, vans, neighborhood electric vehicles, electric motorcycles, and the like, primarily powered by an electric motor that draws current from a rechargeable storage battery, fuel cell, photovoltaic array, or other source of electric current. Plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEV) are considered electric vehicles. For purposes of the California Electrical Code, off- road, self-propelled electric vehicles, such as industrial trucks, hoists, lifts, transports, golf carts, airline ground support equipment, tractors, boats, and the like, are not included. electric vehicle charging station(s) (EVCSj). One or more spaces intended for charging electric vehicles. electric vehicle supply equipment (EVSE). The conductors, including the ungrounded, grounded, and equipment grounding conductors and the electric vehicle connectors, attachment plugs, and all other fittings, devices, power outlets, or apparatus installed specifically for the purpose of transferring energy between the premises wiring and the electric vehicle. The combined weight of new construction disposal that does not exceed two pounds per square foot of building area may be deemed to meet the 65% minimum requirement as approved by the enforcing agency. energy equivalent (noise) level (Leq). The level of a steady noise which would have the same energy as the fluctuating noise level integrated over the time of period of interest. expressway. An arterial highway for through traffic which may have partial control of access, but which may or may not be divided or have grade separations at intersections. freeway. A divided arterial highway with full control of access and with grade separations at intersections. global warming potential (GWP). The radiative forcing impact of one mass-based unit of a given greenhouse gas relative to an equivalent unit of carbon dioxide over a given period of time. Carbon dioxide is the reference compound with a GWP of one. global warming potential value (GWP VALUE). A 100-year GWP value published by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) in either its Second Assessment Report (SAR) (IPCC, 1995); or its Fourth Assessment A-3 Report (AR4) (IPCC, 2007). The SAR GWP values are found in column "SAR (100-yr)" of Table 2.14.; the AR4 GWP values are found in column "100 yr" of Table 2.14. high-gwp refrigerant. A compound used as a heat transfer fluid or gas that is: (a) a chlorofluorocarbon, a hdrochlorofluorocarbon, a hydrofluorocarbon, a perfluorocarbon, or any compound or blend of compounds, with a GWP value equal to or greater than 150, or (B) any ozone depleting substance as defined in Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 82, sec.82.3 (as amended March 10, 2009) long radius elbow. Pipe fitting installed between two lengths of pipe or tubing to allow a change of direction, with a radius 1.5 times the pipe diameter. low-gwp refrigerant. A compound used as a heat transfer fluid or gas that: (A) has a GWP value less than 150, and (B) is not an ozone depleting substance as defined in Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 82, sec.82.3 (as amended March 10, 2009). merv. Filter minimum efficiency reporting value, based on ASHRAE 52.2–1999. maximum incremental reactivity (MIR). The maximum change in weight of ozone formed by adding a compound to the "Base REactive Organic Gas (ROG) Mixture" per weight of compound added, expressed to hundrenths of a gram (g3 O /g ROC). product-weighted mir (PWMIR).The sum of all weighted-MIR for all ingredients in a product subject to this article. The PWMIR is the total product reactivity expressed to hundredths of a gram of ozone formed per gram of product (excluding container and packaging). PSIG. Pounds per square inch, gauge. reactive organic compound (ROC).Any compound that has the potential, once emitted, to contribute to ozone formation in the troposphere. schrader access values. Access fittings with a valve core installed. short radius elbow. Pipe fitting installed between two lengths of pipe or tubing to allow a change of direction, with a radius 1.0 times the pipe diameter. supermarket. For the purposes of Section 5.508.2, a supermarket is any retail food facility with 8,000 square feet or more conditioned area, and that utilizes either refrigerated display cases, or walk-in coolers or freezers connected to remote compressor units or condensing units. voc. A volatile organic compound broadly defined as a chemical compound based on carbon chains or rings with vapor pressures greater than 0.1 millimeters of mercury at room temperature. These compounds typically contain hydrogen and may contain oxygen, nitrogen and other elements. See CCR Title 17, Section 94508(a) note: Where specific regulations are cited from different agencies such as SCAQMD, ARB, etc., the VOC definition included in that specific regulation is the one that prevails for the specific measure in question. section 5.503 fireplaces 5.503.1 fireplaces. Install only a direct-vent sealed-combustion gas or sealed wood-burning fireplace, or a sealed woodstove or pellet stove, and refer to residential requirements in the California Energy Code, Title 24, Part 6, Subchapter 7, Section 150. Woodstoves, pellet stoves and fireplaces shall comply with applicable local ordinances. 5.503.1.1 woodstoves. Woodstoves and pellet stoves shall comply with U.S. EPA New Source Performance Standards (NSPS) emission limits as applicable, and shall have a permanent label indicating they are certified to meet the emission limits. section 5.504 pollutant control 5.504.1 temporary ventilation. The permanent HVAC system shall only be used during construction if necessary to condition the building or areas of addition or alteration within the required temperature range for material and equipment installation. If the HVAC system is used during construction, use return air filters with a Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 8, based on ASHRAE 52.2-1999, or an average efficiency of 30% based on ASHRAE 52.1-1992 Replace all filters immediately prior to occupancy, or, if the building is occupied during alteration, at the conclusion of construction. 5.504.3 Covering of duct openings and protection of mechanical equipment during construction. At the time of rough installation and during storage on the construction site until final startup of the heating, cooling and ventilation equipment, all duct and other related air distribution component openings shall be covered with tape, plastic, sheetmetal or other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency to reduce the amount of dust, water and debris which may enter the system. 5.504.4 finish material pollutant control. Finish materials shall comply with Sections 5.504.4.1 through 5.504.4.6 5.504.4.1 Adhesives, sealants and caulks. Adhesives, sealants, and caulks used on the project shall meet the requirements of the following standards: 1. Adhesives, adhesive bonding primers, adhesive primers, sealants, sealant primers and caulks shall comply with local or regional air pollution control or air quality management district rules where applicable, or SCAQMD Rule 1168 VOC limits, as shown in Tables 5.504.4.1 and 5.504.4.2. Such products also shall comply with the Rule 1168 prohibition on the use of certain toxic compounds (chloroform, ethylene dichloride, methylene chloride, perchloroethylene and trichloroethylene), except for aerosol products as specified in subsection 2, below. 2. Aerosol adhesives, and smaller unit sizes of adhesives, and sealant or caulking compounds (in units of product, less packaging, which do not weigh more than one pound and do not consist of more than 16 fluid ounces) shall comply with statewide VOC standards and other requirements, including prohibitions on use of certain toxic compounds, of California Code of Regulations, Title 17, commencing with Section 94507. 5.504.4.3 Paints and coatings.Architectural paints and coatings shall comply with VOC limits in Table 1 of the ARB Architectural Coatings Suggested Control Measure, as shown in Table 5.504.4.3, unless more stringent local limits apply. The VOC content limit for coatings that do not meet the definitions for the specialty coatings categories listed in Table 5.504.4.3 shall be determined by classifying the coatings as a Flat, Nonflat or Nonflat-High Gloss coating, based on its gloss, as defined in Subsections 4.21, 4.36 and 4.37 of the 2007 California Air Resources Board Suggested Control Measure, and the corresponding Flat, Nonflat or Nonflat-High Gloss VOC limit in Table 5.504.4.3 shall apply. 5.504.4.3.1 aerosol paints and coatings. Aerosol paints and coatings shall meet the PWMIR Limits for ROC in Section 94522(a)(3) and other requirements, including prohibitions on use of certain toxic compounds and ozone depleting substances, in Sections 94522(c)(2) and (d)(2) and (d)(2) of California Code of Regulations, Title 17, commencing with Section 94520; and in areas under the jurisdiction of the Bay Area Air Quality Management District additionally comply with the percent VOC by weight of product limits of Regulation 8 Rule 49. 5.504.4.6 resilient flooring systems.Where resilient flooring is installed, at least 80 percent of floor area receiving resilient flooring shall meet the requirements of the California Department of Public Health,"Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers," Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specifications 01350) See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material 5.504.4.6.1 Verification of compliance. Documentation shall be provided verifying that resilient flooring 5.504.4.7 thermal insulation. Comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health, "Standard Method of the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers, "Version 1.2, January 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specification 01350). See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material 5.504.4.7.1 verification of compliance. Documentation shall be provided verifying that thermal insulation materials meet the pollutant emission limits. 5.504.4.8 acoustical ceiling and wall panels. Comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health, "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers, " Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specification 01350). See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. 5.504.4.8.1 verification of compliance. Documentation shall be provided verifying that acoustical finish materials meet the pollutant emission limits. 5.504.5.3 filters. In mechanically ventilated buildings, provide regularly occupied areas of the building with air filtration media for outside and return air that provides at least a Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 13. MERV 13 filters shall be installed prior to occupancy, and recommendations for maintenance with filters of the same value shall be included in the operation and maintenance manual. Exceptions: Existing mechanical equipment. 5.504.5.3.1 labeling. Installed filters shall be clearly labeled by the manufacturer indicating the MERV rating. 5.504.7 environmental tobacco smoke (ETS) control. Where outdoor areas are provided for smoking, prohibit smoking within 25 feet of building entries, outdoor air intakes and operable windows and within the building as already prohibited by other laws or regulations; or as enforced by ordinances, regulations or policies of any city, county, city and county, California Community College, campus of the California State University, or campus of the University of California, whichever are more stringent. When ordinances, regulations or policies are not in place, post signage to inform building occupants of the prohibitions. section 5.505 indoor moisture control 5.505.1 indoor moisture control.Buildings shall meet or exceed the provisions of California Building Code, CCR, Title 24, Part 2, Sections 1202 (Ventilation) and Chapter 14 (Exterior Walls). For additional measures, see Section 5.407.2 of this code. section 5.506 indoor air quality 5.506.1 outside air delivery.For mechanically or naturally ventilated spaces in buildings, meet the minimum requirements of Section 120.1 (Requirements For Ventilation) of the California Energy Code, or the applicable local code, whichever is more stringent, and Division 1, Chapter 4 of CCR, Title 8. 5.506.2 carbon dioxide (CO2) monitoring.For buildings or additions equipped with demand control ventilation, CO2 sensors and ventilation controls shall be specified and installed in accordance with the requirements of the California Energy Code, Section 120(c)(4). 5.506.3 carbon dioxide (CO2) monitoring in classrooms. (DSA-SS) Each public K-12 school classroom, as listed in Table 120.1-A of the California Energy Code, shall be equipped with a carbon dioxide monitor or sensor that meets the following requirements: 1. The monitor or sensor shall be permanently affixed in a tamper-proof manner in each classroom between 3 and 6 feet (914 mm and 1829 mm) above the floor and at least 5 feet (1524 mm) away from door and operable windows. 2. When the monitor or sensor is not integral to an Energy Management Control System (EMCS), the monitor or sensor shall display the carbon dioxide readings on the device. When the sensor is integral to an EMCS, the carbon dioxide readings shall be available to and regularly monitored by facility personnel. 3. A monitor shall provide notification though a visual indicator on the monitor when the carbon dioxide levels in the classroom have exceeded 1,100ppm. A sensor integral to an EMCS shall provide notification to facility personnel through a visual and/or audible indicator when the carbon dioxide levels in the classroom have exceeded 1,100ppm. 4. The monitor or sensor shall measure carbon dioxide levels at minimum 15- minute intervals and shall maintain a record of previous carbon dioxide measurements of not less than 30 days duration. 5. The monitor or sensor used to measure carbon dioxide levels shall have the capacity to measure carbon dioxide levels with a range of 400ppm to 2000ppm or greater. 6. The monitor or sensor shall be certified by the manufacturer to be accurate within 75ppm at 1,000ppm carbon dioxide concentration and shall be certified by the manufacturer to require calibration no more frequently than once every 5 years. section 5.507 environmental comfort 5.507.4 acoustical control. Employ building assemblies and components with Sound Transmission Class (STC) values determined in accordance with ASTM E 90 and ASTM E 413, or Outdoor-Indoor Sound Transmission Class (OITC) determined in accordance with ASTM E 1332, using either the prescriptive or performance method in Section 5.507.4.1 or 5.507.4.2. Exception: Buildings with few or no occupants or where occupants are not likely to be affected by exterior noise, as determined by the enforcement authority, such as factories, stadiums, storage, enclosed parking, structures and utility buildings. Exception: [DSA-SS]: For public schools and community colleges, the requirements of this section and all subsections apply only to new construction. 5.507.4.1 exterior noise transmission prescriptive method. Wall and roof-ceiling assemblies exposed to the noise source making up the building or addition envelope or altered envelope shall meet a composite STC rating of at least 50 or a composite OITC rating of no less than 40, with exterior windows of a minimum STC of 40 or OITC of 30 in the following locations: 1. Within the 65 CNEL noise contour of an airport. Exception: 1. Ldn or CNEL for military airports shall be determined by the facility Air Installation Compatible Land Use Zone (AICUZ) plan. 2. Ldn or CNEL for other airports and heliports for which a land use plan has not been developed shall be determined by the local general plan noise element. 1. Within the 65 CNEL or Ldn noise contour of a freeway or expressway, railroad, industrial source or fixed- guideway source as determined by the Noise Element of the General Plan. 5.507.4.1.1 noise exposure where noise contours are not readily available. Buildings exposed to a noise level of 65 dB L - 1-hr during any hour of operation shall have building, addition or alteration exterior wall and roof- ceiling assemblies exposed to the noise source meeting a composite STC rating of at least 45 (or OITC 35), with exterior windows of a minimum STC of 40 (or OITC 30). 5.507.4.2 performance method. For buildings located as defined in Section 5.507.4.1 or 5.507.4.1.1, wall and roof- ceiling assemblies exposed to the noise source making up the building or addition envelope or altered envelope shall be constructed to provide an interior noise environment attributable to exterior sources that does not exceed an hourly equivalent noise level (Leq-1Hr) of 50 dBA in occupied areas during any hour of operation. 5.507.4.2.1 site features. Exterior features such as sound walls or earth berms may be utilized as appropriate to the building, addition or alteration project to mitigate sound migration to the interior. 5.507.4.2.2 documentation of compliance. An acoustical analysis documenting complying interior sound levels shall be prepared by personnel approved by the architect or engineer of record. 5.507.4.3 Interior sound transmission. Wall and floor-ceiling assemblies separating tenant spaces and tenant spaces and public places shall have an STC of at least 40. Note: Examples of assemblies and their various STC ratings may be found at the California Office of Noise Control: www.toolbase.org/PDF/CaseStudies/stc_icc_ratings.pdf. section 5.508 outdoor air quality 5.508.1 ozone depletion and greenhouse gas reductions. Installations of HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppression equipment shall comply with Sections 5.508.1.1 and 5.508.1.2. 5.508.1.1 chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs). Install HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppression equipment that do not contain CFCs. 5.508.1.2 halons. Install HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppression equipment that do not contain Halons. 5.508.2 supermarket refrigerant leak reduction. New commercial refrigeration systems shall comply with the provisions of this section when installed in retail food stores 8,000 square feet or more conditioned area, and that utilize either refrigerated display cases, or walk-in coolers or freezers connected to remote compressor units or condensing units. The leak reduction measures apply to refrigeration systems containing high-global-warming potential (high-GWP) refrigerants with a GWP of 150 or greater. New refrigeration systems include both new facilities and the replacement of existing refrigeration systems in existing facilities. Exception:Refrigeration systems containing low-global warming potential (low-GWP) refrigerant with a GWP value less than 150 are not subject to this section. Low-GWP refrigerants are nonozone-depleting refrigerants that include ammonia, carbon dioxide (CO2), and potentially other refrigerants. 5.508.2.1 refrigerant piping. Piping compliant with the California Mechanical Code shall be installed to be California Code of Regulations, Title 17, commencing accessible for leak protection and repairs. Piping runs using threaded pipe, copper tubing with an outside diameter (OD) less than 1/4 inch, flared tubing connections and short radius elbows shall not be used in refrigerant systems except as noted below. 5.508.2.1.1 threaded pipe. Threaded connections are permitted at the compressor rack. 5.508.2.1.2 copper pipe. Copper tubing with an OD less than 1/4 inch may be used in systems with a refrigerant charge of 5 pounds or less. 5.508.2.1.2.1 anchorage. One-fourth-inch OD tubing shall be securely clamped to a rigid base to keep vibration levels below 8 mils. 5.508.2.1.3 flared tubing connections.Double-flared tubing connections may be used for pressure controls, valve pilot lines and oil. Exception: Single-flared tubing connections may be used with a multiring seal coated with industrial sealant suitable for use with refrigerants and tightened in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 5.508.2.1.4 elbows. Short radius elbows are only permitted where space limitations prohibit use of long radius elbows. 5.508.2.2 valves. Valves Valves and fittings shall comply with the California Mechanical Code and as follows. 5.508.2.2.1 pressure relief valves.For vessels containing high-GWP refrigerant, a rupture disc shall be installed between the outlet of the vessel and the inlet of the pressure relief valve. 5.508.2.2.1.1 pressure detection. A pressure gauge, pressure transducer or other device shall be installed in the space between the rupture disc and the relief valve inlet to indicate a disc rupture or discharge of the relief valve. 5.508.2.2.2 access valves.Only Schrader access valves with a brass or steel body are permitted for use. 5.508.2.2.2.1 valve caps. For systems with a refrigerant charge of 5 pounds or more, valve caps shall be brass or steel and not plastic. 5.508.2.2.2.2 seal caps.If designed for it, the cap shall have a neoprene O-ring in place. 5.508.2.2.2.2.1 chain tethers. Chain tethers to fit over the stem are required for valves designed to have seal caps. Exception:Valves with seal caps that are not removed from the valve during stem operation. 5.508.2.3 refrigerated service cases. Refrigerated service cases holding food products containing vinegar and salt shall have evaporator coils of corrosion-resistant material, such as stainless steel; or be coated to prevent corrosion from these substances. 5.508.2.3.1 coil coating.Consideration shall be given to the heat transfer efficiency of coil coating to maximize energy efficiency. 5.508.2.4 refrigerant receivers. Refrigerant receivers with capacities greater than 200 pounds shall be fitted with a device that indicates the level of refrigerant in the receiver. 5.508.2.5 pressure testing. The system shall be pressure tested during installation prior to evacuation and charging. 5.508.2.5.1 minimum pressure. The system shall be charged with regulated dry nitrogen and appropriate tracer gas to bring system pressure up to 300 psig minimum. 5.508.2.5.2 leaks.Check the system for leaks, repair any leaks, and retest for pressure using the same gauge. 5.508.2.5.3 allowable pressure change. The system shall stand, unaltered, for 24 hours with no more than a +/- one pound pressure change from 300 psig, measured with the same gauge. 5.508.2.6 evacuation. The system shall be evacuated after pressure testing and prior to charging. 5.508.2.6.1 first vacuum. Pull a system vacuum down to at least 1000 microns (+/- 50 microns), and hold for 30 minutes. 5.508.2.6.2 second vacuum. Pull a second system vacuum to a minimum of 500 microns and hold for 30 minutes. 5.508.2.6.3 third vacuum. Pull a third vacuum down to a minimum of 300 microns, and hold for 24 hours with a maximum drift of 100 microns over a 24-hour period. chapter 7 installer & special inspector qualifications 702 qualifications 702.1 installer training. HVAC system installers shall be trained and certified in the proper installation of HVAC systems including ducts and equipment by a nationally or regionally recognized training or certification program. Uncertified persons may perform HVAC installations when under the direct supervision and responsibility of a person trained and certified to install HVAC systems or contractor licensed to install HVAC systems. Examples of acceptable HVAC training and certification programs include but are not limited to the following: 1. State certified apprenticeship programs. 2. Public utility training programs. 3. Training programs sponsored by trade, labor or statewide energy consulting or verification organizations. 4. Programs sponsored by manufacturing organizations. 5. Other programs acceptable to the enforcing agency. 702.2 special inspection [HCD]. When required by the enforcing agency, the owner or the responsible entity acting as the owner's agent shall employ one or more special inspectors to provide inspection or other duties necessary to substantiate compliance with this code. Special inspectors shall demonstrate competence to the satisfaction of the enforcing agency for the particular type of inspection or task to be performed. In addition to other certifications or qualifications acceptable to the enforcing agency, the following certifications or education may be considered by the enforcing agency when evaluating the qualifications of a special inspector: 1. Certification by a national or regional green building program or standard publisher. 2. Certification by a statewide energy consulting or verification organization, such as HERS raters, building performance contractors, and home energy auditors. 3. Successful completion of a third party apprentice training program in the appropriate trade. 4. Other programs acceptable to the enforcing agency. Notes: 1. Special inspectors shall be independent entities with no financial interest in the materials or the they are inspecting for compliance with this code. 2. HERS raters are special inspectors certified by the California Energy Commission (CEC) to rate homes in California according to the Home Energy Rating System (HERS). [BSC-CG] When required by the enforcing agency, the owner or the responsible entity acting as the owner's agent shall employ one or more special inspectors to provide inspection or other duties necessary to substantiate compliance with this code. Special inspectors shall demonstrate competence to the satisfaction of the enforcing agency for the particular type of inspection or task to be performed. In addition, the special inspector shall have a certification from a recognized state, national or international association, as determined by the local agency. The area of certification shall be closely related to the primary job function, as determined by the local agency. Notes: Special inspectors shall be independent entities with no financial interest in the materials or the project they are inspecting for compliance with this code. 703 verifications 703.1 documentation. Documentation used to show compliance with this code shall include but is not limited to, construction documents, plans, specifications, builder or installer certification, inspection reports, or other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency which demonstrate substantial conformance. When specific documentation or special inspection is necessary to verify compliance, that method of compliance will be specified in the appropriate section or identified applicable checklist. METAL TO METAL 30 PLASTIC FOAMS 50 POROUS MATERIAL (EXCEPT WOOD)50 WOOD 30 FIBERGLASS 80 1. IF AN ADHESIVE IS USED TO BOND DISSIMILAR SUBSTRATES TOGETHER, THE ADHESIVE WITH THE HIGHEST VOC CONTENT SHALL BE ALLOWED. 2. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING METHODS TO MEASURE THE VOC CONTENT SPECIFIED IN THIS TABLE, SEE SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULE 1168, www.arb.ca.gov/DRDB/SC/CURHTML/R1168.PDF TABLE 5.504.4.2 -SEALANT VOC LIMIT Less Water and Less Exempt Compounds in Grams per Liter SEALANTS CURRENT VOC LIMIT ARCHITECTURAL 250 MARINE DECK 760 NONMEMBRANE ROOF 300 ROADWAY 250 SINGLE-PLY ROOF MEMBRANE 450 OTHER 420 SEALANT PRIMERS ARCHITECTURAL NONPOROUS 250 POROUS 775 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS 500 MARINE DECK 760 OTHER 750 NOTE: FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING METHODS TO MEASURE THE VOC CONTENT SPECIFIED IN THESE TABLES, SEE SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULE 1168. SUBSTRATE SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS 5.504.4.3.2 verification.Verification of compliance with this section shall be provided at the request of the enforcing agency. Documentation may include, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Manufacturer's product specification. 2. Field verification of on-site product containers. 5.504.4.4 carpet systems. All carpet installed in the building interior shall meet the requirements of the California Department of Public Health, "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specifications 01350). See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material 5.504.4.4.1 carpet cushion. All carpet cushion installed in the building interior shall meet the requirements of the California Department of Public Health,"Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers,"Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specifications 01350). See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material 5.504.4.4.2 carpet adhesive. All carpet adhesive shall meet the requirements of Table 5.504.4.1. 5.504.4.5 composite wood products. Hardwood plywood, particleboard and medium density fiberboard composite wood products used on the interior or exterior of the buildings shall meet the requirements for formaldehyde as specified in ARB's Air Toxics Control Measure (ATCM) for Composite Wood (17 CCR 93120 et seq.). Those materials not exempted under the ATCM must meet the specified emission limits, as shown in Table 5.504.4.5. 5.504.4.5.3 documentation. Verification of compliance with this section shall be provided as requested by the enforcing agency. Documentation shall include at least one of the following: 1. Product certifications and specifications. 2. Chain of custody certifications. 3. Product labeled and invoiced as meeting the Composite Wood Products regulation (see CCR, Title 17, Section 93120, et seq.). 4. Exterior grade products marked as meeting the PS-1 or PS-2 standards of the Engineered Wood Association, the Australian AS/NZS 2269 or European 636 3S standards 5. Other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency. 1. GRAMS OF VOC PER LITER OF COATING, INCLUDING WATER & EXEMPT COMPOUNDS 2. THE SPECIFIED LIMITS REMAIN IN EFFECT UNLESS REVISED LIMITS ARE LISTED IN SUBSEQUENT COLUMNS IN THE TABLE. 3. VALUES IN THIS TABLE ARE DERIVED FROM THOSE SPECIFIED BY THE CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD, ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS SUGGESTED CONTROL MEASURE, FEB. 1, 2008. MORE INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE FROM THE AIR RESOURCES BOARD. TRAFFIC MARKING COATINGS 100 TUB & TILE REFINISH COATINGS 420 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANES 250 WOOD COATINGS 275 WOOD PRESERVATIVES 350 ZINC-RICH PRIMERS 340 No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 5 : 4 2 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 T150 ACCESSIBILITY NOTES 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR a c c e s s i b i l i t y n o t e s 11B-301 General 11B-301.1 Scope -The provisions of Division 3 shall apply where required by Division 2 or where referenced by a requirement in this chapter. 11B-302 Floor or Ground Surfaces 11B-302.1 General -Floor and ground surfaces shall be stable, firm and slip resistant and shall comply with Section 11B-302. Exceptions: 1. Within animal containment areas, floor and ground surfaces shall not be required to be stable, firm and slip resistant. 2. Areas of sport activity shall not be required to comply with Section 11B-302. 11B-302.2 Carpet -Carpet or carpet tile shall be securely attached and shall have a firm cushion, pad, or backing or no cushion or pad. Carpet or carpet tile shall have a level loop, textured loop, level cut pile, level cut/uncut pile texture. Pile height shall be 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) maximum. Exposed edges of carpet shall be fastened to floor surfaces and shall have trim on the entire length of the exposed edge. Carpet edge trim shall comply with Section 11B-303. 11B-302.3 Openings -Openings in floor or ground surfaces shall not allow passage of a sphere more than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) diameter except as allowed in Sections 11B-407.4.3, 11B-409.4.3, 11B-410.4, 11B-810.5.3 and 11B-810.10. Elongated openings shall be placed so that the long dimension is perpendicular to the dominant direction of travel. 11B-303 Changes in Level 11B-303.1 General -Where changes in level are permitted in floor or ground surfaces, they shall comply with Section 11B-303. Exceptions: 1. Animal containment areas shall not be required to comply with Section 11B-303. 2. Areas of sport activity shall not be required to comply with Section 11B-303. 11B-303.2 Vertical -Changes in level of 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) high maximum shall be permitted to be vertical and without edge treatment. 11B-303.3 Beveled -Changes in level between 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) high minimum and 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) high maximum shall be beveled with a slope not steeper than 1:2. 11B-303.4 Ramps -Changes in level greater than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) high shall be ramped, and shall comply with Section 11B-405 or 11B-406. 11B-303.5 Warning Curbs -Abrupt changes in level exceeding 4 inches (102 mm) in a vertical dimension between walks, sidewalks or other pedestrian ways and adjacent surfaces or features shall be identified by warning curbs at least 6 inches (152 mm) in height above the walk or sidewalk surface. Exceptions: 1. A warning curb is not required between a walk or sidewalk and an adjacent street or driveway. 2. A warning curb is not required when a guard or handrail is provided with a guide rail centered 2 inches (51 mm) minimum and 4 inches (102 mm) maximum above the surface of the walk or sidewalk. 11B-304 Turning Space 11B-304.1 General -Turning space shall comply with Section 11B-304. 11B-304.2 Floor or Ground Surfaces -Floor or ground surfaces of a turning space shall comply with Section 11B-302. Changes in level, slopes exceeding 1:48, and detectable warnings shall not be permitted. 11B-304.3 Size -Turning space shall comply with Section 11B-304.3.1 or 11B-304.3.2. 11B-304.3.1 Circular Space -The turning space shall be a space of 60 inches (1524 mm) diameter minimum. The space shall be permitted to include knee and toe clearance complying with Section 11B-306. 11B-304.3.2 T-Shaped Space -The turning space shall be a T-shaped space within a 60 inch (1524 mm) square minimum with arms and base 36 inches (914 mm) wide minimum. Each arm of the T shall be clear of obstructions 12 inches (305 mm) minimum in each direction and the base shall be clear of obstructions 24 inches (610 mm) minimum. The space shall be permitted to include knee and toe clearance complying with Section 11B-306 only at the end of either the base or one arm. 11B-304.4 Door Swing - Doors shall be permitted to swing into turning spaces. 11B-305 Clear Floor or Ground Space 11B-305.1 General -Clear floor or ground space shall comply with Section 11B-305. 11B-305.2 Floor or Ground Surfaces -Floor or ground surfaces of a clear floor or ground space shall comply with Section 11B-302. Changes in level, slopes exceeding 1:48, and detectable warnings shall not be permitted. 11B-305.3 Size -The clear floor or ground space shall be 30 inches (762 mm) minimum by 48 inches (1219 mm) minimum. 11B-305.4 Knee and Toe Clearance -Unless otherwise specified, clear floor or ground space shall be permitted to include knee and toe clearance complying with Section 11B-306. 11B-305.5 Position -Unless otherwise specified, clear floor or ground space shall be positioned for either forward or parallel approach to an element. 11B-305.6 Approach -One full unobstructed side of the clear floor or ground space shall adjoin an accessible route or adjoin another clear floor or ground space. Clear floor or ground space may overlap an accessible route, unless specifically prohibited elsewhere in this chapter. 11B-305.7 Maneuvering Clearance -Where a clear floor or ground space is located in an alcove or otherwise confined on all or part of three sides, additional maneuvering clearance shall be provided in accordance with Sections 11B-305.7.1 and 11B-305.7.2. 11B-305.7.1 Forward Approach -Alcoves shall be 36 inches (914 mm) wide minimum where the depth exceeds 24 inches (610 mm). 11B-305.7.2 Parallel Approach -Alcoves shall be 60 inches (1524 mm) wide minimum where the depth exceeds 15 inches (381 mm). 11B-306 Knee and Toe Clearance 11B-306.1 General -Where space beneath an element is included as part of clear floor or ground space or turning space, the space shall comply with Section 11B-306. Additional space shall not be prohibited beneath an element but shall not be considered as part of the clear floor or ground space or turning space. 11B-306.2 Toe Clearance 11B-306.2.1 General -Space under an element between the finish floor or ground and 9 inches (229 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall be considered toe clearance and shall comply with Section 11B-306.2. 11B-306.2.2 Maximum Depth -Toe clearance shall extend 25 inches (635 mm) maximum under an element. Exception:Toe clearance shall extend 19 inches (483 mm) maximum under lavatories required to be accessible by Section 11B-213.3.4. 11B-306.2.3 Minimum Required Depth -Where toe clearance is required at an element as part of a clear floor space, the toe clearance shall extend 17 inches (432 mm) minimum under the element. Exceptions: 1. The toe clearance shall extend 19 inches (483 mm) minimum under sinks required to be accessible by Section 11B-212.3. 2. The toe clearance shall extend 19 inches (483 mm) minimum under built-in dining and work surfaces required to be accessible. 11B-306.2.4 Additional Clearance -Space extending greater than 6 inches (152 mm) beyond the available knee clearance at 9 inches (229 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall not be considered toe clearance. 11B-306.2.5 Width -Toe clearance shall be 30 inches (762 mm) wide minimum. 11B-306.3 Knee Clearance 11B-306.3.1 General -Space under an element between 9 inches (229 mm) and 27 inches (686 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall be considered knee clearance and shall comply with Section 11B-306.3. Exception:At lavatories required to be accessible by Section 11B-213.3.4, space between 9 inches (229 mm) and 29 inches (737 mm) above the finish floor or ground, shall be considered knee clearance. 11B-306.3.2 Maximum Depth -Knee clearance shall extend 25 inches (635 mm) maximum under an element at 9 inches (229 mm) above the finish floor or ground. 11B-306.3.3 Minimum Required Depth -Where knee clearance is required under an element as part of a clear floor space, the knee clearance shall be 11 inches (279 mm) deep minimum at 9 inches (229 mm) above the finish floor or ground, and 8 inches (203 mm) deep minimum at 27 inches (686 mm) above the finish floor or ground. Exceptions: 1. At lavatories required to be accessible by Section 11B-213.3.4, the knee clearance shall be 27 inches (686 mm) high minimum above the finish floor or ground at a depth of 8 inches (203 mm) minimum increasing to 29 inches (737 mm) high minimum above the finish floor or ground at the front edge of a counter with a built-in lavatory or at the front edge of a wall- mounted lavatory fixture. 2. At dining and work surfaces required to be accessible, knee clearance shall extend 19 inches (483 mm) deep minimum at 27 inches (686 mm) above the finish floor or ground. 11B-306.3.4 Clearance Reduction -Between 9 inches (229 mm) and 27 inches (686 mm) above the finish floor or ground, the knee clearance shall be permitted to reduce at a rate of 1 inch (25 mm) in depth for each 6 inches (152 mm) in height. Exception:The knee clearance shall not be reduced at built-in dining and work surfaces required to be accessible by Section 11B-226.1. 11B-306.3.5 Width -Knee clearance shall be 30 inches (762 mm) wide minimum. 11B-307 Protruding Objects 11B-307.1 General -Protruding objects shall comply with Section 11B-307. 11B-307.2 Protrusion Limits -Objects with leading edges more than 27 inches (686 mm) and not more than 80 inches (2032 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall protrude 4 inches (102 mm) maximum horizontally into the circulation path. Exception:Handrails shall be permitted to protrude 41/2 inches (114 mm) maximum. 11B-307.3 Post-Mounted Objects -Free-standing objects mounted on posts or pylons shall overhang circulation paths 12 inches (305 mm) maximum when located 27 inches (686 mm) minimum and 80 inches (2032 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. Where a sign or other obstruction is mounted between posts or pylons and the clear distance between the posts or pylons is greater than 12 inches (305 mm), the lowest edge of such sign or obstruction shall be 27 inches (686 mm) maximum or 80 inches (2032 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground. Exception:The sloping portions of handrails serving stairs and ramps shall not be required to comply with Section 11B-307.3. 11B-307.3.1 Edges and Corners -Where signs or other objects are mounted on posts or pylons, and their bottom edges are less than 80 inches (2032 mm) above the floor or ground surface, the edges of such signs and objects shall be rounded or eased and the corners shall have a minimum radius of 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). 11B-307.4 Vertical Clearance -Vertical clearance shall be 80 inches (2032 mm) high minimum. Guardrails or other barriers shall be provided where the vertical clearance is less than 80 inches (2032 mm) high. The leading edge of such guardrail or barrier shall be located 27 inches (686 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. Exception:Door closers and door stops shall be permitted to be 78 inches (1981 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground. 11B-307.4.1 Guy Braces -Where a guy support is used within either the width of a circulation path or 24 inches (610 mm) maximum outside of a circulation path, a vertical guy brace, sidewalk guy or similar device shall be used to prevent a hazard or an overhead obstruction. 11B-307.5 Required Clear Width -Protruding objects shall not reduce the clear width required for accessible routes. 11B-308 Reach Ranges 11B-308.1 General -Reach ranges shall comply with Section 11B-308. 11B-308.1.1 Electrical Switches -Controls and switches intended to be used by the occupant of a room or area to control lighting and receptacle outlets, appliances or cooling, heating and ventilating equipment, shall comply with Section 11B-308 except the low reach shall be measured to the bottom of the outlet box and the high reach shall be measured to the top of the outlet box. 11B-308.1.2 Electrical Receptacle Outlets -Electrical receptacle outlets on branch circuits of 30 amperes or less and communication system receptacles shall comply with Section 11B-308 except the low reach shall be measured to the bottom of the outlet box and the high reach shall be measured to the top of the outlet box. 11B-308.2 Forward Reach 11B-308.2.1 Unobstructed -Where a forward reach is unobstructed, the high forward reach shall be 48 inches (1219 mm) maximum and the low forward reach shall be 15 inches (381 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground. 11B-308.2.2 Obstructed High Reach -Where a high forward reach is over an obstruction, the clear floor space shall extend beneath the element for a distance not less than the required reach depth over the obstruction. The high forward reach shall be 48 inches (1219 mm) maximum where the reach depth is 20 inches (508 mm) maximum. Where the reach depth exceeds 20 inches (508 mm), the high forward reach shall be 44 inches (1118 mm) maximum and the reach depth shall be 25 inches (635 mm) maximum. 11B-308.3 Side Reach 11B-308.3.1 Unobstructed -Where a clear floor or ground space allows a parallel approach to an element and the side reach is unobstructed, the high side reach shall be 48 inches (1219 mm) maximum and the low side reach shall be 15 inches (381 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground. Exceptions: 1. An obstruction shall be permitted between the clear floor or ground space and the element where the depth of the obstruction is 10 inches (254 mm) maximum. 2. Operable parts of fuel dispensers shall be permitted to be 54 inches (1372 mm) maximum measured from the surface of the vehicular way where fuel dispensers are installed on existing curbs. 11B-308.3.2 Obstructed High Reach -Where a clear floor or ground space allows a parallel approach to an element and the high side reach is over an obstruction, the height of the obstruction shall be 34 inches (864 mm) maximum and the depth of the obstruction shall be 24 inches (610 mm) maximum. The high side reach shall be 48 inches (1219 mm) maximum for a reach depth of 10 inches (254 mm) maximum. Where the reach depth exceeds 10 inches (254 mm), the high side reach shall be 46 inches (1168 mm) maximum for a reach depth of 24 inches (610 mm) maximum. Exceptions: 1. The top of washing machines and clothes dryers shall be permitted to be 36 inches (914 mm) maximum above the finish floor. 2. Operable parts of fuel dispensers shall be permitted to be 54 inches (1372 mm) maximum measured from the surface of the vehicular way where fuel dispensers are installed on existing curbs. 11B-308.4 Suggested Reach Ranges for Children -Where building elements such as coat hooks, lockers or operable parts are designed for use primarily by children, the suggested dimensions of Table 11B-308.4 shall be permitted. These dimensions apply to either forward or side reaches. 11B-309 Operable Parts 11B-309.1 General -Operable parts shall comply with Section 11B-309. 11B-309.2 Clear Floor Space -A clear floor or ground space complying with Section 11B-305 shall be provided. 11B-309.3 Height -Operable parts shall be placed within one or more of the reach ranges specified in Section 11B-308. 11B-309.4 Operation -Operable parts shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate operable parts shall be 5 pounds (22.2 N) maximum. Exception:Gas pump nozzles and electric vehicle connectors shall not be required to provide operable parts that have an activating force of 5 pounds (22.2 N) maximum. Division 3: Building Blocks 11B-403 Walking Surfaces 11B-403.1 General -Walking surfaces that are a part of an accessible route shall comply with Section 11B-403. 11B-403.2 Floor or Ground Surface -Floor or ground surfaces shall comply with Section 11B-302. 11B-403.3 Slope -The running slope of walking surfaces shall not be steeper than 1:20. The cross slope of walking surfaces shall not be steeper than 1:48. Exception:The running slope of sidewalks shall not exceed the general grade established for the adjacent street or highway. 11B-403.4 Changes in Level -Changes in level shall comply with Section 11B-303. 11B-403.5 Clearances -Walking surfaces shall provide clearances complying with Section 11B-403.5. Exception: Within employee work areas, clearances on common use circulation paths shall be permitted to be decreased by work area equipment provided that the decrease is essential to the function of the work being performed. 11B-403.5.1 Clear Width -Except as provided in Sections 11B-403.5.2 and 11B-403.5.3, the clear width of walking surfaces shall be 36 inches (914 mm) minimum. Exceptions: 1. The clear width shall be permitted to be reduced to 32 inches (813 mm) minimum for a length of 24 inches (610 mm) maximum provided that reduced width segments are separated by segments that are 48 inches (1219 mm) long minimum and 36 inches (914 mm) wide minimum. 2. The clear width for walking surfaces in corridors serving an occupant load of 10 or more shall be 44 inches (1118 mm) minimum. 3. The clear width for sidewalks and walks shall be 48 inches (1219 mm) minimum. When, because of right-of-way restrictions, natural barriers or other existing conditions, the enforcing agency determines that compliance with the 48-inch (1219 mm) clear sidewalk width would create an unreasonable hardship, the clear width may be reduced to 36 inches (914 mm). 4. The clear width for aisles shall be 36 inches (914 mm) minimum if serving elements on only one side, and 44 inches (1118 mm) minimum if serving elements on both sides. 5. The clear width for accessible routes to accessible toilet compartments shall be 44 inches (1118 mm) except for door-opening widths and door swings. 11B-403.5.2 Clear Width at Turn -Where the accessible route makes a 180 degree turn around an element which is less than 48 inches (1219 mm) wide, clear width shall be 42 inches (1067 mm) minimum approaching the turn, 48 inches (1219 mm) minimum at the turn and 42 inches (1067 mm) minimum leaving the turn. Exception:Where the clear width at the turn is 60 inches (1524 mm) minimum compliance with Section 11B-403.5.2 shall not be required. 11B-403.5.3 Passing Spaces -An accessible route with a clear width less than 60 inches (1524 mm) shall provide passing spaces at intervals of 200 feet (60,960 mm) maximum. Passing spaces shall be either: a space 60 inches (1524 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1524 mm) minimum; or, an intersection of two walking surfaces providing a T-shaped space complying with Section 11B-304.3.2 where the base and arms of the T-shaped space extend 48 inches (1219 mm) minimum beyond the intersection. 11B-403.6 Handrails -Where handrails are provided along walking surfaces with running slopes not steeper than 1:20 they shall comply with Section 11B-505. 11B-403.7 Continuous Gradient -All walks with continuous gradients shall have resting areas, 60 inches (1524 mm) in length, at intervals of 400 feet (121,920 mm) maximum. The resting area shall be at least as wide as the walk. The slope of the resting area in all directions shall be 1:48 maximum. 11B-404 Doors, Doorways and Gates 11B-404.1 General -Doors, doorways and gates that are part of an accessible route shall comply with Section 11B-404. Exceptions: 1. Doors, doorways and gates designed to be operated only by security personnel shall not be required to comply with Sections 11B-404.2.7, 11B-404.2.8, 11B-404.2.9, 11B-404.3.2 and 11B-404.3.4 through 11B-404.3.7. A sign visible from the approach side complying with Section 11B-703.5 shall be posted stating "Entry restricted and controlled by security personnel". 2. At detention and correctional facilities, doors, doorways and gates designed to be operated only by security personnel shall not be required to comply with Sections 11B-404.2.7, 11B-404.2.8, 11B-404.2.9, 11B-404.3.2 and 11B-404.3.4 through 11B-404.3.7. 11B-404.2 Manual Doors, Doorways and Manual Gates -Manual doors and doorways and manual gates intended for user passage shall comply with Section 11B-404.2. 11B-404.2.1 Revolving Doors, Gates and Turnstiles -Revolving doors, revolving gates and turnstiles shall not be part of an accessible route. 11B-404.2.2 Double-Leaf Doors and Gates -At least one of the active leaves of doorways with two leaves shall comply with Sections 11B-404.2.3 and 11B-404.2.4. 11B-404.2.3 Clear Width -Door openings shall provide a clear width of 32 inches (813 mm) minimum. Clear openings of doorways with swinging doors shall be measured between the face of the door and the stop, with the door open 90 degrees. Openings more than 24 inches (610 mm) deep shall provide a clear opening of 36 inches (914 mm) minimum. There shall be no projections into the required clear opening width lower than 34 inches (864 mm) above the finish floor or ground. Projections into the clear opening width between 34 inches (864 mm) and 80 inches (2032 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall not exceed 4 inches (102 mm). Exceptions: 1. In alterations, a projection of 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) maximum into the required clear width shall be permitted for the latch side stop. 2. Door closers and door stops shall be permitted to be 78 inches (1981 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground. 11B-404.2.4 Maneuvering Clearances -Minimum maneuvering clearances at doors and gates shall comply with Section 11B-404.2.4. Maneuvering clearances shall extend the full width of the doorway and the required latch side or hinge side clearance. 11B-404.2.4.1 Swinging Doors and Gates -Swinging doors and gates shall have maneuvering clearances complying with Table 11B-404.2.4.1. 11B-404.2.4.2 Doorways Without Doors or Gates, Sliding Doors and Folding Doors -Doorways less than 36 inches (914 mm) wide without doors or gates, sliding doors or folding doors shall have maneuvering clearances complying with Table 11B-404.2.4.2. 11B-404.2.4.3 Recessed Doors and Gates -Maneuvering clearances for forward approach shall be provided when any obstruction within 18 inches (457 mm) of the latch side at an interior doorway, or within 24 inches (610 mm) of the latch side of an exterior doorway, projects more than 8 inches (203 mm) beyond the face of the door, measured perpendicular to the face of the door or gate. 11B-404.2.4.4 Floor or Ground Surface -Floor or ground surface within required maneuvering clearances shall comply with Section 11B-302. Changes in level, slopes exceeding 1:48, and detectable warnings shall not be permitted. Exceptions: 1. Reserved. 2. Changes in level at thresholds complying with Section 11B-404.2.5 shall be permitted. 11B-404.2.5 Thresholds -Thresholds, if provided at doorways, shall be 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) high maximum. Raised thresholds and changes in level at doorways shall comply with Sections 11B-302 and 11B-303. 11B-404.2.6 Doors in Series and Gates in Series -The distance between two hinged or pivoted doors in series and gates in series shall be 48 inches (1219 mm) minimum plus the width of doors or gates swinging into the space. 11B-404.2.7 Door and Gate Hardware -Handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operable parts on doors and gates shall comply with Section 11B-309.4. Operable parts of such hardware shall be 34 inches (864 mm) minimum and 44 inches (1118 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. Where sliding doors are in the fully open position, operating hardware shall be exposed and usable from both sides. Exceptions: 1. Existing locks shall be permitted in any location at existing glazed doors without stiles, existing overhead rolling doors or grilles and similar existing doors or grilles that are designed with locks that are activated only at the top or bottom rail. 2. Access gates in barrier walls and fences protecting pools, spas and hot tubs shall be permitted to have operable parts of the release of latch on self-latching devices at 54 inches (1372 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground provided the self-latching devices are not also self-locking devices and operated by means of a key, electronic opener or integral combination lock. 11B-404.2.8 Closing Speed -Door and gate closing speed shall comply with Section 11B-404.2.8. 11B-404.2.8.1 Door Closers and Gate Closers -Door closers and gate closers shall be adjusted so that from an open position of 90 degrees, the time required to move the door to a position of 12 degrees from the latch is 5 seconds minimum. 11B-404.2.8.2 Spring Hinges -Door and gate spring hinges shall be adjusted so that from the open position of 70 degrees, the door or gate shall move to the closed position in 1.5 seconds minimum. 11B-404.2.9 Door and Gate Opening Force -The force for pushing or pulling open a door or gate shall be as follows: 1. Interior hinged doors and gates: 5 pounds (22.2 N) maximum. 2. Sliding or folding doors: 5 pounds (22.2 N) maximum. 3. Required fire doors: the minimum opening force allowable by the appropriate administrative authority, not to exceed 15 pounds (66.7 N). 4. Exterior hinged doors: 5 pounds (22.2 N) maximum. These forces do not apply to the force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices that hold the door or gate in a closed position. Exception:When, at a single location, one of every eight exterior door leafs, or fraction of eight, is a powered door, other exterior doors at the same location, serving the same interior space, may have a maximum opening force of 8.5 pounds (37.8 N). The powered leaf(s) shall be located closest to the accessible route. 1. Powered doors shall comply with Section 11B-404.3. Powered doors shall be fully automatic doors complying with Builders Hardware Manufacturers' Association (BHMA) A156.10 or low energy operated doors complying with BHMA A156.19. 2. Powered doors serving a building or facility with an occupancy of 150 or more shall be provided with a back-up battery or back-up generator. The back-up power source shall be able to cycle the door a minimum of 100 cycles. 3. Powered doors shall be controlled on both the interior and exterior sides of the doors by sensing devices, push plates, vertical actuation bars or other similar operating devices complying with Section 11B-309. 4. At each location where push plates are provided there shall be two push plates; the centerline of one push plate shall be 7 inches (178 mm) minimum and 8 inches (203 mm) maximum above the floor or ground surface and the centerline of the second push plate shall be 30 inches (762 mm) minimum and 44 inches (1118 mm) maximum above the floor or ground surface. Each push plate shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102 mm) diameter or a minimum of 4 inches by 4 inches (102 mm by 102 mm) square and shall display the International Symbol of Accessibility complying with Section 11B-703.7. 5. At each location where vertical actuation bars are provided the operable portion shall be located so the bottom is 5 inches (127 mm) maximum above the floor or ground surface and the top is 35 inches (889 mm) minimum above the floor or ground surface. The operable portion of each vertical actuation bar shall be a minimum of 2 inches (51 mm) wide and shall display the International Symbol of Accessibility complying with Section 11B-703.7. 6. Where push plates, vertical actuation bars or other similar operating devices are provided, they shall be placed in a conspicuous location. A level and clear floor or ground space for forward or parallel approach complying with Section 11B-305 shall be provided, centered on the operating device. Doors shall not swing into the required clear floor or ground space. 7. Signs identifying the accessible entrance required by Section 11B-216.6 shall be placed on, or immediately adjacent to, each powered door. Signs shall be provided in compliance with BHMA A156.10 or BHMA A156.19, as applicable. 8. In addition to the requirements of Item d, where a powered door is provided in buildings or facilities containing assembly occupancies of 300 or more, a sign displaying the International Symbol of Accessibility measuring 6 inches by 6 inches (152 mm by 152 mm), complying with Section 11B-703.7, shall be provided above the door on both the interior and exterior sides of each powered door. 11B-404.2.10 Door and Gate Surfaces -Swinging door and gate surfaces within 10 inches (254 mm) of the finish floor or ground measured vertically shall have a smooth surface on the push side extending the full width of the door or gate. Parts creating horizontal or vertical joints in these surfaces shall be within 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of the same plane as the other and be free of sharp or abrasive edges. Cavities created by added kick plates shall be capped. Exceptions: 1. Sliding doors shall not be required to comply with Section 11B-404.2.10. 2. Tempered glass doors without stiles and having a bottom rail or shoe with the top leading edge tapered at 60 degrees minimum from the horizontal shall not be required to meet the 10 inch (254 mm) bottom smooth surface height requirement. 3. Doors and gates that do not extend to within 10 inches (254 mm) of the finish floor or ground shall not be required to comply with Section 11B-404.2.10. 11B-404.2.11 Vision Lights -Doors, gates and side lights adjacent to doors or gates, containing one or more glazing panels that permit viewing through the panels shall have the bottom of at least one glazed panel located 43 inches (1092 mm) maximum above the finish floor. Exception:Glazing panels with the lowest part more than 66 inches (1676 mm) from the finish floor or ground shall not be required to comply with Section 11B-404.2.11. 11B-404.3 Automatic and Power-Assisted Doors and Gates -Automatic doors and automatic gates shall comply with Section 11B-404.3. Full-powered automatic doors shall comply with ANSI/BHMA A156.10. Low- energy and power-assisted doors shall comply with ANSI/BHMA A156.19. 11B-404.3.1 Clear Width -Doorways shall provide a clear opening of 32 inches (813 mm) minimum in power-on and power-off mode. The minimum clear width for automatic door systems in a doorway shall provide a clear, unobstructed opening of 32 inches (813 mm) with one leaf positioned at an angle of 90 degrees from its closed position. 11B-404.3.2 Maneuvering Clearance -Clearances at power-assisted doors and gates shall comply with Section 11B-404.2.4. Clearances at automatic doors and gates without standby power and serving an accessible means of egress shall comply with Section 11B-404.2.4. Exception:Where automatic doors and gates remain open in the power-off condition, compliance with Section 11B-404.2.4 shall not be required. 11B-404.3.3 Thresholds -Thresholds and changes in level at doorways shall comply with Section 11B-404.2.5. 11B-404.3.4 Doors in Series and Gates in Series -Doors in series and gates in series shall comply with Section 11B-404.2.6. 11B-404.3.5 Controls -Manually operated controls shall comply with Section 11B-309. The clear floor space adjacent to the control shall be located beyond the arc of the door swing. 11B-404.3.6 Break Out Opening -Where doors and gates without standby power are a part of a means of egress, the clear break out opening at swinging or sliding doors and gates shall be 32 inches (813 mm) minimum when operated in emergency mode. Exception:Where manual swinging doors and gates comply with Section 11B-404.2 and serve the same means of egress compliance with Section 11B-404.3.6 shall not be required. 11B-404.3.7 Revolving Doors, Revolving Gates and Turnstiles -Revolving doors, revolving gates and turnstiles shall not be part of an accessible route. 11B-405 Ramps 11B-405.1 General -Ramps on accessible routes shall comply with Section 11B-405. Exception: In assembly areas, aisle ramps adjacent to seating and not serving elements required to be on an accessible route shall not be required to comply with Section 11B-405. 11B-405.2 Slope -Ramp runs shall have a running slope not steeper than 1:12. 11B-405.3 Cross Slope -Cross slope of ramp runs shall not be steeper than 1:48. 11B-405.4 Floor or Ground Surfaces -Floor or ground surfaces of ramp runs shall comply with Section 11B-302. Changes in level other than the running slope and cross slope are not permitted on ramp runs. 11B-405.5 Clear Width -The clear width of a ramp run shall be 48 inches (1219 mm) minimum. Exceptions: 1. Within employee work areas, the required clear width of ramps that are a part of common use circulation paths shall be permitted to be decreased by work area equipment provided that the decrease is essential to the function of the work being performed. 2. Handrails may project into the required clear width of the ramp at each side 31/2 inches (89 mm) maximum at the handrail height. 3. The clear width of ramps in residential uses serving an occupant load of fifty or less shall be 36 inches (914 mm) minimum between handrails. 11B-405.6 Rise -The rise for any ramp run shall be 30 inches (762 mm) maximum. 11B-405.7 Landings -Ramps shall have landings at the top and the bottom of each ramp run. Landings shall comply with Section 11B-405.7. 11B-405.7.1 Slope -Landings shall comply with Section 11B-302. Changes in level, slopes exceeding 1:48, and detectable warnings shall not be permitted. 11B-405.7.2 Width -The landing clear width shall be at least as wide as the widest ramp run leading to the landing. 11B-405.7.2.1: Top landings shall be 60 inches (1524 mm) wide minimum. 11B-405.7.3 Length -The landing clear length shall be 60 inches (1524 mm) long minimum. 11B-405.7.3.1: Bottom landings shall extend 72 inches (1829 mm) minimum in the direction of ramp run. 11B-405.7.4 Change in Direction -Ramps that change direction between runs at landings shall have a clear landing 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum by 72 inches (1829 mm) minimum in the direction of downward travel from the upper ramp run. 11B-405.7.5 Doorways -Where doorways are located adjacent to a ramp landing, maneuvering clearances required by Sections 11B-404.2.4 and 11B-404.3.2 shall be permitted to overlap the required landing area. Doors, when fully open, shall not reduce the required ramp landing width by more than 3 inches (76 mm). Doors, in any position, shall not reduce the minimum dimension of the ramp landing to less than 42 inches (1067 mm). 11B-405.8 Handrails -Ramp runs shall have handrails complying with Section 11B-505. Exceptions: 1. Reserved. 2. Reserved. 3. Curb ramps do not require handrails. 4. At door landings, handrails are not required on ramp runs less than 6 inches (152 mm) in rise or 72 inches (1829 mm) in length. 11B-405.9 Edge Protection -Edge protection complying with Section 11B-405.9.2 shall be provided on each side of ramp runs and at each side of ramp landings. Exceptions: 1. Edge protection shall not be required on ramps that are not required to have handrails and have sides complying with Section 11B-406.2.2. 2. Edge protection shall not be required on the sides of ramp landings serving an adjoining ramp run or stairway. 3. Edge protection shall not be required on the sides of ramp landings having a vertical drop-off of 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) maximum within 10 inches (254 mm) horizontally of the minimum landing area specified in Section 11B-405.7. 11B-405.9.1 Reserved 11B-405.9.2 Curb or Barrier -A curb or barrier shall be provided that prevents the passage of a 4-inch (102 mm) diameter sphere, where any portion of the sphere is within 4 inches (102 mm) of the finish floor or ground surface. To prevent wheel entrapment, the curb or barrier shall provide a continuous and uninterrupted barrier along the length of the ramp. 11B-405.10 Wet Conditions -Landings subject to wet conditions shall be designed to prevent the accumulation of water. 11B-406 Curb Ramps, Blended Transitions and Islands 11B-406.1 General -Curb ramps, blended transitions and islands on accessible routes shall comply with Section 11B-406. Curb ramps may be perpendicular, parallel, or a combination of perpendicular and parallel. 11B-406.1.1 Perpendicular Curb Ramps -Perpendicular curb ramps shall comply with Section 11B-406.2. 11B-406.1.2 Parallel Curb Ramps -Parallel curb ramps shall comply with Section 11B-406.3. 11B-406.1.3 Blended Transitions -Blended transitions shall comply with Section 11B-406.4. 11B-406.1.4 Islands -Islands shall comply with Section 11B-406.6. 11B-406.2 Perpendicular Curb Ramps -Perpendicular curb ramps shall comply with Sections 11B-406.2 and 11B-406.5. 11B-406.2.1 Slope -Ramp runs shall have a running slope not steeper than 1:12. 11B-406.2.2 Sides of Curb Ramps -Where provided, curb ramp flares shall not be steeper than 1:10. 11B-406.3 Parallel Curb Ramps -Parallel curb ramps shall comply with Sections 11B-406.3 and 11B-406.5. A parallel curb ramp may be provided with one sloping segment or two opposing sloping segments. 11B-406.3.1 Slope -The running slope of the curb ramp segments shall be in-line with the direction of sidewalk travel. Ramp runs shall have a running slope not steeper than 1:12. 11B-406.3.2 Turning Space -A turning space 48 inches (1219 mm) minimum by 48 inches (1219 mm) minimum shall be provided at the bottom of the curb ramp. The slope of the turning space in all directions shall be 1:48 maximum. 11B-406.4 Blended Transitions -Blended transitions shall comply with Sections 11B-406.4 and 11B-406.5. 11B-406.4.1 Slope -Blended transitions shall have a running slope not steeper than 1:20. 11B-406.5 Common Requirements -Curb ramps and blended transitions shall comply with Section 11B-406.5. 11B-406.5.1 Location -Curb ramps and the flared sides of curb ramps shall be located so that they do not project into vehicular traffic lanes, parking spaces or parking access aisles. Curb ramps at marked crossings shall be wholly contained within the markings, excluding any flared sides. Exception:Diagonal curb ramps shall comply with Section 11B-406.5.9. 11B-406.5.2 Width -The clear width of curb ramp runs (excluding any flared sides), blended transitions, and turning spaces shall be 48 inches (1219 mm) minimum. 11B-406.5.3 Landings -Landings shall be provided at the tops of curb ramps and blended transitions. The landing clear length shall be 48 inches (1219 mm) minimum. The landing clear width shall be at least as wide as the curb ramp, excluding any flared sides, or the blended transition leading to the landing. The slope of the landing in all directions shall be 1:48 maximum. Exception:Parallel curb ramps shall not be required to comply with Section 11B-406.5.3. 11B-406.5.4 Floor or Ground Surfaces -Floor or ground surfaces of curb ramps and blended transitions shall comply with Section 11B-405.4. 11B-406.5.5 Wet Conditions -Curb ramps and blended transitions shall comply with Section 11B-405.10. 11B-406.5.6 Grade Breaks -Grade breaks at the top and bottom of curb ramp runs shall be perpendicular to the direction of the ramp run. Grade breaks shall not be permitted on the surface of ramp runs and turning spaces. Surface slopes that meet at grade breaks shall be flush. 11B-406.5.7 Cross Slope -The cross slope of curb ramps and blended transitions shall be 1:48 maximum. 11B-406.5.8 Counter Slope -Counter slopes of adjoining gutters and road surfaces immediately adjacent to and within 24 inches (610 mm) of the curb ramp shall not be steeper than 1:20. The adjacent surfaces at transitions at curb ramps to walks, gutters and streets shall be at the same level. 11B-406.5.9 Clear Space at Diagonal Curb Ramps -The bottom of diagonal curb ramps shall have a clear space 48 inches (1219 mm) minimum outside active traffic lanes of the roadway. Diagonal curb ramps provided at marked crossings shall provide the 48 inches (1219 mm) minimum clear space within the markings. 11B-406.5.10 Diagonal Curb Ramps -Diagonal or corner type curb ramps are perpendicular or parallel curb ramps that are oriented diagonally at an intersection. Diagonal or corner type curb ramps with returned curbs or other well-defined edges shall have the edges parallel to the direction of pedestrian flow. Diagonal curb ramps with flared sides shall have a segment of curb 24 inches (610 mm) long minimum located on each side of the curb ramp and within the marked crossing. 11B-406.5.11 Reserved 11B-406.5.12 Detectable Warnings -Curb ramps and blended transitions shall have detectable warnings complying with Section 11B-705. 11B-406.6 Islands -Raised islands in crossings shall be cut through level with the street or have curb ramps at both sides. The clear width of the accessible route at islands shall be 60 inches (1524 mm) wide minimum. Where curb ramps are provided, they shall comply with Section 11B-406. Landings complying with Section 11B-406.5.3 and the accessible route shall be permitted to overlap. Islands shall have detectable warnings complying with Section 11B-705. Division 4: Accessible Routes 11B-401 General 11B-401.1 Scope -The provisions of Division 4 shall apply where required by Division 2 or where referenced by a requirement in this chapter. 11B-402 Accessible Routes 11B-402.1 General -Accessible routes shall comply with 11B-402. 11B-402.2 Components -Accessible routes shall consist of one or more of the following components: walking surfaces with a running slope not steeper than 1:20, doorways, ramps, curb ramps excluding the flared sides, elevators and platform lifts. All components of an accessible route shall comply with the applicable requirements of Division 4. No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 5 : 4 2 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 T151 ACCESSIBILITY NOTES 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 11B-407 Elevators 11B-407.1 General -Elevators shall comply with Section 11B-407 and with ASME A17.1 They shall be passenger elevators as classified by ASME A17.1. Elevator operation shall be automatic. 11B-407.1.1 Combined Passenger and Freight Elevators -When the only elevators provided for use by the public and employees are combination passenger and freight elevators, they shall comply with Section 11B-407 and with ASME A17.1. 11B-407.2 Elevator Landing Requirements -Elevator landings shall comply with Section 11B-407.2. 11B-407.2.1 Call Controls -Where elevator call buttons or keypads are provided, they shall comply with Sections 11B-407.2.1 and 11B-309.4. 11B-407.2.1.1 Height -Call buttons and keypads shall be located within one of the reach ranges specified in Section 11B-308, measured to the centerline of the highest operable part. 11B-407.2.1.2 Size and Shape -Call buttons shall have square shoulders, be 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) minimum in the smallest dimension and shall be raised 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) plus or minus 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) above the surrounding surface. The buttons shall be activated by a mechanical motion that is detectable. 11B-407.2.1.3 Clear Floor or Ground Space -A clear floor or ground space complying with Section 11B-305 shall be provided at call controls. 11B-407.2.1.4 Location -The call button that designates the up direction shall be located above the call button that designates the down direction. 11B-407.2.1.5 Signals -Call buttons shall have visible signals that will activate when each call is registered and will extinguish when each call is answered. Call buttons shall be internally illuminated with a white light over the entire surface of the button. 11B-407.2.1.6 Keypads -Where keypads are provided, keypads shall be in a standard telephone keypad arrangement and shall comply with Section 11B-407.4.7.2. 11B-407.2.2 Hall Signals -Hall signals, including in-car signals, shall comply with Section 11B-407.2.2. 11B-407.2.2.1 Visible and Audible Signals -A visible and audible signal shall be provided at each hoistway entrance to indicate which car is answering a call and the car's direction of travel. Where in-car signals are provided, they shall be visible from the floor area adjacent to the hall call buttons. 11B-407.2.2.2 Visible Signals -Visible signal fixtures shall be centered at 72 inches (1829 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground. The visible signal elements shall be a minimum 21/2 inches (64 mm) high by 21/2 inches (64 mm) wide. Signals shall be visible from the floor area adjacent to the hall call button. 11B-407.2.2.3 Audible Signals -Audible signals shall sound once for the up direction and twice for the down direction, or shall have verbal annunciators that indicate the direction of elevator car travel. Audible signals shall have a frequency of 1500 Hz maximum. Verbal annunciators shall have a frequency of 300 Hz minimum and 3000 Hz maximum. The audible signal and verbal annunciator shall be 10 dB minimum above ambient, but shall not exceed 80 dB, measured at the hall call button. 11B-407.2.2.4 -Reserved 11B-407.2.3 Hoistway Signs -Signs at elevator hoistways shall comply with Section 11B-407.2.3. 11B-407.2.3.1 Floor Designation -Floor designations complying with Sections 11B-703.2 and 11B-703.4.1 shall be provided on both jambs of elevator hoistway entrances. Floor designations shall be provided in both raised characters and Braille. Raised characters shall be 2 inches (51 mm) high. A raised star, placed to the left of the floor designation, shall be provided on both jambs at the main entry level. The outside diameter of the star shall be 2 inches (51 mm) and all points shall be of equal length. Raised characters, including the star, shall be white on a black background. Braille complying with Section 11B-703.3 shall be placed below the corresponding raised characters and the star. The Braille translation for the star shall be "MAIN". Applied plates are acceptable if they are permanently fixed to the jamb. 11B-407.2.3.2 -Reserved 11B-407.3 Elevator Door Requirements -Hoistway and car doors shall comply with Section 11B-407.3. 11B-407.3.1 Type -Elevator doors shall be the horizontal sliding type. Car gates shall be prohibited. 11B-407.3.2 Operation -Elevator hoistway and car doors shall open and close automatically. Exception:Existing manually operated hoistway swing doors shall be permitted provided that they comply with Sections 11B-404.2.3 and 11B-404.2.9. Car door closing shall not be initiated until the hoistway door is closed. 11B-407.3.3 Reopening Device -Elevator doors shall be provided with a reopening device complying with Section 11B-407.3.3 that shall stop and reopen a car door and hoistway door automatically if the door becomes obstructed by an object or person. Exception:Existing elevators with manually operated doors shall not be required to comply with Section 11B-407.3.3. 11B-407.3.3.1 Height -The device shall be activated by sensing an obstruction passing through the opening at 5 inches (127 mm) nominal and 29 inches (737 mm) nominal above the finish floor. 11B-407.3.3.2 Contact -The device shall not require physical contact to be activated, although contact is permitted to occur before the door reverses. 11B-407.3.3.3 Duration -Door reopening devices shall remain effective for 20 seconds minimum. 11B-407.3.4 Door and Signal Timing -The minimum acceptable time from notification that a car is answering a call until the doors of that car start to close shall be calculated from the following equation: T = D/(1.5 ft/s) or T = D/(457 mm/s) = 5 seconds minimum where T equals the total time in seconds and D equals the distance (in feet or millimeters) from the point in the lobby or corridor 60 inches (1524 mm) directly in front of the farthest call button controlling that car to the centerline of its hoistway door. Exceptions: 1. For cars with in-car lanterns, T shall be permitted to begin when the signal is visible from the point 60 inches (1524 mm) directly in front of the farthest hall call button and the audible signal is sounded. 2. Reserved. 11B-407.3.5 Door Delay -Elevator doors shall remain fully open in response to a car call for 5 seconds minimum. 11B-407.3.6 Width -The width of elevator doors shall comply with Table 11B-407.4.1. Exception:In existing elevators, a power-operated car door complying with Section 11B-404.2.3 shall be permitted. 11B-407.4 Elevator Car Requirements -Elevator cars shall comply with Section 11B-407.4. 11B-407.4.1 Car Dimensions -Inside dimensions of elevator cars and clear width of elevator doors shall comply with Table 11B-407.4.1. Exception:In existing buildings, where existing shaft configuration prohibits strict compliance with Section 11B-407.4.1, existing elevator car configurations that provide a clear floor area of 18 square feet (1.67 m2) minimum and also provide an inside clear depth 54 inches (1372 mm) minimum and a clear width 48 inches (1219 mm) minimum shall be permitted. 11B-407.4.2 Floor Surfaces -Floor surfaces in elevator cars shall comply with Sections 11B-302 and 11B-303. 11B-407.4.3 Platform to Hoistway Clearance -The clearance between the car platform sill and the edge of any hoistway landing shall be 11/4 inch (32 mm) maximum. 11B-407.4.4 Leveling -Each car shall be equipped with a self-leveling feature that will automatically bring and maintain the car at floor landings within a tolerance of 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) under rated loading to zero loading conditions. 11B-407.4.5 Illumination -The level of illumination at the car controls, platform, car threshold and car landing sill shall be 5 foot candles (54 lux) minimum. 11B-407.4.6 Elevator Car Controls -Where provided, elevator car controls shall comply with Sections 11B-407.4.6 and 11B-309.4. Exception:In existing elevators, where a new car operating panel complying with Section 11B-407.4.6 is provided, existing car operating panels may remain operational and shall not be required to comply with Section 11B-407.4.6. 11B-407.4.6.1 Location -Controls shall be located within one of the reach ranges specified in Section 11B-308. Exceptions: 1. Where the elevator panel serves more than 16 openings and a parallel approach is provided, buttons with floor designations shall be permitted to be 54 inches (1372 mm) maximum above the finish floor. 2. In existing elevators, car control buttons with floor designations shall be permitted to be located 54 inches (1372 mm) maximum above the finish floor where a parallel approach is provided. 11B-407.4.6.2 Buttons -Car control buttons with floor designations shall comply with Section 11B-407.4.6.2. 11B-407.4.6.2.1 Size and Shape -Buttons shall have square shoulders, be 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) minimum in their smallest dimension and be raised 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) plus or minus 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) above the surrounding surface. 11B-407.4.6.2.2 Arrangement -Buttons shall be arranged with numbers in ascending order. When two or more columns of buttons are provided they shall read from left to right. 11B-407.4.6.2.3 Illumination -Car control buttons shall be illuminated. 11B-407.4.6.2.4 Operation -Car control buttons shall be activated by a mechanical motion that is detectable. 11B-407.4.6.3 Keypads -Car control keypads shall be in a standard telephone keypad arrangement and shall comply with Section 11B-407.4.7.2. 11B-407.4.6.4 Emergency Controls -Emergency controls shall comply with Section 11B-407.4.6.4. 11B-407.4.6.4.1 Height -Emergency control buttons shall have their centerlines 35 inches (889 mm) minimum above the finish floor. 11B-407.4.6.4.2 Location -Emergency controls, including the emergency alarm, shall be grouped at the bottom of the panel. 11B-407.4.7 Designations and Indicators of Car Controls -Designations and indicators of car controls shall comply with Section 11B-407.4.7. Exception:In existing elevators, where a new car operating panel complying with Section 11B-407.4.7 is provided, existing car operating panels may remain operational and shall not be required to comply with Section 11B-407.4.7. 11B-407.4.7.1 Buttons -Car control buttons shall comply with Section 11B-407.4.7.1. 11B-407.4.7.1.1 Type -Control buttons shall be identified by raised characters or symbols, white on a black background, complying with Section 11B-703.2 and Braille complying with Section 11B-703.3. 11B-407.4.7.1.2 Location -Raised characters or symbols and Braille designations shall be placed immediately to the left of the control button to which the designations apply. 11B-407.4.7.1.3 Symbols -The control button for the emergency stop, alarm, door open, door close, main entry floor and phone, shall be identified with raised symbols and Braille as shown in Table 11B-407.4.7.1.3. 11B-407.4.7.1.4 Visible Indicators -Buttons with floor designations shall be provided with visible indicators to show that a call has been registered. The visible indication shall extinguish when the car arrives at the designated floor. 11B-407.4.7.1.5 Button Spacing -A minimum clear space of 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) or other suitable means of separation shall be provided between rows of control buttons. 11B-407.4.7.2 Keypads -Keypads shall be identified by characters complying with Section 11B-703.5 and shall be centered on the corresponding keypad button. The number five key shall have a single raised dot. The dot shall be 0.118 inch (3 mm) to 0.120 inch (3.05 mm) base diameter and in other aspects comply with Table 11B-703.3.1. 11B-407.4.8 Car Position Indicators -Audible and visible car position indicators shall be provided in elevator cars. 11B-407.4.8.1 Visible Indicators -Visible indicators shall comply with Section 11B-407.4.8.1. 11B-407.4.8.1.1 Size -Characters shall be 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) high minimum. 11B-407.4.8.1.2 Location -Indicators shall be located above the car control panel or above the door. 11B-407.4.8.1.3 Floor Arrival -As the car passes a floor and when a car stops at a floor served by the elevator, the corresponding character shall illuminate. 11B-407.4.8.1.4 Reserved 11B-407.4.8.2 Audible Indicators -Audible indicators shall comply with Section 11B-407.4.8.2. 11B-407.4.8.2.1 Signal Type -The signal shall be an automatic verbal annunciator which announces the floor at which the car is about to stop. Exception:For elevators that have a rated speed of 200 feet per minute (1 m/s) or less, a non- verbal audible signal with a frequency of 1500 Hz maximum which sounds as the car passes or is about to stop at a floor served by the elevator shall be permitted. 11B-407.4.8.2.2 Signal Level -The verbal annunciator shall be 10 dB minimum above ambient, but shall not exceed 80 dB, measured at the annunciator. 11B-407.4.8.2.3 Frequency -The verbal annunciator shall have a frequency of 300 Hz minimum to 3000 Hz maximum. 11B-407.4.9 Emergency Communication -Emergency two-way communication systems shall comply with Section 11B-308. Raised symbols or characters, white on a black background and Braille shall be provided adjacent to the device and shall comply with Sections 11B-703.2 and 11B-703.3. Emergency two-way communication systems between the elevator and a point outside the hoistway shall comply with ASME A17.1. 11B-407.4.10 Support Rail -Support rails shall be provided on at least one wall of the car. 11B-407.4.10.1 Location -Clearance between support rails and adjacent surfaces shall be 11/2 inches (38 mm) minimum. Top of support rails shall be 31 inches (787 mm) minimum to 33 inches (838 mm) maximum above the floor of the car. The ends of the support rail shall be 6 inches (152 mm) maximum from adjacent walls. 11B-407.4.10.2 Surfaces -Support rails shall be smooth and any surface adjacent to them shall be free of sharp or abrasive elements. 11B-407.4.10.3 Structural Strength -Allowable stresses shall not be exceeded for materials used when a vertical or horizontal force of 250 pounds (1112 N) is applied at any point on the support rail, fastener, mounting device or supporting structure. Division 4: Accessible Routes Continued 11B-502.3.4 Location -Access aisles shall not overlap the vehicular way. Access aisles shall be permitted to be placed on either side of the parking space except for van parking spaces which shall have access aisles located on the passenger side of the parking spaces. 11B-502.4 Floor or Ground Surfaces -Parking spaces and access aisles serving them shall comply with Section 11B-302. Access aisles shall be at the same level as the parking spaces they serve. Changes in level, slopes exceeding 1:48, and detectable warnings shall not be permitted. 11B-502.5 Vertical Clearance -Parking spaces, access aisles and vehicular routes serving them shall provide a vertical clearance of 98 inches (2489 mm) minimum. Exception:In existing multistory parking facilities, car parking spaces, access aisles and vehicular routes serving them shall provide a vertical clearance of 80 inches (2032 mm) minimum. Existing vertical clearance in excess of 80 inches (2032 mm) and less than 98 inches (2489 mm) shall be maintained. This exception shall not apply to van parking spaces, access aisles or vehicular routes serving them. 11B-502.6 Identification -Parking space identification signs shall include the International Symbol of Accessibility complying with Section 11B-703.7.2.1 in white on a blue background. Signs identifying van parking spaces shall contain additional language or an additional sign with the designation "van accessible". Signs shall be 60 inches (1524 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground surface measured to the bottom of the sign. Exception:Signs located within a circulation path shall be a minimum of 80 inches (2032 mm) above the finish floor or ground surface measured to the bottom of the sign. 11B-502.6.1 Finish and Size -Parking identification signs shall be reflectorized with a minimum area of 70 square inches (45,161 mm2). 11B-502.6.2 Minimum Fine -Additional language or an additional sign below the International Symbol of Accessibility shall state "Minimum Fine $250". 11B-502.6.3 Location -A parking space identification sign shall be visible from each parking space. Signs shall be permanently posted either immediately adjacent to the parking space or within the projected parking space width at the head end of the parking space. Signs may also be permanently posted on a wall at the interior end of the parking space. 11B-502.6.4 Marking -Each accessible car and van space shall have surface identification complying with either Section 11B-502.6.4.1 or 11B-502.6.4.2. 11B-502.6.4.1 -The parking space shall be marked with an International Symbol of Accessibility complying with Section 11B-703.7.2.1 in white on a blue background a minimum 36 inches wide by 36 inches high (914 mm by 914 mm). The centerline of the International Symbol of Accessibility shall be a maximum of 6 inches (152 mm) from the centerline of the parking space, its sides parallel to the length of the parking space and its lower corner at, or lower side aligned with, the end of the parking space length. 11B-502.6.4.2 -The parking space shall be outlined in blue or painted blue and shall be marked with an International Symbol of Accessibility complying with Section 11B-703.7.2.1 a minimum 36 inches wide by 36 inches high (914 mm by 914 mm) in white or a suitable contrasting color. The centerline of the International Symbol of Accessibility shall be a maximum of 6 inches (152 mm) from the centerline of the parking space, its sides parallel to the length of the parking space and its lower corner at, or lower side aligned with, the end of the parking space. 11B-502.7 Relationship to Accessible Routes -Parking spaces and access aisles shall be designed so that cars and vans, when parked, cannot obstruct the required clear width of adjacent accessible routes. 11B-502.7.1 Arrangement -Parking spaces and access aisles shall be designed so that persons using them are not required to travel behind parking spaces other than to pass behind the parking space in which they parked. 11B-502.7.2 Wheel Stops -A curb or wheel stop shall be provided if required to prevent encroachment of vehicles over the required clear width of adjacent accessible routes. 11B-502.8 Additional Signs -An additional sign shall be posted either; 1) in a conspicuous place at each entrance to an off-street parking facility or 2) immediately adjacent to on-site accessible parking and visible from each parking space. 11B-502.8.1 Size -The additional sign shall not be less than 17 inches (432 mm) wide by 22 inches (559 mm) high. 11B-502.8.2 Lettering -The additional sign shall clearly state in letters with a minimum height of 1 inch (25 mm) the following: "Unauthorized vehicles parked in designated accessible spaces not displaying distinguishing placards or special license plates issued for persons with disabilities will be towed away at the owner's expense. Towed vehicles may be reclaimed at: _________________________ or by telephoning _______________________." Blank spaces shall be filled in with appropriate information as a permanent part of the sign. 11B-503 Passenger Drop-Off and Loading Zones 11B-503.1 General -Passenger drop-off and loading zones shall comply with Section 11B-503. 11B-503.2 Vehicle Pull-Up Space -Passenger drop-off and loading zones shall provide a vehicular pull-up space 96 inches (2438 mm) wide minimum and 20 feet (6096 mm) long minimum. 11B-503.3 Access Aisle -Passenger drop-off and loading zones shall provide access aisles complying with Section 11B-503 adjacent and parallel to the vehicle pull-up space. Access aisles shall adjoin an accessible route and shall not overlap the vehicular way. 11B-503.3.1 Width -Access aisles serving vehicle pull-up spaces shall be 60 inches (1524 mm) wide minimum. 11B-503.3.2 Length -Access aisles shall extend the full length of the vehicle pull-up spaces they serve. 11B-503.3.3 Marking -Access aisles shall be marked with a painted borderline around their perimeter. The area within the borderlines shall be marked with hatched lines a maximum of 36 inches (914 mm) on center in a color contrasting with that of the aisle surface. 11B-503.4 Floor and Ground Surfaces -Vehicle pull-up spaces and access aisles serving them shall comply with Section 11B-302. Access aisles shall be at the same level as the vehicle pull-up space they serve. Changes in level, slopes exceeding 1:48, and detectable warnings shall not be permitted. 11B-503.5 Vertical Clearance -Vehicle pull-up spaces, access aisles serving them and a vehicular route from an entrance to the passenger drop-off and loading zone and from the passenger drop-off and loading zone to a vehicular exit shall provide a vertical clearance of 114 inches (2896 mm) minimum. 11B-504 Stairways 11B-504.1 General -Stairs shall comply with Section 11B-504. 11B-504.2 Treads and Risers -All steps on a flight of stairs shall have uniform riser heights and uniform tread depths. Risers shall be 4 inches (102 mm) high minimum and 7 inches (178 mm) high maximum. Treads shall be 11 inches (279 mm) deep minimum. Exception:Curved stairways with winder treads are permitted at stairs which are not part of a required means of egress. 11B-504.3 Open Risers -Open risers are not permitted. Exceptions: 1. On exterior stairways, an opening of not more than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) may be permitted between the base of the riser and the tread. 2. On exterior stairways, risers constructed of grating containing openings of not more than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) may be permitted. 11B-504.4 Tread Surface -Stair treads shall comply with Section 11B-302. Changes in level, slopes exceeding 1:48, and detectable warnings shall not be permitted. 11B-504.4.1 Contrasting Stripe -Interior stairs shall have the upper approach and lower tread marked by a stripe providing clear visual contrast. Exterior stairs shall have the upper approach and all treads marked by a stripe providing clear visual contrast. The stripe shall be a minimum of 2 inches (51 mm) wide to a maximum of 4 inches (102 mm) wide placed parallel to, and not more than 1 inch (25 mm) from, the nose of the step or upper approach. The stripe shall extend the full width of the step or upper approach and shall be of material that is at least as slip resistant as the other treads of the stair. A painted stripe shall be acceptable. Grooves shall not be used to satisfy this requirement. 11B-504.5 Nosings -The radius of curvature at the leading edge of the tread shall be 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) maximum. Nosings that project beyond risers shall have the underside of the leading edge curved or beveled. Risers shall be permitted to slope under the tread at an angle of 30 degrees maximum from vertical. The permitted projection of the nosing shall extend 11/4 inches (32 mm) maximum over the tread below. Exception:In existing buildings there is no requirement to retroactively alter existing nosing projections of 11/2 inches (38 mm) which were constructed in compliance with the building code in effect at the time of original construction. 11B-504.6 Handrails -Stairs shall have handrails complying with Section 11B-505. 11B-504.7 Wet Conditions -Stair treads and landings subject to wet conditions shall be designed to prevent the accumulation of water. 11B-504.8 Floor Identification -Floor identification signs required by Chapter 10, Section 1023.9 complying with Sections 11B-703.1, 11B-703.2, 11B-703.3 and 11B-703.5 shall be located at the landing of each floor level, placed adjacent to the door on the latch side, in all enclosed stairways in buildings two or more stories in height to identify the floor level. At the exit discharge level, the sign shall include a raised five pointed star located to the left of the identifying floor level. The outside diameter of the star shall be the same as the height of the raised characters. 11B-505 Handrails 11B-505.1 General -Handrails provided along walking surfaces complying with Section 11B-403, required at ramps complying with Section 11B-405, and required at stairs complying with Section 11B-504 shall comply with Section 11B-505. 11B-505.2 Where Required -Handrails shall be provided on both sides of stairs and ramps. Exceptions: 1. In assembly areas, handrails shall not be required on both sides of aisle ramps where a handrail is provided at either side or within the aisle width. 2. Curb ramps do not require handrails. 3. At door landings, handrails are not required when the ramp run is less than 6 inches (152 mm) in rise or 72 inches (1829 mm) in length. 11B-505.2.1 Orientation -The orientation of at least one handrail shall be in the direction of the stair run, perpendicular to the direction of the stair nosing, and shall not reduce the minimum required width of the stair. 11B-505.3 Continuity -Handrails shall be continuous within the full length of each stair flight or ramp run. Inside handrails on switchback or dogleg stairs and ramps shall be continuous between flights or runs. Exception:In assembly areas, ramp handrails adjacent to seating or within the aisle width shall not be required to be continuous in aisles serving seating. 11B-505.4 Height -Top of gripping surfaces of handrails shall be 34 inches (864 mm) minimum and 38 inches (965 mm) maximum vertically above walking surfaces, stair nosings and ramp surfaces. Handrails shall be at a consistent height above walking surfaces, stair nosings and ramp surfaces. 11B-505.5 Clearance -Clearance between handrail gripping surfaces and adjacent surfaces shall be 11/2 inches (38 mm) minimum. Handrails may be located in a recess if the recess is 3 inches (76 mm) maximum deep and 18 inches (457 mm) minimum clear above the top of the handrail. 11B-505.6 Gripping Surface -Handrail gripping surfaces shall be continuous along their length and shall not be obstructed along their tops or sides. The bottoms of handrail gripping surfaces shall not be obstructed for more than 20 percent of their length. Where provided, horizontal projections shall occur 11/2 inches (38 mm) minimum below the bottom of the handrail gripping surface. Exceptions: 1. Where handrails are provided along walking surfaces with slopes not steeper than 1:20, the bottoms of handrail gripping surfaces shall be permitted to be obstructed along their entire length where they are integral to crash rails or bumper guards. 2. The distance between horizontal projections and the bottom of the gripping surface shall be permitted to be reduced by 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) for each 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) of additional handrail perimeter dimension that exceeds 4 inches (102 mm). 11B-505.7 Cross Section -Handrail gripping surfaces shall have a cross section complying with Section 11B-505.7.1 or 11B-505.7.2. 11B-505.7.1 Circular Cross Section -Handrail gripping surfaces with a circular cross section shall have an outside diameter of 11/4 inches (32 mm) minimum and 2 inches (51 mm) maximum. 11B-505.7.2 Non-Circular Cross Sections -Handrail gripping surfaces with a non-circular cross section shall have a perimeter dimension of 4 inches (102 mm) minimum and 61/4 inches (159 mm) maximum, and a cross-section dimension of 21/4 inches (57 mm) maximum. 11B-505.8 Surfaces -Handrail gripping surfaces and any surfaces adjacent to them shall be free of sharp or abrasive elements and shall have rounded edges. 11B-505.9 Fittings -Handrails shall not rotate within their fittings. 11B-505.10 Handrail Extensions -Handrail gripping surfaces shall extend beyond and in the same direction of stair flights and ramp runs in accordance with Section 11B-505.10. Exceptions: 1. Extensions shall not be required for continuous handrails at the inside turn of switchback or dogleg stairs and ramps. 2. In assembly areas, extensions shall not be required for ramp handrails in aisles serving seating where the handrails are discontinuous to provide access to seating and to permit crossovers within aisles. 3. In alterations, where the extension of the handrail in the direction of stair flight or ramp run would create a hazard, the extension of the handrail may be turned 90 degrees from the direction of stair flight or ramp run. 11B-505.10.1 Top and Bottom Extension at Ramps -Ramp handrails shall extend horizontally above the landing for 12 inches (305 mm) minimum beyond the top and bottom of ramp runs. Extensions shall return to a wall, guard or the landing surface, or shall be continuous to the handrail of an adjacent ramp run. 11B-505.10.2 Top Extension at Stairs -At the top of a stair flight, handrails shall extend horizontally above the landing for 12 inches (305 mm) minimum beginning directly above the first riser nosing. Extensions shall return to a wall, guard or the landing surface, or shall be continuous to the handrail of an adjacent stair flight. 11B-505.10.3 Bottom Extension at Stairs -At the bottom of a stair flight, handrails shall extend at the slope of the stair flight for a horizontal distance equal to one tread depth beyond the last riser nosing. The horizontal extension of a handrail shall be 12 inches (305 mm) long minimum and a height equal to that of the sloping portion of the handrail as measured above the stair nosings. Extension shall return to a wall, guard or the landing surface, or shall be continuous to the handrail of an adjacent stair flight. 11B-603.2 Clearances -Clearances shall comply with Section 11B-603.2. 11B-603.2.1 Turning Space -Turning space complying with Section 11B-304 shall be provided within the room. 11B-603.2.2 Overlap -Required clear floor spaces, clearance at fixtures and turning space shall be permitted to overlap. 11B-603.2.3 Door Swing -Doors shall not swing into the clear floor space or clearance required for any fixture. Doors to accessible water closet compartments shall be permitted to encroach into the turning space without limitation. Other than doors to accessible water closet compartments, a door, in any position, shall be permitted to encroach into the turning space by 12 inches (305 mm) maximum. Exceptions: 1. Reserved. 2. Where the toilet room or bathing room is for individual use and a clear floor space complying with Section 11B-305.3 is provided within the room beyond the arc of the door swing, doors shall be permitted to swing into the clear floor space or clearance required for any fixture. 3. In residential dwelling units complying with Section 11B-233.3.1.1, doors shall be permitted to swing over the turning space without limitation. 11B-603.3 Mirrors -Mirrors located above lavatories or countertops shall be installed with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface 40 inches (1016 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. Mirrors not located above lavatories or countertops shall be installed with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface 35 inches (889 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. 11B-603.4 Coat Hooks, Shelves and Medicine Cabinets -Coat hooks shall be located within one of the reach ranges specified in Section 11B-308. Shelves shall be located 40 inches (1016 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1219 mm) maximum above the finish floor. Medicine cabinets shall be located with a usable shelf no higher than 44 inches (1118 mm) maximum above the finish floor. 11B-603.5 Accessories -Where towel or sanitary napkin dispensers, waste receptacles or other accessories are provided in toilet facilities, at least one of each type shall be located on an accessible route. All operable parts, including coin slots, shall be 40 inches (1016 mm) maximum above the finish floor. Exception:Baby diaper changing stations are not required to comply with Section 11B-603.5. 11B-603.6 Guest Room Toilet and Bathing Rooms -Toilet and bathing rooms within guest rooms that are not required to provide mobility features complying with Section 11B-806.2 shall provide all toilet and bathing fixtures in a location that allows a person using a wheelchair measuring 30 inches by 48 inches (762 mm by 1219 mm) to touch the wheelchair to any lavatory, urinal, water closet, tub, sauna, shower stall and any other similar sanitary installation, if provided. 11B-604 Water Closets and Toilet Compartments 11B-604.1 General -Water closets and toilet compartments shall comply with Sections 11B-604.2 through 11B-604.8. Exception:Water closets and toilet compartments for children's use shall be permitted to comply with Section 11B-604.9. 11B-604.2 Location -The water closet shall be positioned with a wall or partition to the rear and to one side. The center-line of the water closet shall be 17 inches (432 mm) minimum to 18 inches (457 mm) maximum from the side wall or partition, except that the water closet shall be 17 inches (432 mm) minimum and 19 inches (483 mm) maximum from the side wall or partition in the ambulatory accessible toilet compartment specified in Section 11B-604.8.2. Water closets shall be arranged for a left-hand or right-hand approach. 11B-604.3 Clearance -Clearances around water closets and in toilet compartments shall comply with Section 11B-604.3. 11B-604.3.1 Size -Clearance around a water closet shall be 60 inches (1524 mm) minimum measured perpendicular from the side wall and 56 inches (1422 mm) minimum measured perpendicular from the rear wall. A minimum 60 inches (1524 mm) wide and 48 inches (1219 mm) deep maneuvering space shall be provided in front of the water closet. Exception:In residential dwelling units complying with Section 11B-233.3.1.1, maneuvering space in front of the water closet shall be a minimum 60 inches (1524 mm) wide and 36 inches (914 mm) deep. 11B-604.3.2 Overlap -The required clearance around the water closet shall be permitted to overlap the water closet, associated grab bars, dispensers, sanitary napkin disposal units, coat hooks, shelves, accessible routes, clear floor space and clearances required at other fixtures and the turning space. No other fixtures or obstructions shall be located within the required water closet clearance. Exception:In residential dwelling units, a lavatory complying with Section 11B-606 shall be permitted on the rear wall 26 inches (660 mm) minimum from the water closet centerline to allow for the installation of a grab bar where the clearance at the water closet is 66 inches (1676 mm) minimum measured perpendicular from the rear wall. 11B-604.4 Seats -The seat height of a water closet above the finish floor shall be 17 inches (432 mm) minimum and 19 inches (483 mm) maximum measured to the top of the seat. Seats shall not be sprung to return to a lifted position. Seats shall be 2 inches (51 mm) high maximum. Exceptions: 1. Reserved. 2. In residential dwelling units, the height of water closets shall be permitted to be 15 inches (381 mm) minimum and 19 inches (483 mm) maximum above the finish floor measured to the top of the seat. 3. A 3-inch (76 mm) high seat shall be permitted only in alterations where the existing fixture is less than 15 inches (381 mm) high. 11B-604.5 Grab Bars -Grab bars for water closets shall comply with Section 11B-609. Grab bars shall be provided on the side wall closest to the water closet and on the rear wall. Where separate grab bars are required on adjacent walls at a common mounting height, an L-shaped grab bar meeting the dimensional requirements of Sections 11B-604.5.1 and 11B- 604.5.2 shall be permitted. Exceptions: 1. Reserved. 2. In residential dwelling units, grab bars shall not be required to be installed in toilet or bathrooms provided that reinforcement has been installed in walls and located so as to permit the installation of grab bars complying with Section 11B-604.5. 3. In detention or correction facilities, grab bars shall not be required to be installed in housing or holding cells that are specially designed without protrusions for purposes of suicide prevention. 11B-604.5.1 Side Wall -The side wall grab bar shall be 42 inches (1067 mm) long minimum, located 12 inches (305 mm) maximum from the rear wall and extending 54 inches (1372 mm) minimum from the rear wall with the front end positioned 24 inches (610 mm) minimum in front of the water closet. 11B-604.5.2 Rear Wall -The rear wall grab bar shall be 36 inches (914 mm) long minimum and extend from the centerline of the water closet 12 inches (305 mm) minimum on one side and 24 inches (610 mm) minimum on the other side. Exceptions: 1. The rear grab bar shall be permitted to be 24 inches (610 mm) long minimum, centered on the water closet, where wall space does not permit a length of 36 inches (914 mm) minimum due to the location of a recessed fixture adjacent to the water closet. 2. Where an administrative authority requires flush controls for flush valves to be located in a position that conflicts with the location of the rear grab bar, then the rear grab bar shall be permitted to be split or shifted to the open side of the toilet area. 11B-604.6 Flush Controls -Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic. Hand operated flush controls shall comply with Section 11B-309 except they shall be located 44 inches (1118 mm) maximum above the floor. Flush controls shall be located on the open side of the water closet except in ambulatory accessible compartments complying with Section 11B-604.8.2. 11B-604.7 Dispensers and Disposal Units -Toilet paper dispensers and sanitary napkin disposal units shall comply with Section 11B-604.7. Combination accessory units are not permitted to encroach into the space required by Section 11B-609.3. 11B-604.7.1 Dispensers -Toilet paper dispensers shall comply with Section 11B-309.4 and shall be 7 inches (178 mm) minimum and 9 inches (229 mm) maximum in front of the water closet measured to the centerline of the dispenser. The outlet of the dispenser shall be below the grab bar, 19 inches (483 mm) minimum above the finish floor and shall not be located behind grab bars. Dispensers shall not be of a type that controls delivery or that does not allow continuous paper flow. 11B-604.7.2 Disposal Units -Sanitary napkin disposal units, if provided, shall comply with Section 11B-309.4 and shall be wall mounted and located on the sidewall between the rear wall of the toilet and the toilet paper dispenser, adjacent to the toilet paper dispenser. The disposal unit shall be located below the grab bar with the opening of the disposal unit 19 inches minimum (483 mm) above the finish floor. 11B-604.8 Toilet Compartments -Wheelchair accessible toilet compartments shall meet the requirements of Sections 11B-604.8.1 and 11B-604.8.3. Compartments containing more than one plumbing fixture shall comply with Section 11B-603. Ambulatory accessible compartments shall comply with Sections 11B-604.8.2 and 11B-604.8.3. 11B-604.8.1 Wheelchair Accessible Compartments -Wheelchair accessible compartments shall comply with Section 11B-604.8.1. 11B-604.8.1.1 Size -Wheelchair accessible compartments shall be 60 inches (1524 mm) wide minimum measured perpendicular to the side wall, and 56 inches (1422 mm) deep minimum for wall hung water closets and 59 inches (1499 mm) deep minimum for floor mounted water closets measured perpendicular to the rear wall. Wheelchair accessible compartments shall additionally provide maneuvering space complying with Section 11B-604.8.1.1.1, 11B-604.8.1.1.2 or 11B-604.8.1.1.3, as applicable. Wheelchair accessible compartments for children's use shall be 60 inches (1524 mm) wide minimum measured perpendicular to the side wall, and 59 inches (1499 mm) deep minimum for wall hung and floor mounted water closets measured perpendicular to the rear wall. Division 5: General Site and Building Elements 11B-501 General 11B-501.1 Scope -The provisions of Division 5 shall apply where required by Division 2 or where referenced by a requirement in this chapter. 11B-502 Parking Spaces 11B-502.1 General -Car and van parking spaces shall comply with Section 11B-502. Where parking spaces are marked with lines, width measurements of parking spaces and access aisles shall be made from the centerline of the markings. Exception:Where parking spaces or access aisles are not adjacent to another parking space or access aisle, measurements shall be permitted to include the full width of the line defining the parking space or access aisle. 11B-502.2 Vehicle Spaces -Car and van parking spaces shall be 216 inches (5486 mm) long minimum. Car parking spaces shall be 108 inches (2743 mm) wide minimum and van parking spaces shall be 144 inches (3658 mm) wide minimum, shall be marked to define the width, and shall have an adjacent access aisle complying with Section 11B-502.3. Exception:Van parking spaces shall be permitted to be 108 inches (2743 mm) wide minimum where the access aisle is 96 inches (2438 mm) wide minimum. 11B-502.3 Access Aisle -Access aisles serving parking spaces shall comply with Section 11B-502.3. Access aisles shall adjoin an accessible route. Two parking spaces or one parking space and one electric vehicle charging space shall be permitted to share a common access aisle. 11B-502.3.1 Width -Access aisles serving car and van parking spaces shall be 60 inches (1524 mm) wide minimum. 11B-502.3.2 Length -Access aisles shall extend the full required length of the parking spaces they serve. 11B-502.3.3 Marking -Access aisles shall be marked with a blue painted borderline around their perimeter. The area within the blue borderlines shall be marked with hatched lines a maximum of 36 inches (914 mm) on center in a color contrasting with that of the aisle surface, preferably blue or white. The words "NO PARKING" shall be painted on the surface within each access aisle in white letters a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm) in height and located to be visible from the adjacent vehicular way. Access aisle markings may extend beyond the minimum required length. Division 6: Plumbing Elements and Facilities 11B-601 General 11B-601.1 Scope -The provisions of Division 6 shall apply where required by Division 2 or where referenced by a requirement in this chapter. 11B-602 Drinking Fountains and Bottle-Filling Stations 11B-602.1 General -Drinking fountains shall comply with Sections 11B-307 and 11B-602. 11B-602.2 Clear Floor Space -Units shall have a clear floor or ground space complying with Section 11B-305 positioned for a forward approach and centered on the unit. Knee and toe clearance complying with Section 11B-306 shall be provided. Exception:A parallel approach complying with Section 11B-305 shall be permitted at units for children's use where the spout is 30 inches (762 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground and is 31/2 inches (89 mm) maximum from the front edge of the unit, including bumpers. 11B-602.3 Operable Parts -Operable parts shall comply with Section 11B-309. The flow of water shall be activated by a manually operated system that is front mounted or side mounted and located within 6 inches (152 mm) of the front edge of the fountain or an automatic electronically controlled device. 11B-602.4 Spout Height -Spout outlets shall be 36 inches (914 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. 11B-602.5 Spout Location -The spout shall be located 15 inches (381 mm) minimum from the vertical support and 5 inches (127 mm) maximum from the front edge of the unit, including bumpers. 11B-602.6 Water Flow -The spout shall provide a flow of water 4 inches (102 mm) high minimum and shall be located 5 inches (127 mm) maximum from the front of the unit. The angle of the water stream shall be measured horizontally relative to the front face of the unit. Where spouts are located less than 3 inches (76 mm) of the front of the unit, the angle of the water stream shall be 30 degrees maximum. Where spouts are located between 3 inches (76 mm) and 5 inches (127 mm) maximum from the front of the unit, the angle of the water stream shall be 15 degrees maximum. 11B-602.7 Drinking Fountains for Standing Persons -Spout outlets of drinking fountains for standing persons shall be 38 inches (965 mm) minimum and 43 inches (1092 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. 11B-602.8 Depth -Wall- and post-mounted cantilevered drinking fountains shall be 18 inches (457 mm) minimum and 19 inches (483 mm) maximum in depth. 11B-602.9 Pedestrian Protection -All drinking fountains shall either be located completely within alcoves, positioned completely between wing walls, or otherwise positioned so as not to encroach into pedestrian ways. The protected area within which a drinking fountain is located shall be 32 inches (813 mm) wide minimum and 18 inches (457 mm) deep minimum, and shall comply with Section 11B-305.7. When used, wing walls or barriers shall project horizontally at least as far as the drinking fountain and to within 6 inches (152 mm) vertically from the floor or ground surface. 11B-602.10 Bottle-Filling Stations -Bottle-filling stations shall comply with Sections 11B-307 and 11B-309. Exception: Where bottle-filling stations are provided at a drinking fountain for standing persons, the bottle-filling station is not required to comply with this section provided a bottle-filling station is located at the drinking fountain complying with Sections 11B-602.2 through 11B-602.6. 11B-603 Toilet and Bathing Rooms 11B-603.1 General -Toilet and bathing rooms shall comply with Section 11B-603. No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 5 : 4 3 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 T152 ACCESSIBILITY NOTES 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 11B-604.8.1.1.1 Maneuvering Space With In-Swinging Door -In a wheelchair accessible compartment with an in-swinging door, a minimum 60 inches (1524 mm) wide by 36 inches (914 mm) deep maneuvering space shall be provided in front of the clearance required in Section 11B-604.8.1.1. See Figures 11B-604.8.1.1.2 (b) and 11B-604.8.1.1.3 (b). 11B-604.8.1.1.2 Maneuvering Space With Side-Opening Door -In a wheelchair accessible compartment with a door located in the side wall or partition, either in-swinging or out-swinging, a minimum 60 inches (1524 mm) wide and 60 inches (1524 mm) deep maneuvering space shall be provided in front of the water closet. See Figure 11B-604.8.1.1.2. 11B-604.8.1.1.3 Maneuvering Space With End-Opening Door -In a wheelchair accessible compartment with a door located in the front wall or partition (facing the water closet), either in- swinging or out-swinging, a minimum 60 inches (1524 mm) wide and 48 inches (1219 mm) deep maneuvering space shall be provided in front of the water closet. See Figure 11B-604.8.1.1.3. 11B-604.8.1.2 Doors -Toilet compartment doors, including door hardware, shall comply with Section 11B-404 except that if the approach is from the push side of the compartment door, clearance between the door side of the compartment and any obstruction shall be 48 inches (1219 mm) minimum measured perpendicular to the compartment door in its closed position. Doors shall be located in the front partition or in the side wall or partition farthest from the water closet. Where located in the front partition, the door opening shall be 4 inches (102 mm) maximum from the side wall or partition farthest from the water closet. Where located in the side wall or partition, the door opening shall be farthest from the water closet and shall be 54 inches (1372 mm) minimum from the rear wall. The door shall be self- closing and have a privacy latch. A door pull complying with Section 11B-404.2.7 shall be placed on both sides of the door near the latch. Doors shall not swing into the clear floor space or clearance required for any fixture. Doors may swing into that portion of maneuvering space which does not overlap the clearance required at a water closet. Exception:When located at the side of a toilet compartment, the toilet compartment door opening shall provide a clear width of 34 inches (864 mm) minimum. 11B-604.8.1.3 Approach -Compartments shall be arranged for left-hand or right-hand approach to the water closet. 11B-604.8.1.4 Toe Clearance -At least one side partition shall provide a toe clearance of 9 inches (229 mm) minimum above the finish floor and 6 inches (152 mm) deep minimum beyond the compartment-side face of the partition, exclusive of partition support members. Partition components at toe clearances shall be smooth without sharp edges or abrasive surfaces. Compartments for children's use shall provide a toe clearance of 12 inches (305 mm) minimum above the finish floor. Exception:Toe clearance at the side partition is not required in a compartment greater than 66 inches (1676 mm) wide. 11B-604.8.1.5 Grab Bars -Grab bars shall comply with Section 11B-609. A side-wall grab bar complying with Section 11B-604.5.1 shall be provided and shall be located on the wall closest to the water closet. In addition, a rear-wall grab bar complying with Section 11B-604.5.2 shall be provided. Where separate grab bars are required on adjacent walls at a common mounting height, an L-shaped grab bar meeting the dimensional requirements of Sections 11B-604.5.1 and 11B-604.5.2 shall be permitted. 11B-604.8.2 Ambulatory Accessible Compartments -Ambulatory accessible compartments shall comply with Section 11B-604.8.2. 11B-604.8.2.1 Size -Ambulatory accessible compartments shall have a depth of 60 inches (1524 mm) minimum and a width of 35 inches (889 mm) minimum and 37 inches (940 mm) maximum. 11B-604.8.2.2 Doors -Toilet compartment doors, including door hardware, shall comply with Section 11B-404, except that if the approach is to the latch side of the compartment door, clearance between the door side of the compartment and any obstruction shall be 44 inches (1118 mm) minimum. The door shall be self-closing and have a privacy latch. A door pull complying with Section 11B-404.2.7 shall be placed on both sides of the door near the latch. Toilet compartment doors shall not swing into the minimum required compartment area. 11B-604.8.2.3 Grab Bars -Grab bars shall comply with Section 11B-609. A side-wall grab bar complying with Section 11B-604.5.1 shall be provided on both sides of the compartment. 11B-604.8.3 Coat Hooks and Shelves -Coat hooks shall be located within one of the reach ranges specified in Section 11B-308. Shelves shall be located 40 inches (1016 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1219 mm) maximum above the finish floor. 11B-604.9 Water Closets and Toilet Compartments for Children's Use -Water closets and toilet compartments for children's use shall comply with Section 11B-604.9. When the exception in Section 11B-604.1 is used, the suggested dimensions of Table 11B-604.9 for a single age group shall be applied consistently to the installation of a water closet and all associated components. 11B-604.9.1 Location -The water closet shall be located with a wall or partition to the rear and to one side. The centerline of the water closet shall be 12 inches (305 mm) minimum and 18 inches (457 mm) maximum from the side wall or partition, except that the water closet shall be 17 inches (432 mm) minimum and 19 inches (483 mm) maximum from the side wall or partition in the ambulatory accessible toilet compartment specified in Section 11B-604.8.2. Compartments shall be arranged for left-hand or right-hand approach to the water closet. 11B-604.9.2 Clearance -Clearance around a water closet shall comply with Section 11B-604.3. 11B-604.9.3 Height -The height of water closets shall be 11 inches (279 mm) minimum and 17 inches (432 mm) maximum measured to the top of the seat. Seats shall not be sprung to return to a lifted position. 11B-604.9.4 Grab Bars -Grab bars for water closets shall comply with Section 11B-604.5. 11B-604.9.5 Flush Controls -Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic. Hand operated flush controls shall comply with Sections 11B-309.2 and 11B-309.4 and shall be installed 36 inches (914 mm) maximum above the finish floor. Flush controls shall be located on the open side of the water closet except in ambulatory accessible compartments complying with Section 11B-604.8.2. 11B-604.9.6 Dispensers -Toilet paper dispensers shall comply with Section 11B-309.4 and shall be 7 inches (178 mm) minimum and 9 inches (229 mm) maximum in front of the water closet measured to the centerline of the dispenser. The outlet of the dispenser shall be 14 inches (356 mm) minimum and 19 inches (483 mm) maximum above the finish floor. There shall be a clearance of 11/ 2 inches (38 mm) minimum below the grab bar. Dispensers shall not be of a type that controls delivery or that does not allow continuous paper flow. 11B-604.9.7 Toilet Compartments -Toilet compartments shall comply with Section 11B-604.8. 11B-605 Urinals 11B-605.1 General -Urinals not provided in urinal compartments shall comply with Sections 11B-605.1 through 11B-605.4. Urinals provided in urinal compartments shall comply with Sections 11B-605.1 through 11B-605.5. 11B-605.2 Height and Depth -Urinals shall be the stall-type or the wall-hung type with the rim 17 inches (432 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. Urinals shall be 131/ 2 inches (343 mm) deep minimum measured from the outer face of the urinal rim to the back of the fixture. 11B-605.3 Clear Floor Space -A clear floor or ground space complying with Section 11B-305 positioned for forward approach shall be provided. 11B-605.4 Flush Controls -Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic. Hand operated flush controls shall comply with Section 11B-309 except that the flush control shall be mounted at a maximum height of 44 inches (1118 mm) above the finish floor. Urinals provided in urinal compartments and with hand operated flush controls shall have the controls located on the open side of the urinal. 11B-605.5 Urinal Compartments -Wheelchair accessible urinal compartments shall comply with Section 11B-605.5. Compartments containing more than one plumbing fixture shall comply with Section 11B-603. 11B-605.5.1 Urinal Location -Urinals in compartments shall have the centerline of the urinal located 17 inches (432 mm) minimum to 18 inches (457 mm) maximum from the side wall or partition. Urinals shall be arranged for a left-hand or right-hand approach. 11B-605.5.2 Maneuvering Clearance -A minimum 66 inches (1676 mm) wide and 66 inches (1676 mm) deep maneuvering space shall be provided in front of the urinal. A turning space complying with Section 11B-304 shall be provided within the compartment. Exception:Where toe clearance complying with Section 11B-605.5.4 is provided, the required maneuvering space in front of the urinal fixture shall be permitted to be reduced to 60 inches (1524 mm) minimum wide and 60 inches (1524 mm) minimum deep. 11B-605.5.3 Doors -Urinal compartment doors, including door hardware, shall comply with Section 11B-404 except that if the approach is from the push side of the compartment door, clearance between the door side of the compartment and any obstruction shall be 48 inches (1219 mm) minimum measured perpendicular to the compartment door in its closed position. Doors shall be located in the front partition or in the side wall or partition farthest from the urinal. Where located in the front partition, the door opening shall be 4 inches (102 mm) maximum from the side wall or partition farthest from the urinal. Where located in the side wall or partition, the door opening shall be 4 inches maximum (102 mm) from the front partition. The urinal compartment door shall be out-swinging, self-closing and have a privacy latch. Door pulls complying with Section 11B-404.2.7 shall be placed on both sides of the door near the latch. Exception:When located at the side wall or partition of a urinal compartment, the compartment door opening shall provide a clear width of 34 inches (864 mm) minimum. 11B-605.5.4 Toe Clearance -The front partition and at least one side partition shall provide a toe clearance of 9 inches (229 mm) minimum above the finish floor and 6 inches (152 mm) deep minimum beyond the compartment side face of the partition, exclusive of partition support members. Partition components at toe clearances shall be smooth without sharp edges or abrasive surfaces. Compartments for children's use shall provide a toe clearance of 12 inches (305 mm) minimum above the finish floor. 11B-606 Lavatories and Sinks 11B-606.1 General -Lavatories and sinks shall comply with Section 11B-606. 11B-606.2 Clear Floor Space -A clear floor space complying with Section 11B-305, positioned for a forward approach, and knee and toe clearance complying with Section 11B-306 shall be provided. Exceptions: 1. A parallel approach complying with Section 11B-305 shall be permitted to a kitchen sink in a space where a cook top or conventional range is not provided and to wet bars. 2. Reserved. 3. In residential dwelling units, cabinetry shall be permitted under lavatories and kitchen sinks provided that all of the following conditions are met: a. the cabinetry can be removed without removal or replacement of the fixture; b. the finish floor extends under the cabinetry; and c. the walls behind and surrounding the cabinetry are finished. 4. A knee clearance of 24 inches (610 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground shall be permitted at lavatories and sinks used primarily by children 6 through 12 years where the rim or counter surface is 31 inches (787 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. 5. A parallel approach complying with Section 11B-305 shall be permitted to lavatories and sinks used primarily by children 5 years and younger. 6. The dip of the overflow shall not be considered in determining knee and toe clearances. 7. No more than one bowl of a multibowl sink shall be required to provide knee and toe clearance complying with Section 11B-306. 11B-606.3 Height -Lavatories and sinks shall be installed with the front of the higher of the rim or counter surface 34 inches (864 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. Exceptions: 1. Reserved. 2. In residential dwelling unit kitchens, sinks that are adjustable to variable heights, 29 inches (737 mm) minimum and 36 inches (914 mm) maximum, shall be permitted where rough-in plumbing permits connections of supply and drain pipes for sinks mounted at the height of 29 inches (737 mm). 11B-606.4 Faucets -Controls for faucets shall comply with Section 11B-309. Hand-operated metering faucets shall remain open for 10 seconds minimum. 11B-606.5 Exposed Pipes and Surfaces -Water supply and drain pipes under lavatories and sinks shall be insulated or otherwise configured to protect against contact. There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories and sinks. 11B-606.6 Adjacent Side Wall or Partition -Lavatories, when located adjacent to a side wall or partition, shall be a minimum of 18 inches (457 mm) to the centerline of the fixture. 11B-606.7 Sink Depth -Where a forward approach is required at a sink, knee and toe clearance shall be provided in compliance with Section 11B-306. 11B-607 Bathtubs 11B-607.1 General -Bathtubs shall comply with Section 11B-607. 11B-607.2 Clearance -Clearance in front of bathtubs shall extend the length of the bathtub and shall be 48 inches (1219 mm) wide minimum for forward approach and 30 inches (762 mm) wide minimum for parallel approach. A lavatory complying with Section 11B-606 shall be permitted at the control end of the clearance. Where a permanent seat is provided at the head end of the bathtub, the clearance shall extend 12 inches (305 mm) minimum beyond the wall at the head end of the bathtub. 11B-607.3 Seat -A permanent seat at the head end of the bathtub or a removable in-tub seat shall be provided. Seats shall comply with Section 11B-610. 11B-607.4 Grab Bars -Grab bars for bathtubs shall comply with Section 11B-609 and shall be provided in accordance with Section 11B-607.4.1 or 11B-607.4.2. Where separate grab bars are required on adjacent walls at a common mounting height, an L-shaped or U-shaped grab bar meeting the dimensional requirements of Section 11B-607.4.1 or 11B-607.4.2 shall be permitted. Exceptions: 1. Reserved. 2. In residential dwelling units, grab bars shall not be required to be installed in bathtubs located in bathing facilities provided that reinforcement has been installed in walls and located so as to permit the installation of grab bars complying with Section 11B-607.4. 11B-607.4.1 Bathtubs With Permanent Seats -For bathtubs with permanent seats, grab bars shall be provided in accordance with Section 11B-607.4.1. 11B-607.4.1.1 Back Wall -Two grab bars shall be installed on the back wall, one located in accordance with Section 11B-609.4 and the other located 8 inches (203 mm) minimum and 10 inches (254 mm) maximum above the rim of the bathtub. Each grab bar shall be installed 15 inches (381 mm) maximum from the head end wall and 12 inches (305 mm) maximum from the control end wall. 11B-607.4.1.2 Control End Wall -A grab bar 24 inches (610 mm) long minimum shall be installed on the control end wall at the front edge of the bathtub. 11B-607.4.2 Bathtubs Without Permanent Seats -For bathtubs without permanent seats, grab bars shall comply with Section 11B-607.4.2. 11B-607.4.2.1 Back Wall -Two grab bars shall be installed on the back wall, one located in accordance with Section 11B-609.4 and the other located 8 inches (203 mm) minimum and 10 inches (254 mm) maximum above the rim of the bathtub. Each grab bar shall be 24 inches (610 mm) long minimum and shall be installed 24 inches (610 mm) maximum from the head end wall and 12 inches (305 mm) maximum from the control end wall. 11B-607.4.2.2 Control End Wall -A grab bar 24 inches (610 mm) long minimum shall be installed on the control end wall at the front edge of the bathtub. 11B-607.4.2.3 Head End Wall -A grab bar 12 inches (305 mm) long minimum shall be installed on the head end wall at the front edge of the bathtub. 11B-607.5 Controls -Controls, other than drain stoppers, shall be located on an end wall. Controls shall be between the bathtub rim and grab bar, and between the open side of the bathtub and the centerline of the width of the bathtub. Controls shall comply with Section 11B-309.4. 11B-607.6 Shower Spray Unit and Water -A shower spray unit with a hose 59 inches (1499 mm) long minimum that can be used both as a fixed-position shower head and as a hand-held shower shall be provided. The shower spray unit shall have an on/off control with a non-positive shut-off. If an adjustable-height shower head on a vertical bar is used, the bar shall be installed so as not to obstruct the use of grab bars. Bathtub shower spray units shall deliver water that is 120°F (49°C) maximum. 11B-607.7 Bathtub Enclosures -Enclosures for bathtubs shall not obstruct controls, faucets, shower and spray units or obstruct transfer from wheelchairs onto bathtub seats or into bathtubs. Enclosures on bathtubs shall not have tracks installed on the rim of the open face of the bathtub. 11B-608 Shower Compartments 11B-608.1 General -Shower compartments shall comply with Section 11B-608. 11B-608.2 Size and Clearances for Shower Compartments -Shower compartments shall have sizes and clearances complying with Section 11B-608.2. 11B-608.2.1 Transfer Type Shower Compartments -Transfer type shower compartments shall be 36 inches (914 mm) by 36 inches (914 mm) clear inside dimensions measured at the center points of opposing sides and shall have a 36-inch (914 mm) wide minimum entry on the face of the shower compartment. Clearance of 36 inches (914 mm) wide minimum by 48 inches (1219 mm) long minimum measured from the control wall shall be provided. Transfer type shower compartments shall be permitted in transient lodging guest rooms, multibedroom housing units in undergraduate student housing and residential dwelling units; and shall not be permitted at other locations to meet the requirements of Section 11B-213.3.6. 11B-608.2.2 Standard Roll-in Type Shower Compartments -Standard roll-in type shower compartments shall be 30 inches (762 mm) wide minimum by 60 inches (1524 mm) deep minimum clear inside dimensions measured at center points of opposing sides with a full opening width on the long side. 11B-608.2.2.1 Clearance -A 36 inch (914 mm) wide minimum by 60 inch (1524 mm) long minimum clearance shall be provided adjacent to the open face of the shower compartment. 11B-608.2.3 Alternate Roll-in Type Shower Compartments -Alternate roll-in type shower compartments shall be 36 inches (914 mm) wide and 60 inches (1524 mm) deep minimum clear inside dimensions measured at center points of opposing sides. A 36 inch (914 mm) wide minimum entry shall be provided at one end of the long side of the compartment. Division 6: Plumbing Elements and Facilities Continued 11B-608.3 Grab Bars -Grab bars shall comply with Section 11B-609 and shall be provided in accordance with Section 11B-608.3. Where multiple grab bars are used, required horizontal grab bars shall be installed at the same height above the finish floor. Where separate grab bars are required on adjacent walls at a common mounting height, an L-shaped or U-shaped grab bar meeting the dimensional requirements of Section 11B-608.3.2 or 11B-608.3.3 shall be permitted. Exceptions: 1. Reserved. 2. In residential dwelling units, grab bars shall not be required to be installed in showers located in bathing facilities provided that reinforcement has been installed in walls and located so as to permit the installation of grab bars complying with Section 11B-608.3. 11B-608.3.1 Transfer Type Shower Compartments -In transfer type compartments, grab bars shall be provided across the control wall and back wall to a point 18 inches (457 mm) from the control wall. 11B-608.3.2 Standard Roll-in Type Shower Compartments -Grab bars shall be provided on the back wall and the side wall opposite the seat. Grab bars shall not be provided above the seat. Grab bars shall be installed 6 inches (152 mm) maximum from adjacent walls. 11B-608.3.3 Alternate Roll-in Type Shower Compartments -In alternate roll-in type shower compartments, grab bars shall be provided on the back wall and the side wall farthest from the compartment entry. Grab bars shall not be provided above the seat. Grab bars shall be installed 6 inches (152 mm) maximum from adjacent walls. 11B-608.4 Seats -A folding seat shall be provided in roll-in type showers and transfer type shower compartments. Seats shall comply with Section 11B-610. Exception:In residential dwelling units, seats shall not be required in shower compartments provided that reinforcement has been installed in walls so as to permit the installation of seats complying with Section 11B-608.4. 11B-608.5 Controls -Controls, faucets and shower spray units shall comply with Section 11B-309.4. Controls and faucets shall allow the user to close and open the water supply. 11B-608.5.1 Transfer Type Shower Compartments -In transfer type shower compartments, the controls, faucets and shower spray unit shall be installed on the side wall opposite the seat 38 inches (965 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1219 mm) maximum above the shower floor and shall be located on the control wall 15 inches (380 mm) maximum from the centerline of the seat toward the shower opening. 11B-608.5.2 Standard Roll-in Type Shower Compartments -In standard roll-in type shower compartments, the controls, faucets and the shower spray unit shall be located on the back wall of the compartment adjacent to the seat wall 16 inches (406 mm) minimum and 27 inches (686 mm) maximum from the seat wall; and shall be located above the grab bar, but no higher than 48 inches (1219 mm) above the shower floor. 11B-608.5.3 Alternate Roll-in Type Shower Compartments -In alternate roll-in type shower compartments, the controls, faucets and shower spray unit shall be located on the side wall of the compartment adjacent to the seat wall 16 inches (406 mm) minimum and 27 inches (686 mm) maximum from the seat wall or shall be located on the back wall opposite the seat 15 inches (381 mm) maximum, left or right of the centerline of the seat. The controls, faucets and shower spray units shall be located above the grab bar, but no higher than 48 inches (1219 mm) above the shower floor. 11B-608.6 Shower Spray Unit and Water -A shower spray unit with a hose 59 inches (1499 mm) long minimum that can be used both as a fixed-position shower head and as a hand-held shower shall be provided. The shower spray unit shall have an on/off control with a non-positive shut-off. If an adjustable-height shower head on a vertical bar is used, the bar shall be installed so as not to obstruct the use of grab bars. Shower spray units shall deliver water that is 120°F (49°C) maximum. Exception:Where subject to excessive vandalism, two fixed shower heads shall be permitted instead of a hand-held spray unit in facilities that are not medical care facilities, long-term care facilities, transient lodging guest rooms or residential dwelling units. Each shower head shall be installed so it can be operated independently of the other and shall have swivel angle adjustments, both vertically and horizontally. One shower head shall be located at a height of 48 inches (1219 mm) maximum above the shower finish floor. 11B-608.7 Thresholds -Thresholds in roll-in type shower compartments shall be 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) high maximum in accordance with Section 11B-303. In transfer type shower compartments, thresholds 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) high maximum shall be beveled, rounded or vertical. Exception:A threshold 2 inches (51 mm) high maximum shall be permitted in transfer type shower compartments in existing facilities where provision of a 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) high threshold would disturb the structural reinforcement of the floor slab. 11B-608.8 Shower Enclosures -Enclosures for shower compartments shall not obstruct controls, faucets and shower spray units or obstruct transfer from wheelchairs onto shower seats. 11B-608.9 Shower Floor or Ground Surface -Floor or ground surfaces of showers shall comply with Section 11B-302.1 and shall be sloped 1:48 maximum in any direction. Where drains are provided, grate openings shall be 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) maximum and flush with the floor surface. 11B-608.10 Soap Dish -Where a soap dish is provided, it shall be located on the control wall at 40 inches (1016 mm) maximum above the shower floor, and within the reach limits from the seat. 11B-609 Grab Bars 11B-609.1 General -Grab bars in toilet facilities and bathing facilities shall comply with Section 11B-609. 11B-609.2 Cross Section -Grab bars shall have a cross section complying with Section 11B-609.2.1 or 11B-609.2.2. 11B-609.2.1 Circular Cross Section -Grab bars with circular cross sections shall have an outside diameter of 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) minimum and 2 inches (51 mm) maximum. 11B-609.2.2 Non-Circular Cross Section -Grab bars with non-circular cross sections shall have a cross- section dimension of 2 inches (51 mm) maximum and a perimeter dimension of 4 inches (102 mm) minimum and 4.8 inches (122 mm) maximum. 11B-609.3 Spacing -The space between the wall and the grab bar shall be 1-1/2inches (38 mm). The space between the grab bar and projecting objects below and at the ends shall be 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) minimum. The space between the grab bar and projecting objects above shall be 12 inches (305 mm) minimum. Exceptions: 1. The space between the grab bars and shower controls, shower fittings, and other grab bars above shall be permitted to be 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) minimum. 2. For L-shaped or U-shaped grab bars complying with Section 11B-609.9 the space between the walls and the grab bar shall be 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) minimum for a distance of 6 inches on either side of the inside corner between two adjacent wall surfaces. 11B-609.4 Position of Grab Bars -Grab bars shall be installed in a horizontal position, 33 inches (838 mm) minimum and 36 inches (914 mm) maximum above the finish floor measured to the top of the gripping surface, except that at water closets for children's use complying with Section 11B-604.9, grab bars shall be installed in a horizontal position 18 inches (457 mm) minimum and 27 inches (686 mm) maximum above the finish floor measured to the top of the gripping surface. The height of the lower grab bar on the back wall of a bathtub shall comply with Section 11B-607.4.1.1 or 11B-607.4.2.1. 11B-609.5 Surface Hazards -Grab bars and any wall or other surfaces adjacent to grab bars shall be free of sharp or abrasive elements and shall have rounded edges. 11B-609.6 Fittings -Grab bars shall not rotate within their fittings. 11B-609.7 Installation -Grab bars shall be installed in any manner that provides a gripping surface at the specified locations and that does not obstruct the required clear floor space. 11B-609.8 Structural Strength -Allowable stresses shall not be exceeded for materials used when a vertical or horizontal force of 250 pounds (1112 N) is applied at any point on the grab bar, fastener, mounting device or supporting structure. 11B-609.9 Alternate Configuration -L-shaped or U-shaped grab bars shall be permitted. 11B-610 Seats 11B-610.1 General -Seats in bathtubs and shower compartments shall comply with Section 11B-610. 11B-610.2 Bathtub Seats -The top of bathtub seats shall be 17 inches (432 mm) minimum and 19 inches (483 mm) maximum above the bathroom finish floor. The depth of a removable in-tub seat shall be 15 inches (381 mm) minimum and 16 inches (406 mm) maximum. The seat shall be capable of secure placement. Permanent seats at the head end of the bathtub shall be 15 inches (381 mm) deep minimum and shall extend from the back wall to or beyond the outer edge of the bathtub. 11B-610.3 Shower Compartment Seats -A seat in a standard roll-in shower compartment shall be a folding type, shall be installed on the side wall adjacent to the controls, and shall extend from the back wall to a point within 3 inches (76 mm) of the compartment entry. A seat in an alternate roll-in type shower compartment shall be a folding type, shall be installed on the front wall opposite the back wall, and shall extend from the adjacent side wall to a point within 3 inches (76 mm) of the compartment entry. In transfer type showers, the seat shall extend from the back wall to a point within 3 inches (76 mm) of the compartment entry. The top of the seat shall be 17 inches (432 mm) minimum and 19 inches (483 mm) maximum above the bathroom finish floor. When folded, the seat shall extend 6 inches (152 mm) maximum from the mounting wall. Seats shall comply with Section 11B-610.3.1 or 11B-610.3.2. 11B-610.3.1 Rectangular Seats -The rear edge of a rectangular seat shall be 2-1/2 inches (64 mm) maximum and the front edge 15 inches (381 mm) minimum and 16 inches (406 mm) maximum from the seat wall. The side edge of the seat shall be 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) maximum from the adjacent wall. 11B-610.3.2 L-Shaped Seats -The rear edge of an L-shaped seat shall be 2-1/2 inches (64 mm) maximum and the front edge 15 inches (381 mm) minimum and 16 inches (406 mm) maximum from the seat wall. The rear edge of the "L" portion of the seat shall be 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) maximum from the wall and the front edge shall be 14 inches (356 mm) minimum and 15 inches (381 mm) maximum from the wall. The end of the "L" shall be 22 inches (559 mm) minimum and 23 inches (584 mm) maximum from the main seat wall. 11B-610.4 Structural Strength -Allowable stresses shall not be exceeded for materials used when a vertical or horizontal force of 250 pounds (1112 N) is applied at any point on the seat, fastener, mounting device or supporting structure. Division 7: Communication Elements and Features 11B-701 General 11B-701.1 Scope -The provisions of Division 7 shall apply where required by Division 2 or where referenced by a requirement in this chapter. 11B-702 Fire Alarm Systems 11B-702.1 General -Fire alarm systems shall have permanently installed audible and visible alarms complying with NFPA 72 and Chapter 9, Sections 907.5.2.1 and 907.5.2.3. 11B-703 Signs 11B-703.1 General -Signs shall comply with Section 11B-703. Where both visual and tactile characters are required, either one sign with both visual and tactile characters or two separate signs, one with visual, and one with tactile characters, shall be provided. 11B-703.1.1 Plan Review and Inspection -Signs as specified in Section 11B-703, or in other sections of this code, when included in the construction of new buildings or facilities, or when included, altered or replaced due to additions, alterations or renovations to existing buildings or facilities, and when a permit is required, shall comply with Sections 11B-703.1.1.1 and 11B-703.1.1.2. 11B-703.1.1.1 Plan Review -Plans, specifications or other information indicating compliance with these regulations shall be submitted to the enforcing agency for review and approval. 11B-703.1.1.2 Inspection -Signs and identification devices shall be field inspected after installation and approved by the enforcing agency prior to the issuance of a final certificate of occupancy per Chapter 1, Division II, Section 111, or final approval where no certificate of occupancy is issued. The inspection shall include, but not be limited to, verification that Braille dots and cells are properly spaced and the size, proportion and type of raised characters are in compliance with these regulations. 11B-703.2 Raised Characters -Raised characters shall comply with Section 11B-703.2 and shall be duplicated in Braille complying with Section 11B-703.3. Raised characters shall be installed in accordance with Section 11B-703.4. 11B-703.2.1 Depth -Raised characters shall be 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) minimum above their background. 11B-703.2.2 Case -Characters shall be uppercase. 11B-703.2.3 Style -Characters shall be sans serif. Characters shall not be italic, oblique, script, highly decorative or of other unusual forms. 11B-703.2.4 Character Proportions -Characters shall be selected from fonts where the width of the uppercase letter "O" is 60 percent minimum and 110 percent maximum of the height of the uppercase letter "I". 11B-703.2.5 Character Height -Character height measured vertically from the baseline of the character shall be 5/ 8 inch (15.9 mm) minimum and 2 inches (51 mm) maximum based on the height of the uppercase letter "I". 11B-703.2.6 Stroke Thickness -Stroke thickness of the uppercase letter "I" shall be 15 percent maximum of the height of the character. 11B-703.2.7 Character Spacing -Character spacing shall be measured between the two closest points of adjacent raised characters within a message, excluding word spaces. Where characters have rectangular cross sections, spacing between individual raised characters shall be 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) minimum and 4 times the raised character stroke width maximum. Where characters have other cross sections, spacing between individual raised characters shall be 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) minimum and 4 times the raised character stroke width maximum at the base of the cross sections, and 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) minimum and 4 times the raised character stroke width maximum at the top of the cross sections. Characters shall be separated from raised borders and decorative elements 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) minimum. 11B-703.2.8 Line Spacing -Spacing between the baselines of separate lines of raised characters within a message shall be 135 percent minimum and 170 percent maximum of the raised character height. 11B-703.2.9 Format -Text shall be in a horizontal format. 11B-703.3 Braille -Braille shall be contracted (Grade 2) and shall comply with Sections 11B-703.3 and 11B-703.4. 11B-703.3.1 Dimensions and Capitalization -Braille dots shall have a domed or rounded shape and shall comply with Table 11B-703.3.1. The indication of an uppercase letter or letters shall only be used before the first word of sentences, proper nouns and names, individual letters of the alphabet, initials and acronyms. 11B-703.3.2 Position -Braille shall be positioned below the corresponding text in a horizontal format, flush left or centered. If text is multilined, Braille shall be placed below the entire text. Braille shall be separated 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) minimum and 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) maximum from any other tactile characters and 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) minimum from raised borders and decorative elements. Exception: Braille provided on elevator car controls shall be separated 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) minimum and shall be located directly below the corresponding raised characters or symbols. 11B-703.4 Installation Height and Location -Signs with tactile characters shall comply with Section 11B-703.4. 11B-703.4.1 Height Above Finish Floor or Ground -Tactile characters on signs shall be located 48 inches (1219 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground surface, measured from the baseline of the lowest Braille cells and 60 inches (1524 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground surface, measured from the baseline of the highest line of raised characters. Exception:Tactile characters for elevator car controls shall not be required to comply with Section 11B-703.4.1. 11B-703.4.2 Location -Where a tactile sign is provided at a door, the sign shall be located alongside the door at the latch side. Where a tactile sign is provided at double doors with one active leaf, the sign shall be located on the inactive leaf. Where a tactile sign is provided at double doors with two active leafs, the sign shall be located to the right of the right hand door. Where there is no wall space at the latch side of a single door or at the right side of double doors, signs shall be located on the nearest adjacent wall. Signs containing tactile characters shall be located so that a clear floor space of 18 inches (457 mm) minimum by 18 inches (457 mm) minimum, centered on the tactile characters, is provided beyond the arc of any door swing between the closed position and 45 degree open position. Where provided, signs identifying permanent rooms and spaces shall be located at the entrance to, and outside of the room or space. Where provided, signs identifying exits shall be located at the exit door when approached in the direction of egress travel. Exception:In alterations where sign installation locations identified in Section 11B-703.4.2 are obstructed or otherwise unavailable for sign installation, signs with tactile characters shall be permitted on the push side of doors with closers and without hold-open devices. 11B-703.5 Visual Characters -Visual characters shall comply with Section 11B-703.5. Exception:Where visual characters comply with Section 11B-703.2 and are accompanied by Braille complying with Section 11B-703.3, they shall not be required to comply with Sections 11B-703.5.2 through 11B-703.5.6, 11B- 703.5.8 and 11B-703.5.9. 11B-703.5.1 Finish and Contrast -Characters and their background shall have a non-glare finish. Characters shall contrast with their background with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a light background. 11B-703.5.2 Case -Characters shall be uppercase or lowercase or a combination of both. 11B-703.5.3 Style Characters shall be conventional in form. Characters shall not be italic, oblique, script, highly decorative or of other unusual forms. 11B-703.5.4 Character Proportions -Characters shall be selected from fonts where the width of the uppercase letter "O" is 60 percent minimum and 110 percent maximum of the height of the uppercase letter "I". 11B-703.5.5 Character Height -Minimum character height shall comply with Table 11B-703.5.5. Viewing distance shall be measured as the horizontal distance between the character and an obstruction preventing further approach towards the sign. Character height shall be based on the uppercase letter "I". Exception:Where provided, floor plans providing emergency procedures information in accordance with Title 19 shall not be required to comply with Section 11B-703.5.5. 11B-703.5.6 Height From Finish Floor or Ground -Visual characters shall be 40 inches (1016 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground. Exceptions: 1. Visual characters indicating elevator car controls shall not be required to comply with Section 11B-703.5.6. 2. Floor-level exit signs complying with Chapter 10, Section 1013.7 shall not be required to comply with Section 11B-703.5.6. 3. Where provided, floor plans providing emergency procedures information in accordance with Title 19 shall not be required to comply with Section 11B-703.5.6. 11B-703.5.7 Stroke Thickness -Stroke thickness of the uppercase letter "I" shall be 10 percent minimum and 20 percent maximum of the height of the character. 11B-703.5.8 Character Spacing -Character spacing shall be measured between the two closest points of adjacent characters, excluding word spaces. Spacing between individual characters shall be 10 percent minimum and 35 percent maximum of character height. 11B-703.5.9 Line Spacing -Spacing between the baselines of separate lines of characters within a message shall be 135 percent minimum and 170 percent maximum of the character height. 11B-703.5.10 Format -Text shall be in a horizontal format. 11B-703.6 Pictograms -Pictograms shall comply with Section 11B-703.6. 11B-703.6.1 Pictogram Field -Pictograms shall have a field height of 6 inches (152 mm) minimum. Characters and Braille shall not be located in the pictogram field. 11B-703.6.2 Finish and Contrast -Pictograms and their field shall have a non-glare finish. Pictograms shall contrast with their field with either a light pictogram on a dark field or a dark pictogram on a light field. 11B-703.6.3 Text Descriptors -Pictograms shall have text descriptors located directly below the pictogram field. Text descriptors shall comply with Sections 11B-703.2, 11B-703.3 and 11B-703.4. 11B-703.7 Symbols of Accessibility -Symbols of accessibility shall comply with Section 11B-703.7. 11B-703.7.1 Finish and Contrast -Symbols of accessibility and their background shall have a non-glare finish. Symbols of accessibility shall contrast with their background with either a light symbol on a dark background or a dark symbol on a light background. 11B-703.7.2 Symbols 11B-703.7.2.1 International Symbol of Accessibility -The International Symbol of Accessibility shall comply with Figure 11B-703.7.2.1. The symbol shall consist of a white figure on a blue background. The color blue shall approximate FS 15090 in Federal Standard 595C. A border may be provided inside or outside of the minimum required International Symbol of Accessibility dimension. Exceptions: 1. The appropriate enforcement agency may approve other colors provided the symbol contrast is light on dark or dark on light. 2. On the accessibility function button on hall call consoles in a destination-oriented elevator system the International Symbol of Accessibility shall be a white symbol on a black background. 11B-703.7.2.2 International Symbol of TTY -The International Symbol of TTY shall comply with Figure 11B-703.7.2.2. 11B-703.7.2.3 Volume Control Telephones -Telephones with a volume control shall be identified by a pictogram of a telephone handset with radiating sound waves on a square field such as shown in Figure 11B-703.7.2.3. 11B-703.7.2.4 Assistive Listening Systems -Assistive listening systems shall be identified by the International Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss complying with Figure 11B-703.7.2.4. 11B-703.7.2.5 Reserved 11B-703.7.2.6 Toilet and Bathing Facilities Geometric Symbols -Geometric symbols at entrances to toilet and bathing rooms shall be mounted at 58 inches (1473 mm) minimum and 60 inches (1524 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground surface measured from the centerline of the symbol. Where a door is provided the symbol shall be mounted within 1 inch (25 mm) of the vertical centerline of the door. 11B-703.7.2.6.1 Men's Toilet and Bathing Facilities -A triangle symbol shall be located at entrances to men's toilet and bathing facilities. The triangle symbol shall be an equilateral triangle 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick with edges 12 inches (305 mm) long and a vertex pointing upward. The color of the triangle symbol shall contrast with the color of the door or surface on which the triangle symbol is mounted, either light on a dark background or dark on a light background. Exception:Within secure perimeter of detention and correctional facilities, geometric symbols shall not be required to be 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick. 11B-703.7.2.6.2 Women's Toilet and Bathing Facilities -A circle symbol shall be located at entrances to women's toilet and bathing facilities. The circle symbol shall be 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick and 12 inches (305 mm) in diameter. The color of the circle symbol shall contrast with the color of the door or surface on which the circle symbol is mounted, either light on a dark background or dark on a light background. Exception:Within secure perimeter of detention and correctional facilities, geometric symbols shall not be required to be 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick. 11B-703.7.2.6.3 Unisex Toilet and Bathing Facilities -A combined circle and triangle symbol shall be located at entrances to unisex toilet and bathing facilities. The combined circle and triangle symbol shall consist of a circle symbol 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick and 12 inches (305 mm) in diameter with a 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick equilateral triangle symbol superimposed on and geometrically inscribed within the 12-inch (305 mm) diameter of the circle symbol. The vertices of the triangle symbol shall be located 1/ 4 inch (6.4 mm) maximum from the edge of the circle symbol with a vertex pointing upward. The color of the triangle symbol shall contrast with the color of the circle symbol, either light on a dark background or dark on a light background. The color of the circle symbol shall contrast with the color of the door or surface on which the combined circle and triangle symbol is mounted, either light on a dark background or dark on a light background. Exception:Within secure perimeter of detention and correctional facilities, geometric symbols shall not be required to be 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick. 11B-703.7.2.6.4 Edges and Vertices on Geometric Symbols -Edges shall be eased or rounded at 1/16 inch (1.59 mm) minimum, or chamfered at 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) maximum. Vertices shall be radiused between 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) minimum and 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) maximum. 11B-703.7.2.7 Pedestrian Traffic-Control Buttons -Pole-supported pedestrian traffic-control buttons shall be identified with color coding consisting of a textured horizontal yellow band 2 inches (51 mm) in width encircling the pole, and a 1-inch-wide (25 mm) dark border band above and below this yellow band. Color coding shall be placed immediately above the control button. Control buttons shall be located no higher than 48 inches (1219 mm) above the ground surface adjacent to the pole. 11B-703.8 Variable Message Signs 11B-703.8.1 General -High resolution variable message sign (VMS) characters shall comply with Sections 11B-703.5 and 11B-703.8.12 through 11B-703.8.14. Low resolution variable message sign (VMS) characters shall comply with Section 11B-703.8. 11B-703.8.2 Case -Low resolution VMS characters shall be uppercase. 11B-703.8.3 Style -Low resolution VMS characters shall be conventional in form, shall be sans serif, and shall not be italic, oblique, script, highly decorative or of other unusual forms. 11B-703.8.4 Character Height -The uppercase letter "I" shall be used to determine the allowable height of all low resolution VMS characters of a font. Viewing distance shall be measured as the horizontal distance between the character and an obstruction preventing further approach towards the sign. The uppercase letter "I" of the font shall have a minimum height complying with Table 11B-703.8.4. Exception:In assembly seating where the maximum viewing distance is 100 feet (30.5 m) or greater, the height of the uppercase "I" of low resolution VMS fonts shall be permitted to be 1 inch (25 mm) for every 30 feet (9144 mm) of viewing distance, provided the character height is 8 inches (203 mm) minimum. Viewing distance shall be measured as the horizontal distance between the character and where someone is expected to view the sign. 11B-703.8.5 Character Width -The uppercase letter "O" shall be used to determine the allowable width of all low resolution VMS characters of a font. Low resolution VMS characters shall comply with the pixel count for character width in Table 11B-703.8.5. 11B-703.8.6 Stroke Width -The uppercase letter "I" shall be used to determine the allowable stroke width of all low resolution VMS characters of a font. Low resolution VMS characters shall comply with the pixel count for stroke width in Table 11B-703.8.5. 11B-703.8.7 Character Spacing -Spacing shall be measured between the two closest points of adjacent low resolution VMS characters within a message, excluding word spaces. Low resolution VMS character spacing shall comply with the pixel count for character spacing in Table 11B-703.8.5. 11B-703.8.8 Line Spacing -Low resolution VMS characters shall comply with Section 11B-703.5.9. 11B-703.8.9 Height Above Floor -Low resolution VMS characters shall be 40 inches (1016 mm) minimum above the floor of the viewing position, measured to the baseline of the character. Heights of low resolution variable message sign characters shall comply with Table 11B-703.8.4, based on the size of the characters on the sign. No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 5 : 4 3 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 T153 ACCESSIBILITY NOTES 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 11B-703.8.10 Finish -The background of low resolution VMS characters shall have a nonglare finish. 11B-703.8.11 Contrast -Low resolution VMS characters shall be light characters on a dark background. 11B-703.8.12 Protective Covering -Where a protective layer is placed over VMS characters through which the VMS characters must be viewed, the protective covering shall have a nonglare finish. 11B-703.8.13 Brightness -The brightness of variable message signs in exterior locations shall automatically adjust in response to change in ambient light levels. 11B-703.8.14 Rate of Change -Where a VMS message can be displayed in its entirety on a single screen, it shall be displayed on a single screen and shall remain motionless on the screen for a minimum 3 seconds or 1 second minimum for every seven characters of the message including spaces, whichever is longer. 11B-704 Telephones 11B-704.1 General -Public telephones shall comply with Section 11B-704. 11B-704.2 Wheelchair Accessible Telephones -Wheelchair accessible telephones shall comply with Section 11B-704.2. 11B-704.2.1 Clear Floor or Ground Space -A clear floor or ground space complying with Section 11B-305 shall be provided. The clear floor or ground space shall not be obstructed by bases, enclosures or seats. 11B-704.2.1.1 Parallel Approach -Where a parallel approach is provided, the distance from the edge of the telephone enclosure to the face of the telephone unit shall be 10 inches (254 mm) maximum. 11B-704.2.1.2 Forward Approach -Where a forward approach is provided at a telephone within an enclosure, the counter may extend beyond the face of the telephone 20 inches (508 mm) into the required clear floor or ground space and the enclosure may extend beyond the face of the telephone 24 inches (610 mm). If an additional 6 inches (152 mm) in width of clear floor space is provided, creating a clear floor space of 36 inches by 48 inches (914 mm by 1219 mm), the enclosure may extend more than 24 inches (610 mm) beyond the face of the telephone. 11B-704.2.2 Operable Parts -Operable parts shall comply with Section 11B-309. Telephones shall have push-button controls where such service is available. 11B-704.2.3 Telephone Directories -Telephone directories, where provided, shall be located in accordance with Section 11B-309. 11B-704.2.4 Cord Length -The cord from the telephone to the handset shall be 29 inches (737 mm) long minimum. 11B-704.3 Volume Control Telephones -Public telephones required to have volume controls shall be equipped with a receive volume control that provides a gain adjustable up to 20 dB minimum. For incremental volume control, provide at least one intermediate step of 12 dB of gain minimum. An automatic reset shall be provided. Volume control telephones shall be equipped with a receiver that generates a magnetic field in the area of the receiver cap. Public telephones with volume control shall be hearing aid compatible. 11B-704.4 TTYs -TTYs provided at a public pay telephone shall be permanently affixed within, or adjacent to, the telephone enclosure. Where an acoustic coupler is used, the telephone cord shall be sufficiently long to allow connection of the TTY and the telephone receiver. 11B-704.4.1 Height -When in use, the touch surface of TTY keypads shall be 34 inches (864 mm) minimum above the finish floor. Exception:Where seats are provided, TTYs shall not be required to comply with Section 11B-704.4.1. 11B-704.5 TTY Shelf -Public pay telephones required to accommodate portable TTYs shall be equipped with a shelf and an electrical outlet within or adjacent to the telephone enclosure. The telephone handset shall be capable of being placed flush on the surface of the shelf. The shelf shall be capable of accommodating a TTY and shall have 6 inches (152 mm) minimum vertical clearance above the area where the TTY is to be placed. 11B-705 Detectable Warnings and Detectable Directional Texture 11B-705.1 Detectable Warnings 11B-705.1.1 General -Detectable warnings shall consist of a surface of truncated domes and shall comply with Section 11B-705. 11B-705.1.1.1 Dome Size -Truncated domes in a detectable warning surface shall have a base diameter of 0.9 inch (22.9 mm) minimum and 0.92 inch (23.4 mm) maximum, a top diameter of 0.45 inch (11.4 mm) minimum and 0.47 inch (11.9 mm) maximum, and a height of 0.2 inch (5.1 mm). 11B-705.1.1.2 Dome Spacing -Truncated domes in a detectable warning surface shall have a center- to-center spacing of 2.3 inches (58 mm) minimum and 2.4 inches (61 mm) maximum, and a base-to- base spacing of 0.65 inch (16.5 mm) minimum, measured between the most adjacent domes on a square grid. Exception:Where installed in a radial pattern, truncated domes shall have a center-to-center spacing of 1.6 inches (41 mm) minimum to 2.4 inches (61 mm) maximum. 11B-705.1.1.3 Color and Contrast -Detectable warning surfaces shall comply with Section 11B-705.1.1.3.1. The material used to comply with this section shall be an integral part of the detectable warning surface. Exceptions: 1. Replacement of less than 20 percent of existing detectable warnings at a single contiguous location shall be permitted to be in-kind at existing curb ramps, islands or cut-through medians with detectable warnings in compliance with the code requirements in effect at the time of installation. 2. Existing installed detectable warnings at curb ramps, islands or cut-through medians may comply with Section 11B-705.1.1.3.2 in lieu of Section 11B-705.1.1.3.1. 11B-705.1.1.3.1 -Detectable warning surfaces shall be yellow and approximate 33538 of SAE AMSSTD-595A. 11B-705.1.1.3.2 -Detectable warning surfaces shall provide a 70 percent minimum visual contrast with adjacent walking surfaces. Contrast in percent shall be determined by: Contrast percent = [(B1-B2)/B1] × 100 where B1 = light reflectance value (LRV) of the lighter area and B2 = light reflectance value (LRV) of the darker area. Exception:Where the detectable warning surface does not provide a 70 percent minimum contrast with adjacent walking surfaces, a 1-inch (25 mm) wide minimum visually contrasting surface shall separate the detectable warning from adjacent walking surfaces. The visually contrasting surface shall contrast with both the detectable warning and adjacent walking surfaces, either light-on-dark or dark-on-light. 11B-705.1.1.4 Resiliency -Detectable warning surfaces shall differ from adjoining surfaces in resiliency or sound-on-cane contact. Exception:Detectable warning surfaces at curb ramps, islands or cut-through medians shall not be required to comply with Section 11B-705.1.1.4. 11B-705.1.2 Locations -Detectable warnings at the following locations shall comply with Section 11B-705.1. 11B-705.1.2.1 Platform Edges -Detectable warning surfaces at platform boarding edges shall be 24 inches (610 mm) wide and shall extend the full length of the public use areas of the platform. 11B-705.1.2.2 Curb Ramps -Detectable warnings at curb ramps shall comply with Section 11B-705.1.2.2. 11B-705.1.2.2.1 Perpendicular Curb Ramps -Detectable warnings at curb ramps shall extend 36 inches (914 mm) in the direction of travel. Detectable warnings shall extend the full width of the ramp run less 2 inches (51 mm) maximum on each side, excluding any flared sides. Detectable warnings shall be located so the edge nearest the curb is 6 inches (152 mm) minimum and 8 inches (203 mm) maximum from the demarcation line at the face of the curb between the curb and the gutter, street or highway. 11B-705.1.2.2.2 Parallel Curb Ramps -Detectable warnings at parallel curb ramps shall be located so the edge nearest the curb is 6 inches (152 mm) minimum and 8 inches (203 mm) maximum from the demarcation line at the face of the curb between the curb and the gutter, street or highway. Detectable warnings shall extend the full width of the turning space at the demarcation between the street and the sidewalk less 2 inches (51 mm) maximum on each side. 11B-705.1.2.2.2.1 One Entrance/Exit Point -Where the turning space has one entrance/exit point other than the sloped ramp segments, detectable warnings shall be 36 inches (914 mm) deep, as measured perpendicular to the curb, and the turning space shall provide a minimum 36 inches (914 mm) wide portion without detectable warnings to allow pedestrian travel in the direction of the sidewalk without traveling over the detectable warnings. Exceptions: 1. Where it is technically infeasible to provide a minimum 72 inches (1828 mm) wide turning space, as measured perpendicular to the curb, the depth of detectable warnings may be reduced to 24 inches (610 mm) minimum. 2. Existing parallel curb ramps with detectable warnings in compliance with the code requirements in effect at the time of installation shall not be required to provide a minimum 36 inches (914 mm) wide portion of the turning space without detectable warnings. 11B-705.1.2.2.2.2 Two Entrance/Exit Points -Where the turning space has two entrance/exit points other than the sloped ramp segments, detectable warnings shall be 36 inches (914 mm) deep at both entrance/exit points, as measured perpendicular to the curb, and the turning space shall provide a minimum 36 inches (914 mm) wide portion without detectable warnings to allow pedestrian travel in the direction of the sidewalk without traveling over the detectable warnings. Exceptions: 1. Where it is technically infeasible to provide a minimum 108 inches (2743 mm) wide turning space, as measured perpendicular to the curb, the depth of detectable warnings may be reduced to 24 inches (610 mm) minimum. 2. Existing parallel curb ramps with detectable warnings in compliance with the code requirements in effect at the time of installation shall not be required to provide a minimum 36 inches (914 mm) wide portion of the turning space without detectable warnings. 11B-705.1.2.3 Islands or Cut-Through Medians -Detectable warnings at pedestrian islands or cut- through medians shall be 36 inches (914 mm) minimum in depth extending the full width of the pedestrian path or cut-through less 2 inches (51 mm) maximum on each side, placed at the edges of the pedestrian island or cut-through median, and shall be separated by 24 inches (610 mm) minimum of walking surface without detectable warnings. Exception:Detectable warnings shall be 24 inches (610 mm) minimum in depth at pedestrian islands or cut-through medians that are less than 96 inches (2438 mm) in length in the direction of pedestrian travel. 11B-705.1.2.4 Bus Stops -When detectable warnings are provided at bus stop boarding and alighting areas, the detectable warnings shall extend the full width of the boarding/alighting area and shall be 36 inches (914 mm) minimum in depth. 11B-705.1.2.5 Blended Transitions -Detectable warnings at blended transitions shall be 36 inches (914 mm) in width. 11B-705.1.2.6 Reflecting Pools -When detectable warnings are provided at reflecting pools, it shall be 24 inches (610 mm) minimum and 36 inches (914 mm) maximum in width. 11B-705.1.2.7 Track Crossings -Detectable warnings at track crossings shall be 36 inches (914 mm) in the direction of pedestrian travel and extend the full width of the circulation path. 11B-705.2 Detectable Directional Texture -Detectable directional texture at transit boarding platforms shall comply with Figure 11B-705.2 and shall be 0.1 inch (2.5 mm) in height that tapers off to 0.04 inch (1.0 mm), with bars raised 0.2 inch (5.1 mm) from the surface. The raised bars shall be 1.3 inches (33 mm) wide and 3 inches (76 mm) from center-to-center of each bar. This surface shall differ from adjoining walking surfaces in resiliency or sound-on-cane contact. The color shall be yellow and approximate FS 33538 of Federal Standard 595C. This surface will be placed directly behind the yellow detectable warning texture specified in Section 11B-705.1.2.1, aligning with all doors of the transit vehicles where passengers will embark. The width of the directional texture shall be equal to the width of the transit vehicle's door opening. The depth of the texture shall not be less than 36 inches (914 mm). 11B-705.3 Product Approval -Only approved DSA-AC detectable warning products and directional surfaces shall be installed as provided in the California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 24, Part 1, Chapter 5, Articles 2, 3 and 4. Refer to CCR Title 24, Part 12, Chapter 11B, Section 12-11B.205 for building and facility access specifications for product approval for detectable warning products and directional surfaces. 11B-706 Assistive Listening Systems 11B-706.1 General -Assistive listening systems required in assembly areas, conference and meeting rooms shall comply with Section 11B-706. 11B-706.2 Receiver Jacks -Receivers required for use with an assistive listening system shall include a 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) standard mono jack. 11B-706.3 Receiver Hearing-Aid Compatibility -Receivers required to be hearing-aid compatible shall interface with telecoils in hearing aids through the provision of neckloops. 11B-706.4 Sound Pressure Level -Assistive listening systems shall be capable of providing a sound pressure level of 110 dB minimum and 118 dB maximum with a dynamic range on the volume control of 50 dB. 11B-706.5 Signal-to-Noise Ratio -The signal-to-noise ratio for internally generated noise in assistive listening systems shall be 18 dB minimum. 11B-706.6 Peak Clipping Level -Peak clipping shall not exceed 18 dB of clipping relative to the peaks of speech. 11B-707 Automatic Teller Machines, Fare Machines and Point-of-Sale Devices 11B-707.1 General -Automatic teller machines, fare machines and point-of-sale devices shall comply with Section 11B-707. 11B-707.2 Clear Floor or Ground Space -A clear floor or ground space complying with Section 11B-305 shall be provided. Exception:Clear floor or ground space shall not be required at drive-up only automatic teller machines and fare machines. 11B-707.3 Operable Parts -Operable parts shall comply with Section 11B-309. Unless a clear or correct key is provided, each operable part shall be able to be differentiated by sound or touch, without activation. Exceptions: 1. Drive-up only automatic teller machines and fare machines shall not be required to comply with Sections 11B-309.2 and 11B-309.3. 2. Where automatic teller machines and fare machines do not require compliance with Section 11B-707.2, compliance with Sections 11B-309.2 and 11B-309.3 shall not be required. 3. Where point-of-sale devices do not require compliance with Section 11B-707.2, compliance with Sections 11B-309.2 and 11B-309.3 shall not be required. 11B-707.4 Privacy -Automatic teller machines shall provide the opportunity for the same degree of privacy of input and output available to all individuals. 11B-707.5 Speech Output -Machines shall be speech enabled. Operating instructions and orientation, visible transaction prompts, user input verification, error messages, and all displayed information for full use shall be accessible to and independently usable by individuals with vision impairments. Speech shall be delivered through a mechanism that is readily available to all users, including but not limited to, an industry standard connector or a telephone handset. Speech shall be recorded or digitized human, or synthesized. Exceptions: 1. Audible tones shall be permitted instead of speech for visible output that is not displayed for security purposes, including but not limited to, asterisks representing personal identification numbers. 2. Advertisements and other similar information shall not be required to be audible unless they convey information that can be used in the transaction being conducted. 3. Where speech synthesis cannot be supported, dynamic alphabetic output shall not be required to be audible. 11B-707.5.1 User Control -Speech shall be capable of being repeated or interrupted. Volume control shall be provided for the speech function. Exception:Speech output for any single function shall be permitted to be automatically interrupted when a transaction is selected. 11B-707.5.2 Receipts -Where receipts are provided, speech output devices shall provide audible balance inquiry information, error messages and all other information on the printed receipt necessary to complete or verify the transaction. Exceptions: 1. Machine location, date and time of transaction, customer account number, and the machine identifier shall not be required to be audible. 2. Information on printed receipts that duplicates information available on-screen shall not be required to be presented in the form of an audible receipt. 3. Printed copies of bank statements and checks shall not be required to be audible. 11B-707.6 Input -Input devices shall comply with Section 11B-707.6. 11B-707.6.1 Input Controls -At least one tactilely discernible input control shall be provided for each function. Where provided, key surfaces not on active areas of display screens, shall be raised above surrounding surfaces. Where membrane keys are the only method of input, each shall be tactilely discernible from surrounding surfaces and adjacent keys. 11B-707.6.2 Numeric Keys -Numeric keys shall be arranged in a 12-key ascending or descending telephone keypad layout. The number five key shall be tactilely distinct from the other keys. Division 7: Communication Elements and Features Continued 11B-707.6.3 Function Keys -Function keys shall comply with Section 11B-707.6.3. 11B-707.6.3.1 Contrast -Function keys shall contrast visually from background surfaces. Characters and symbols on key surfaces shall contrast visually from key surfaces. Visual contrast shall be either light-on-dark or dark-on-light. Exception:Tactile symbols required by Section 11B-707.6.3.2 shall not be required to comply with Section 11B-707.6.3.1. 11B-707.6.3.2 Tactile Symbols -Function key surfaces shall have tactile symbols as follows: Enter or Proceed key: raised circle; Clear or Correct key: raised left arrow; Cancel key: raised letter ex; Add Value key: raised plus sign; Decrease Value key: raised minus sign. 11B-707.7 Display Screen -The display screen shall comply with Section 11B-707.7. Exception:Drive-up only automatic teller machines and fare machines shall not be required to comply with Section 11B-707.7.1. 11B-707.7.1 Visibility -The display screen shall be visible from a point located 40 inches (1016 mm) above the center of the clear floor space in front of the machine. 11B-707.7.1.1 Vertically Mounted Display Screen -Where display screens are mounted vertically or tipped away from the viewer less than 30 degrees, the center line of the display screen and other display devices shall be no more than 52 inches (1321 mm) above the floor or ground surface. 11B-707.7.1.2 Angle-Mounted Display Screen -Where display screens are mounted tipped away from the viewer 30 degrees to less than 60 degrees from vertical, the center line of the display screen and other display devices shall be no more than 44 inches (1118 mm) above the floor or ground surface. 11B-707.7.1.3 Horizontally Mounted Display Screen -Where display screens are mounted tipped away from the viewer 60 degrees to 90 degrees (horizontal) from vertical, the center line of the display screen and other display devices shall be no more than 34 inches (864 mm) above the floor or ground surface. 11B-707.7.2 Characters -Characters displayed on the screen shall be in a sans serif font. Characters shall be 3/ 16 inch (4.8 mm) high minimum based on the uppercase letter "I". Characters shall contrast with their background with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a light background. 11B-707.8 Braille Instructions -Braille instructions for initiating the speech mode shall be provided. Braille shall comply with Section 11B-703.3. 11B-707.9 Point-of-Sale Devices -Point-of-sale devices shall comply with Section 11B-707.9. 11B-707.9.1 General -Point-of-sale systems that include a video touch screen or any other non-tactile keypad shall be equipped with either of the following: 11B-707.9.1.1 Tactilely Discernible Numerical Keypad -A tactilely discernible numerical keypad similar to a telephone keypad containing a raised dot with a dot base diameter between 1.5 mm and 1.6 mm and a height between 0.6 mm and 0.9 mm on the number 5 key that enables a visually impaired person to enter his or her own personal identification number or any other personal information necessary to process the transaction in a manner that provides the opportunity for the same degree of privacy input and output available to all individuals. 11B-707.9.1.2 Other Technology -Other technology, such as a radio frequency identification device, fingerprint biometrics or some other mechanism that enables a visually impaired person to access the video touch screen device with his or her personal identifier and to process his or her transaction in a manner that provides the opportunity for the same degree of privacy input and output available to all individuals. Where a video screen overlay is provided it shall be equipped with a tactilely discernible numerical keypad complying with Section 11B-707.9.1.1. 11B-708 Two-Way Communication Systems 11B-708.1 General -Two-way communication systems shall comply with Section 11B-708. 11B-708.2 Audible and Visual Indicators -The system shall provide both audible and visual signals. 11B-708.3 Handsets -Handset cords, if provided, shall be 29 inches (737 mm) long minimum. 11B-708.4 Residential Dwelling Unit Communication Systems -Communications systems between a residential dwelling unit and a site, building or floor entrance shall comply with Section 11B-708.4. 11B-708.4.1 Common Use or Public Use System Interface -The common use or public use system interface shall include the capability of supporting voice and TTY communication with the residential dwelling unit interface. 11B-708.4.2 Residential Dwelling Unit Interface -The residential dwelling unit system interface shall include a telephone jack capable of supporting voice and TTY communication with the common use or public use system interface. Division 9: Built-In Elements 11B-901 General 11B-901.1 Scope -The provisions of Division 9 shall apply where required by Division 2 or where referenced by a requirement in this chapter. 11B-902 Dining Surfaces and Work Surfaces 11B-902.1 General -Dining surfaces and work surfaces shall comply with Sections 11B-902.2 and 11B-902.3. Exception:Dining surfaces and work surfaces for children's use shall be permitted to comply with Section 11B-902.4. 11B-902.2 Clear Floor or Ground Space -A clear floor space complying with Section 11B-305 positioned for a forward approach shall be provided. Knee and toe clearance complying with Section 11B-306 shall be provided. 11B-902.3 Height -The tops of dining surfaces and work surfaces shall be 28 inches (711 mm) minimum and 34 inches (864 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. 11B-902.4 Dining Surfaces and Work Surfaces for Children's Use -Accessible dining surfaces and work surfaces for children's use shall comply with Section 11B-902.4. Exception:Dining surfaces and work surfaces that are used primarily by children 5 years and younger shall not be required to comply with Section 11B-902.4 where a clear floor or ground space complying with Section 11B-305 positioned for a parallel approach is provided. 11B-902.4.1 Clear Floor or Ground Space -A clear floor space complying with Section 11B-305 positioned for forward approach shall be provided. Knee and toe clearance complying with Section 11B-306 shall be provided, except that knee clearance 24 inches (610 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground shall be permitted. 11B-902.4.2 Height -The tops of tables and counters shall be 26 inches (660 mm) minimum and 30 inches (762 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. 11B-903 Benches 11B-903.1 General -Benches shall comply with Section 11B-903. 11B-903.2 Clear Floor or Ground Space - Clear floor or ground space complying with Section 11B-305 shall be provided and shall be positioned at the end of the bench seat and parallel to the short axis of the bench. 11B-903.3 Size -Benches shall have seats that are 48 inches (1219 mm) long minimum and 20 inches (508 mm) deep minimum and 24 inches (610 mm) deep maximum. 11B-903.4 Back Support -The bench shall provide for back support or shall be affixed to a wall along its long dimension. Back support shall be 48 inches (1219 mm) long minimum and shall extend from a point 2 inches (51 mm) maximum above the seat surface to a point 18 inches (457 mm) minimum above the seat surface. Back support shall be 2-1/2 inches (64 mm) maximum from the rear edge of the seat measured horizontally. 11B-903.5 Height -The top of the bench seat surface shall be 17 inches (432 mm) minimum and 19 inches (483 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. 11B-903.6 Structural Strength -Benches shall be affixed to the wall or floor. Allowable stresses shall not be exceeded for materials used when a vertical or horizontal force of 250 pounds (1112 N) is applied at any point on the seat, fastener, mounting device or supporting structure. 11B-903.7 Wet Locations -Where installed in wet locations, the surface of the seat shall be slip resistant and shall not accumulate water. 11B-904 Check-Out Aisles and Sales and Service Counters 11B-904.1 General -Check-out aisles and sales and service counters shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 11B-904. 11B-904.2 Approach -All portions of counters required to comply with Section 11B-904 shall be located adjacent to a walking surface complying with Section 11B-403. 11B-904.3 Check-Out Aisles -Check-out aisles shall comply with Section 11B-904.3. 11B-904.3.1 Aisle -Aisles shall comply with Section 11B-403. 11B-904.3.2 Counter -The counter surface height shall be 38 inches (965 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. The top of the counter edge protection shall be 2 inches (51 mm) maximum above the top of the counter surface on the aisle side of the check-out counter. 11B-904.3.3 Check Writing Surfaces -Where provided, check writing surfaces shall comply with Section 11B-902.3. 11B-904.3.4 Identification Sign -When not all check-out aisles are accessible, accessible check-out aisles shall be identified by a sign clearly visible to a person in a wheelchair displaying the International Symbol of Accessibility complying with Section 11B-703.7.2.1. The sign shall be a minimum of 4 inches by 4 inches (102 mm by 102 mm). 11B-904.4 Sales and Service Counters -Sales counters and service counters shall comply with Section 11B-904.4.1 or 11B-904.4.2. The accessible portion of the counter top shall extend the same depth as the sales or service counter top. Exception:In alterations, when the provision of a counter complying with Section 11B-904.4 would result in a reduction of the number of existing counters at work stations or a reduction of the number of existing mail boxes, the counter shall be permitted to have a portion which is 24 inches (610 mm) long minimum complying with Section 11B-904.4.1 provided that the required clear floor or ground space is centered on the accessible length of the counter. 11B-904.4.1 Parallel Approach -A portion of the counter surface that is 36 inches (914 mm) long minimum and 34 inches (864 mm) high maximum above the finish floor shall be provided. A clear floor or ground space complying with Section 11B-305 shall be positioned for a parallel approach adjacent to the 36 inch (914 mm) minimum length of counter. Exception:Where the provided counter surface is less than 36 inches (914 mm) long, the entire counter surface shall be 34 inches (864 mm) high maximum above the finish floor. 11B-904.4.2 Forward Approach -A portion of the counter surface that is 36 inches (914 mm) long minimum and 34 inches (864 mm) high maximum shall be provided. Knee and toe space complying with Section 11B-306 shall be provided under the counter. A clear floor or ground space complying with Section 11B-305 shall be positioned for a forward approach to the counter. 11B-904.5 Food Service Lines -Counters in food service lines shall comply with Section 11B-904.5. 11B-904.5.1 Self-Service Shelves and Dispensing Devices -Self-service shelves and dispensing devices for tableware, dishware, condiments, food and beverages shall comply with Section 11B-308. 11B-904.5.2 Tray Slides -The tops of tray slides shall be 28 inches (711 mm) minimum and 34 inches (864 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. 11B-904.6 Security Glazing -Where counters or teller windows have security glazing to separate personnel from the public, a method to facilitate voice communication shall be provided. Telephone handset devices, if provided, shall comply with Section 11B-704.3. No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 60" MIN. 36 " M I N . 17 " - 1 9 " FOLDING SEAT 33 " - 3 6 " 39 " - 4 1 " MO U N T I N G B R A C K E T 48 " M A X . T . O . SINGLE LEVER CONTROLS 36 " M I N . 24" MIN.36" MIN. 60" MIN. 42" MIN. GRAB BAR 15 " - 1 6 " 6" MAX. 6" M A X . ELEVATION VIEW PLAN VIEWS 60"X30" STANDARD ROLL-IN ALTERNATE ROLL-IN NOTES: 1. REFERENCE CBC 11B-608.2.2 AND 11B-608.2.3 30 " M I N . MA X 1/ 4 " MI N 1/ 4 " EVEN THRESHOLD WHERE CHANGE IN LEVEL IS GREATER THAN 1/4" 1/ 2 " 1/ 4 " 1/ 4 " 2 1 MAXMA X 1/ 2 " 2022 CBC FIGURE 11B-303.3 BEVELED CHANGE OF LEVEL 2022 CBC FIGURE 11B-303.2 VERTICAL CHANGE IN LEVEL PULL SIDE 24" MIN. 60 " M I N . PUSH SIDE Y 44 " M I N . 24" MIN. Y 48 " M I N . PULL SIDE PULL SIDE 44 " M I N . 24" MIN.Y 48 " M I N . 54" MIN. 60 " M I N . 48 " M I N . Y18" MIN. 24" MIN. 54" MIN. Y 44 " M I N . Y X PUSH SIDE PUSH SIDE CLEAR AT EXTERIOR DOORS CLEAR AT INTERIOR Y= 48" MIN. IF DOOR HAS CLOSER & LATCH X=36" MIN. IF Y=60"Y= 48" MIN. IF DOOR HAS BOTH A LATCH AND CLOSER LATCH-SIDE APPROACHES - SWINGING DOORS FRONT APPROACH - SLIDING DOORS AND FOLDING DOORS SLIDE SIDE APPROACH - SLIDING DOORS AND FOLDING DOORS LATCH SIDE APPROACH - SLIDING DOORS AND FOLDING DOORS FRONT APPROACHES - SWINGING DOORS HINGE-SIDE APPROACHES - SWINGING DOORS NOTES: 1. ALL DOOR CLEARANCES TO COMPLY WITH 2022 CBC SEC. 11B.404. 22" MIN. Y= 12" MIN. IF DOOR HAS CLOSER & LATCH 22" MIN. COMBINATION UNIT WITH TOILET PAPER DISPENSER, SEAT COVER DISPENSER & WASTE RECEPTACLE (WHERE OCCURS) 19 " M I N . FEMININE NAPKIN DISPOSAL *RECESSED AT ACCESSIBLE STALLS RE F L E C T I V E S U R F A C E BO T T O M E D G E O F 40 " M A X . T O MIRRORSANITARY NAPKIN DISPENSER TO O P E R A B L E P A R T 40 " M A X . HAND DRYER NOTES: * PROJECTION OF ACCESSORIES NOT TO ENCROACH MORE THAN 3" FROM SURFACE OF WALL OR PARTITION AND NO CLOSER THAN 1-1/2" TO TANGENT POINT OF GRAB BAR. SOAP DISPENSER PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER WITH TRASH RECEPTACLE TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER DO O R H A N D L E 48 " M A X T O F.E. CABINET 28 " - 3 4 " M A X . CL R . 27 " M I N . Y OPERABLE RECESSED BABY CHANGING SURFACE PLAN VIEW ELEVATION VIEW 30" MIN. 48 " M I N . X IF X = 48", THAN Y = 20" IF X = 44", THAN Y = 20-25" 60" MIN. 18" MIN.17"-18" 48 " M I N . C L R . 24 " M I N . 12 " M A X . 54 " M I N . FLUSH ACTIVATOR ON WIDE SIDE 60" MIN. DIA. CLR. 18" MIN. CLR. 32" MIN. SINGLE ACCOMMODATION 56" @ FLOOR MOUNTED W.C. 59" @ WALL MOUNTED W.C. WATER CLOSET COMPARTMENTS 48" MIN. CLR. 60 " M I N . 24 " M I N . 12 " M A X . 54 " M I N . FLUSH ACTIVATOR ON WIDE SIDE AMBULATORY COMPARTMENT 35"-37" 60 " M I N . EQ EQ 60" MIN. DIA. CLR. 44" MIN. CLR. 32 " M I N . C L R . 60 " M I N . 60" MIN. 24" MIN. 12" MAX. 17 " - 1 8 " FLUSH ACTIVATOR ON WIDE SIDE 36" MIN. GRAB BAR 54" MIN. 24" MIN. GRAB BAR MULTI-STALL ACCOMMODATION 44 " M I N . 56" @ FLOOR MOUNTED W.C. 59" @ WALL MOUNTED W.C. 48" MIN. 60 " M I N . 36" MIN. 56" @ FLOOR MOUNTED W.C. 59" @ WALL MOUNTED W.C. 60 " M I N . 60" MIN. 56" @ FLOOR MOUNTED W.C. 59" @ WALL MOUNTED W.C. 60 " M I N . 60" MIN. 36" MIN. 34" MIN. CLR.18" MIN. CLR. REF. CBC 11B-604.8.1.1.2 & 11B-604.8.1.1.3 REF. CBC 11B-604.8.2 54" MIN. DOOR PERMITTED TO SWING OVER HATCHED PORTION OF MANEUVERING SPACE NON-GLARE FINISH, CONTRASTING BACKGROUND (LIGHT CHARACTERS ON DARK BACKGROUND OR DARK CHARACTERS ON LIGHT BACKGROUND) PER CBC 11B-703.5.1 GRADE 2 BRAILLE, DOTS BASE SHALL BE 0.059"-0.063", WITH 0.1" DISTANCE BETWEEN TWO DOTS IN THE SAME CELL. DOTS SHALL BE RAISED 0.025"-0.037" ABOVE BACKGROUND. BRAILLE PLACEMENT TO BE FLUSH LEFT OR CENTERED DIRECTLY BELOW TEXT. CBC TABLE 11B-703.3.1 INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY 1/32" RAISED UPPER CASE SANS SERIF CHARACTERS 5/8" MIN - 2" MAX HEIGHT PER CBC 11B-703.2 - SEE DOOR/GATE SCHEDULE FOR TEXT. SEE DTL A FOR LOCATION. 3/ 8 " - 1 / 2 " INWARD / OUTWARD SWINGING DOORS: ON WALL ADJACENT TO LATCH SIDE OF DOOR. DOUBLE DOORS: ON WALL ADJACENT TO DOORS, PREFERABLY TO THE RIGHT OF THE OPENING. WHEN NO WALL SPACE ADJACENT TO DOOR, SIGN TO BE LOCATED ON NEAREST WALL NOTE: 1. ALL SIGNS TO COMPLY WITH 2022 CBC 11B-703.4.1 2. SIGNS TO BE MOUNTED +5'-0" MAX AFF TO BASELINE OF HIGHEST ROW OF RAISED CHARACTERS 3. TACTILE CHARACTERS MOUNTED +4'-0" MIN AFF MEASURED TO BASELINE OF LOWEST BRAILLE CELL AT TYPICAL ROOMS AND EXIT DOORS AT ACCESSIBLE RESTROOMS 48 " M I N - 6 0 " M A X 3' - 0 " . SEE DTL C FOR TOILET ROOM DOOR NOTE: STROKE THICKNESS SHALL BE 15% MAX OF CHARACTER HEIGHT 12" TYPICAL ACCESSIBLE MENS TOILET FACILITY: 1/4" THICK EQUILATERAL TRIANGLE WITH 5/8" MIN. TEXT BELOW. TRIANGLE VERTICES SHALL BE RADIUSED 1/8" - 1/4". ACCESSIBLE WOMENS TOILET FACILITY: 12" DIAMETER, 1/4" THICK CIRCLE WITH 5/8" MIN TEXT BELOW. NOTES: 1. COLOR TO CONTRAST MOUNTING SURFACE AND HAVE CONTRASTING FEATURES PER CBC 11B-703.7.2.6.1 - 11B-703.7.2.6.3 2. MOUNTED 58"-60" AFF MEASURED TO CENTERLINE OF SYMBOL. WHERE DOOR IS PROVIDED THE SYMBOL SHALL BE MOUNTED WITHIN 1" OF VERTICAL CENTERLINE OF DOOR PER CBC 11B-703.7.2.6 3. EDGES OF SYMBOLS ROUNDED AT 1/16" MIN OR CHAMFERED AT 1/8" MAX 4. WHERE PICTOGRAMS ARE PROVIDED, THEY MUST BE ACCOMPANIED TACTILE TEXT AND BRAILLE. ACCESSIBLE UNISEX TOILET FACILITY: 12" DIAMETER, 1/4" THICK CIRCLE WITH 1/4" THICK TRIANGLE SUPERIMPOSED WITHIN DIA. OF CIRCLE. TEXT PER BELOW. TRIANGLE TO CONTRAST VISUALLY WITH CIRCLE. SEE DOOR / GATE SCHEDULE FOR TEXT. SEE DETAIL A AND PLAN FOR LOCATIONS. 1". . 3 / 8 " SEE DETAIL B FOR BRAILLE INFORMATION SEE ABOVE A. B. C. D. 3/ 8 " . ASSISTIVE LISTENING DEVICE AVAILABLE PRIOR ARRANGEMENTS MUST BE MADE FOR EVENTS AFTER NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS BY CONTACTING THE OFFICE AT ----------------------------------- NOTES: 1. THE ASSISTIVE LISTENING SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION SIGN TO BE MOUNTED AT 5'-0" MAX TO BASELINE OF HIGHEST LINE OF RAISED TEXT. SIGN SHALL INCLUDE WORDING THAT STATES "ASSISTIVE LISTENING SYSTEM AVAILABLE" PER CBC 11B-216.10. SHALL INCLUDE THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESS FOR HEARING LOSS. SIGN MOUNTED AT OR NEAR ASSEMBLY ENTRANCE AND COMPLY WITH CBC 11B-703.7.2.4 2. ASSISTIVE LISTENING SYSTEMS REQUIRED IN ASSEMBLY AREAS, CONFERENCE AND MEETING ROOMS PER CBC 11B-219.2 5/8" MIN. HEIGHT LETTER IN CONTRASTING COLOR INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESS FOR HEARING LOSS PER CBC FIGURE 11B-703.7.2.4 5" . 6" . 1/ 4 " . 5/ 8 " . 58 " - 6 0 " CLEAR FLOOR SPACE CENTER ON TACTILE CHARACTERS18" MIN 18 " M I N RAISED CHARACTER BRAILLE EXIT SIGNS TO READ (PER CBC 1013.4): 1. "EXIT" AT GRADE LEVEL EXTERIOR EXIT DOOR 2. "TO EXIT" AT HORIZONTAL EXIT DOOR 3. "EXIT ROUTE" AT EXIT ACCESS DOOR LEADING TO AN EXIT VIA EXIT ENCLOSURE, PASSAGEWAY, OR ENCLOSRURE 4. "EXIT STAIR DOWN" OR "EXIT STAIR UP" AT EXIT DOOR LEADING TO AN EXIT BY A STAIRWAY LOCATION OF TACTILE SIGN AT DOORS FIGURE 11B-703.4.2 1/ 2 " M A X 12 " M A X . 3' - 0 " ACCESSIBLE URINAL 17 " M A X . URINAL SCREEN FL U S H C O N T R O L S 44 " M A X T O 15 " M I N . 15 " M I N . 30"x48" MIN. CLEAR AREA URINAL SCREEN ELEVATION VIEW PLAN VIEW 17" MIN. TOE CLEARANCE 6" MIN. CLEARANCE 8" MIN. KNEE 34 " M A X . 29 " M I N . 27 " M I N . 9" M I N . ELEVATION VIEW PLAN VIEW ACCESSIBLE DRINKING FOUNTAIN 30" MIN. 48 " M I N . U.N.O. 4' - 0" CLR. MI N . 1' - 6 " 6" MAX. TO ACTIVATOR** 3" MAX. TO BUBBLER* 9" M I N . 27 " M I N . TOE CLEARANCE 6" MIN. CLEARANCE 8" MIN. KNEE * SPOUT MUST PROVIDE FLOW OF WATER MIN. 4" HIGH ** FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROL CANNOT EXCEED 5LBF 36 " M A X . 36 " M A X . 17" MIN. REQUIRED CLEAR SPACE CLR. 30" MIN. ELEVATION VIEW PLAN VIEW C. URINAL (REF. CBC 2022 11B-605.2) A. SINK D. DRINKING FOUNTAIN 6" MAX.36" MIN. 12" MIN.24" MIN. TO T O P O F G R A B B A R 33 " M I N . - 3 6 " M A X . A . F . F . 17"-18" 24" MIN. 42" MIN.12" MAX. 54" MIN. 7"-9" 17 " - 1 9 " TO T O P O F G R A B B A R 33 " M I N . - 3 6 " M A X . A . F . F . 19 " M I N . GRAB BAR ELEVATION VIEW B. TOILET (REF. CBC 2022 11B-604) 1 1 / 2 " C L R . 24" MAX. 18" MIN. OP E R A B L E P A R T 40 " M A X . T O 60" MIN. WA L L M O U N T E D 56 " M I N . PLAN VIEW 48 " M I N . 30" MIN. 18" MIN. REQUIRED CLEAR SPACE 19 " M A X . 17 " M I N . 48 " M I N . 32" MIN. 48 " M I N . REQUIRED CLEAR SPACE CLR. 30" MIN. PLAN VIEW 3 9/16" ELEVATION VIEW E. BOTTLE FILLER TO P O F S E N S O R 40 " 60 " M I N . 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 5 : 4 4 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 T154 ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 1/4" = 1'-0"15 standard roll-in shower 3" = 1'-0"08 change in level / threshold 1/4" = 1'-0"03 door clearances 1/4" = 1'-0"14 accessory mounting heights 1/4" = 1'-0"09 baby changing surface 1/4" = 1'-0"20 water closet layouts 1/4" = 1'-0"16 signage 1/4" = 1'-0"17 plumbing fixture mounting heights No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE e g r e s s p l a n g e n e r a l n o t e s 1. THE MEANS OF EGRESS, INCLUDING THE EXIT DISCHARGE, SHALL BE ILLUMINATED TO A LEVEL NOT LESS THAN ONE FOOT CANDLE AT THE WALKING SURFACE AT ALL TIMES THE BUILDING SPACE SERVED BY THE MEANS OF EGRESS IS OCCUPIED. 2. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE INTERNALLY OR EXTERNALLY ILLUMINATED AT ALL TIMES AND SHALL BE CONNECTED TO AN EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM (BATTERIES, UNIT EQUIPMENT, OR ON-SITE GENERATOR) THAT WILL AUTOMATICALLY ILLUMINATE THE EXIT SIGNS FOR A DURATION OF NOT LESS THAN 90 MINUTES. 3. EGRESS DOORS EQUIPPED WITH A KEY OPERATED LOCKING DEVICE SHALL HAVE A READILY VISIBLE, DURABLE SIGN POSTED ON THE EGRESS SIDE ADJACENT TO THE DOOR STATING "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED". THE SIGN SHALL HAVE ONE INCH HIGH LETTERS ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND (SEC. CBC 1010.2). LIMIT OF WORK EXIT ACCESS PATH OF TRAVEL MAX. TRAVEL DISTANCE PER CBC TABLE 1017.2 OF 300'-0" FOR SPRINKLERED BUILDING s h e e t l e g e n d E.S. E.R. TACTILE EXIT SIGN, REFER TO 16/T154 FOR INSTALLATION DETAILS TACTILE EXIT ROUTE SIGN, REFER TO 16/T154 FOR INSTALLATION DETAILS ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN 135' -4" 77' -2" MAIN BLDG. ENTRY EXISTING STAIR EXISTING ELEVATOR EXISTING STAIR EXISTING STAIR EXISTING STAIR EXISTING STAIR BLDG. ENTRY BLDG. EXIT BLDG. EXIT BLDG. EXIT BLDG. EXIT BLDG. EXIT 1901 SF LOBBY 1101 804 SF WTAGN 1500 841 SF RECEP 1102 127 SF RECEP 1502 60 SF WSGEN 1500AW02 45 SF TLPUB 1106 75 SF TLPUB 1105 E.R. E.S. E.R. E.S. E.S. E.R. 89' -6" 60' -0" 64 SF TLPUB 1902 54 SF TLPUB 1904 E.R. 67' -6" 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 5 : 4 5 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 T200 1ST FLOOR EGRESS PLANS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 3/32" = 1'-0"01 1st floor egress plan 0 8'16'4' No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE e g r e s s p l a n g e n e r a l n o t e s 1. THE MEANS OF EGRESS, INCLUDING THE EXIT DISCHARGE, SHALL BE ILLUMINATED TO A LEVEL NOT LESS THAN ONE FOOT CANDLE AT THE WALKING SURFACE AT ALL TIMES THE BUILDING SPACE SERVED BY THE MEANS OF EGRESS IS OCCUPIED. 2. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE INTERNALLY OR EXTERNALLY ILLUMINATED AT ALL TIMES AND SHALL BE CONNECTED TO AN EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM (BATTERIES, UNIT EQUIPMENT, OR ON-SITE GENERATOR) THAT WILL AUTOMATICALLY ILLUMINATE THE EXIT SIGNS FOR A DURATION OF NOT LESS THAN 90 MINUTES. 3. EGRESS DOORS EQUIPPED WITH A KEY OPERATED LOCKING DEVICE SHALL HAVE A READILY VISIBLE, DURABLE SIGN POSTED ON THE EGRESS SIDE ADJACENT TO THE DOOR STATING "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED". THE SIGN SHALL HAVE ONE INCH HIGH LETTERS ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND (SEC. CBC 1010.2). LIMIT OF WORK EXIT ACCESS PATH OF TRAVEL MAX. TRAVEL DISTANCE PER CBC TABLE 1017.2 OF 300'-0" FOR SPRINKLERED BUILDING s h e e t l e g e n d E.S. E.R. TACTILE EXIT SIGN, REFER TO 16/T154 FOR INSTALLATION DETAILS TACTILE EXIT ROUTE SIGN, REFER TO 16/T154 FOR INSTALLATION DETAILS ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN 90' -7" 90' -6" EXISTING STAIR EXISTING ELEVATOR EXISTING STAIR EXISTING STAIR EXISTING STAIR EXISTING STAIR 111' -6" E.R. E.R. E.R. 3/32" = 1'-0"01 2nd floor egress plan 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 5 : 4 7 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 T201 2ND FLOOR EGRESS PLANS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 0 8'16'4' No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 BUILDING AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE e g r e s s p l a n g e n e r a l n o t e s 1. THE MEANS OF EGRESS, INCLUDING THE EXIT DISCHARGE, SHALL BE ILLUMINATED TO A LEVEL NOT LESS THAN ONE FOOT CANDLE AT THE WALKING SURFACE AT ALL TIMES THE BUILDING SPACE SERVED BY THE MEANS OF EGRESS IS OCCUPIED. 2. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE INTERNALLY OR EXTERNALLY ILLUMINATED AT ALL TIMES AND SHALL BE CONNECTED TO AN EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM (BATTERIES, UNIT EQUIPMENT, OR ON-SITE GENERATOR) THAT WILL AUTOMATICALLY ILLUMINATE THE EXIT SIGNS FOR A DURATION OF NOT LESS THAN 90 MINUTES. 3. EGRESS DOORS EQUIPPED WITH A KEY OPERATED LOCKING DEVICE SHALL HAVE A READILY VISIBLE, DURABLE SIGN POSTED ON THE EGRESS SIDE ADJACENT TO THE DOOR STATING "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED". THE SIGN SHALL HAVE ONE INCH HIGH LETTERS ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND (SEC. CBC 1010.2). LIMIT OF WORK EXIT ACCESS PATH OF TRAVEL MAX. TRAVEL DISTANCE PER CBC TABLE 1017.2 OF 300'-0" FOR SPRINKLERED BUILDING s h e e t l e g e n d E.S. E.R. TACTILE EXIT SIGN, REFER TO 16/T154 FOR INSTALLATION DETAILS TACTILE EXIT ROUTE SIGN, REFER TO 16/T154 FOR INSTALLATION DETAILS ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN 96' -5" 80' -5" EXISTING STAIR EXISTING ELEVATOR EXISTING STAIR EXISTING STAIR EXISTING STAIR TO 2ND FLOOR 1452 SF WTAGN 3108 74 SF TLPUB 3103 47 SF TLPUB 3104 113 SF CORRD 3102 66 SF VESEL 3100 E.R. E.R. E.R. E.R. E.R. 3/32" = 1'-0"01 03 plan egress plan 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 5 : 4 8 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 T202 3RD FLOOR EGRESS PLANS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 0 8'16'4' No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 EXISTING STRUCTURE LIMIT OF WORK (INTERIOR ONLY) TRUNCATED DOME TILES ST O P ST O P S T O P ST O P STOP STOP STOP ST O P STOP STOP g e n e r a l n o t e s IF THE CITY BUILDING INSPECTOR DETERMINES NON-COMPLIANCE WITH ANY ACCESSIBILITY PROVISIONS, A COMPLETE AND DETAILED REVISED PLANS CLEARLY SHOWING ALL EXISTING NON-COMPLYING CONDITIONS AND THE PROPOSED MODIFICATIONS TO MEET CURRENT ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS (INCLUDING SITE PLAN, FLOOR PLANS, DETAILS, ETC.) WILL BE SUBMITTED TO THE DEPARTMENT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. s h e e t l e g e n d EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL INDICATES PUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PARKING (E) ADA PARKING SIGNAGE ON POST W MACARTHUR BLVD S H A R B O R B L V D EXISTING SURFACE PARKING LOT EXISTING SURFACE PARKING LOT EXISTING SURFACE PARKING LOT EXISTING SURFACE PARKING LOT MAIN BLDG. ENTRY MAIN BLDG. ENTRY typ. E42 E44 E44 typ. E45 E44 E42 E45E45 E42 E45 E43 E42E43E44 E45 E42 E43 E43 E43 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 2/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 6 1 0 : 0 5 : 5 0 A M 02/25/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 T300 SITE ACCESSIBILITY PLAN 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 0 15'30'1" = 30'-0"01 site accessibility plan k e y n o t e s E42 (E) ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE E43 (E) VAN ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE E44 (E) TRUNCATED DOME TILE E45 (E) PARKING SIGNAGE AND WHEEL STOP No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 12 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 PLUMBING ABBREVIATION KEY PLUMBING CONTRACTORP.C. I.E.INVERT ELEVATION (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) LAVATORYL or LAV PLUMBINGPLBG SHOWERSH SINKSK URINALUR WATER CLOSETWC VENT THROUGH ROOFVTR AD ACCESS DOOR ABOVE FINISHED FLOORAFF BFP BACKFLOW PREVENTER ABBR:DESCRIPTION: TYPICALTYP EXISTINGE HEALTH CARE ACCESS AND INFORMATIONHCAI DOWNDN PLAN OR DETAIL NUMBER PLAN OR DETAIL NAME PLAN OR DETAIL SCALE DETAIL REFERRED TO BY SECTION CUT SHEET DETAIL IS LOCATED ON NAME 1 VIEW NAME 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 M101 1 4 3 2 SIMSIM INDICATES SIMILAR DETAIL REFERENCED IN MULTIPLE LOCATIONS LEVEL NAME 10'-0"HEIGHT ABOVE PROJECT 0'-0" 1 KEYNOTE: INDICATES NOTE USED TO DESCRIBE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT WORK REQUIRED, SPECIFIC TO THE SHEET AND/OR DETAIL NO R HT INDICATES DIRECTION OF TRUE NORTH VIEW KEY LINE TYPE AND TAG KEY: NEW WORK BY THIS CONTRACTOR (WIDE LINE) EXISTING TO REMAIN OR WORK BY OTHERS (NARROW LINE) HALFTONING DOES NOT MODIFY SCOPE. 'TAG'-E TAGS WITH DASH 'E' INDICATES THE REFERENCED OBJECT IS EXISTING TAG-1 UNDERLINED TAG INDICATES OBJECT IS IN-SCOPE. IF NEW, ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE IN A SCHEDULE, MATERIAL LIST, OR SYMBOL LIST INDICATES AN EXISTING SYSTEM'S POINT OF CONNECTION/REMOVAL T101 NEW EXISTING TO BE REMOVED (SHORT DASHED PATTERN) NEW UNDERFLOOR OR UNDERGROUND (LONG DASHED PATTERN) EXISTING EXISTING TO BE REMOVED BY OTHERS (SHORT DASHED PATTERN) EXISTING UNDERFLOOR OR UNDERGROUND (LONG DASHED PATTERN) PLUMBING SYMBOL LIST SYMBOL:DESCRIPTION: PIPE SERVING FIXTURE ON FLOOR ABOVE (EXAMPLE: FD = FLOOR DRAIN)FD PITCH PIPE IN DIRECTION BALANCING VALVE (NUMBER INDICATES GPM)GPM CHECK VALVE REDUCER -REFERENCE SPECIFICATION FOR CONCENTRIC/ECCENTRIC AND FOT/FOB PIPE CAP PIPE DOWN PIPE UP OR UP/DOWN DIRECTION OF FLOW IN PIPE SHUTOFF VALVE NORMALLY OPEN SHUTOFF VALVE NORMALLY CLOSED COLD WATER -POTABLECW HOT WATER -POTABLEHW HOT WATER CIRCULATING -POTABLEHWC SANITARY DRAINAGESAN VENTV DRAIND NOT ALL SYMBOLS MAY APPLY. PIPE CONTINUATION BACKFLOW PREVENTER 1. THE SYMBOLS AND THE MATERIAL LIST ARE FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF THE CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY QUANTITIES AND FURNISH ALL MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR FULLY OPERATIONAL SYSTEMS, WHETHER SPECIFIED OR NOT. 2. CATALOG NUMBERS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED COMPLETE, BUT ARE GIVEN AS AN AID TO THE CONTRACTOR AND TO INDICATE THE QUALITY REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL ON THESE DRAWINGS AND IN THE SPECIFICATIONS BEFORE ORDERING. THE DESCRIPTION OF THE MATERIAL TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER THE CATALOG NUMBER. THE FIRST MANUFACTURER LISTED IS THE BASIS OF DESIGN. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT FIXTURES SUPPLIED ARE APPROVED PER ALL APPLICABLE STATE, LOCAL AND GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 4. ALL FIXTURES SHALL CONFORM TO FEDERAL ACT S.3874 5. INVERT ELEVATIONS ARE FROM EXISTING DRAWINGS AND MAY NOT BE ACCURATE. VERIFY ALL ELEVATIONS BEFORE BEGINNING WORK. 6. VERIFY UNDERGROUND PIPE SIZES, INVERT ELEVATIONS, AND LOCATIONS PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY WORK. 7. REFER TO THE PLUMBING ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE FOR THE SIZES OF BRANCH PIPES TO PLUMBING FIXTURES. 8. EXISTING CONDITIONS ON DEMOLITION PLANS ARE PROVIDED TO INDICATE THE GENERAL SCOPE OF ITEMS TO BE REMOVED. 9. P.C. SHALL CUT AND PATCH EXISTING AS REQUIRED FOR NEW OR DEMOLITION WORK UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 10. DRAWINGS SHOWING LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT, AND PIPING, ETC. ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND MAY NOT ALWAYS REFLECT EXACT INSTALLATION CONDITIONS. DRAWINGS SHOW THE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF PIPING, EQUIPMENT, ETC., AND MAY NOT INCLUDE ALL OFFSETS AND FITTINGS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE FOLLOWED AS CLOSELY AS ACTUAL BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND THE WORK OF OTHERS WILL PERMIT. 11. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES FROM ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, SUBMITTALS, AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS OR PHYSICALLY AT SITE. REVIEW ALL DRAWINGS, INCLUDING THOSE OF OTHER TRADES. 12. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH ALL OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION TO PROVIDE CLEARANCES REQUIRED FOR OPERATION, MAINTENANCE, CODE COMPLIANCE, AND TO VERIFY NON-INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER WORK. DO NOT FABRICATE PRIOR TO VERIFICATION OF NECESSARY CLEARANCES FOR ALL TRADES. BRING ANY INTERFERENCES OR CONFLICTS TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH FABRICATION OR EQUIPMENT ORDERS. 13. REVIEW SPACE REQUIREMENTS OF EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED OR SUBSTITUTED AND MAKE REASONABLE ACCOMMODATIONS IN LAYOUT AND POSITIONING TO PROVIDE PROPER ACCESS. 14. ANY CHANGES REQUIRED TO ELIMINATE CONFLICTS OR THAT RESULT FROM A FAILURE TO COORDINATE SHALL BE MADE BY THE CONTRACTOR WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST OR EXPENSE TO OTHERS. 15. EACH CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH ELECTRICAL CHANGES REQUIRED FOR EQUIPMENT PROPOSED THAT DIFFERS FROM THE BASIS OF DESIGN. 16. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN, ELECTRICAL, TECHNOLOGY AUDIO/VISUAL, AND OTHER MECHANICAL PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES, OTHER THAN SPRINKLERS. 17. EACH CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE CAUSED BY THEIR ACTIONS TO WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS, AND ROOFS. THE CONTRACTOR WHOSE WORK CAUSES DAMAGE IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PATCHING TO MATCH ORIGINAL CONSTRUCTION, FIRE RATING, AND FINISH. 18. SEAL ALL FLOOR, WALL, AND ROOF PENETRATIONS AIRTIGHT WHERE PIPING PENETRATE. PENETRATIONS THROUGH EXTERIOR WALLS AND ROOF SHALL BE SEALED AIRTIGHT WITH WATERPROOFING MATERIALS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR OUTDOOR USE. 19. CAULK ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS OF FULL HEIGHT NON-FIRE RATED WALL, PARTITION, FLOOR, AND ROOF ASSEMBLIES. THIS IS ESSENTIAL TO PREVENT NOISE TRANSMISSION FROM ONE ROOM TO ANOTHER AND TO PROVIDE THE DESIRED NC LEVELS WITHIN ROOMS. 20. WHERE PIPES ARE SHOWN TO PENETRATE FLOORS, PROVIDE SLEEVED OPENINGS WITH THE TOP EDGE RAISED ABOVE FLOOR SURFACE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL RELEVANT SPEC. SECTIONS. SEAL SLEEVE PERIMETER TO BE WATERTIGHT. 21. DO NOT BLOCK TUBE PULL OR EQUIPMENT SERVICE CLEARANCES. 22. DO NOT SUPPORT PIPING FROM METAL DECKING OR OTHER NON-STRUCTURAL BUILDING ELEMENTS. ANCHORS EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE SHALL BE CRACKED CONCRETE APPROVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS. 23. EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE SHOWN BASED ON INFORMATION OBTAINED FROM FIELD SURVEYS, EXISTING BUILDING DOCUMENTS, AND STAFF. VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND REPORT ANY CONFLICTS BEFORE PROCEEDING. 24. NOT ALL EXISTING PIPING IS SHOWN. VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE STARTINGWORK. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY CONFLICTS WITH NEW WORK. 25. FIELD VERIFY THE AVAILABLE CLEARANCES FOR DUCTWORK AND PIPING BEFORE FABRICATION. RISES AND DROPS MAY BE NECESSARY BECAUSE OF EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. 28. THE P.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CUTTING, REMOVAL AND PATCHING OF ROOFS, WALLS, AND FLOORS ASSOCIATED WITH WORK BY ALL CONTRACTORS. 29. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF CEILINGS, CEILING TILES, AND CEILING GRIDS ASSOCIATED WITH AREAS OF WORK BY ALL CONTRACTORS. 30. WHERE EXISTING MECHANICAL SYSTEMS ARE LOCATED IN AREAS THAT CONFLICT WITH NEW PIPING, OR DUCTWORK TO BE INSTALLED, EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL EITHER ARRANGE NEW PIPING IN SUCH A FASHION THAT IT DOES NOT CONFLICT WITH EXISTING SYSTEMS. 31. PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS TO MAINTAIN EXISTING SYSTEMS IN SERVICE DURING CONSTRUCTION. MAINTAIN ACCESS TO EXISTING MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS THAT REMAIN ACTIVE. 32. OBTAIN PERMISSION FROM OWNER BEFORE SHUTTING DOWN ANY SYSTEM FOR ANY REASON. MAINTAIN SERVICE TO ALL COMPONENTS THAT ARE TO REMAIN UNTIL NEW SYSTEMS ARE INSTALLED PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES: APPLICABLE CODES CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND LOCAL AMENDMENTS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS ADMINISTRATIVE CODE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR) TITLE 24, PART 1 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC) CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS TITLE 24, PART 2 (2021 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC) W/ 2022 CALIFORNIA AMENDMENTS) 2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC) CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR) TITLE 24, PART 3 (2020 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC) W/ 2022 CALIFORNIA AMENDMENTS) 2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE (CMC) CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR) TITLE 24, PART 4 (2021 UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE (UMC) W/ 2022 CALIFORNIA AMENDMENTS) 2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE (CPC) CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR) TITLE 24, PART 5 (2021 UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE (UPC) W/ 2022 CALIFORNIA AMENDMENTS) 2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR) TITLE 24, PART 6 2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE (CFC) CALIFORNIA CODES OF REGULATIONS (CRR) TITLE 24, PART 9 (2021 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE (IFC) W/ 2022 CALIFORNIA AMENDMENTS) 2022 CALIFORNIA EXISTING BUILDING CODE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR) TITLE 24, PART 10 (2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE (IEBC)) 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE (CALGREEN) CALIFORNIA CODES OF REGULATIONS (CCR) TITLE 24, PART 11 2022 CALIFORNIA REFERENCED STANDARDS CODE CALIFORNIA DOE OF REGULATIONS (CCR) TITLE 24, PART 12 J FINISHED FLOOR FINISHED CEILING J-BOX IN CEILING SPACE 3/4" CONDUIT PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL PROVIDED BY CHICAGO SENSOR FAUCET TRANSFORMER #243.259.00.1 PROVIDED BY PLUMBER ELECTRICAL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING PROVIDED BY PLUMBER CONDUIT TO STUB-OUT BELOW SINK SO THAT LOW VOLTAGE WIRE IS NOT VISIBLE INSTALLATION WIRE # 242.340.00.1 FINISHED FLOOR 3/4" CONDUIT PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL SENSOR BOX FLOOR MOUNTED WATER CLOSET LOW VOLTAGE WIRING PROVIDED BY PLUMBER. J-BOX IN CEILING SPACE PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONDUIT STUB OUT FOR LOW VOLTAGE WIRING CONNECTION. PLUMBING SHEET INDEX P000 PLUMBING COVERSHEET P002 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS P101 LEVEL 01 - PLUMBING - REMODEL PLAN - OVERALL P102 LEVEL 02 - PLUMBING - REMODEL PLAN - OVERALL P103 LEVEL 03 - PLUMBING - REMODEL PLAN - OVERALL P111 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED PLUMBING DEMOLITION AND REMODEL PLAN P113 LEVEL 02 - ENLARGED PLUMBING DEMOLITION AND REMODEL PLAN - AREA A P115 LEVEL 03 - ENLARGED PLUMBING DEMOLITION AND REMODEL PLAN GRAND TOTAL: 8 NOTES: (APPLIES TO ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES LISTED BELOW) 1) SIZES SHOWN ARE MINIMUMS. LARGER SIZES SHOWN ON THE DRAWING SHALL DICTATE THE ROUGH-IN SIZE. 2) SANITARY RISERS UP IN WALL TO FIXTURES SHALL BE A MINUMUM OF 2". 3) DOMESTIC WATER BRANCH PIPING OUTSIDE OF THE WALL/CHASE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3/4" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ONLY THE FINAL RISE-DROP SHALL BE SMALLER. 4) FINAL SANITARY SIZE SHALL MATCH P-TRAP SIZE (REFER TO MATERIAL LIST). PLUMBING ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE TAG NAME DESCRIPTION TRAP COLD WATER HOT WATER SANITARY VENT L-1 LAVATORY 1/2" 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" WC-1 WATER CLOSET 1 1/2" - 4" 2" LACINAHCEM AINROFILACFOETATS M29915 Exp. 06/30/26 REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER ROBERT M .OKAJIMA IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1' 0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev:Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. As indicated 9/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 5 : 1 3 : 2 1 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author P000 PLUMBING COVERSHEET 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR PLUMBING MATERIAL LIST TAG NAME DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER AND MODEL L-1 LAVATORY: UNDERMOUNT, ACRYLIC BOWL, INSIDE BOWL DIMENSIONS 19.5”W x 14.375”Lx 6.75”D WITH CHICAGO FAUCET 327-XCP GRID DRAIN, MCGUIRE P-TRAP AND CHICAGO FAUCET 1017-CABCP STOPS AND SUPPLY. FAUCET: BLUETOOTH ADAPTER, 4" TRIM PLATE, BOX TRANSFORMER POWER SUPPLY, INTEGRATED SIDE MIXER, POLISHED CHROME FINISH, 0.5 GPM, MULTI-LAMINAR SPRAY, INFRARED SENSOR, BASYS® HARDWIRED-POWERED DECK-MOUNTED HIGH BODY, HARDWIRED WITH BOX MOUNT ADAPTER. LAVATORY: DURASEIN #DLB379A FAUCET: SLOAN #EFX-100-4-BOX-ISM-CP-0.5GP M-MLM-FCT BOX MOUNT ADAPTER: SLOAN EAF-37 BASYS® EFX 100-240 VAC/6 VDC WC-1 WATER CLOSET: FLOOR MOUNTED FLUSHOMETER VALVE TOILET, VITREOUS CHINA, HIGH EFFICIENCY, LOW CONSUMPTION, DUEL FLUSH 1.1/1.28 GPF FULLY GLAZED ELONGATED BOWL, TOP SPUD, 10 OR 12" ROUGH-IN FILED VERIFY. FLUSH VALVE: EXPOSED SENSOR OPERATED SELECTRONIC FLUSH VALVE, TOP SPUD, HARDWIRED TO AC POWER WITH TRANSFORMER AND 10’ EXTENSION CABLE. WATER CLOSET: AMERICAN STANDARD #2234.001 FLUSH VALVE: AMERICAN STANDARD #606B.721 TRANSFORMER: AMERICAN STANDARD #PK00.MAC MULTI-AC ADAPTER AND 10' EXTENSION CABLE. NTS3SINK SENSOR FAUCET HARD WIREWIRED DETAIL NTS4WATER CLOSET FLUSH VALVE HARDWIRED DETAIL SHEET P114 NO PLUMBING SCOPE FOR REFERNCE ONLY No. Revisions Date pl a n c h e c k s u b m i t t a l 09/19/2025 90% CD 08/14/2025 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 ARCHITECT SIX (6) BOUND SETS OF DIMENSIONED SHOP DRAWINGS AND NEW CEILING HEIGHTS. INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS. INSTALL ALL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO PRESERVE HEADROOM, AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS, AND KEEP OPENINGS AND PASSAGEWAYS CLEAR. REQUIRED, THEY SHALL BE MADE BY THE CONTRACTOR WITHOUT ADDITIONAL B. CHARGES. 1.13 LOCATIONS AND ACCESSIBILITY ITEMIZED EQUIPMENT LISTS, COMPLETE IN ALL DETAILS, WHICH HE AFTER RECEIPT OF SAME BY THE ARCHITECT. EXCEPTION TAKEN, WITH EXCEPTIONS NOTED THEREON OR W ILL CALL FOR MATERIALS IN A MANNER NOT ACCEPTABLE TO THE ARCHITECT WITHOUT RESUBMIT IF INDICATED, BEFORE COMMENCING THE WORK INVOLVED. RESUBMITTAL.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL REVISIONS NOTED, RETURNED TO THE CONTRACTOR WITHIN A REASONABLE LENGTH OF TIME TIME. THESE SUBMITTALS WILL BE CHECKED BY THE ARCHITECT AND GUARANTEE THAT HIS "AS BUILT" DRAWINGS ARE ACCURATE. LOCATION, ETC., AS REFERRED TO CONCEALED LINES AND EQUIPMENT. DIFFERENTLY FROM THAT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. THIS SHALL INCLUDE APPROVAL, ANY CHANGES WHICH ARE REQUIRED SHALL BE MADE AT THE ALL IN A LEGIBLE WORKMAN LIKE MANNER. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SET OF BLUELINE PRINTS SHOWING ALL WORK WHICH IS INSTALLED HAVING FIRST SUBMITTED SHOP DRAWINGS AND EQUIPMENT LIST FOR PROPOSES TO INSTALL. ALL ITEMS SHALL BE SUBMITTED AT THE SAME CONTRACTOR HAS COMPLIED WITH THE REQUIREMENTS HEREIN SPECIFIED. EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, WORKMANSHIP AND TEST AND DETERMINE WHEN THE JOURNEYMEN, HELPERS AND LABORERS REQUIRED. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE CONSTANTLY IN CHARGE OF THE WORK, TOGETHER WITH ALL NECESSARY SERVICES OF AN EXPERIENCED SUPERINTENDENT, WHO SHALL BE TRADES SHALL BE EMPLOYED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH THE BEST QUALITY AND NONE BUT COMPETENT MECHANICS SKILLED IN THEIR USE SHALL BE OF THE SAME MAKE. ALL WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE OF THE INSTALLED. ALL ARTICLES PROVIDED FOR THE SAME GENERAL PURPOSE OR REQUIREMENTS AND SHALL BE NEW AND IN PERFECT CONDITION WHEN THE INSTALLATION SHALL MEET ASME, ASTM, NFPA, U.L. AND IAPMO INSTALLED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. WHOLESALER, DATE OF ORDERS, AND APPROXIMATE DELIVERY DATES. GIVING DESCRIPTION, PLATE NUMBERS, AND BROCHURES, NAME OF THE THE ARCHITECT A COMPLETE LIST OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ORDERED IN AMPLE QUANTITIES AND AT THE PROPER TIME. HE SHALL DELIVER TO PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS REQUIRED, RAISE ALL EXISTING PIPING NOT ABOVE NEW CEILING HEIGHTS TO ABOVE SUBMITTALS BY THE ARCHITECT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE FOR THE A. THE ARCHITECT SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT A. IMMEDIATELY AFTER AWARD OF THE CONTRACT AND FINAL RETURN OF 1.12 SELECTION AND ORDERING OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS USED IN A. INSTALL ALL NEW PIPING ABOVE CEILINGS AND AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. C. SUBMITTALS SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT NECESSARILY BE LIMITED TO THE D. IN THE EVENT THAT THE CONTRACTOR INSTALLS EQUIPMENT OR B. COPIES RETURNED TO THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE REVIEW ED WITH NO 1.10 QUALITY OF EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, AND WORKMANSHIP A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP UP TO DATE, AN ACCURATE DIMENSIONED 1.11 APPROVALS 4. PLUMBING FIXTURES 5. SEISMIC BRACING 6. VALVES CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 1.9 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS FOLLOWING: 2. PIPE AND FITTINGS 3. PIPE ISOLATORS 1. INSULATION 1.4 SITE INSPECTION FULL SET FORTH IN BOTH. 1.7 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS BE CONSTRUED AS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS. TO PERMIT WORK IN VIOLATION THEREOF. REGULATIONS AND CODES ARE TO CONTRACTOR FOR ANY ERROR THROUGH NEGLIGENCE IN OBSERVING THE SITE CONNECTION, ETC. NO ALLOWANCE WILL BE MADE SUBSEQUENTLY TO THE SITE UNDER WHICH HE WILL BE REQUIRED TO OPERATE INCLUDING EXIST. PIPING TO BE RAISED OR REROUTED AND VERIFYING ALL POINTS OF THE ADEQUACY OF THE CONTRACTOR'S SAFETY MEASURES IN, OR NEAR THE REVIEW OF THE CONTRACTOR'S PERFORMANCE IS NOT INTENDED TO INCLUDE AGENCIES SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS PART OF THE CODES. BUT NOT SPECIFIED OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. INSPECTIONS TO THE ARCHITECT. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. COMPLEMENTARY DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS REQUIRED BY ANY TO THE ARCHITECT FOR ADJUSTMENT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. TO THE MATTER, HE DOES SO ON HIS OWN RESPONSIBILITY AND AT HIS SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR PROCEED WITH THE WORK WITHOUT SO REFERRING AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. ARRANGE AND PAY FOR ANY REQUIRED INSPECTIONS OR EXAMINATIONS AND DELIVER CERTIFICATES OF SUCH DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER THE MATTER CALLED FOR ON ONE AND NOT THE OTHER SHALL BE FURNISHED AS THOUGH A. THE ARCHITECT'S DECISION WILL BE FINAL ON INTERPRETATION OF THE C. SHOULD THERE APPEAR AN ERROR OR DISCREPANCY IN OR BETWEEN THE B. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COMPLEMENTARY AND ANY WORK D. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC. A. CONTRACTOR SHALL FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH THE CONDITIONS AT THE B. NOTHING IN THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS IS TO BE CONSTRUED A. OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL NECESSARY PERMITS, FEES, ASSESSMENTS, E. THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ARCHITECT TO CONDUCT CONSTRUCTION D. RULINGS, REGULATIONS, AND INTERPRETATIONS OF THE ENFORCING C. NO EXTRAS WILL BE PAID FOR FURNISHING ITEMS REQUIRED BY CODES 1.6 PERMITS, FEES, AND INSPECTIONS 1.5 ORDINANCE, REGULATIONS, AND CODES ETC. SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED. BE SECURED BUT THEIR EXTREME ACCURACY CANNOT BE GUARANTEED. THE BE GOVERNED BY THE BUILDING. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL ACCEPT THIS THE CONTRACTOR AND EXACT LOCATIONS, DISTANCES, LEVELS, ETC. WILL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE FOR ASSISTANCE AND GUIDANCE OF CONDITIONS, UTILITIES, POINTS OF CONNECTION, INVERT ELEVATIONS, DATA WITH THIS UNDERSTANDING. ALL DATA CONCERNING EXISTING A. BEFORE STARTING WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH TO THE E. THE DATA GIVEN HEREIN AND ON THE DRAWINGS ARE AS EXACT AS COULD OWN EXPENSE. 1.8 SUBMITTALS CONSTRUCTION SITE. CONDITIONS. INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION. TO COMPLETE THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THESE BE AS DIRECTED AND SCHEDULED BY THE OWNER. WORK AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, AS SPECIFIED AND AS NECESSARY A. FURNISH MATERIALS AND PERFORM LABOR REQUIRED TO EXECUTE THIS B. ACCESS TO PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING MAY BE RESTRICTED AND SHALL A. THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS APPLY TO ALL WORK ELECTRICAL, CONCRETE, PAINTING, STRUCTURAL AND AIR CONDITIONING 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE 1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WORK EXCEPT AS NOTED. MAJOR ITEMS. A. THE INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL OF THE LATEST APPLICABLE ORDINANCES, REGULATIONS, CODES AND REQUIREMENTS OF ANY AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL, DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY, O.S.H.A., N.F.P.A. 13 AND 99, CALIFORNIA ELECTRIC CODE, CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE, CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE, AND THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY CONSERVATION COMMISSION. YEAR FROM THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. SHOULD ANY REPAIR OR REPLACE THE DEFECTIVE ITEM FREE OF CHARGE TO THE OWNER, DEFECTS OCCUR DURING THIS PERIOD, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROMPTLY MATERIAL INSTALLED BY HIM FOR A PERIOD OF NOT LESS THAN ONE (1) A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL WORKMANSHIP, EQUIPMENT AND INCLUDING COST OF LABOR, BASED UPON NORMAL WORKING HOURS. OBJECTIONABLE VIBRATION AND NOISE. 1.17 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 1.18 CLOSING-IN OF UN-INSPECTED WORK REPAIRS WITH SUCH MATERIALS AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO RESTORE ALL HIS WORK AND THAT OF THE OTHER TRADES TO ITS ORIGINAL AND PROPER CHARACTERISTICS, SIZE, MODEL, SERIAL NUMBER, ETC. A. THE PREMISES AND EXISTING BUILDING AT THE SITE W ILL BE IN USE ATTACHED TO EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT, SHOWING COMPLETE PERFORMANCE BE PROVIDED WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S METAL IDENTIFICATION LABELS A. ALL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL OR FIXTURES FURNISHED AND/OR INSTALLED BY HIM FOR A PERIOD OF ONE OF THE PREMISES CAUSED BY LEAKS OR BREAKS IN PIPING, EQUIPMENT, A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DAMAGE TO ANY PART (1) YEAR FROM THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. ETC., SHALL BE CORE DRILLED BY THE CONTRACTOR AS DIRECTED BY THE EQUIPMENT. ANY OPENINGS OR CHANGES TO THE EXISTING WALLS, SLABS, OF OPENINGS WHICH ARE REQUIRED IN NEW WALLS, ETC., FOR PIPING AND A. FURNISH INFORMATION TO AFFECTED SECTIONS ON SIZE AND LOCATION ARCHITECT WITH PRIOR APPROVAL BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. OR DANGER TO THE PERSONNEL OR PREMISES. A. PAINTING OF ALL PIPING AND MISCELLANEOUS METALS IS INCLUDED A. PIPING SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH WESTLINE KOLBI "CUSTOM" OR SETON 2021 NFPA 99 STANDARDS AND AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. "SETMARK" PIPE MARKERS. INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE OSHA AND WITH ONE COAT OF METAL PRIMER IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING FABRICATION. TO THE WEATHER WHICH ARE NOT FACTORY FINISHED SHALL BE PAINTED UNDER ANOTHER SECTION OF THE WORK; HOWEVER, ALL SURFACES EXPOSED BE MADE. THE SCHEDULING OF THE SHUT DOWN PERIOD SHALL BE AT A EXCEPT FOR DESIGNATED INTERVALS DURING WHICH CONNECTIONS CAN B. HE SHALL MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF SERVICE TO THE EXISTING WATER, CONTRACTOR SHALL CONDUCT HIS WORK SO AS TO CAUSE NO INCONVENIENCE NO. A-11G METAL FRAME UNDER GLASS, OR APPROVED EQUAL, LOCATED AS C. PROVIDE A TYPED VALVE IDENTIFICATION LIST MOUNTED IN A SETON B. ALL VALVES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH NUMBERED VALVE TAG WITH ABBREVIATION "PLBG" COMPLETE WITH "S" MOUNTING CLIP. AT THE TIME THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT IS IN PROGRESS. THE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS FROM DAMAGE. FACILITIES FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS AND PROTECT SUCH A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE AND PROPER STORAGE HIM SHALL BE SUPPORTED IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO BE FREE FROM C. HE SHALL GUARANTEE THAT ALL EQUIPMENT OR PIPING INSTALLED BY PERFORM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DETAILED DRAWINGS AND ENTIRE SYSTEM INSTALLED BY HIM AND THAT ALL APPARATUS WILL WORK AND AFTER IT HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND TESTED, MAKE ALL INSPECTION AND TEST, HE SHALL, AT HIS OWN EXPENSE, UNCOVER THE B. SHOULD ANY OF HIS WORK BE COVERED UP OR ENCLOSED BEFORE SUCH COVERED UP OR ENCLOSED UNTIL IT HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND TESTED. B. HE SHALL GUARANTEE THE COMPLETE AND PERFECT OPERATION OF THE THIS SECTION OR SPECIFICATIONS. (SEE CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE, 2022 EDITION). CONNECTIONS, AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER OPERATION OF HIS THE LINE VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL WORK IS UNDER ELECTRICAL SPECS. AND LOW VOLTAGE CONDUIT WHEN REQUIRED IS SPECIFIED AND INSTALLED UNDER A. FURNISH ALL CONTROLS, WITH INSTRUCTIONS FOR MAKING THE ACCOMPLISH THE ABOVE RESULTS. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY AND EXPENSE. MAXIMUM HEADROOM AND ACCESSIBILITY. INTEREST OF OBTAINING THE MOST PRACTICAL OVERALL ARRANGEMENT OF EQUIPMENT, PIPING, LIGHTING, CONDUIT AND DUCTS TO MAINTAIN UNDERSTOOD THAT NO EXTRAS TO THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE PERMITTED TO SO DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE. IT SHALL BE SHALL BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE WHEN BY THIS CONTRACTOR WHICH INTERFERES WITH THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES PROPERLY ADJUSTED BEFORE THE WORK IS INSTALLED. WORK INSTALLED HIS WORK AND THAT OF OTHER TRADES SO THAT THE CONFLICT MAY BE SCALE WITH ALL PIPING, DUCTS, CONDUITS, LIGHTING, BEAMS, ETC., INSTALLING OF NEW PIPING AND/OR RELOCATION OF PIPING. ANY PIPING ELEVATIONS OF ALL EXISTING PIPING AND CONNECTIONS PRIOR TO COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES SHALL BE DONE AT THE INSTALLED PRIOR TO VERIFYING POINTS OF CONNECTION AND A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COOPERATE WITH THE OTHER TRADES IN THE C. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ANY POINTS OF CONFLICT BETWEEN A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATIONS, SIZES AND INVERT B. AREAS OF LIMITED CLEARANCE SHALL BE LAID OUT TO 3/4" = 1'0" 1.15 VERIFICATION OF EXISTING SERVICES 1.14 COOPERATION WITH OTHER TRADES SHOWN. 1.25 ELECTRICAL WORK DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. EQUIPMENT. B. 1.24 PIPE AND VALVE IDENTIFICATION 1.23 PAINTING 1.21 EQUIPMENT LABELS 1.22 MAINTAINING EXISTING SERVICES AND SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS, TIME DIRECTED BY THE OWNER. CONDITION. 1.20 DAMAGE BY LEAKS 1.19 OPENINGS 1.16 GUARANTEES SPECIFICATIONS. IF CHANGES IN THE INDICATED LOCATIONS OR ARRANGEMENTS ARE APPROVED BY AHJ AND FACTORY MUTUAL. COUPLINGS APPROVED BY AHJ AND FACTORY MUTUAL. CAST IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS, WITH HEAVY DUTY STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS WITH HEAVY DUTY STAINLESS STEEL COUPLINGS FERROUS SEAT, 150 PSI. B. VENT PIPING: SHALL BE COATED SERVICE WEIGHT NO-HUB CAST IRON SOIL SHUTOFF VALVES SHALL BE SOLDERED ENDS, SOLDERED, LEAD FREE, ASTM B32- BALL - APOLLO 82-100 SERIES, 3 PIECE BRONZE, FULL PORT ANSI B16.22, WROUGHT COPPER OR BRASS, SOLDER ASTM B88, TYPE L, HARD DRAWN COPPER TUBE. CAST BRONZE OR COPPER, GROUND JOINT, NON- PACKING, DESIGNED FOR WORKING PRESURES UP TO BRONZE - BODIED, DOUBLESEAL, FULL FLOW, UNION D. WHEREVER DISSIMILAR PIPING IS CONNECTED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPOUND APPLIED TO THE MALE THREAD ONLY WITH NOT MORE THAN TWO PROVIDE A DIELECTRIC FITTING BY "CAPITOL", "EPCO" OR "WEDGESEAL". C. COLD WATER, HOT WATER, HOT WATER RETURN AND A. SCREWED PIPE JOINTS SHALL BE MADE UP WITH APPROVED PIPE B. CAST IRON PIPE JOINTS SHALL BE MADE UP WITH APPROVED IDEAL C. ALL CAST IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL CONFORM TO THE CURRENT CAST IRON SOIL PIPE INSTITUTE SPECIFICATIONS. THREADS LEFT EXPOSED. ENDS OF PIPE SHALL BE REAMED TO THE FULL A. SOIL AND WASTE PIPING: SHALL BE COATED SERVICE WEIGHT, NO-HUB COUPLINGS OR EQUAL. UNIONS: 2.2 MAKING-UP PIPE DIAMETER. VALVES: 300 PSI. CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING: FITTINGS: JOINTS: PIPE: TYPE. 95TA. 2.1 MATERIALS 1.1 DESCRIPTION C. CAST IRON PIPE SHALL HAVE A HANGER AT THE JOINT OF EACH PIPE B. COPPER PIPE SHALL HAVE HANGERS EVERY 10 FEET, EXCEPT 1-1/2 INCH SUCH AS MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OPM-0043-13 OR B-LINE/TOLCO A. SUPPORT HORIZONTAL PIPING WITH ELCEN NO. 89, PHD NO. 151 OR OPM-0052-13. USE INSULATION PROTECTION SHIELD FOR INSULATED PIPING. "UNISTRUT", "SPEED STRUT", "SUPER STRUT", OR "FAMET" CHANNEL. D. WHERE PIPING IS CONCEALED IN WALLS, SUPPORTS SHALL BE SUPPORTS WITH EARTHQUAKE BRACING AS PRE-APPROVED SYSTEMS GRINNEL NO. 70, ADJUSTABLE STEEL BAND; PIPE HANGERS AND ROD STRUCTURE. WHERE PIPE MUST COME IN CONTACT, PROVIDE PIPE E. IN NO CASE SHALL PIPING COME IN CONTACT WITH THE BUILDING COLD WATER AND MEDICAL GAS PIPING WITH SEMCO "TRISOLATORS". A. ISOLATE ALL PIPE HANGERS OR PIPING SUPPORTS FROM HOT WATER, B. PROVIDE CHROME PLATED SET SCREW FLANGE ON ALL PIPING PENETRATING FINISHED FLOORS, WALLS AND CEILINGS. IDENTIFIED WITH SEMIRIGID PLASTIC IDENTIFICATION MARKERS, SETMARK OPERATIONS (EXCEPT PIPING IN INACCESSIBLE SPACES) SHALL BE A. ALL SERVICE PIPING WHICH IS ACCESSIBLE FOR MAINTENANCE SLEEVES SHALL BE CAULKED WITH 3M BRAND FIRE BARRIER OR CSFM A. WHERE FIREPROOFING IS REQUIRED, THE SPACE BETWEEN PIPE AND 2.5 PIPE SLEEVES AND PLATES PIPE MARKERS, OR EQUAL. 2.6 PIPE IDENTIFICATION APPROVED EQUAL. 2.4 PIPE ISOLATORS AND SMALLER, EVERY 6 FEET. ISOLATORS AS HEREIN SPECIFIED. LENGTH. 2.3 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS BE MOUNTED UNDER THE FIXTURES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 3. FIXTURE HEIGHTS SHALL BE AS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. 2. WHERE SERVICES PASS THROUGH A WALL, FLOOR OR CEILING, PROVIDE FOR AND ESCUTCHEON HEAVILY CHROME PLATED AND FASTENED WITH AND THE FIXTURE SHALL BE FILLED WITH DAP OR APPROVED EQUAL 5. FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE AMERICAN STANDARD, KOHLER, BRIGGS, CRANE, JUST OR ELKAY AS EQUAL, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. FIXTURES AND TRIM SHALL BE OF ONE MANUFACTURER. 4. ALL VOIDS BETWEEN THE COUNTERTOP FIXTURE GROUT. SET SCREW. LABORATORIES, INC. (UL). TEST SHALL INCLUDE INSULATION, JACKETS, FITTINGS, ADHESIVES, COATINGS AND ACCESSORIES. COMPOSITE PRODUCTS A. ALL HOT WATER PIPING INSULATION SHALL BE TESTED BY UNDERWRITERS ANY OTHER COMPONENTS, SHALL HAVE A FLAME-SPREAD RATING NOT TO INSULATION MATERIALS, INCLUDING FACINGS, ADHESIVE FOR FACINGS AND EXCEED 25, AND A SMOKE DENSITY NOT TO EXCEED 50 WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH U.B.C. STANDARD NO. 42-1, EXCEPT WHERE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE NOTED. FURNISH AFFIDAVIT FROM SECTIONAL PIPE INSULATION WITH FACTORY APPLIED JACKETS (AP-T) HOT PIPING, TEMPERATURE TO 450°F: GLASS FIBER, ONE-PIECE (HD) THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY (AT 75°F MEAN) NOT MORE THAN 0.23 BTU/HR. SQ. FT./F/IN. 3 P.C.F. DENSITY MINIMUM. INSULATION SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY: JOHNS-MANVILLE, SHALL MEET THE FIRE HAZARD REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 99. 1. PLUMBING FIXTURE TRIM SHALL BE BRASS WITH HEAVY POLISHED CHROMIUM PLATED FINISH, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. INDIVIDUAL LOOSE KEY STOPS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL SUPPLIES AND SHALL 2.8 PLUMBING FIXTURES OWENS-CORNING OR NATIONAL GYPSUM A. GENERAL MANUFACTURER THAT PRODUCTS DELIVERED TO PROJECT MEET 2.7 INSULATION: REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED. WITH SELF SEALING LAPS FIBERGLASS INSULATION (HD) SHALL HAVE D. ALL BURRED ENDS OF ALL WATER PIPING AND TUBING SHALL BE REAMED 3.1 CLEANING UP H. UNLESS FLANGES ARE INDICATED, A UNION SHALL BE INSTALLED ON ONE AND SERVICING. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL UNIONS BE K. NO HOT WATER LINE SHALL BE RUN PARALLEL TO A COLD WATER LINE OF ALL PIPING. PROVIDE SWING FITTINGS AND ANCHORS AS REQUIRED I. MAKE SUITABLE PROVISION FOR MAXIMUM EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION SIDE OF ALL SCREWED SHUTOFF VALVES, EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS AND J. REDUCING FITTINGS SHALL BE USED IN LIEU OF BUSHINGS. CLOSE ELSEWHERE AS INDICATED OR REQUIRED FOR EASE OF INSTALLATION AND THE TESTS OPERATED IN THE PRESENCE OF THE INSPECTOR BE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CITY AND STATE ORDINANCES, N.F.P.A., ADVANCE WHEN THE PIPING IS READY FOR TESTING. ALL PIPES SHALL ELIMINATING OF NOISE AND VIBRATION AND LET IN FIRST CLASS ADJUSTED TO INSURE PROPER FUNCTIONING OF ALL CONTROLS, B. THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE NOTIFIED TWENTY-FOUR (24) HOURS IN L. IN MAKING UP LINES OF BRASS OR CHROME PIPE, AN APPROVED TYPE A. EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT AND ALL OF THE SYSTEMS SHALL BE FRICTION WRENCH SHALL BE USED TO AVOID MARKING OF THE PIPE. NEARER THAN 8", EXCEPT NEAR FIXTURES OR EQUIPMENT, CONNECTIONS. OPERATING CONDITION. 3.4 TESTING AND ADJUSTING INSTALLED IN UNACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. NIPPLES WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. AND/OR AS DIRECTED ON THE JOB. INSTALLED AND FINAL CONNECTIONS MADE. THIS SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. PATCHING SHALL BE OF THE SAME MEMBRANE CUTTING AND PATCHING SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER THIS MEMBER, THE WORK SHALL BE DONE A DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. PIPES ARE TO PASS THROUGH, OR INTERFERE WITH ANY STRUCTURAL PATCHING SHALL BE DONE UNDER THE ARCHITECT'S DIRECTION. WHERE MATERIALS, WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH AS, AND SHALL ACCURATELY B. ALL PIPING SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED BEFORE INSTALLATION AND WILL PERMIT AND SHALL BE COMPLETE AND THE PIPING TESTED BEFORE A. ROUGH-IN SHALL PROCEED AS RAPIDLY AS THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION MATCH, ALL SURROUNDING CONSTRUCTION. ALL CORE DRILLING OR WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE W ORK UNDER SHALL PROVIDE ALL OPENINGS COMPLETE WITH SLEEVES AND SUPPORTS A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL CORE DRILLING AND PATCHING AND PREMISES SHALL BE CLEANED OF UNUSED MATERIAL, RUBBISH, DEBRIS, AND CLEAN, AND ALL PLATED WORK SHALL BE POLISHED. THE ENTIRE A. ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND EXPOSED SURFACES SHALL BE LEFT SMOOTH E. HORIZONTAL SANITARY AND DRAIN PIPING SHALL BE RUN AT A UNIFORM GRADE OF 1/4" PER FOOT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. BURRS, EACH LENGTH TO BE CAREFULLY INSPECTED AND ALL C. ALL JOINTS SHALL BE SMOOTH INSIDE, PIPE ENDS REAMED TO REMOVE AND SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH NEAT PLATED ESCUTCHEONS WITH ROUND SHALL BE CAREFULLY MADE; SHALL SHOW NO TOOL MARKS OR THREADS D. EXPOSED PLATED, POLISHED OR ENAMELED CONNECTIONS FROM FIXTURES HEAD SCREWS OF THE SAME FINISH. ALL FINISHED SURFACES SHALL BE ALL PIPE OPENINGS CAPPED TO EXCLUDE DEBRIS UNTIL FIXTURES ARE OBSTRUCTIONS REMOVED PRIOR TO FABRICATION. CAREFULLY TAPED. SECTION OF THE WORK AS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. 3.3 GENERAL PLUMBING INSTALLATION BEING ENCLOSED. 3.2 SLEEVING, CUTTING AND PATCHING GREASE SPOTS. OF RECORD. PRESSURE SHALL BE ISOLATED FROM THE SYSTEM. WORK REPLACED SHALL AGAIN BE TESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT HIS OWN PERFECT MATERIAL AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. THE PORTION OF THE OF THESE TESTS, IT SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY REMOVED AND REPLACED BY C. SHOULD ANY PIECE OF APPARATUS, ANY WORK OR MATERIAL FAIL IN ANY D. ALL EQUIPMENT WHICH WOULD BE SUBJECT TO DAMAGE AT THE TEST EXPENSE IN THE PRESENCE OF THE INSPECTOR OF RECORD. E. TESTS: REFER TO 2022 CPC, SEC 609.9 1. WATER SYSTEMS: INSTALLATION, TESTING AND STERILIZATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWWA C651-92 STANDARDS. ACCORDANCE WITH 2022 C.P.C. AND I.A.P.M.O. STANDARDS AND 2. WASTE AND VENT SYSTEMS: INSTALLATION AND TESTING SHALL BE IN RECOMMENDATIONS. INJECTION PORTS COMPLETE WITH ISOLATION VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED FOR CHLORINATION. * PART 1: GENERAL PLUMBING SPECIFICATION: PART 2: PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS: PART 3: EXECUTION: 5.1 GENERAL A. SECTION INCLUDES 1.PLUMBING DEMOLITION 2.FIRE SUPPRESSION DEMOLITION 3.CUTTING AND PATCHING B. SUBMITTAL 1.A DEMOLITION PLAN INDICATING PIPING TO BE DEMOLISHED / REMAIN / REMAIN OPERATIONAL / CAPPED AND PLUGGED. 5.2 PRODUCTS A.MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 1.MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS. 5.3 EXECUTION A.EXAMINATION 1.THE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED TO INDICATE THE GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK AND DO NOT SHOW EVERY PIPE, DUCT, OR PIECE OF EQUIPMENT THAT MUST BE REMOVED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND VERIFY CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID. 2.WHERE WALLS, CEILINGS, ETC., ARE SHOWN AS BEING REMOVED ON ARCHITECTURE (GENERAL) DRAWINGS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL PLUMBING / FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, FIXTURES, PIPING, SYSTEMS, ETC., FROM THE REMOVED AREA. 3.VERIFY THAT ABANDONED UTILITIES SERVE ONLY ABANDONED EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES. EXTEND SERVICES TO FACILITIES OR EQUIPMENT THAT SHALL REMAIN IN OPERATION FOLLOWING DEMOLITION. 4.COORDINATE WORK WITH ALL OTHER CONTRACTORS AND THE OWNER. SCHEDULE REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND PIPING TO AVOID CONFLICTS. 5.BID SUBMITTAL SHALL MEAN THE CONTRACTOR HAS VISITED THE PROJECT SITE AND VERIFIED EXISTING CONDITIONS AND SCOPE OF WORK. B. PREPARATION 1.DISCONNECT PIPING SYSTEMS IN WALLS, FLOORS, AND CEILINGS SCHEDULED OR REMOVAL. 2.PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS TO MAINTAIN EXISTING SYSTEMS IN SERVICE DURING CONSTRUCTION, WHEN WORK MUST BE PERFORMED ON OPERATING EQUIPMENT, USE PERSONNEL EXPERIENCED IN SUCH OPERATIONS. 3.EXISTING PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION AND MEDICAL GAS SYSTEM: MAINTAIN EXISTING TO REMAIN SERVICE UNTIL NEW PIPING IS INSTALLED. OBTAIN PERMISSION FROM OWNER AT LEAST 48 HOURS BEFORE SHUTTING DOWN SYSTEM FOR ANY REASON. MAKE CHANGEOVER AND CERTIFY SYSTEM AS PART NEW PIPING, ALL WITH MINIMUM OUTAGE. DO NOT DISCONNECT ANY ROOF DRAINAGE PIPING UNTIL NEW PIPING IS IN PLACE AND OPERATIONAL. C. DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING MECHANICAL W ORK 1.DEMOLISH AND EXTEND EXISTING PLUMBING WORK UNDER PROVISIONS OF DIVISION 2 AND THIS SECTION. 2.REMOVE, RELOCATE, AND EXTEND EXISTING INSTALLATIONS TO ACCOMMODATE NEW CONSTRUCTION. 3.REMOVE EXPOSED ABANDONED PIPES, INCLUDING ABANDONED PIPES ABOVE CEILINGS. CUT PIPES ABOVE CEILINGS, BELOW FLOORS AND BEHIND WALLS. CAP REMAINING LINES. REPAIR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION TO MATCH ORIGINAL. REMOVE ALL CLAMPS, HANGERS, SUPPORTS, ETC. ASSOCIATED WITH PIPE REMOVAL. 4.REPAIR ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHES DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION WORK. 5.EXTEND EXISTING INSTALLATIONS USING MATERIALS AND METHODS COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING INSTALLATIONS, OR AS SPECIFIED. 6.REMOVE UNUSED SECTIONS OF DOMESTIC HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING BACK TO MAINS AND CAP. CAPPED PIPE SHALL BE LESS THAN 6" FROM MAIN TO PREVENT "DEAD LEGS". 7.TEMPORARILY CAP ALL OPENINGS TO THE SANITARY AND VENT SYSTEM TO PREVENT ODOR FROM ENTERING THE WORK ARE AND BUILDING. D. CUTTING AND PATCHING 1.THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL PENETRATIONS OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK OF THIS PROJECT. REFER TO SECTION 22 05 29 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 2.NEW PENETRATIONS SHALL BE NEAT AND CLEAN WITH SMOOTH AND/OR FINISHED EDGES. CORE DRILL WHERE POSSIBLE FOR CLEAN OPENING. 3.REPAIR EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED AFTER PENETRATION IS COMPETE TO RESTORE TO ORIGINAL CONDITION. USE SIMILAR MATERIALS AND MATCH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR AGREED TO BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER PRIOR TO START OF WORK. 4.ALL FLOOR SLAB PENETRATIONS SHALL BE X-RAYED PRIOR TO CUTTING AND/OR DRILLING TO AVOID ANY TENSION CABLES, REINFORCING ROD OR UTILITIES ENCASED IN FLOOR CONSTRUCTION. PART 4: DEMOLITION FOR REMODELLING: END OF SECTION BETWEEN ARCHITECTURAL AND PLUMBING APPROVED DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR TO C. IN EXISTING CONSTRUCTION, PIPE OPENINGS SHALL BE CORE DRILLED AS ALIGNED IDENTIFY ANY NEARBY REBAR AND CONFIRM THAT THE PROPOSED CORING WILL NOT COMPROMISE ANY EXISTING REBAR WITH INSPECTOR IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO CORING. A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT ALLOW OR CAUSE ANY OF THE WORK TO BE 6. TESTING AND APPROVAL OF ALL SYSTEMS. 4. PLUMBING FIXTURES, FITTINGS, TRIM, ACCESSORIES, ETC. 2. COLD WATER, HOT WATER AND HOT WATER RETURN PIPING SYSTEMS 1. SANITARY SEWER AND VENT SYSTEM INCLUDING CONNECTIONS INCLUDING CONNECTIONS, TO EXISTING, ETC. 3. CONDENSATE PIPING 5. PIPE INSULATION. TO EXISTING, ETC. SPECIFICATIONS LACINAHCEM AINROFILACFOETATS M29915 Exp. 06/30/26 REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER ROBERT M .OKAJIMA IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1' 0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 12" = 1'-0" 9/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 5 : 1 3 : 2 2 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author P002 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR No. Revisions Date pl a n c h e c k s u b m i t t a l 09/19/2025 90% CD 08/14/2025 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 VESTI 1100 RECEP 1102 LOBBY 1101 VESTI 1104 TLPUB 1106 TLPUB 1105 STAIR ST01 VESTI 1103 TLPUB 1902 TLPUB 1904 TLPUB 1903 TLPUB 1905 WTAGN 1900 WTAGN 1800 Room 1115 CORRD 1118 RECEP 1502 WTAGN 1500 WSGEN 1500AW02 WSGEN 1500AW01 VESEL 1108 P111 1 P111 3 P111 4 P111 2 LACINAHCEM AINROFILACFOETATS M29915 Exp. 06/30/26 REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER ROBERT M .OKAJIMA IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1' 0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 3/32" = 1'-0" 9/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 5 : 1 3 : 2 5 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author P101 LEVEL 01 - PLUMBING - REMODEL PLAN - OVERALL 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 3/32" = 1'-0"1 LEVEL 01 - PLUMBING - REMODEL PLAN - OVERALL 0 4'8'2' 1 KEYNOTES: 1. EXISTING DRINKING FOUNTAIN TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW WALL FINISH. No. Revisions Date pl a n c h e c k s u b m i t t a l 09/19/2025 90% CD 08/14/2025 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 CORRD 2101 VESEL 2108 VESTI 2104 TLPUB 2106 TLPUB 2105 WTAGN 2123 CORRD 2126 CORRD 2100 P113 02 P113 1 LACINAHCEM AINROFILACFOETATS M29915 Exp. 06/30/26 REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER ROBERT M .OKAJIMA IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1' 0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 3/32" = 1'-0" 9/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 5 : 1 3 : 2 7 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author P102 LEVEL 02 - PLUMBING - REMODEL PLAN - OVERALL 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 3/32" = 1'-0"01 LEVEL 02 - PLUMBING - REMODEL PLAN - OVERALL 0 4'8'2' No. Revisions Date pl a n c h e c k s u b m i t t a l 09/19/2025 90% CD 08/14/2025 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 VESEL 3100 CORRD 3101 CORRD 3102 TLPUB 3104 TLPUB 3103 HALLW 3107 WTAGN 3108 P115 01 P115 02 LACINAHCEM AINROFILACFOETATS M29915 Exp. 06/30/26 REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER ROBERT M .OKAJIMA IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1' 0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 3/32" = 1'-0" 9/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 5 : 1 3 : 2 9 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author P103 LEVEL 03 - PLUMBING - REMODEL PLAN - OVERALL 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 3/32" = 1'-0"01 LEVEL 03 - PLUMBING - OVERALL PLAN 0 4'8'2' No. Revisions Date pl a n c h e c k s u b m i t t a l 09/19/2025 90% CD 08/14/2025 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 TLPUB 1902 TLPUB 1904 Room 1115 1 1 11 2 VESTI 1104 TLPUB 1106 TLPUB 1105 1 1 1 1 TLPUB 1902 TLPUB 1904 Room 1115 WC-1WC-1 L-1L-1 11 1 1 VESTI 1104 TLPUB 1106 TLPUB 1105 WC-1 L-1 L-1 1 1 1 1 WC-1 LACINAHCEM AINROFILACFOETATS M29915 Exp. 06/30/26 REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER ROBERT M .OKAJIMA IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1' 0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com AS NOTED PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 1/4" = 1'-0" 9/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 5 : 1 3 : 3 1 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author P111 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED PLUMBING DEMOLITION AND REMODEL PLAN 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 0 4'8'2' DEMOLITION KEYNOTES: 1. DEMOLISH EXISTING FIXTURE AND ASSOCIATED ACCESSORIES.CAP ALL PLUMBING UTILITIES AND REWORK TO ACCOMMODATE NEW.TO INCLUDE RE-ROUGH PLUMBING UTILITIES IN WALL. 2. DEMOLISH EXISTING URNIAL AND CARRIER. CAP WASTE IN WALL, COLD WATER AND VENT PIPE BACK TO NEAREST BRANCH. 1/4" = 1'-0"1 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN AREA C 1/4" = 1'-0"2 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN AREA D04'8'2'0 4'8'2' 1/4" = 1'-0"3 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED PLUMBING PLAN AREA C 1/4" = 1'-0"4 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED PLUMBING PLAN AREA D04'8'2'0 4'8'2' REMODEL KEYNOTES: 1. REWORK EXISTING PLUMBING UTILITIES TO ACCOMODATE NEW FIXTURE.FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. No. Revisions Date pl a n c h e c k s u b m i t t a l 09/19/2025 90% CD 08/14/2025 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 CORRD 2101 VESEL 2108 VESTI 2104 TLPUB 2106TLPUB 2105 111 1 3 CORRD 2101 VESEL 2108 VESTI 2104 TLPUB 2106TLPUB 2105 L-1WC-1WC-1 L-1 2 2 2 2 3 LACINAHCEM AINROFILACFOETATS M29915 Exp. 06/30/26 REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER ROBERT M .OKAJIMA IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1' 0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 1/4" = 1'-0" 9/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 5 : 1 3 : 3 2 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author P113 LEVEL 02 - ENLARGED PLUMBING DEMOLITION AND REMODEL PLAN - AREA A 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 1/4" = 1'-0"1 LEVEL 02 - ENLARGED PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN - AREA A 1/4" = 1'-0"02 LEVEL 02 - ENLARGED PLUMBING PLAN - AREA A 0 4'8'2' 0 4'8'2' KEYNOTES: 1. DEMOLISH EXISTING FIXTURE AND ASSOCIATED ACCESSORIES.CAP ALL PLUMBING UTILITIES AND REWORK TO ACCOMMODATE NEW.TO INCLUDE RE-ROUGH PLUMBING UTILITIES IN WALL. 2. REWORK EXISTING PLUMBING UTILITIES TO ACCOMODATE NEW FIXTURE.FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. 3. EXISTING DRINKING FOUNTAIN TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW WALL FINISH. No. Revisions Date pl a n c h e c k s u b m i t t a l 09/19/2025 90% CD 08/14/2025 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 VESEL 3100 CORRD 3101 CORRD 3102 TLPUB 3104 TLPUB 3103 1 1 1 1 3 VESEL 3100 CORRD 3101 CORRD 3102 TLPUB 3104 TLPUB 3103 L-1 WC-1 WC-1 L-1 2 2 2 2 3 LACINAHCEM AINROFILACFOETATS M29915 Exp. 06/30/26 REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER ROBERT M .OKAJIMA IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1' 0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 1/4" = 1'-0" 9/ 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 5 : 1 3 : 3 3 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author P115 LEVEL 03 - ENLARGED PLUMBING DEMOLITION AND REMODEL PLAN 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 1/4" = 1'-0"01 LEVEL 03 - ENLARGED PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0"02 LEVEL 03 - ENLARGED PLUMBING PLAN 0 4'8'2' 0 4'8'2' KEYNOTES: 1. DEMOLISH EXISTING FIXTURE AND ASSOCIATED ACCESSORIES.CAP ALL PLUMBING UTILITIES AND REWORK TO ACCOMMODATE NEW.TO INCLUDE RE-ROUGH PLUMBING UTILITIES IN WALL. 2. REWORK EXISTING PLUMBING UTILITIES TO ACCOMODATE NEW FIXTURE.FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. 3. EXISTING DRINKING FOUNTAIN TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW WALL FINISH. No. Revisions Date pl a n c h e c k s u b m i t t a l 09/19/2025 90% CD 08/14/2025 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5' 25'0 1' 12'0 1' 6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 2/ 1 2 / 2 0 2 6 6 : 3 8 : 4 9 A M 02/12/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 SG100 INTERIOR SIGNAGE 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5' 25'0 1' 12'0 1' 6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 2/ 1 2 / 2 0 2 6 6 : 3 8 : 5 2 A M 02/12/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 SG101 INTERIOR SIGNAGE 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5' 25'0 1' 12'0 1' 6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 2/ 1 2 / 2 0 2 6 6 : 3 8 : 5 5 A M 02/12/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 SG102 INTERIOR SIGNAGE 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5' 25'0 1' 12'0 1' 6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 2/ 1 2 / 2 0 2 6 6 : 3 8 : 5 9 A M 02/12/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 SG103 INTERIOR SIGNAGE 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0" 1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5' 25'0 1' 12'0 1' 6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 2/ 1 2 / 2 0 2 6 6 : 3 9 : 0 2 A M 02/12/2026 Checker Author CAP030942 SG104 INTERIOR SIGNAGE 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 2441 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR No. Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 VESTI 1100 241 SF RECEP 1102 841 SF LOBBY 1101 1901 SF VESTI 1104 111 SF TLPUB 1106 45 SF TLPUB 1105 75 SF STAIR ST01 138 SF VESTI 1103 83 SF TLPUB 1902 64 SF TLPUB 1904 54 SF TLPUB 1903 52 SF TLPUB 1905 54 SF WTAGN 1900 Not Enclosed WTAGN 1800 354 SF CORRD 1118 279 SF RECEP 1502 127 SF WTAGN 1500 804 SF WSGEN 1500AW02 60 SF WSGEN 1500AW01 38 SF VESEL 1108 76 SF R-1100-01 1200-12 R-1100-01 1200-10 1200-01 1101-40 R-1100-01 1101-41 1500-40 1500A-10 1500A-12 1108-40 1ELE1-02 1ELE1-01 1101-00 1FEC-01 1112-01 1106-02 1106-01 1105-01 1105-02 1101-20 1101-ARL R-1103-01 1103-011902-02 K-1902-01 1904-01 1904-02 R-1100-03 R-1100-04 R-1100-02 1104-30 R-1104-01 R-1104-01 1ELE1-03 R-1ELE1-01 R1500A-02 R-1500A-01 R-1500-01 1502-ARL 1500-01 1500-02 1500-10 1500-12 R-1500-02 R-####-01 Remove Existing Legacy Sign ####-01 New Sign M-####-01 Move Existing Sign LEGEND: 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev:Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 9/ 1 6 / 2 0 2 5 2 : 3 5 : 2 9 P M Checker Author CAP030942 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 0 4'8'2' No. Revisions Date 1 Plan Check Submittal Set 09.19.2025 1/8" = 1'-0"1 1st Floor SG110 1ST FLOOR - SIGN LOCATION PLAN Pl a n C h e c k S u b m i t t a l S e 9/19/2025 no t f o r c o n s t r u c t i o n bi d s e t i s s u e 5 Bid Set Issue 09/30/2025 09/30/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 02/12/2026 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 typ. E26 E33 CORRD 2101 730 SF VESEL 2108 64 SF VESTI 2104 118 SF TLPUB 2106 45 SF TLPUB 2105 74 SF 2108-30 2108-40 2101-40 R-2119-02 2ELE1-02 2101-00 2106-02 2106-01 2105-01 2105-02 2121-40 2FEC-05 2ELE1-01 R-2108-01 2FEC-042104-30 2107-01 2103-10 2121-00 2ELE1-03 existing furniture count: 49 new furniture count: 48 E33 E36 ADA SEATING WTAGN 2123 1316 SF CORRD 2126 717 SF CORRD 2100 302 SF 2438-12 2339-12 R-2126-EV 2FEC-01 2228-12 2228-10 2124-01 2146-402100-40 2109-01 2ST04-50 2FEC-03 2120-01 2100-20 2100-40 M-2339-01 M-2438-01 2123-01 R-2123-01 2229-12 R-2229-01 2229-10 2FEC-02 2123-02 R-####-01 Remove Existing Legacy Sign ####-01 New Sign M-####-01 Move Existing Sign LEGEND: 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev:Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 9/ 1 6 / 2 0 2 5 2 : 3 5 : 3 1 P M Checker SC CAP030942 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 0 4'8'2' No. Revisions Date 1 Plan Check Submittal Set 09.19.2025 3/16" = 1'-0"1 2nd Floor -ENLARGE AREA A 3/16" = 1'-0"2 2nd Floor- ENLARGE AREA B SG111 2ND FLOOR - SIGN LOCATION PLAN Pl a n C h e c k S u b m i t t a l S e 09/19/2025 no t f o r c o n s t r u c t i o n bi d s e t i s s u e 5 Bid Set Issue 09/30/2025 09/30/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l bi d s e t i s s u e 5 Bid Set Issue 09/30/2025 09/30/202502/12/2026 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 66 SF VESEL 3100 658 SF CORRD 3101 113 SF CORRD 3102 47 SF TLPUB 310474 SF TLPUB 3103 155 SF HALLW 3107 1452 SF WTAGN 3108 existing furniture count: 60 new furniture count: 50 E26 E26 E26 E36 ADA SEATING 3106-01 3100-40 3100-20 3100-30 3ELE1-01 3ELE1-02 3101-00 3102-30 3FEC-01 3104-02 3104-01 3103-02 3103-01 3107-40 3FEC-02 M-3238-01 3337-12 3337-10 3238-12 3108-01 M-3337-01 R-3107-EV K-3ELE1-01 3ELE1-03 R-####-01 Remove Existing Legacy Sign ####-01 New Sign M-####-01 Move Existing Sign LEGEND: 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/4" = 1'-0" 1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev:Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t ho u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND As indicated 9/ 1 6 / 2 0 2 5 2 : 3 5 : 3 2 P M Checker Author CAP030942 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 0 4'8'2' No. Revisions Date 1 Plan Check Submittal Set 09.19.2025 3/16" = 1'-0"1 3rd Floor SG112 3RD FLOOR - SIGN LOCATION PLAN Pl a n C h e c k S u b m i t t a l S 09/19/2025 no t f o r c o n s t r u c t i o n bi d s e t i s s u e 5 Bid Set Issue 09/30/2025 09/30/2025 4 Plan Check Submittal 09/19/2025 PL A N C H E C K S U B M I T T A L pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l bi d s e t i s s u e 5 Bid Set Issue 09/30/2025 09/30/202502/12/2026 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"1/2" = 1'-0"3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0"3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev:Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i ss i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 12 / 8 / 2 0 2 5 2 : 1 5 : 5 8 P M 12/08/2025 Checker Author CAP030942 SG200 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - PAGES 1 THRU 4 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 PL A N C H E C K S U B M I T T A L 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR No.Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 12/08/2025 PL A N C H E C K S U B M I T T A L NO T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"1/2" = 1'-0"3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0"3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev:Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i ss i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 12 / 8 / 2 0 2 5 2 : 1 6 : 0 1 P M 12/08/2025 Checker Author CAP030942 SG201 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - PAGES 5 THRU 8 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 PL A N C H E C K S U B M I T T A L 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR No.Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 12/08/2025 PL A N C H E C K S U B M I T T A L NO T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"1/2" = 1'-0"3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0"3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev:Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i ss i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 12 / 8 / 2 0 2 5 2 : 1 6 : 0 2 P M 12/08/2025 Checker Author CAP030942 SG202 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - PAGES 9 THRU 12 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 PL A N C H E C K S U B M I T T A L 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR No.Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 NO T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N 12/08/2025 PL A N C H E C K S U B M I T T A L NO T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N PL A N C H E C K S U B M I T T A L NO T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"1/2" = 1'-0"3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0"3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25'0 1'12'0 1'6'0 4'0 3'1'0 2'0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev:Section: Revisions By Appr. HGW Proj. No. © H G W A r c h i t e c t u r e , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i ss i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t e d . P l o t t e d 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com KAISER PERMANENTE BUILDINGS ON BRAND 12 / 8 / 2 0 2 5 2 : 1 6 : 0 3 P M 12/08/2025 Checker Author CAP030942 SG203 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - PAGE 13 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 PL A N C H E C K S U B M I T T A L 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR No.Revisions Date 1 SD 06/05/2025 2 DD 07/03/2025 3 90% CD 08/15/2025 12/08/2025 PL A N C H E C K S U B M I T T A L NO T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATION KEY AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR C CONDUIT CO CONDUIT AND BOX ROUGH-IN ONLY (ROUGH-IN ONLY) GFI GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER ABBR:DESCRIPTION: TYP TYPICAL UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 1. THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ADA STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBLE DESIGN. REFER TO THE ADA GUIDELINES FOR ALL CONFIGURATION DETAILS ON THIS PAGE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2. CIRCUIT NUMBERS ARE SHOWN FOR CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION. CIRCUITING SHALL AGREE WITH NUMBERING ON THE PANEL PROVIDED. COMMON NEUTRALS MAY NOT BE USED FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS. 3. FLUSH MOUNT ALL LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES AT +42" FROM FLOOR (CENTERLINE DIMENSION), EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE NOTED. 4. FLUSH MOUNT ALL DUPLEX RECEPTACLES OUTLETS AT +18" FROM FLOOR (CENTERLINE DIMENSION), EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE NOTED. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF ALL CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT WITH LUMINAIRES, SPRINKLER, AND CEILING DIFFUSERS. CENTER ALL DEVICES IN CEILING TILE PATTERN. OCCUPANCY/VACANCY SENSORS SHALL BE LOCATED NO CLOSER THAN 3 FEET TO AN AIR SUPPLY DIFFUSER OR RETURN GRILLE. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL OPENINGS REQUIRED IN WALLS. ALL OPENINGS SHALL BE REPAIRED TO MATCH EXISTING BY A QUALIFIED CONTRACTOR AT THE EXPENSE OF THIS CONTRACTOR. ALL CONDUITS THROUGH WALLS SHALL BE GROUTED OR SEALED INTO OPENINGS. 7. EACH CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE CAUSED BY THEIR ACTIONS TO THE WALLS, FLOORS, AND CEILINGS. THE CONTRACTOR WHOSE W ORK CAUSES DAMAGE IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PATCHING TO MATCH ORIGINAL CONSTRUCTION, FIRE RATING, AND FINISH. 8. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN, ELECTRICAL AND OTHER ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES, OTHER THAN SPRINKLERS. 9. ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 26 05 53 FOR COLOR/LABEL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONDUIT, BOX, CABLE/WIRE, AND EQUIPMENT. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION NOTES: ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES: DEVICE # = MOUNTING (IF APPLICABLE) 1 = CIRCUIT NUMBER *IF LABEL IS ORIENTED HORIZONTALLY A SLASH WILL SEPARATE THIS INFORMATION. EX: A / 1 F1 = FIXTURE TAG 1 = CIRCUIT NUMBER a = SWITCH DESIGNATION *IF LABEL IS ORIENTED HORIZONTALLY A SLASH WILL SEPARATE THIS INFORMATION. EX: F1 / 1 / a LUMINAIRE LUMINAIRE KEY: DEVICE KEY: 1. EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE SHOWN BASED ON INFORMATION OBTAINED FROM FIELD SURVEYS, EXISTING BUILDING DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW EXISTING CONDITIONS AND REPORT CONFLICTS. 2. NOT ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT, LUMINAIRES, AND CONDUIT ARE SHOWN. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW EXISTING CONDITIONS AND REPORT CONFLICTS. 3. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW EXISTING CONDITIONS TO VERIFY ACCESSIBILITY TO THE AREAS OF THEIR WORK INCLUDING WALLS, FLOOR, AND CEILINGS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE CUTTING, REMOVAL, PATCHING, AND REINSTALLATION OF AFFECTED AREAS ASSOCIATED WITH THEIR WORK BY COORDINATING WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR QUALIFIED CONTRACTOR. 4. WHERE EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ARE LOCATED IN AREAS THAT CONFLICT WITH NEW EQUIPMENT, PIPING, OR DUCTWORK TO BE INSTALLED, EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL EITHER ARRANGE NEW EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT, OR DUCTWORK IN SUCH A FASHION THAT IT DOES NOT CONFLICT WITH EXISTING SYSTEMS, OR REWORK EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS TO ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW EQUIPMENT, PIPING, OR DUCTWORK. ELECTRICAL RENOVATION NOTES: THESE NOTES APPLY TO ALL ELECTRICAL SHEETS AND TRADES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LIGHTING AND POWER 26 05 33 JUNCTION BOXJ ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LIST SYMBOL:TAG:SPEC SECTION:DESCRIPTION: 26 27 26 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, 125V 26 05 33 TECHNOLOGY OUTLET ROUGH-IN (DUAL) PANEL '###'PANELBOARD -SURFACE MOUNT PANEL '###'PANELBOARD -RECESS MOUNT 26 05 33 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONE E LUMINARE SYMBOL LIST SYMBOL:TAG:SPEC SECTION:DESCRIPTION: REFER TO LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE TROFFER SW -1P SW -3W SW -D SW-O SW -3R 26 09 33 OC 26 09 33 SWITCH SUBSCRIPTS: BLANK = SINGLE POLE 3 = 3-WAY SWITCH D =DIMMER -STAND ALONE O =DUAL TECHNOLOGY OCCUPANCY SENSOR WITH WALL SWITCH 3R= NEMA 3R WEATHERPROOF SWITCH OCCUPANCY SENSOR -CEILING MOUNTED SUBSCRIPTS: BLANK = DUAL TECHNOLOGY A =ULTRASONIC -TWO SIDED CORRIDOR COVERAGE HB = HIGH BAY SW-OC-D SW -OC-A SW -OC-HB ## ## LINEAR LUMINAIRES DOWNLIGHT LUMINAIRE SINGLE FACE EXIT SIGN DOUBLE FACE EXIT SIGN S FIRE ALARM SMOKE DETECTOR, CEILING MOUNT -PHOTOELECTRIC FIRE ALARM VISUAL ALARM DEVICE, WALL MOUNT S CEILING MOUNT SPEAKER J BRANCH CIRCUITS: LIGHTING, RECEPTACLES, CONTROLS, ETC. CONDUIT INSTALLATION SCHEDULE THE FOLLOWING SCHEDULE SHALL BE ADHERED TO UNLESS THEY CONSTITUTE A VIOLATION OF APPLICABLE CODES OR ARE NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. THE INSTALLATION OF RMC CONDUIT WILL BE PERMITTED IN PLACE OF ALL CONDUIT SPECIFIED IN THIS SCHEDULE. REFER TO CONDUIT AND BOXES SPECIFICATION 26 05 33 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. INSTALLATION TYPE FMC X EMT X BRANCH CIRCUIT SCHEDULE SYMBOL:DESCRIPTION: CONDUIT HOMERUN TO PANELBOARD. LETTER AND NUMERALS INDICATE ELECTRICAL PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBER. PANEL -CIRCUIT 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS ADMINISTRATIVE CODE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR) TITLE 24, PART 1 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC) CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS TITLE 24, PART 2 (2021 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC) W/ 2022 CALIFORNIA AMENDMENTS) 2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC) CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR) TITLE 24, PART 3 (2020 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC) W/ 2022 CALIFORNIA AMENDMENTS) 2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE (CMC) CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR) TITLE 24, PART 4 (2021 UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE (UMC) W/ 2022 CALIFORNIA AMENDMENTS) 2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE (CPC) CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR) TITLE 24, PART 5 (2021 UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE (UPC) W/ 2022 CALIFORNIA AMENDMENTS) 2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR) TITLE 24, PART 6 2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE (CFC) CALIFORNIA CODES OF REGULATIONS (CRR) TITLE 24, PART 9 (2021 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE (IFC) W/ 2022 CALIFORNIA AMENDMENTS) 2022 CALIFORNIA EXISTING BUILDING CODE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR) TITLE 24, PART 10 (2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE (IEBC)) 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE (CALGREEN) CALIFORNIA CODES OF REGULATIONS (CCR) TITLE 24, PART 11 2022 CALIFORNIA REFERENCED STANDARDS CODE CALIFORNIA DOE OF REGULATIONS (CCR) TITLE 24, PART 12 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS: 48 " M A X . 20" MAX. 44 " M A X . 20"-25" MAX. 48 " M A X . 15 " M I N . 48 " M A X . 46 " M A X . 10" MAX.10"-24" MAX. ADA STANDARDS -FRONT ACCESS ADA STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBLE DESIGN INSTALL ABOVE COUNTER DEVICE AT 44" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. INSTALL ABOVE COUNTER DEVICE AT 40" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. INSTALL DEVICE AT 18" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. ADA STANDARDS -SIDE ACCESS INSTALL DEVICE AT 44" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. INSTALL DEVICE AT 42" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORE.C. CONTRACTOR ABBREVIATION KEY ABBR:DESCRIPTION: VIEW KEY LINE TYPE AND TAG KEY: NEW WORK BY THIS CONTRACTOR (WIDE LINE) EXISTING TO REMAIN HALFTONING DOES NOT MODIFY SCOPE. 'TAG'-(E)TAGS WITH DASH 'E' INDICATES THE REFERENCED OBJECT IS EXISTING 'TAG'-(R)TAGS WITH DASH 'R' INDICATES THE REFERENCED OBJECT IS REMOVED TAG-1 UNDERLINED TAG INDICATES OBJECT IS IN-SCOPE. IF NEW, ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE IN A SCHEDULE, MATERIAL LIST, OR SYMBOL LIST INDICATES AN EXISTING SYSTEM'S POINT OF CONNECTION/REMOVAL PLAN OR DETAIL NUMBER PLAN OR DETAIL NAME PLAN OR DETAIL SCALE DETAIL REFERRED TO BY SECTION CUT SHEET DETAIL IS LOCATED ON NAME 1 VIEW NAME 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 M101 1 4 3 2 SIMSIM INDICATES SIMILAR DETAIL REFERENCED IN MULTIPLE LOCATIONS LEVEL NAME 10'-0"HEIGHT ABOVE PROJECT 0'-0" 1 KEYNOTE: INDICATES NOTE USED TO DESCRIBE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT WORK REQUIRED, SPECIFIC TO THE SHEET AND/OR DETAIL NO R HT INDICATES DIRECTION OF TRUE NORTH T101 NEW EXISTING TO BE REMOVED (SHORT DASHED PATTERN) EXISTING (NARROW LINE PATTERN) LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE LEGEND OPTICS: MOUNTING (MTG): DIMENSIONS: LIGHT SOURCE: WATTS: POWER SUPPLY: CL -CEILING WL -WALL SOURCE TYPE CCT / CRI MAXIMUM ANSI WATTS PER: (BLANK) = PER LUMINAIRE FT = LINEAR FOOT BEAM ANGLE D -55 DEGREE BEAM SPREAD ANGLE, SEMI-SPECULAR FINISH O -OTHERS N/A -NOT APPLICABLE VERIFY AND COORDINATE ALL CEILING TYPES WITH LUMINAIRE MOUNTING AND TRIM REQUIREMENTS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL AND INTERIOR DESIGN ELEVATIONS, SECTIONS, AND DETAILS FOR LUMINAIRE MOUNTING LOCATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS. L -LENGTH Ø -DIAMETERW -WIDTH H -HEIGHT D -DEPTH INTERIOR CORRELATED COLOR TEMPERATURE 3500K, COLOR RENDERING INDEX (CRI) AT OR ABOVE 80, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. LUMENS INDICATED ARE MINIMUM INITIAL DELIVERED LUMENS AT SPECIFIED CCT AND CRI. PS TYPE CONTROL METHOD (BLANK) -INTEGRAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE EM -EMERGENCY BATTERY 0-10V -0 TO 10V DIMMING 10%, 1%, 0.1%, 0.01% AS INDICATED SWC -SWITCHED CONTROL O -OTHER (SEE DESCRIPTION) LED -INTEGRAL LIGHT EMITTING DIODE COORDINATE LUMINAIRE DRIVER DIMMING METHODS AND PROTOCOLS WITH THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM AND CONTROL MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS TO ENSURE DIMMING COMPATIBILITY. DELIVERED LUMENS: VAR. -DIMENSION VARIES, SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. SCOPE OF WORK NOTES: 1. REPLACE 2X4 FLUOROSCENT TROFFER LIGHT WITH 2X4 LED TROFFER. 2. PROVIDE MANUAL CONTROL AND OCCUPANCY SENSOR IN CORRIDORS/LOBBY AREAS ON FIRST, SECOND, AND THIRD FLOORS. 3. REPLACE OF EXISTING LIGHTING AND CONTROLS IN RESTROOMS 1902, 1902, 1105, 1106, 2105, 2106, 3103, & 3104. 4. PROVIDE POWER TO FAUCET AND FLUSH VALVE SENSORS IN RESTROOMS 1902, 1902, 1105, 1106, 2105, 2106, 3103, & 3104. 5. PROVIDE POWER AND DATA TO RELOCATED KIOSKS. TE OLIRFFOAC LANRP E 23191 STA ER REGIST ED INA N REENIGE FO OISSE E AICLCERTL Exp. 06/30/26 MIRASOPHOCLISGEORGY IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"1/2" = 1'-0"3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0"3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25' 0 1'12' 0 1'6' 0 4' 0 3'1'0 2' 0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev:Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v ed . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t ed . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. As indicated 2/ 1 0 / 2 0 2 6 1 1 : 5 7 : 1 8 A M 01/23/2026 Checker Author E001 ELECTRICAL COVERSHEET 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR ELECTRICAL SHEET INDEX E001 ELECTRICAL COVERSHEET E002 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E003 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E004 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E005 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E101 LEVEL 01 - ELECTRICAL PLAN - OVERALL E102 LEVEL 02 - ELECTRICAL PLAN - OVERALL E103 LEVEL 03 - ELECTRICAL PLAN - OVERALL E111 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED LIGHTING DEMOLITION PLAN E112 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED LIGHTING REMODEL PLAN E113 LEVEL 02 - ENLARGED LIGHTING PLAN - AREA A E114 LEVEL 02 - ENLARGED LIGHTING PLAN - AREA B E115 LEVEL 03 - ENLARGED LIGHTING PLAN E121 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED POWER DEMOLITION PLAN E122 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED POWER REMODEL PLAN E300 ELECTRICAL ENLARGED PLANS E400 PARTIAL SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM & ELECTRICAL DETAILS E500 PANEL SCHEDULES & LOAD SUMMARIES E600 TITLE 24 GRAND TOTAL: 19 LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE TAG DESCRIPTION OPTICS MTG DIMENSIONS LIGHT SOURCE DELIVERED LUMENS WATTS POWER SUPPLY MANUFACTURER - SERIES NOTES D1 SQUARE DOWNLIGHT D RE 4 1/2"L X 4 1/2"W X 7"H LED 1,500 lm 17 / FIX 277 GOTHAM LIGHTING EVO4-SQ-35/15-4AR-LSS-MVOLT-GZ10 F1 VOLUMETRIC TROOFER WITH CENTER BASKET A RE 48"L X 24"W X 2 3/8"H LED 3,000 lm 23 / FIX 277 LITHONIA LIGHTING 2BLT4-30L-ADP-GZ10-LP835 L15 LINEAR LED SLOT LIGHT O RE 180"L X 2"W X 3 1/2"H LED 5,550 lm 49 / FIX 277 MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING SL1L-LOP-18FT-FL-90CRI-35K-400LMF-MIN1- MVOLT-ZT L16 LINEAR LED SLOT LIGHT O RE 192"L X 2"W X 3 1/2"H LED 5,920 lm 53 / FIX 277 MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING SL1L-LOP-18FT-FL-90CRI-35K-400LMF-MIN1- MVOLT-ZT L18 LINEAR LED SLOT LIGHT O RE 216"L X 2"W X 3 1/2"H LED 6,660 lm 59 / FIX 277 MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING SL1L-LOP-18FT-FL-90CRI-35K-400LMF-MIN1- MVOLT-ZT L23 LINEAR LED SLOT LIGHT O RE 276"L X 2"W X 3 1/2"H LED 8,510 lm 75 / FIX 277 MARK ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING SL1L-LOP-18FT-FL-90CRI-35K-400LMF-MIN1- MVOLT-ZT NOTES: 1. {L##} DENOTES THE LIGHTING SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR THIS SPACE. 2. a = SWITCH DESIGNATION FOR LIGHTING CONTROL 3. VERIFY AND COORDINATE ALL TIME CLOCK SETTINGS WITH OWNER PRIOR TO FINAL PROGRAMMING. LIGHTING SEQUENCE OF OPERATION PLAN ID LIGHTING SWITCHED {LC1} SEQUENCE: Lighting control provides occupancy control, timeclock and emergency lighting control in this space. ON: Lights turn on via timeclock to 50% maximum output, 60 minutes prior to facility open. Lights turn on via occupancy sensor to 100% maximum output. ADJUST: Lights are raised/lowered controlled via occupancy sensor, lowered to 50% after space has been vacant for 15 minutes. OFF: Lights turn off via timeclock 60 minutes after facility close. Manual override: Building has existing bypass timer switch to override timeclock operation. Additionally, Lights can be turn on and turn off via local wall control. Emergency control: The emergency lights are controlled the same as normal lights. When normal power fails the switched emergency lights turn on; 100% full output. When the fire alarm system is in alarm the switched emergency lights turn on. The UL924 device shall bypass local lighting controls. The fire alarm system shall override the local lighting controls. The lights shall remain on for [15] minutes minimum after normal power is restored or fire alarm is reset. {LD1} SEQUENCE: Lighting control provides occupancy control, timeclock and dimming lighting control in this space. ON: Lights turn on using a wall control. Lights turn on via timeclock to 50% maximum output, 60 minutes prior to facility open. Lights turn on via occupancy sensor to 50% maximum output. ADJUST: Lights are raised/lowered controlled using a wall controller, to 10-100% of maximum output. OFF: Lights turn off using a wall controller. Lights turn off via timeclock 60 minutes after facility close. Lights automatically turn off after the space has been vacant for 15 minutes. Manual override: Building has existing bypass timer switch to override timeclock operation. {LS1} Sequence: Lighting control provides vacancy control, manual switching control in this space. ON: Lights turn on using a wall control. OFF: Lights turn off using a wall controller. Lights automatically turn off after the space has been vacant for 15 minutes No. Revisions Date 9 ASI-01 02/18/2026 2/17/2026 AS I - 0 1 10 0 % C D S E T pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l TE OLIRFFOAC LANRP E 23191 STA ER REGIST ED INA N REENIGE FO OISSE E AICLCERTL Exp. 06/30/26 MIRASOPHOCLISGEORGY IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"1/2" = 1'-0"3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0"3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25' 0 1'12' 0 1'6' 0 4' 0 3'1'0 2' 0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v ed . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t ed . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 11 / 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 5 : 5 9 : 5 6 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author E002 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR SECTION 26 05 00 -BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO ALL DIVISION 26 SECTIONS. ALSO REFER TO DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS B.ALL MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION METHODS SHALL CONFORM TO THE APPLICABLE STANDARDS, GUIDELINES AND CODES REFERENCED HEREIN AND WITHIN EACH SPECIFICATION SECTION. 1.2 REFERENCES A.B.CEC CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE C.CCR CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATION D.CBC CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE E.CFC CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE F.CMC CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE G.CPC CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE 1.3 SCOPE OF WORK A.THIS SPECIFICATION AND THE ASSOCIATED DRAWINGS GOVERN FURNISHING, INSTALLING, TESTING AND PLACING INTO SATISFACTORY OPERATION THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. B.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL NEW MATERIALS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, AND/OR IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS, AND ALL ITEMS REQUIRED TO MAKE THE PORTION OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK A FINISHED AND W ORKING SYSTEM. C.DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1.ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM TO AND INCLUDING LUMINAIRES,, DEVICES, ETC. 2.REMOVAL WORK AND/OR RELOCATION AND REUSE OF EXISTING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT. 3.TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROUGH-IN, AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, FOR INSTALLATION OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT BY OTHERS UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT. 4.FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS FOR PENETRATIONS OF FIRE-RATED CONSTRUCTION ASSOCIATED WITH THIS CONTRACTOR'S WORK. D.WORK NOT INCLUDED: 1.TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING WILL BE BY KPIT, IN RACEWAYS AND CONDUITS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED AS PART OF THE ELECTRICAL W ORK. 1.4 WORK SEQUENCE A.ALL WORK THAT WILL PRODUCE EXCESSIVE NOISE OR INTERFERENCE WITH NORMAL BUILDING OPERATIONS, AS DETERMINED BY THE OWNER, SHALL BE SCHEDULED WITH THE OWNER. IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO SCHEDULE SUCH WORK DURING UNOCCUPIED HOURS. THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO DETERMINE WHEN RESTRICTED CONSTRUCTION HOURS ARE REQUIRED. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY PRIOR TO SUBMITTING PRICING/BID DATA: 1.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSTRUCTING COMPLETE AND OPERATING SYSTEMS. THE CONTRACTOR ACKNOWLEDGES AND UNDERSTANDS THAT THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE A TWO-DIMENSIONAL REPRESENTATION OF A THREE- DIMENSIONAL OBJECT, SUBJECT TO HUMAN INTERPRETATION. THIS REPRESENTATION MAY INCLUDE IMPERFECT DATA, INTERPRETED CODES, UTILITY GUIDES, THREE- DIMENSIONAL CONFLICTS, AND REQUIRED FIELD COORDINATION ITEMS. SUCH DEFICIENCIES CAN BE CORRECTED WHEN IDENTIFIED PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIAL AND STARTING INSTALLATION. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO CAREFULLY STUDY AND COMPARE THE INDIVIDUAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND REPORT AT ONCE IN WRITING TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER ANY DEFICIENCIES THE CONTRACTOR MAY DISCOVER. THE CONTRACTOR FURTHER AGREES TO REQUIRE EACH SUBCONTRACTOR TO LIKEWISE STUDY THE DOCUMENTS AND REPORT AT ONCE ANY DEFICIENCIES DISCOVERED. 2.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RESOLVE ALL REPORTED DEFICIENCIES WITH THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER PRIOR TO AWARDING ANY SUBCONTRACTS, ORDERING MATERIAL, OR STARTING ANY WORK WITH THE CONTRACTOR'S OWN EMPLOYEES. ANY WORK PERFORMED PRIOR TO RECEIPT OF INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER WILL BE DONE AT THE CONTRACTOR'S RISK. B.QUALIFICATIONS: 1.ONLY PRODUCTS OF REPUTABLE MANUFACTURERS AS DETERMINED BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER ARE ACCEPTABLE. 2.ALL CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL EMPLOY ONLY WORKMEN WHO ARE SKILLED IN THEIR TRADES. AT ALL TIMES, THE NUMBER OF APPRENTICES AT THE JOB SITE SHALL BE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO THE NUMBER OF JOURNEYMEN AT THE JOB SITE. C.COMPLIANCE WITH CODES, LAWS, ORDINANCES: 1.IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE CODES AND REGULATIONS AND THESE SPECIFICATIONS, THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER SHALL DETERMINE THE METHOD OR EQUIPMENT USED. 2.IF THE CONTRACTOR NOTES, AT THE TIME OF BIDDING, THAT ANY PARTS OF THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS DO NOT COMPLY WITH THE CODES OR REGULATIONS, CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER IN W RITING, REQUESTING A CLARIFICATION. IF THERE IS INSUFFICIENT TIME FOR THIS PROCEDURE, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT WITH THE PROPOSAL A SEPARATE PRICE TO MAKE THE SYSTEM COMPLY WITH THE CODES AND REGULATIONS. 3.ALL CHANGES TO THE SYSTEM MADE AFTER THE LETTING OF THE CONTRACT TO COMPLY WITH CODES OR THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE INSPECTOR, SHALL BE MADE BY THE CONTRACTOR WITHOUT COST TO THE OWNER. D.EXAMINATION OF DRAWINGS: 1.THE DRAWINGS FOR THE ELECTRICAL WORK ARE COMPLETELY DIAGRAMMATIC, INTENDED TO CONVEY THE SCOPE OF THE WORK AND TO INDICATE THE GENERAL ARRANGEMENTS AND LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT, OUTLETS, ETC., AND THE APPROXIMATE SIZES OF EQUIPMENT. 2.CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE THE EXACT LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT AND ROUGH- INS, AND THE EXACT ROUTING OF RACEWAYS TO BEST FIT THE LAYOUT OF THE JOB. CONDUIT ENTRY POINTS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PANELBOARDS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE CONTRACTOR UNLESS NOTED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 3.SCALING OF THE DRAWINGS WILL NOT BE SUFFICIENT OR ACCURATE FOR DETERMINING THESE LOCATIONS. 4.WHERE JOB CONDITIONS REQUIRE REASONABLE CHANGES IN ARRANGEMENTS AND LOCATIONS, SUCH CHANGES SHALL BE MADE BY THE CONTRACTOR AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 5.BECAUSE OF THE SCALE OF THE DRAWINGS, CERTAIN BASIC ITEMS, SUCH AS JUNCTION BOXES, PULL BOXES, CONDUIT FITTINGS, ETC., MAY NOT BE SHOWN, BUT WHERE REQUIRED BY OTHER SECTIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS OR REQUIRED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF THE WORK, SUCH ITEMS SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED. 6.IF AN ITEM IS EITHER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, IT SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THIS CONTRACT. 7.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE QUANTITIES AND QUALITY OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FROM THE DOCUMENTS. WHERE DISCREPANCIES ARISE BETWEEN DRAWINGS, SCHEDULES AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS, THE GREATER AND BETTER-QUALITY NUMBER SHALL GOVERN. 8.WHERE USED IN ELECTRICAL DOCUMENTS THE WORD "FURNISH" SHALL MEAN SUPPLY FOR USE, THE WORD "INSTALL" SHALL MEAN CONNECT UP COMPLETE AND READY FOR OPERATION, AND THE WORD "PROVIDE" SHALL MEAN TO SUPPLY FOR USE AND CONNECT UP COMPLETE AND READY FOR OPERATION. 9.ANY ITEM LISTED AS FURNISHED SHALL ALSO BE INSTALLED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 10.ANY ITEM LISTED AS INSTALLED SHALL ALSO BE FURNISHED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. E.ELECTRONIC MEDIA/FILES: 1.CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS FOR THIS PROJECT HAVE BEEN PREPARED UTILIZING REVIT. 2.CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS MAY REQUEST ELECTRONIC MEDIA FILES OF THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND/OR COPIES OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE PROVIDED IN PDF FORMAT. 3.UPON REQUEST FOR ELECTRONIC MEDIA, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE AND RETURN A SIGNED "ELECTRONIC FILE TRANSMITTAL" FORM PROVIDED BY IMEG. 4.IF THE INFORMATION REQUESTED INCLUDES FLOOR PLANS PREPARED BY OTHERS, THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING APPROVAL FROM THE APPROPRIATE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL FOR USE OF THAT PART OF THE DOCUMENT. 5.THE ELECTRONIC CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CAN BE USED FOR PREPARATION OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND AS-BUILT DRAWINGS ONLY. THE INFORMATION MAY NOT BE USED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT. 6.THE DRAWINGS PREPARED BY IMEG FOR BIDDING PURPOSES MAY NOT BE USED DIRECTLY FOR DUCTWORK LAYOUT DRAWINGS OR COORDINATION DRAWINGS. 7.THE INFORMATION IS PROVIDED TO EXPEDITE THE PROJECT AND ASSIST THE CONTRACTOR WITH NO GUARANTEE BY IMEG AS TO THE ACCURACY OR CORRECTNESS OF THE INFORMATION PROVIDED. IMEG ACCEPTS NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE CONTRACTOR'S USE OF THESE DOCUMENTS. F.FIELD MEASUREMENTS: 1.VERIFY ALL PERTINENT DIMENSIONS AT THE JOB SITE BEFORE ORDERING ANY CONDUIT, CONDUCTORS, WIREWAYS, BUS DUCT, FITTINGS, ETC. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A.SUBMITTALS SHALL BE REQUIRED FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND FOR ADDITIONAL ITEMS WHERE REQUIRED ELSEWHERE IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. 1.SUBMITTALS LIST: REFERENCED SPECIFICATION SECTION SUBMITTAL ITEM 26 05 13 WIRE AND CABLE 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING 26 05 33 CONDUIT AND BOXES 26 05 53 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 09 33 LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES 26 51 19 LED LIGHTING B.GENERAL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES: IN ADDITION TO THE PROVISIONS OF DIVISION 1, THE FOLLOWING ARE REQUIRED: 1.TRANSMITTAL: EACH TRANSMITTAL SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: a.DATE b.PROJECT TITLE AND NUMBER c.CONTRACTOR'S NAME AND ADDRESS d.DIVISION OF WORK (E.G., ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, HEATING, VENTILATING, ETC.) e.DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS SUBMITTED AND RELEVANT SPECIFICATION NUMBER f.NOTATIONS OF DEVIATIONS FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS g.OTHER PERTINENT DATA 2.SUBMITTAL COVER SHEET: EACH SUBMITTAL SHALL INCLUDE A COVER SHEET CONTAINING: a.DATE b.PROJECT TITLE AND NUMBER c.ARCHITECT/ENGINEER d.CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS' NAMES AND ADDRESSES e.SUPPLIER AND MANUFACTURER'S NAMES AND ADDRESSES f.DIVISION OF WORK (E.G., ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, HEATING, VENTILATING, ETC.) g.DESCRIPTION OF ITEM SUBMITTED (USING PROJECT NOMENCLATURE) AND RELEVANT SPECIFICATION NUMBER h.NOTATIONS OF DEVIATIONS FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS i.OTHER PERTINENT DATA j.PROVIDE SPACE FOR CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW STAMPS 3.COMPOSITION: a.SUBMITTALS SHALL BE SUBMITTED USING SPECIFICATION SECTIONS AND THE PROJECT NOMENCLATURE FOR EACH ITEM. b.INDIVIDUAL SUBMITTAL PACKAGES SHALL BE PREPARED FOR ITEMS IN EACH SPECIFICATION SECTION. ALL ITEMS WITHIN A SINGLE SPECIFICATION SECTION SHALL BE PACKAGED TOGETHER WHERE POSSIBLE. AN INDIVIDUAL SUBMITTAL MAY CONTAIN ITEMS FROM MULTIPLE SPECIFICATIONS SECTIONS IF THE ITEMS ARE INTIMATELY LINKED (E.G., PUMPS AND MOTORS). c.ALL SETS SHALL CONTAIN AN INDEX OF THE ITEMS ENCLOSED WITH A GENERAL TOPIC DESCRIPTION ON THE COVER. 4.CONTENT: SUBMITTALS SHALL INCLUDE ALL FABRICATION, ERECTION, LAYOUT, AND SETTING DRAWINGS; MANUFACTURERS' STANDARD DRAWINGS; SCHEDULES; DESCRIPTIVE LITERATURE, CATALOGS AND BROCHURES; PERFORMANCE AND TEST DATA; WIRING AND CONTROL DIAGRAMS; DIMENSIONS; SHIPPING AND OPERATING WEIGHTS; SHIPPING SPLITS; SERVICE CLEARANCES; AND ALL OTHER DRAWINGS AND DESCRIPTIVE DATA OF MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION AS MAY BE REQUIRED TO SHOW THAT THE MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEMS AND THE LOCATION THEREOF CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 5.CONTRACTOR'S APPROVAL STAMP: a.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY REVIEW AND APPROVE ALL SHOP DRAWINGS BEFORE SUBMITTING THEM TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL STAMP, DATE AND SIGN EACH SUBMITTAL CERTIFYING IT HAS BEEN REVIEWED. b.UNSTAMPED SUBMITTALS WILL BE REJECTED. c.THE CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, VERIFICATION OF THE FOLLOWING: 1)ONLY APPROVED MANUFACTURERS ARE USED. 2)ADDENDA ITEMS HAVE BEEN INCORPORATED. 3)CATALOG NUMBERS AND OPTIONS MATCH THOSE SPECIFIED. 4)PERFORMANCE DATA MATCHES THAT SPECIFIED. 5)ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND LOADS MATCH THOSE SPECIFIED. 6)EQUIPMENT CONNECTION LOCATIONS, SIZES, CAPACITIES, ETC. HAVE BEEN COORDINATED WITH OTHER AFFECTED TRADES. 7)DIMENSIONS AND SERVICE CLEARANCES ARE SUITABLE FOR THE INTENDED LOCATION. 8)EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS ARE COORDINATED WITH SUPPORT STEEL, HOUSEKEEPING PADS, OPENINGS, ETC. 9)CONSTRUCTABILITY ISSUES ARE RESOLVED (E.G., WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS ARE SUITABLE FOR GETTING THE ITEM INTO THE BUILDING AND INTO PLACE, SINKS FIT INTO COUNTERTOPS, ETC.). d.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW, STAMP AND APPROVE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS' SUBMITTALS AS DESCRIBED ABOVE. e.THE CONTRACTOR'S APPROVAL STAMP IS REQUIRED ON ALL SUBMITTALS. APPROVAL WILL INDICATE THE CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW OF ALL MATERIAL AND A COMPLETE UNDERSTANDING OF EXACTLY WHAT IS TO BE FURNISHED. CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEARLY MARK ALL DEVIATIONS FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ON ALL SUBMITTALS. IF DEVIATIONS ARE NOT MARKED BY THE CONTRACTOR, THEN THE ITEM SHALL BE REQUIRED TO MEET ALL DRAWING AND SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. 6.SUBMITTAL IDENTIFICATION AND MARKINGS: a.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEARLY MARK EACH ITEM WITH THE SAME NOMENCLATURE APPLIED ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. b.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEARLY INDICATE THE SIZE, FINISH, MATERIAL, ETC. c.WHERE MORE THAN ONE MODEL IS SHOWN ON A MANUFACTURER'S SHEET, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEARLY INDICATE EXACTLY WHICH ITEM AND WHICH DATA IS INTENDED. d.ALL MARKS AND IDENTIFICATIONS ON THE SUBMITTALS SHALL BE UNAMBIGUOUS. 7.SCHEDULE SUBMITTALS TO EXPEDITE THE PROJECT. COORDINATE SUBMISSION OF RELATED ITEMS. 8.IDENTIFY VARIATIONS FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND PRODUCT OR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS THAT MAY BE DETRIMENTAL TO THE SUCCESSFUL PERFORMANCE OF THE COMPLETED WORK. 9.REPRODUCTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ALONE IS NOT ACCEPTABLE FOR SUBMITTALS. 10.INCOMPLETE SUBMITTALS WILL BE REJECTED WITHOUT REVIEW. PARTIAL SUBMITTALS WILL ONLY BE REVIEWED WITH PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. 11.SUBMITTALS NOT REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS MAY BE RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW. 12.THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITY SHALL BE TO REVIEW ONE SET OF SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS FOR EACH PRODUCT. IF THE FIRST SUBMITTAL IS INCOMPLETE OR DOES NOT COMPLY WITH THE DRAWINGS AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO BEAR THE COST FOR THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER TO RECHECK AND HANDLE THE ADDITIONAL SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS. 13.SUBMITTALS SHALL BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER BEFORE RELEASING ANY EQUIPMENT FOR MANUFACTURE OR SHIPMENT. 14.CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS, OMISSIONS OR DEVIATION FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IN SUBMITTALS IS NOT RELIEVED BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER'S APPROVAL. 15.SCHEDULE SHALL ALLOW FOR ADEQUATE TIME TO PERFORM ORDERLY AND PROPER REVIEW OF SUBMITTALS, INCLUDING TIME FOR CONSULTANTS AND OWNER IF REQUIRED, AND RESUBMITTALS BY CONTRACTOR IF NECESSARY, AND TO CAUSE NO DELAY IN WORK OR IN ACTIVITIES OF OWNER OR OTHER CONTRACTORS. a.ALLOW AT LEAST TWO WEEKS FOR ARCHITECT'S/ENGINEER'S REVIEW AND PROCESSING OF EACH SUBMITTAL, EXCLUDING MAILING. 16.ARCHITECT/ENGINEER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO WITHHOLD ACTION ON A SUBMITTAL WHICH, IN THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER'S OPINION, REQUIRES COORDINATION WITH OTHER SUBMITTALS UNTIL RELATED SUBMITTALS ARE RECEIVED. THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER WILL NOTIFY THE CONTRACTOR, IN WRITING, WHEN THEY EXERCISE THIS RIGHT. 1.7 CHANGE ORDERS A.A DETAILED MATERIAL AND LABOR TAKEOFF SHALL BE PREPARED FOR EACH CHANGE ORDER, ALONG WITH LABOR RATES AND MARKUP PERCENTAGES. CHANGE ORDERS SHALL BE BROKEN DOWN BY SHEET OR ASSOCIATED INDIVIDUAL LINE ITEM INDICATED IN THE CHANGE ASSOCIATED NARRATIVE, WHICHEVER PROVIDES THE MOST DETAILED BREAKDOWN. CHANGE ORDERS WITH INADEQUATE BREAKDOWN WILL BE REJECTED. B.ITEMIZED PRICING WITH UNIT COST SHALL BE PROVIDED FROM ALL DISTRIBUTORS AND ASSOCIATED SUBCONTRACTORS. C.CHANGE ORDER WORK SHALL NOT PROCEED UNTIL AUTHORIZED. 1.8 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING AND MAINTENANCE A.EXERCISE CARE IN TRANSPORTING AND HANDLING TO AVOID DAMAGE TO MATERIALS. STORE MATERIALS ON THE SITE TO PREVENT DAMAGE. B.KEEP ALL MATERIALS CLEAN, DRY AND FREE FROM DAMAGING ENVIRONMENTS. C.CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MOVING EQUIPMENT INTO THE BUILDING AND/OR SITE. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW SITE PRIOR TO BID FOR PATH LOCATIONS AND ANY REQUIRED BUILDING MODIFICATIONS TO ALLOW MOVEMENT OF EQUIPMENT. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE WORK WITH OTHER TRADES. 1.9 WARRANTY A.PROVIDE ONE-YEAR WARRANTY FOR ALL FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, AND WORKMANSHIP. B.THE WARRANTY PERIOD FOR ALL WORK IN THIS SPECIFICATION DIVISION SHALL COMMENCE ON THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OR SUCCESSFUL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE WHICHEVER OCCURS LATER. THE WARRANTY MAY ALSO COMMENCE IF A WHOLE OR PARTIAL SYSTEM OR ANY SEPARATE PIECE OF EQUIPMENT OR COMPONENT IS PUT INTO USE FOR THE BENEFIT OF ANY PARTY OTHER THAN THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR WITH PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF THE OWNER. IN THIS INSTANCE, THE WARRANTY PERIOD SHALL COMMENCE ON THE DATE WHEN SUCH WHOLE SYSTEM, PARTIAL SYSTEM OR SEPARATE PIECE OF EQUIPMENT OR COMPONENT IS PLACED IN OPERATION AND ACCEPTED IN WRITING BY THE OWNER. C.WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS EXTEND TO CORRECTION, WITHOUT COST TO THE OWNER, OF ALL WORK FOUND TO BE DEFECTIVE OR NONCONFORMING TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR THE COST OF CORRECTING ALL DAMAGE DUE TO DEFECTS OR NONCONFORMANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS EXCLUDING REPAIRS REQUIRED AS A RESULT OF IMPROPER MAINTENANCE OR OPERATION, OR OF NORMAL WEAR AS DETERMINED BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. 1.10 INSURANCE A.THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN INSURANCE COVERAGE AS SET FORTH IN DIVISION 1 OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. 1.11 MATERIAL SUBSTITUTION A.WHERE SEVERAL MANUFACTURERS’NAMES ARE GIVEN, THE MANUFACTURER FOR WHICH A CATALOG NUMBER IS GIVEN IS THE BASIS FOR JOB DESIGN AND ESTABLISHES THE QUALITY. B.EQUIVALENT EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY THE OTHER LISTED MANUFACTURERS MAY BE USED. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL ITEMS SUBMITTED BY THESE OTHER MANUFACTURERS MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND FITS IN THE ALLOCATED SPACE. WHEN USING OTHER LISTED MANUFACTURERS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY AND ALL MODIFICATIONS NECESSARY (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS, ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND ROUGH-IN, AND REGULATORY AGENCY APPROVAL, ETC.) AND COORDINATE SUCH WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS. THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER SHALL MAKE THE FINAL DETERMINATION OF WHETHER A PRODUCT IS EQUIVALENT. C.ANY MATERIAL, ARTICLE OR EQUIPMENT OF OTHER UNNAMED MANUFACTURERS WHICH WILL ADEQUATELY PERFORM THE SERVICES AND DUTIES IMPOSED BY THE DESIGN AND IS OF A QUALITY EQUAL TO OR BETTER THAN THE MATERIAL, ARTICLE OR EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIED BY THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY BE USED IF APPROVAL IS SECURED IN WRITING FROM THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER VIA ADDENDUM. THE CONTRACTOR ASSUMES ALL COSTS INCURRED AS A RESULT OF USING THE OFFERED MATERIAL, ARTICLE OR EQUIPMENT, ON THE CONTRACTORS PART OR ON THE PART OF OTHER CONTRACTORS WHOSE WORK IS AFFECTED. D.VOLUNTARY ADD OR DEDUCT PRICES FOR ALTERNATE MATERIALS MAY BE LISTED ON THE BID FORM. THESE ITEMS WILL NOT BE USED IN DETERMINING THE LOW BIDDER. THIS CONTRACTOR ASSUMES ALL COSTS INCURRED AS A RESULT OF USING THE OFFERED MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT ON THE CONTRACTORS PART OR ON THE PART OF OTHER CONTRACTORS WHOSE WORK IS AFFECTED. E.ALL MATERIAL SUBSTITUTIONS REQUESTED AFTER THE FINAL ADDENDUM MUST BE LISTED AS VOLUNTARY CHANGES ON THE BID FORM. 1.12 PROJECT COMMISSIONING A.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL WORK WITH THE COMMISSIONING AGENT (CXA) AND PROVIDE ALL SERVICES AS DESCRIBED IN THE COMMISSIONING PLAN. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A.ALL ITEMS OF MATERIAL HAVING A SIMILAR FUNCTION SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER UNLESS SPECIFICALLY STATED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS OR ELSEWHERE IN SPECIFICATIONS. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 JOBSITE SAFETY A.NEITHER THE PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITIES OF THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER, NOR THE PRESENCE OF THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OR THE EMPLOYEES AND SUBCONSULTANTS AT A CONSTRUCTION SITE, SHALL RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR AND ANY OTHER ENTITY OF THEIR OBLIGATIONS, DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, CONSTRUCTION MEANS, METHODS, SEQUENCE, TECHNIQUES OR PROCEDURES NECESSARY FOR PERFORMING, SUPERINTENDING OR COORDINATING ALL PORTIONS OF THE WORK OF CONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND ANY HEALTH OR SAFETY PRECAUTIONS REQUIRED BY ANY REGULATORY AGENCIES. THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND PERSONNEL HAVE NO AUTHORITY TO EXERCISE ANY CONTROL OVER ANY CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR OR OTHER ENTITY OR THEIR EMPLOYEES IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR WORK OR ANY HEALTH OR SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. THE CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR JOBSITE SAFETY. THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER'S CONSULTANTS SHALL BE INDEMNIFIED AND SHALL BE MADE ADDITIONAL INSUREDS UNDER THE CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY. 3.2 ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OBSERVATION OF WORK A.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SEVEN (7) CALENDAR DAYS' NOTICE TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER PRIOR TO: 1.COVERING EXTERIOR WALLS, INTERIOR PARTITIONS AND CHASES. 2.INSTALLING HARD OR SUSPENDED CEILINGS AND SOFFITS. B.THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER WILL REVIEW THE INSTALLATION AND PROVIDE A WRITTEN REPORT NOTING DEFICIENCIES REQUIRING CORRECTION. THE CONTRACTOR'S SCHEDULE SHALL ACCOUNT FOR THESE REVIEWS AND SHOW THEM AS LINE ITEMS IN THE APPROVED SCHEDULE. C.ABOVE-CEILING FINAL OBSERVATION: 1.ALL WORK ABOVE THE CEILINGS MUST BE COMPLETE PRIOR TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER'S REVIEW. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO: a.ALL JUNCTION BOXES ARE CLOSED AND IDENTIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 26 05 53 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION. b.LUMINAIRES, INCLUDING CEILING-MOUNTED EXIT AND EMERGENCY LIGHTS, ARE INSTALLED AND OPERATIONAL. c.LUMINAIRE WHIPS ARE SUPPORTED ABOVE THE CEILING. d.CONDUIT IDENTIFICATION IS INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE W ITH SECTION 26 05 53 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION. e.LUMINAIRES ARE SUSPENDED INDEPENDENTLY OF THE CEILING SYSTEM WHEN REQUIRED BY THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. f.ALL WALL PENETRATIONS HAVE BEEN SEALED. 2.TO PREVENT THE ABOVE-CEILING FINAL OBSERVATION FROM OCCURRING TOO EARLY, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THE STATUS OF THE WORK AND CERTIFY, IN WRITING, THAT THE WORK IS READY FOR THE ABOVE-CEILING FINAL OBSERVATION. 3.IT IS UNDERSTOOD THAT IF THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FINDS THE CEILINGS HAVE BEEN INSTALLED PRIOR TO THIS REVIEW AND PRIOR TO SEVEN DAYS ELAPSING, THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER MAY NOT RECOMMEND FURTHER PAYMENTS TO THE CONTRACTOR UNTIL FULL ACCESS HAS BEEN PROVIDED. 3.3 PROJECT CLOSEOUT A.FINAL JOBSITE OBSERVATION: 1.TO PREVENT THE FINAL JOBSITE OBSERVATION FROM OCCURRING TOO EARLY, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THE COMPLETION STATUS OF THE PROJECT AND CERTIFY THAT THE JOB IS READY FOR THE FINAL JOBSITE OBSERVATION. 2.ATTACHED TO THE END OF THIS SECTION IS A TYPICAL LIST OF ITEMS THAT REPRESENT THE DEGREE OF JOB COMPLETENESS EXPECTED PRIOR TO REQUESTING A REVIEW. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SIGN THE ATTACHED CERTIFICATION AND RETURN IT TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER SO THAT THE FINAL OBSERVATION CAN BE SCHEDULED. 3.IT IS UNDERSTOOD THAT IF THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FINDS THE JOB NOT READY FOR THE FINAL OBSERVATION AND ADDITIONAL TRIPS AND OBSERVATIONS ARE REQUIRED TO BRING THE PROJECT TO COMPLETION, THE COST OF THE ADDITIONAL TIME AND EXPENSES INCURRED BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER WILL BE DEDUCTED FROM THE CONTRACTOR'S FINAL PAYMENT. 4.CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT/ENGINEER 72 HOURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF CEILINGS OR LAY-IN CEILING TILES. B.THE FOLLOWING MUST BE SUBMITTED BEFORE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER RECOMMENDS FINAL PAYMENT: 1.OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS WITH COPIES OF APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS. 2.RECORD DOCUMENTS INCLUDING MARKED-UP DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 3.PROVIDE SPARE PARTS, MAINTENANCE, AND EXTRA MATERIALS IN QUANTITIES SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. 4.INSPECTION AND TESTING REPORT BY THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. C.CIRCUIT DIRECTORIES: 1.PROVIDE CUSTOM TYPED CIRCUIT DIRECTORY FOR EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD. PROVIDE UPDATED CUSTOM TYPED CIRCUIT DIRECTORY FOR EACH EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD WITH NEW OR REVISED CIRCUITS PER THE SCOPE OF WORK. LABEL SHALL INCLUDE EQUIPMENT NAME OR FINAL APPROVED ROOM NAME, ROOM NUMBER, AND LOAD TYPE FOR EACH CIRCUIT (EXAMPLES: SUMP SP-1 OR ROOM 101 RECEPT). REVISE DIRECTORY TO REFLECT CIRCUIT CHANGES REQUIRED TO BALANCE PHASE LOADS. PRINTED COPIES OF THE BID DOCUMENT PANEL SCHEDULES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE AS CIRCUIT DIRECTORIES. 3.4 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A.GENERAL: 1.PROVIDE AN ELECTRONIC COPY OF THE O&M MANUALS AS DESCRIBED BELOW FOR ARCHITECT/ENGINEER'S REVIEW AND APPROVAL. THE ELECTRONIC COPY SHALL BE CORRECTED AS REQUIRED TO ADDRESS THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER'S COMMENTS. ONCE CORRECTED, ELECTRONIC COPIES AND PAPER COPIES SHALL BE DISTRIBUTED AS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. 2.APPROVED O&M MANUALS SHALL BE COMPLETED AND IN THE OWNER'S POSSESSION PRIOR TO OWNER'S ACCEPTANCE AND AT LEAST 10 DAYS PRIOR TO INSTRUCTION OF OPERATING PERSONNEL. 3.5 RECORD DOCUMENTS A.THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS SUPPLEMENT DIVISION 1 REQUIREMENTS. B.MAINTAIN AT THE JOB SITE A SEPARATE AND COMPLETE SET OF ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WITH ALL CHANGES MADE TO THE SYSTEMS CLEARLY AND PERMANENTLY MARKED IN COMPLETE DETAIL. B.ALL ELECTRICAL CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT, FITTINGS, HANGERS, STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS, ETC., IN UNFINISHED AREAS, SUCH AS EQUIPMENT AND STORAGE ROOM AREA, SHALL BE PAINTED TWO (2) COATS OF OIL PAINT OF COLORS SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. C.DO NOT PAINT ELECTRIC CONDUITS IN CRAWL SPACES, TUNNELS, OR SPACES ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS EXCEPT THAT WHERE CONDUIT IS IN A DAMP LOCATION GIVE EXPOSED THREADS AT JOINTS TWO COATS OF SEALER AFTER JOINT IS MADE UP. 3.7 ADJUST AND CLEAN A.THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS PRIOR TO THE OWNER'S FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT. B.CLEAN ALL FOREIGN PAINT, GREASE, OIL, DIRT, LABELS, STICKERS, ETC. FROM ALL EQUIPMENT. C.REMOVE ALL RUBBISH, DEBRIS, ETC., ACCUMULATED DURING CONSTRUCTION FROM THE PREMISES. 3.8 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS A.ADHESIVES AND SEALANTS: ALL SEALERS, ADHESIVES, AND SEALANTS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LOW EMITTING MATERIAL LIMITS OF THE FOLLOW ING STANDARDS: 1.CDPH STANDARD METHOD V1.1-2010 -STANDARD METHOD FOR THE TESTING AND EVALUATION OF VOLATILE ORGANIC CHEMICAL EMISSIONS VOC FROM INDOOR SOURCES USING ENVIRONMENTAL CHAMBERS VERSION 1.1. 2.SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULE 1168 -ADHESIVE AND SEALANT APPLICATIONS. ALL ADHESIVES AND SEALANTS WET-APPLIED ON SITE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE CHEMICAL CONTENT REQUIREMENTS OF SCAQMD RULE 1168. 3.SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULE SCAQMD 1113 -WET APPLIED PAINTS AND COATINGS. ALL PAINTS AND COATINGS WET-APPLIED ON SITE MUST MEET THE APPLICABLE VOC LIMITS OF SCAQMD RULE 1113. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.GENERAL: 1.CONDUCT ALL TESTS REQUIRED DURING AND AFTER CONSTRUCTION. SUBMIT TEST RESULTS IN NETA FORMAT, OR EQUIVALENT FORM, THAT SHOWS THE TEST EQUIPMENT USED, CALIBRATION DATE, TESTER'S NAME, AMBIENT TEST CONDITIONS, HUMIDITY, CONDUCTOR LENGTH, AND RESULTS CORRECTED TO 40°C. 2.SUPPLY NECESSARY INSTRUMENTS, METERS, ETC., FOR THE TESTS. SUPPLY COMPETENT TECHNICIANS WITH TRAINING IN THE PROPER TESTING TECHNIQUES. 3.ALL CABLES AND WIRES SHALL BE TESTED FOR SHORTS AND GROUNDS FOLLOWING INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION TO DEVICES. REPLACE SHORTED OR GROUNDED WIRES AND CABLES. 4.ANY WIRING DEVICE, ELECTRICAL APPARATUS OR LUMINAIRE, IF GROUNDED OR SHORTED ON ANY INTEGRAL "LIVE" PART, SHALL HAVE ALL DEFECTIVE PARTS OR MATERIALS REPLACED. 5.TEST CABLE INSULATION OF SERVICE AND PANEL FEEDER CONDUCTORS FOR PROPER INSULATION VALUES. TESTS SHALL INCLUDE THE CABLE, ALL SPLICES, AND ALL TERMINATIONS. EACH CONDUCTOR SHALL BE TESTED AND SHALL TEST FREE OF SHORT CIRCUITS AND GROUNDS AND HAVE AN INSULATION VALUE NOT LESS THAN ELECTRICAL CODE STANDARDS. TAKE READINGS BETWEEN CONDUCTORS, AND BETWEEN CONDUCTORS AND GROUND. 6.IF THE RESULTS OBTAINED IN THE TESTS ARE NOT SATISFACTORY, MAKE ADJUSTMENTS, REPLACEMENTS, AND CHANGES AS NEEDED. THEN REPEAT THE TESTS, AND MAKE ADDITIONAL TESTS, AS THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OR AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION DEEMS NECESSARY. B.IF ANY TEST RESULTS ARE NOT SATISFACTORY, MAKE ADJUSTMENTS, REPLACEMENTS AND CHANGES AS NEEDED AND REPEAT THE TESTS AND MAKE ADDITIONAL TESTS AS THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OR AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION DEEM NECESSARY. C.CONTRACTOR SHALL THERMOGRAPHIC STUDY ALL PANELBOARDS AT THE END OF CONSTRUCTION TO IDENTIFY ANY UNUSUAL CONDITIONS/HEATING WITHIN THE EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE WITH OWNER/ARCHITECT/ENGINEER TO HAVE AN OWNER/ARCHITECT/ENGINEER REPRESENTATIVE PRESENT DURING TESTING. READINESS CERTIFICATION PRIOR TO FINAL JOBSITE OBSERVATION TO PREVENT THE FINAL JOB OBSERVATION FROM OCCURRING TOO EARLY, WE REQUIRE THAT THE CONTRACTOR REVIEW THE COMPLETION STATUS OF THE PROJECT AND, BY COPY OF THIS DOCUMENT, CERTIFY THAT THE JOB IS INDEED READY FOR THE FINAL JOB OBSERVATION. THE FOLLOWING IS A TYPICAL LIST OF ITEMS THAT REPRESENT THE DEGREE OF JOB COMPLETENESS EXPECTED PRIOR TO YOUR REQUESTING A FINAL JOB OBSERVATION. 1. PENETRATIONS OF FIRE-RATED CONSTRUCTION FIRE SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS. 2. ELECTRICAL PANELS HAVE TYPED CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION. 3. PER SECTION 26 05 00, CABLE INSULATION TEST RESULTS HAVE BEEN SUBMITTED. ACCEPTED BY: PRIME CONTRACTOR _______________________________________________ BY ___________________________________ DATE ___________________ UPON CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION THAT THE PROJECT IS COMPLETE AND READY FOR A FINAL JOB OBSERVATION, WE REQUIRE THE CONTRACTOR TO SIGN THIS AGREEMENT AND RETURN IT TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER SO THAT THE FINAL OBSERVATION CAN BE SCHEDULED. END OF SECTION ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENT • SECTION 26 05 00 -BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS • SECTION 26 05 05 -ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING C.MARK DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO INDICATE APPROVED SUBSTITUTIONS; CHANGE ORDERS, AND ACTUAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS USED. ALL CHANGE ORDERS, RFI RESPONSES, CLARIFICATIONS AND OTHER SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS SHALL BE MARKED ON THE DOCUMENTS. RECORD DOCUMENTS THAT MERELY REFERENCE THE EXISTENCE OF THE ABOVE ITEMS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. SHOULD THIS CONTRACTOR FAIL TO COMPLETE RECORD DOCUMENTS AS REQUIRED BY THIS CONTRACT, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL REIMBURSE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR ALL COSTS TO DEVELOP RECORD DOCUMENTS THAT COMPLY WITH THIS REQUIREMENT. REIMBURSEMENT SHALL BE MADE AT THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER'S HOURLY RATES IN EFFECT AT THE TIME OF WORK. D.RECORD CHANGES DAILY AND KEEP THE MARKED DRAWINGS AVAILABLE FOR THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER'S EXAMINATION AT ANY NORMAL WORK TIME. E.UPON COMPLETING THE JOB, AND BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT IS MADE, GIVE THE MARKED- UP DRAWINGS TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. 3.6 PAINTING A.PAINT ALL EQUIPMENT THAT IS MARRED OR DAMAGED PRIOR TO THE OWNER'S ACCEPTANCE. PAINT AND COLOR SHALL MATCH ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT PAINT AND SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER IF AVAILABLE. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE A FINISHED COAT OF PAINT APPLIED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY ALLOWED TO BE PROVIDED WITH A PRIME COAT ONLY. SECTION 26 05 05 -ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A.MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FOR PATCHING AND EXTENDING WORK SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.THE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED TO INDICATE THE SCOPE OF WORK REQUIRED AND DO NOT INDICATE EVERY BOX, CONDUIT, OR WIRE THAT MUST BE REMOVED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID AND VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS. B.WHERE WALLS, CEILINGS, STRUCTURES, ETC., ARE INDICATED AS BEING REMOVED ON GENERAL OR ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL OF ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, FIXTURES, RACEWAYS, WIRING, SYSTEMS, ETC., FROM THE REMOVED AREA. C.COORDINATE SCOPE OF WORK WITH ALL OTHER CONTRACTORS AND THE OWNER AT THE PROJECT SITE. SCHEDULE REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT AND ELECTRICAL SERVICE TO AVOID CONFLICTS. D.BID SUBMITTAL SHALL MEAN THE CONTRACTOR HAS VISITED THE PROJECT SITE AND HAS VERIFIED EXISTING CONDITIONS AND SCOPE OF WORK. 3.2 PREPARATION A.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM THE OWNER BEFORE TURNING OFF POWER TO CIRCUITS, FEEDERS, PANELS, ETC. COORDINATE ALL OUTAGES WITH OWNER. B.PROVIDE TEMPORARY WIRING AND CONNECTIONS TO MAINTAIN EXISTING SYSTEMS IN SERVICE DURING CONSTRUCTION. WHEN WORK MUST BE PERFORMED ON ENERGIZED EQUIPMENT OR CIRCUITS, USE PERSONNEL EXPERIENCED IN SUCH OPERATIONS. ASSUME ALL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS MUST REMAIN OPERATIONAL UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. C.DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS IN WALLS, FLOORS, STRUCTURES, AND CEILINGS SCHEDULED FOR REMOVAL. 3.3 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK A.DEMOLISH AND EXTEND EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK UNDER PROVISIONS OF DIVISION 1 OF SPECIFICATIONS AND THIS SECTION. B.REMOVE, RELOCATE, AND EXTEND EXISTING INSTALLATIONS TO ACCOMMODATE NEW CONSTRUCTION. C.REMOVE EXPOSED ABANDONED RACEWAY, INCLUDING ABANDONED RACEWAY ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING FINISHES. CUT RACEWAY FLUSH WITH WALLS AND FLOORS, AND PATCH SURFACES. REMOVE ALL ASSOCIATED CLAMPS, HANGERS, SUPPORTS, ETC. ASSOCIATED WITH RACEWAY REMOVAL. D.DISCONNECT AND REMOVE OUTLETS AND DEVICES THAT ARE TO BE DEMOLISHED. REMOVE OUTLET OR DEVICES' ASSOCIATED BACK BOX, SUPPORTS, AND CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS BACK TO SOURCE. PATCH OPENING CREATED FROM REMOVAL OF DEVICE TO MATCH SURROUNDING FINISHES. E.REPAIR ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHES DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION WORK. PATCH OPENINGS TO MATCH EXISTING SURROUNDING FINISHES. F.MAINTAIN ACCESS TO EXISTING ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS THAT REMAIN ACTIVE. MODIFY INSTALLATION OR PROVIDE JUNCTION BOXES AND ACCESS PANEL AS APPROPRIATE. G.EXTEND EXISTING INSTALLATIONS USING MATERIALS AND METHODS COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS, OR AS SPECIFIED. EXTENDED CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TO MATCH EXISTING SIZE AND MATERIAL. H.THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COSTS INCURRED IN REPAIR, RELOCATIONS, OR REPLACEMENT OF ANY CABLES, CONDUITS, OR OTHER SERVICES IF DAMAGED WITHOUT PROPER INVESTIGATION. 3.4 CLEANING AND REPAIR A.CLEAN AND REPAIR EXISTING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT THAT REMAIN OR ARE TO BE REUSED. B.PANELBOARDS: CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES AND CHECK TIGHTNESS OF ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. REPLACE DAMAGED CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND PROVIDE CLOSURE PLATES FOR VACANT POSITIONS. PROVIDE TYPED CIRCUIT DIRECTORY SHOWING REVISED CIRCUITING ARRANGEMENT. C.ELECTRICAL ITEMS (E.G., LIGHTING FIXTURES, RECEPTACLES, SWITCHES, CONDUIT, WIRE, ETC.) REMOVED AND NOT RELOCATED REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THE OWNER. CONTRACTOR SHALL PLACE ITEMS RETAINED BY THE OWNER IN A LOCATION COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DISPOSAL OF MATERIAL THE OWNER DOES NOT WANT. 3.5 INSTALLATION A.INSTALL RELOCATED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF DIVISION 1 OF SPECIFICATIONS. END OF SECTION No. Revisions Date pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 TE OLIRFFOAC LANRP E 23191 STA ER REGIST ED INA N REENIGE FO OISSE E AICLCERTL Exp. 06/30/26 MIRASOPHOCLISGEORGY IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"1/2" = 1'-0"3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0"3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25' 0 1'12' 0 1'6' 0 4' 0 3'1'0 2' 0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v ed . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t ed . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 11 / 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 5 : 5 9 : 5 6 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author E003 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR SECTION 26 05 13 -WIRE AND CABLE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.BUILDING WIRE B.CABLING FOR REMOTE CONTROL, SIGNAL, AND POWER LIMITED CIRCUITS 1.2 RELATED WORK A.SECTION 26 05 53 -ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION: REFER TO ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION FOR COLOR AND IDENTIFICATION LABELING REQUIREMENTS. 1.3 REFERENCES A.NEMA WC 70 -POWER CABLES RATED 2,000V OR LESS FOR THE DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY B.CEC CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE C.UL 83 -THERMOPLASTIC-INSULATED WIRES AND CABLES D.UL 1581 -STANDARD FOR ELECTRICAL WIRES, CABLES, AND FLEXIBLE CORDS 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 26 05 00. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 BUILDING WIRE A.FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS 8 AWG AND LARGER: COPPER, STRANDED CONDUCTOR, 600-VOLT INSULATION, THHN/THWN OR XHHW-2. B.FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS 10 AWG AND SMALLER: COPPER, SOLID OR STRANDED CONDUCTOR, 600-VOLT INSULATION, THHN/THWN, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. C.CONTROL CIRCUITS: COPPER, STRANDED CONDUCTOR 600-VOLT INSULATION, THHN/THWN. D.EACH 120 AND 277-VOLT BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL HAVE A DEDICATED NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR. NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE CONSIDERED CURRENT-CARRYING CONDUCTORS FOR WIRE DERATING. 2.2 CABLING FOR REMOTE CONTROL, SIGNAL, AND POWER LIMITED CIRCUITS A.WIRE FOR THE FOLLOWING SPECIALIZED SYSTEMS SHALL BE AS DESIGNATED ON THE DRAWINGS, OR ELSEWHERE IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. IF NOT DESIGNATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS, THE SYSTEM MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS SHALL BE FOLLOWED. 1.LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHING AND LIGHTING CONTROL B.CONTROL CABLE FOR CLASS 1 REMOTE CONTROL AND SIGNAL CIRCUITS: COPPER CONDUCTOR, 600-VOLT INSULATION, RATED 60°C, INDIVIDUAL CONDUCTORS TWISTED TOGETHER, SHIELDED, AND COVERED WITH A PVC JACKET. C.CONTROL CABLE FOR CLASS 2 OR CLASS 3 REMOTE CONTROL AND SIGNAL CIRCUITS: COPPER CONDUCTOR, 300-VOLT INSULATION, RATED 60°C, INDIVIDUAL CONDUCTORS TWISTED TOGETHER, SHIELDED, AND COVERED WITH A PVC JACKET; UL LISTED. D.PLENUM CABLE FOR CLASS 2 OR CLASS 3 REMOTE CONTROL AND SIGNAL CIRCUITS: COPPER CONDUCTOR, 300-VOLT INSULATION, RATED 60°C, INDIVIDUAL CONDUCTORS TWISTED TOGETHER, SHIELDED, AND COVERED WITH A NONMETALLIC JACKET; UL LISTED FOR USE IN AIR HANDLING DUCTS, HOLLOW SPACES USED AS DUCTS, AND PLENUMS. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 WIRE AND CABLE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A.ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS: 1.BUILDING WIRE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN RACEWAY. B.ALL OTHER LOCATIONS: BUILDING WIRE IN RACEWAY. C.LOW VOLTAGE CABLE (LESS THAN 100 VOLTS): LOW VOLTAGE CABLES IN DUCTS, PLENUMS, AND OTHER AIR HANDLING SPACES SHALL BE PLENUM LISTED. LOW VOLTAGE CABLES IN NON-ACCESSIBLE AREAS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT. D.LOW VOLTAGE CABLE (LESS THAN 100 VOLTS): LOW VOLTAGE CABLE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN RACEWAY. 3.2 CONTRACTOR CHANGES A.THE BASIS OF DESIGN IS COPPER CONDUCTORS INSTALLED IN RACEWAY BASED ON AMBIENT TEMPERATURE OF 30°C, CEC CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE EDITION TABLE 310.15(B)(16). B.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DERATING AND SIZING CONDUCTORS AND CONDUITS TO EQUAL OR EXCEED THE AMPACITY OF THE BASIS OF DESIGN CIRCUITS, IF HE/SHE CHOOSES TO USE METHODS OR MATERIALS OTHER THAN THE BASIS OF DESIGN. C.THE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC WITH INTENT TO CONVEY THE COMPONENTS OF THE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. CONDUCTOR LENGTH(S) WHEN LISTED ON PLANS AND SCHEDULES ARE FOR ENGINEERING CALCULATION PURPOSES. CONDUCTOR LENGTH(S) SHALL NOT BE USED FOR BIDDING PURPOSES. D.RECORD DRAWING SHALL INCLUDE THE CALCULATIONS AND SKETCHES. 3.3 GENERAL WIRING METHODS A.USE NO WIRE SMALLER THAN 12 AWG FOR POWER AND LIGHTING CIRCUITS, AND NO SMALLER THAN 14 AWG FOR CONTROL WIRING. B.USE NO WIRE SMALLER THAN 18 AWG FOR LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING BELOW 100 VOLTS. C.USE 10 AWG CONDUCTOR FOR 20 AMPERE, 120-VOLT BRANCH CIRCUIT HOME RUNS LONGER THAN 75 FEET, AND FOR 20 AMPERE, 277-VOLT BRANCH CIRCUIT HOME RUNS LONGER THAN 200 FEET. D.THE AMPACITY OF MULTIPLE CONDUCTORS IN ONE CONDUIT SHALL BE DERATED PER THE ELECTRICAL CODE. E.SPLICE ONLY IN JUNCTION OR OUTLET BOXES. F.NEATLY TRAIN AND LACE WIRING INSIDE BOXES, EQUIPMENT, AND PANELBOARDS. G.MAKE CONDUCTOR LENGTHS FOR PARALLEL CIRCUITS EQUAL. H.ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS IN CONDUIT FROM LAST OUTLET TO THEIR TERMINATION. I.TERMINATE ALL SPARE CONDUCTORS ON TERMINAL BLOCKS, AND LABEL THE SPARE CONDUCTORS. J.CABLES OR WIRES SHALL NOT BE LAID OUT ON THE GROUND BEFORE PULLING. K.CABLES OR WIRES SHALL NOT BE DRAGGED OVER EARTH OR PAVING. L.CARE SHALL BE TAKEN SO AS NOT TO SUBJECT THE CABLE OR WIRE TO HIGH MECHANICAL STRESSES THAT WOULD CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE WIRE AND CABLE. M.ALL WIRES IN OUTLET BOXES NOT CONNECTED TO FIXTURES OR OTHER DEVICES SHALL BE ROLLED UP, SPLICED IF CONTINUITY OF CIRCUIT IS REQUIRED, AND INSULATED. 3.4 WIRING INSTALLATION IN RACEWAYS A.PULL ALL CONDUCTORS INTO A RACEWAY AT THE SAME TIME. USE UL LISTED WIRE PULLING LUBRICANT FOR PULLING 4 AWG AND LARGER WIRES. B.PULLING SHALL BE CONTINUOUS WITHOUT UNNECESSARY STOPS AND STARTS WITH WIRE OR CABLE ONLY PARTIALLY THROUGH RACEWAY. C.WHERE REELS OF CABLE OR WIRE ARE USED, THEY SHALL BE SET UP ON JACKS CLOSE TO THE POINT WHERE THE WIRE OR CABLE ENTERS THE CONDUIT OR DUCT SO THAT THE CABLE OR WIRE MAY BE UNREELED AND RUN INTO THE CONDUIT OR DUCT WITH A MINIMUM OF CHANGE IN THE DIRECTION OF THE BEND. D.CONDUCTORS SHALL NOT BE PULLED THROUGH CONDUITS UNTIL PLASTERING OR MASONRY WORK IS COMPLETED AND CONDUITS ARE FREE FROM MOISTURE. CARE SHALL BE TAKEN SO THAT LONG PULLS OF WIRE OR PULLS AROUND SEVERAL BENDS ARE NOT MADE WHERE THE WIRE MAY BE PERMANENTLY STRETCHED AND THE INSULATION DAMAGED. E.ONLY NYLON ROPE SHALL BE PERMITTED TO PULL CABLES INTO CONDUIT AND DUCTS. F.COMPLETELY AND THOROUGHLY SWAB RACEWAY SYSTEM BEFORE INSTALLING CONDUCTORS. G.CONDUCTOR SUPPORTS IN VERTICAL RACEWAYS: 1.SUPPORT CONDUCTORS IN VERTICAL RACEWAYS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ELECTRICAL CODE SPACING OF CONDUCTORS SUPPORTS. 2.SUPPORTS SHALL BE OF INSULATED WEDGE TYPE (OZ GEDNEY TYPE S, OR EQUAL) AND INSTALLED IN A TAPERED INSULATED BUSHING FITTING OR A METAL WOVEN MESH WITH A SUPPORT RING THAT FITS INSIDE CONDUIT FITTING INSTALLED IN AN ACCESSIBLE JUNCTION BOX (HUBBELL KELLEMS SUPPORT GRIP OR EQUAL). 3.5 CABLE INSTALLATION A.PROVIDE PROTECTION FOR EXPOSED CABLES WHERE SUBJECT TO DAMAGE. B.USE SUITABLE CABLE FITTINGS AND CONNECTORS. C.RUN ALL OPEN CABLE PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO WALLS, CEILINGS, AND EXPOSED STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. FOLLOW THE ROUTING AS ILLUSTRATED ON THE DRAWINGS AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE. CABLE ROUTING ON DRAWINGS SCALED 1/4"=1'-0" OR LESS SHALL BE CONSIDERED DIAGRAMMATICAL, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. THE CORRECT ROUTING, WHEN SHOWN DIAGRAMMATICALLY, SHALL BE CHOSEN BY THE CONTRACTOR BASED ON INFORMATION IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, APPLICABLE CODES, THE NECA'S "STANDARD OF INSTALLATION", RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY STANDARDS; AND COORDINATED WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS. D.OPEN CABLE SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY THE APPROPRIATE SIZE J-HOOKS OR OTHER MEANS IF CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS. WIRE AND CABLE FROM DIFFERENT SYSTEMS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN THE SAME J-HOOK. J-HOOKS SHALL BE SIZED WITH 20% SPARE CAPACITY. J-HOOKS SHALL PROVIDE PROPER BEND RADIUS SUPPORT FOR DATA CABLE AND FIBER CABLES. E.OPEN CABLE INSTALLED ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS SHALL NOT REST ON THE SUSPENDED CEILING CONSTRUCTION, NOR UTILIZE THE CEILING SUPPORT SYSTEM FOR WIRE AND CABLE SUPPORT. F.OPEN CABLE SHALL ONLY BE INSTALLED WHERE SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, OR PERMITTED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. 3.6 WIRING CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS A.SPLICE AND TAP ONLY IN ACCESSIBLE JUNCTION BOXES. B.USE SOLDERLESS, TIN-PLATED COPPER, COMPRESSION TERMINALS (LUGS) APPLIED WITH CIRCUMFERENTIAL CRIMP FOR CONDUCTOR TERMINATIONS, 8 AWG AND LARGER. C.USE SOLDERLESS, TIN-PLATED, COMPRESSION TERMINALS (LUGS) APPLIED WITH INDENTER CRIMP FOR COPPER CONDUCTOR TERMINATIONS, 10 AWG AND SMALLER. D.USE SOLDERLESS PRESSURE CONNECTORS WITH INSULATING COVERS FOR COPPER WIRE SPLICES AND TAPS, 8 AWG AND SMALLER. FOR 10 AW G AND SMALLER, USE INSULATED SPRING WIRE CONNECTORS WITH PLASTIC CAPS. E.USE COMPRESSION CONNECTORS APPLIED WITH CIRCUMFERENTIAL CRIMP FOR CONDUCTOR SPLICES AND TAPS, 6 AWG AND LARGER. TAPE UNINSULATED CONDUCTORS AND CONNECTORS WITH ELECTRICAL TAPE TO 150 PERCENT OF THE INSULATION VALUE OF CONDUCTOR. F.THOROUGHLY CLEAN WIRES BEFORE INSTALLING LUGS AND CONNECTORS. G.MAKE SPLICES, TAPS AND TERMINATIONS TO CARRY FULL AMPACITY OF CONDUCTORS WITHOUT PERCEPTIBLE TEMPERATURE RISE. H.PHASE SEQUENCE: ALL APPARATUS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO OPERATE IN THE PHASE SEQUENCE A-B-C REPRESENTING THE TIME SEQUENCE IN WHICH THE PHASE CONDUCTORS SO IDENTIFIED REACH POSITIVE MAXIMUM VOLTAGE. I.AS A GENERAL RULE, APPLICABLE TO SWITCHES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, STARTERS, PANELBOARDS, SWITCHGEAR AND THE LIKE, THE CONNECTIONS TO PHASE CONDUCTORS ARE INTENDED THUS: 1.FACING THE FRONT AND OPERATING SIDE OF THE EQUIPMENT, THE PHASE IDENTIFICATION SHALL BE: a.LEFT TO RIGHT -A-B-C b.TOP TO BOTTOM -A-B-C 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTING WILL BE PERFORMED UNDER PROVISIONS OF DIVISION 1. B.BUILDING WIRE AND POWER CABLE TESTING: PERFORM AN INSULATION-RESISTANCE TEST ON EACH CONDUCTOR WITH RESPECT TO GROUND AND ADJACENT CONDUCTORS. TEST SHALL BE MADE BY MEANS OF A LOW -RESISTANCE OHMMETER, SUCH AS A "MEGGER". THE APPLIED POTENTIAL SHALL BE 500 VOLTS DC FOR 300 VOLT RATED CABLE AND 1000 VOLTS DC FOR 600 VOLT RATED CABLE. THE TEST DURATION SHALL BE ONE MINUTE. INSULATION RESISTANCE MUST BE GREATER THAN 100 MEGA-OHM FOR 600 VOLT AND 25 MEGA-OHM FOR 300 VOLT RATED CABLES PER NETA ACCEPTANCE TESTING STANDARD. VERIFY UNIFORM RESISTANCE OF PARALLEL CONDUCTORS. C.INSPECT WIRE AND CABLE FOR PHYSICAL DAMAGE AND PROPER CONNECTION. D.TORQUE TEST CONDUCTOR CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED VALUES. E.PERFORM CONTINUITY TEST ON ALL POWER AND EQUIPMENT BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS. VERIFY PROPER PHASING CONNECTIONS. F.PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION OF THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED LUG TORQUE VALUE FOR COPPER AND ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS, THE DATE THE LUGS WERE TORQUED, AND INSTALLED TORQUE READINGS. DOCUMENTATION INDICATING THAT THE TORQUE WRENCH HAS BEEN CALIBRATED NOT MORE THAN 30 DAYS PRIOR TO TIGHTENING OF LUGS SHALL BE PROVIDED. G.PROTECTION OF WIRE AND CABLE FROM FOREIGN MATERIALS: 1.IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE PHYSICAL PROTECTION TO PREVENT FOREIGN MATERIAL APPLICATION OR CONTACT WITH ANY WIRE OR CABLE TYPE. FOREIGN MATERIAL IS DEFINED AS ANY MATERIAL THAT WOULD NEGATIVELY IMPACT THE VALIDITY OF THE MANUFACTURER'S PERFORMANCE WARRANTY. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, OVERSPRAY OF PAINT (ACCIDENTAL OR OTHERWISE), DRYWALL COMPOUND, OR ANY OTHER SURFACE CHEMICAL, LIQUID, OR COMPOUND THAT COULD COME IN CONTACT WITH THE CABLE, CABLE JACKET, OR CABLE TERMINATION COMPONENTS. H.OVERSPRAY OF PAINT ON ANY WIRE OR CABLE WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO REPLACE ANY COMPONENT CONTAINING OVERSPRAY, IN ITS ENTIRETY, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE PROJECT. CLEANING OF THE CABLES WITH HARSH CHEMICALS IS NOT ALLOWED. END OF SECTION ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENT • SECTION 26 05 13 -WIRE AND CABLE • SECTION 26 05 33 -CONDUIT AND BOXES SECTION 26 05 33 -CONDUIT AND BOXES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING AND FITTINGS (EMT) B.FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT AND FITTINGS (FMC) C.WALL AND CEILING OUTLET BOXES D.PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES E.ROUGH-INS 1.2 RELATED WORK A.SECTION 26 05 53 -ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION: REFER TO ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION FOR COLOR AND IDENTIFICATION LABELING REQUIREMENTS. 1.3 REFERENCES A.AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI): 1.ANSI C80.3 -ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING, ZINC-COATED AND FITTINGS 2.ANSI C80.4 -FITTINGS FOR RIGID METAL CONDUIT AND ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING 3.ANSI/NEMA OS 1 -SHEET-STEEL OUTLET BOXES, DEVICE BOXES, COVERS AND BOX SUPPORTS B.FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS (FS): 1.A-A-50553A -FITTINGS FOR CONDUIT, METAL, RIGID, (THICK-WALL AND THIN-WALL (EMT) TYPE 2.A-A-55810 -SPECIFICATION FOR FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT C.NECA "STANDARDS OF INSTALLATION" D.NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA): 1.ANSI/NEMA FB 1 -FITTINGS, CAST METAL BOXES, AND CONDUIT BODIES FOR CONDUIT, ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING AND CABLE E.CEC CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE F.UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL): APPLICABLE LISTINGS 1.UL 1 -FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT 2.UL514-B -CONDUIT TUBING AND CABLE FITTINGS 3.UL797 -ELECTRICAL METAL TUBING G.DEFINITIONS: 1.FITTINGS: CONDUIT CONNECTION OR COUPLING. 2.BODY: ENLARGED FITTINGS WITH OPENING ALLOWING ACCESS TO THE CONDUCTORS FOR PULLING PURPOSES ONLY. 3.FINISHED SPACES: ENCLOSED AREAS WHERE THE PRIMARY USE IS TO HOUSE PERSONNEL AND THE GENERAL PUBLIC. THESE SPACES GENERALLY HAVE ARCHITECTURALLY EMPHASIZED FINISHES, CEILINGS AND/OR FLOORS. 4.CONCEALED: NOT VISIBLE BY THE GENERAL PUBLIC. OFTEN INDICATES A LOCATION EITHER ABOVE THE CEILING, IN THE WALLS, IN OR BENEATH THE FLOOR SLAB, IN COLUMN COVERINGS, OR IN THE CEILING CONSTRUCTION. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) AND FITTINGS A.MINIMUM SIZE ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING: 3/4 INCH, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. B.MANUFACTURERS OF EMT CONDUIT: 1.ALLIED 2.CALBOND CALPIPE 3.LTV 4.STEELDUCT 5.WHEATLAND TUBE CO 6.OR APPROVED EQUAL. C.FITTINGS AND CONDUIT BODIES: 1.2" DIAMETER OR SMALLER: STEEL SET SCREW TYPE OF STEEL DESIGNED FOR THEIR SPECIFIC APPLICATION. 2.3/4" CONDUIT: PUSH-ON CONNECTORS AND COUPLERS WITH LOCKING RING AND WASHER OF ZINC PLATED STEEL, LISTED FOR USE IN DRY LOCATIONS. 3.LARGER THAN 2": COMPRESSION TYPE OF STEEL DESIGNED FOR THEIR SPECIFIC APPLICATION. 4.MANUFACTURERS OF EMT CONDUIT FITTINGS: a.APPLETON ELECTRIC b.O-Z/GEDNEY CO. c.ELECTROLINE d.RACO e.BRIDGEPORT f.MIDWEST g.REGAL h.THOMAS & BETTS i.ORBIT INDUSTRIES j.OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2.2 FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT (FMC) AND FITTINGS A.MINIMUM SIZE GALVANIZED STEEL: 3/4 INCH, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING TO AN INDIVIDUAL LUMINAIRE MAY BE A MANUFACTURED, UL LISTED 3/8" FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS WITH #14 AWG THHN CONDUCTORS AND AN INSULATED GROUND WIRE. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF 3/8" FMC SHALL BE SIX (6) FEET. B.MANUFACTURERS: 1.AMERICAN FLEX 2.ALFLEX 3.ELECTRI-FLEX CO 4.OR APPROVED EQUAL. C.CONSTRUCTION: FLEXIBLE STEEL, APPROVED FOR CONDUIT GROUND, ZINC COATED, THREADLESS TYPE FORMED FROM A CONTINUOUS LENGTH OF SPIRALLY WOUND, INTERLOCKED ZINC COATED STRIP STEEL. PROVIDE A SEPARATE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR WHEN USED FOR EQUIPMENT WHERE FLEXIBILITY IS REQUIRED. D.FITTINGS AND CONDUIT BODIES: 1.THREADLESS HINGED CLAMP TYPE, GALVANIZED ZINC COATED CADMIUM PLATED MALLEABLE CAST IRON OR SCREW -IN TYPE, DIE-CAST ZINC. 2.FITTINGS AND CONDUIT BODIES SHALL INCLUDE PLASTIC OR CAST METAL INSERTS SUPPLIED BY THE MANUFACTURER TO PROTECT CONDUCTORS FROM SHARP EDGES. 3.MANUFACTURERS: a.O-Z/GEDNEY CO. b.THOMAS & BETTS c.APPLETON ELECTRIC d.ELECTROLINE e.BRIDGEPORT f.MIDWEST g.REGAL h.ORBIT INDUSTRIES i.OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2.3 OUTLET BOXES A.SHEET METAL OUTLET BOXES: ANSI/NEMA OS 1; GALVANIZED STEEL, 16 GAUGE (APPROXIMATELY 0.0625 INCHES), WITH 1/2-INCH MALE FIXTURE STUDS WHERE REQUIRED. B.OUTLET BOXES FOR LUMINAIRES TO BE NOT LESS THAN 1-1/2" DEEP, DEEPER IF REQUIRED BY THE NUMBER OF WIRES OR CONSTRUCTION. THE BOX SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH SURFACE LUMINAIRES TO CONCEAL THE BOX FROM VIEW OR PROVIDE A FINISHED TRIM PLATE. C.SWITCH OUTLET BOXES FOR LOCAL LIGHT CONTROL SWITCHES, DIMMERS AND OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL BE 4 INCHES SQUARE BY 2-1/8 INCHES DEEP, WITH RAISED COVER TO FIT FLUSH WITH FINISH WALL LINE. MULTIPLE GANG SWITCH OUTLETS SHALL CONSIST OF THE REQUIRED NUMBER OF GANG BOXES APPROPRIATE TO THE QUANTITY OF SWITCHES COMPRISING THE GANG. WHERE WALLS ARE PLASTERED, PROVIDE A PLASTER RAISED COVER. WHERE SWITCH OUTLET BOXES OCCUR IN EXPOSED CONCRETE BLOCK WALLS, BOXES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE BLOCK CAVITY WITH A RAISED SQUARE EDGE TILE COVER OF SUFFICIENT DEPTH TO EXTEND OUT TO FACE OF BLOCK OR MASONRY BOXES. D.OUTLET BOXES FOR TELEPHONE SUBSTATIONS IN WALLS AND COLUMNS SHALL BE 4 INCHES SQUARE AND 2-1/8 INCHES DEEP WITH SINGLE GANG RAISED COVER TO FIT FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL LINE EQUIPPED WITH FLUSH TELEPHONE PLATE. E.WALL OR COLUMN RECEPTACLE OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE 4 INCHES SQUARE WITH RAISED COVER TO FIT FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL LINE. BOXES IN CONCRETE BLOCK WALLS SHALL BE INSTALLED THE SAME AS FOR SWITCH BOXES IN BLOCK WALLS. 2.4 JB; PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A.SHEET METAL BOXES: ANSI/NEMA OS 1; GALVANIZED STEEL. B.SHEET METAL BOXES LARGER THAN 12 INCHES IN ANY DIMENSION THAT CONTAIN TERMINATIONS OR COMPONENTS: CONTINUOUS HINGED ENCLOSURE WITH 1/4 TURN LATCH AND WHITE BACK PANEL FOR MOUNTING TERMINAL BLOCKS AND ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS. C.FLANGED TYPE BOXES SHALL BE USED WHERE INSTALLED FLUSH IN WALL. 2.5 ROUGH-IN A.PROVIDE WITH ONE (1) FLUSH MOUNT DOUBLE GANG BOX WITH SINGLE GANG PLASTER RING AND APPROPRIATE COVER PLATE, B.CONDUIT STUBBED TO ABOVE THE LAY-IN CEILING. C.RI-TECH; TECHNOLOGY ROUGH-IN: 1.ROUGH-IN SHALL HAVE ONE (1) 1" CONDUIT. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUIT INSTALLATION SCHEDULE AND SIZING A.IN THE EVENT THE LOCATION OF CONDUIT INSTALLATION REPRESENTS CONFLICTING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AS SPECIFIED IN THE FOLLOWING SCHEDULE, A CLARIFICATION SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. IF THIS CONTRACTOR IS UNABLE TO OBTAIN A CLARIFICATION AS OUTLINED ABOVE, CONCEALED RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT INSTALLED PER THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND THE ELECTRICAL CODE SHALL BE REQUIRED. B.INSTALLATION SCHEDULE: REFER TO DRAWINGS. C.CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SIZING SHALL BE COORDINATED TO LIMIT CONDUCTOR FILL TO LESS THAN 40%, MAINTAIN CONDUCTOR AMPERE CAPACITY AS REQUIRED BY THE ELECTRICAL CODE (TO INCLUDE ENLARGED CONDUCTORS DUE TO TEMPERATURE AND QUANTITY DERATING VALUES) AND TO PREVENT EXCESSIVE VOLTAGE DROP AND PULLING TENSION DUE TO LONG CONDUIT/CONDUCTOR LENGTHS. D.MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE): 1.ABOVE GRADE: 3/4 INCH. 2.TELECOMMUNICATION CONDUIT: 1 INCH. 3.CONTROLS CONDUIT: 1/2 INCH. E.CONDUIT SIZES SHALL CHANGE ONLY AT THE ENTRANCE OR EXIT TO A JUNCTION BOX, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. 3.2 CONDUIT ARRANGEMENT A.IN GENERAL, CONDUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED CONCEALED IN WALLS, IN FINISHED SPACES AND WHERE POSSIBLE OR PRACTICAL, OR AS NOTED OTHERWISE. CONDUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO WALLS, CEILINGS, AND EXPOSED STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. IN UNFINISHED SPACES, MECHANICAL AND UTILITY AREAS, CONDUIT MAY RUN EITHER CONCEALED OR EXPOSED AS CONDITIONS DICTATE AND AS PRACTICAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. B.CONDUIT SHALL NOT SHARE THE SAME CELL AS STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENT IN MASONRY WALLS. C.CONTRACTOR SHALL ADAPT CONTRACTOR'S WORK TO THE JOB CONDITIONS AND MAKE SUCH CHANGES AS REQUIRED AND PERMITTED BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER, SUCH AS MOVING TO CLEAR BEAMS AND JOISTS, ADJUSTING AT COLUMNS, AVOIDING INTERFERENCE WITH WINDOWS, ETC., TO PERMIT THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF OTHER MECHANICAL AND/OR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. D.CONTRACTOR SHALL COOPERATE WITH ALL CONTRACTORS ON THE PROJECT. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN DETAILS OF OTHER CONTRACTOR'S WORK TO ENSURE FIT AND AVOID CONFLICT. ANY EXPENSE DUE TO THE FAILURE OF THIS CONTRACTOR TO DO SO SHALL BE PAID FOR IN FULL BY CONTRACTOR. THE OTHER TRADES INVOLVED AS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER SHALL PERFORM THE REPAIR OF WORK DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF NEGLECT OR ERROR BY THIS CONTRACTOR. THE RESULTANT COSTS SHALL BE BORNE BY THIS CONTRACTOR. 3.3 CONDUIT SUPPORT A.CONDUIT RUNS INSTALLED ABOVE A SUSPENDED CEILING SHALL BE PROPERLY SUPPORTED. IN NO CASE SHALL CONDUIT REST ON THE SUSPENDED CEILING CONSTRUCTION, NOR UTILIZE CEILING SUPPORT SYSTEM FOR CONDUIT SUPPORT. 1.SUPPORT WIRE USED TO INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORT RACEWAY AND WIRING SYSTEMS ABOVE SUSPENDING CEILINGS SHALL BE SUPPORTED ON BOTH ENDS, MINIMUM 12 GAUGE SUSPENDED CEILING SUPPORT WIRE, AND DISTINGUISHABLE FROM CEILING SUPPORT SYSTEMS BY COLOR (FIELD PAINT), TAGGING, OR EQUIVALENT MEANS. B.CONDUIT SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED FROM DUCTWORK, WATER, SPRINKLER PIPING, OR OTHER NON-STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, UNLESS APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. ALL SUPPORTS SHALL BE FROM STRUCTURAL SLABS, WALLS, STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, AND BAR JOISTS, AND COORDINATED WITH ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CONTRACTORS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. C.CONDUIT SHALL BE HELD IN PLACE BY THE CORRECT SIZE OF GALVANIZED ONE-HOLE CONDUIT CLAMPS, TWO-HOLE CONDUIT STRAPS, PATENTED SUPPORT DEVICES, CLAMP BACK CONDUIT HANGERS, OR BY OTHER MEANS IF CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS. D.SUPPORT INDIVIDUAL HORIZONTAL RACEWAYS WITH SEPARATE, MALLEABLE-IRON PIPE HANGERS OR CLAMPS. E.SPRING-STEEL CONDUIT CLIPS SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR SUPPORTING SINGLE CONDUITS OR TUBING MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF MALLEABLE-IRON HANGERS FOR 1" AND SMALLER RACEWAYS SERVING LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE BRANCH CIRCUITS ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS AND FOR SECURING RACEWAYS TO SLOTTED CHANNEL AND ANGLE SUPPORTS. F.GROUP CONDUITS IN PARALLEL RUNS WHERE PRACTICAL AND USE CONDUIT RACKS OR TRAPEZE HANGERS CONSTRUCTED OF STEEL CHANNEL, SUSPENDED WITH THREADED SOLID RODS OR WALL MOUNTED FROM METAL CHANNELS WITH CONDUIT STRAPS OR CLAMPS. PROVIDE SPACE IN EACH RACK OR TRAPEZE FOR 25% ADDITIONAL CONDUITS. G.DO NOT EXCEED 25 LBS. PER HANGER AND A MINIMUM SPACING OF 2'-0" ON CENTER WHEN ATTACHING TO METAL ROOF DECKING (EXCLUDES CONCRETE ON METAL DECK). THIS 25 LBS. LOAD AND 2'-0" SPACING INCLUDE ADJACENT ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL ITEMS HANGING FROM DECK. IF THE HANGER RESTRICTIONS CANNOT BE ACHIEVED, SUPPLEMENTAL FRAMING OFF STEEL FRAMING WILL NEED TO BE ADDED. H.ARRANGE SUPPORTS IN VERTICAL RUNS SO THE WEIGHT OF RACEWAYS AND ENCLOSED CONDUCTORS IS CARRIED ENTIRELY BY RACEWAY SUPPORTS, WITH NO WEIGHT LOAD ON RACEWAY TERMINALS. I.SUPPORTS FOR METALLIC CONDUIT SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 10 FEET. A SMALLER INTERVAL MAY BE USED IF NECESSITATED BY BUILDING CONSTRUCTION, BUT IN NO EVENT SHALL SUPPORT SPANS EXCEED THE ELECTRICAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. CONDUIT SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED WITHIN 3 FEET OF EACH OUTLET BOX, JUNCTION BOX, DEVICE BOX, CABINET, OR FITTING. J.SUPPORTS OF FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL BE WITHIN 12 INCHES OF EACH OUTLET BOX, JUNCTION BOX, DEVICE BOX, CABINET, OR FITTING AND AT INTERVALS NOT TO EXCEED 4.5 FEET. K.FINISH: 1.TRIM ALL ENDS OF EXPOSED FIELD FABRICATED STEEL HANGERS, SLOTTED CHANNEL AND THREADED ROD TO WITHIN 1" OF SUPPORT OR FASTENER TO ELIMINATE POTENTIAL INJURY TO PERSONNEL UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. SMOOTH ENDS AND INSTALL ELASTOMERIC INSULATION WITH TWO COATS OF LATEX PAINT IF EXPOSED STEEL IS WITHIN 6'-6" OF FINISH FLOOR AND PRESENTS POTENTIAL INJURY TO PERSONNEL. 3.4 CONDUIT INSTALLATION A.CONDUIT CONNECTIONS: 1.SHORTER THAN STANDARD CONDUIT LENGTHS SHALL BE CUT SQUARE USING INDUSTRY STANDARDS. THE ENDS OF ALL CONDUITS CUT SHALL BE REAMED OR OTHERWISE FINISHED TO REMOVE ALL ROUGH EDGES. 2.WHERE CONDUITS WITH TAPERED THREADS CANNOT BE COUPLED WITH STANDARD COUPLINGS, THEN APPROVED SPLIT OR ERICKSON COUPLINGS SHALL BE USED. RUNNING THREADS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. 3.INSTALL EXPANSION/DEFLECTION JOINTS WHERE CONDUIT CROSSES STRUCTURE EXPANSION/SEISMIC JOINTS. B.CONDUIT TERMINATIONS FOR ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING SHALL HAVE NYLON BUSHINGS INSTALLED ON EACH END OF EVERY CONDUIT RUN. C.CONDUIT BENDS: 1.USE A HYDRAULIC ONE-SHOT CONDUIT BENDER OR FACTORY ELBOWS FOR BENDS IN CONDUIT 2" IN SIZE OR LARGER. ALL STEEL CONDUIT BENDING SHALL BE DONE COLD; NO HEATING OF STEEL CONDUIT SHALL BE PERMITTED. 2.A RUN OF CONDUIT SHALL NOT CONTAIN MORE THAN THE EQUIVALENT OF FOUR (4) QUARTER BENDS (360°), INCLUDING THOSE BENDS LOCATED IMMEDIATELY AT THE OUTLET OR BODY. 3.TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONDUITS SHALL HAVE NO MORE THAN TWO (2) 90-DEGREE BENDS BETWEEN PULL POINTS AND CONTAIN NO CONTINUOUS SECTIONS LONGER THAN 100 FEET. INSERT PULL POINTS OR PULL BOXES FOR CONDUITS EXCEEDING 100 FEET IN LENGTH. a.A THIRD BEND IS ACCEPTABLE IF: 1)THE TOTAL RUN IS NOT LONGER THAN (33) FEET. 2)THE CONDUIT SIZE IS INCREASED TO THE NEXT TRADE SIZE. 4.TELECOMMUNICATIONS PULL BOXES SHALL NOT BE USED IN LIEU OF A BEND. ALIGN CONDUITS THAT ENTER THE PULL BOX FROM OPPOSITE ENDS WITH EACH OTHER. PULL BOX SIZE SHALL BE TWELVE (12) TIMES THE DIAMETER OF THE LARGEST CONDUIT. SLIP SLEEVES OR GUTTERS CAN BE USED IN PLACE OF A PULL BOX. 5.TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONDUIT(S): MAINTAIN APPROPRIATE CONDUIT BEND RADIUS AT ALL TIMES. FOR CONDUITS WITH AN INTERNAL DIAMETER OF LESS THAN 2", MAINTAIN A BEND RADIUS OF AT LEAST 6 TIMES THE INTERNAL DIAMETER. FOR CONDUITS WITH AN INTERNAL DIAMETER 2" OR GREATER, MAINTAIN A BEND RADIUS OF AT LEAST 10 TIMES THE INTERNAL DIAMETER. 6.USE CONDUIT BODIES TO MAKE SHARP CHANGES IN DIRECTION (I.E. AROUND BEAMS). D.CONDUIT PLACEMENT: 1.CONDUIT SHALL BE MECHANICALLY CONTINUOUS FROM SOURCE OF CURRENT TO ALL OUTLETS. CONDUIT SHALL BE ELECTRICALLY CONTINUOUS FROM SOURCE OF CURRENT TO ALL OUTLETS, UNLESS A PROPERLY SIZED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IS ROUTED WITHIN THE CONDUIT. ALL METALLIC CONDUITS SHALL BE BONDED PER THE ELECTRICAL CODE. 2.ROUTE EXPOSED CONDUIT AND CONDUIT ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS (ACCESSIBLE OR NOT) PARALLEL/PERPENDICULAR TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURAL LINES, AND AS CLOSE TO BUILDING STRUCTURE AS POSSIBLE. WHEREVER POSSIBLE, ROUTE HORIZONTAL CONDUIT RUNS ABOVE WATER AND STEAM PIPING. 3.AVOID MOISTURE TRAPS WHERE POSSIBLE. WHERE UNAVOIDABLE, PROVIDE A JUNCTION BOX WITH DRAIN FITTING AT CONDUIT LOW POINT. 4.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SUITABLE MECHANICAL PROTECTION AROUND ALL CONDUITS STUBBED OUT FROM FLOORS, WALLS OR CEILINGS DURING CONSTRUCTION TO PREVENT BENDING OR DAMAGING OF STUBS DUE TO CARELESSNESS WITH CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT. 5.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A POLYPROPYLENE PULL CORD WITH 2000 LBS. TENSILE STRENGTH IN EACH EMPTY CONDUIT (INDOOR AND OUTDOOR), EXCEPT IN SLEEVES AND NIPPLES. 6.TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONDUITS THAT ENTER INTO TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS BELOW THE FINISHED CEILING SHALL TERMINATE A MINIMUM OF 4" BELOW CEILING AND AS CLOSE TO THE WALL AS POSSIBLE. 7.TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONDUITS THAT ARE BELOW GRADE AND ENTER INTO A BUILDING SHALL TERMINATE A MINIMUM OF 4" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (AFF) AND AS CLOSE TO THE WALL AS POSSIBLE. 3.5 CONDUIT TERMINATIONS A.WHERE CONDUIT BONDING IS INDICATED OR REQUIRED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE BUSHINGS SHALL BE A GROUNDING TYPE SIZED FOR THE CONDUIT AND GROUND BONDING CONDUCTOR AS MANUFACTURED BY O-Z/GEDNEY, APPLETON, THOMAS & BETTS, BURNDY, REGAL, ORBIT INDUSTRIES OR APPROVED EQUAL. B.CONDUITS WITH TERMINATION FITTINGS SHALL BE THREADED FOR ONE (1) LOCK NUT ON THE OUTSIDE AND ONE (1) LOCK NUT AND BUSHING ON THE INSIDE OF EACH BOX. C.WHERE CONDUITS TERMINATE IN BOXES WITH KNOCKOUTS, THEY SHALL BE SECURED TO THE BOXES WITH LOCK NUTS AND PROVIDED WITH APPROVED SCREW TYPE TINNED IRON BUSHINGS OR FITTINGS WITH PLASTIC INSERTS. D.WHERE CONDUITS TERMINATE IN BOXES, FITTINGS, OR BODIES WITH THREADED OPENINGS, THEY SHALL BE TIGHTLY SCREWED AGAINST THE SHOULDER PORTION OF THE THREADED OPENINGS. E.ALL CONDUIT ENDS SHALL BE SEALED WITH PLASTIC IMMEDIATELY AFTER INSTALLATION TO PREVENT THE ENTRANCE OF ANY FOREIGN MATTER DURING CONSTRUCTION. THE SEALS SHALL BE REMOVED AND THE CONDUITS BLOWN CLEAR OF ALL FOREIGN MATTER PRIOR TO ANY WIRES OR PULL CORDS BEING INSTALLED. 3.6 BOX INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A.GALVANIZED STEEL BOXES MAY BE USED IN: 1.CONCEALED INTERIOR LOCATIONS ABOVE CEILINGS AND IN HOLLOW STUDDED PARTITIONS. 2.EXPOSED INTERIOR LOCATIONS IN MECHANICAL ROOMS AND IN ROOMS WITHOUT CEILINGS; HIGHER THAN 8' ABOVE THE HIGHEST PLATFORM LEVEL. 3.7 COORDINATION OF BOX LOCATIONS A.PROVIDE ELECTRICAL BOXES AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, AND AS REQUIRED FOR SPLICES, TAPS, WIRE PULLING, EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS, AND CODE COMPLIANCE. B.ELECTRICAL BOX LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DRAW INGS ARE APPROXIMATE, UNLESS DIMENSIONED. VERIFY LOCATION OF FLOOR BOXES AND OUTLETS IN OFFICES AND WORK AREAS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. C.LOCATE AND INSTALL BOXES TO ALLOW ACCESS. AVOID INTERFERENCES WITH DUCTWORK, PIPING, STRUCTURE, EQUIPMENT, ETC. RECESSED LUMINAIRES SHALL NOT BE USED AS ACCESS TO OUTLET, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES. WHERE INSTALLATION IS INACCESSIBLE, PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS. COORDINATE LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF REQUIRED ACCESS DOORS WITH THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR. D.LOCATE AND INSTALL TO MAINTAIN HEADROOM AND TO PRESENT A NEAT APPEARANCE. 3.8 OUTLET BOX INSTALLATION A.DO NOT INSTALL BOXES BACK-TO-BACK IN WALLS. 1.PROVIDE A MINIMUM HORIZONTAL SEPARATION OF 6 INCHES BETWEEN BOXES INSTALLED ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF NON-RATED STUD WALLS. 2.PROVIDE A MINIMUM HORIZONTAL SEPARATION OF 24 INCHES BETWEEN BOXES INSTALLED ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF FIRE-RATED WALLS. WHEN THE MINIMUM SEPARATION CANNOT BE MAINTAINED, THE BOX IS GREATER THAN 16 SQUARE INCHES OR THE TOTAL BOX AREA (ALL TRADES) PER 100 SQUARE FEET IS GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 100 SQUARE INCHES, INSTALL FIRE-RATED MOLDABLE PADS TO ALL FIVE SIDES OF THE BACK BOX TO MAINTAIN THE FIRE RATING OF THE WALL. INSTALL MOLDABLE PADS IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL LISTING FOR THE SPECIFIC PRODUCT. SOUND INSULATION PADS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE FOR USE IN FIRE-RATED WALL APPLICATIONS UNLESS THE PRODUCT CARRIES THE NECESSARY FIRE RATING. B.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ANCHOR SWITCH AND OUTLET BOX TO WALL CONSTRUCTION SO THAT IT IS FLUSH WITH THE FINISHED MASONRY, PANELING, DRYWALL, PLASTER, ETC. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK THE BOXES AS THE FINISH WALL SURFACE IS BEING INSTALLED TO ASSURE THAT THE BOX IS FLUSH. (PROVIDE PLASTER RINGS AS NECESSARY.) C.MOUNT AT HEIGHTS SHOWN OR NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS OR AS GENERALLY ACCEPTED IF NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED. D.PROVIDE KNOCKOUT CLOSURES FOR UNUSED OPENINGS. E.SUPPORT BOXES INDEPENDENTLY OF CONDUIT. F.USE MULTIPLE-GANG BOXES WHERE MORE THAN ONE DEVICE IS MOUNTED TOGETHER; DO NOT USE SECTIONAL BOXES. PROVIDE BARRIERS TO SEPARATE WIRING OF DIFFERENT VOLTAGE SYSTEMS. G.INSTALL BOXES IN WALLS WITHOUT DAMAGING WALL INSULATION. H.COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS OF OUTLETS MOUNTED ABOVE COUNTERS, BENCHES, BACKSPLASHES, AND BELOW BASEBOARD RADIATION. I.PROVIDE RECESSED OUTLET BOXES IN FINISHED AREAS; SECURE BOXES TO INTERIOR WALL AND PARTITION STUDS, ACCURATELY POSITIONED TO ALLOW FOR SURFACE FINISH THICKNESS. USE STAMPED STEEL STUD BRIDGES FOR FLUSH OUTLETS IN HOLLOW STUD WALL, AND ADJUSTABLE STEEL CHANNEL FASTENERS FOR FLUSH CEILING OUTLET BOXES. J.ALIGN WALL-MOUNTED OUTLET BOXES FOR SWITCHES, THERMOSTATS, AND SIMILAR DEVICES. 3.9 JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION A.LOCATE JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS OR IN UNFINISHED AREAS. B.SUPPORT JUNCTION BOXES INDEPENDENT OF CONDUIT. C.DO NOT INSTALL BOXES BACK-TO-BACK IN WALLS. 1.PROVIDE A MINIMUM HORIZONTAL SEPARATION OF 6 INCHES BETWEEN BOXES INSTALLED ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF NON-RATED STUD WALLS. 2.PROVIDE A MINIMUM HORIZONTAL SEPARATION OF 24 INCHES BETWEEN BOXES INSTALLED ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF FIRE-RATED WALLS. WHEN THE MINIMUM SEPARATION CANNOT BE MAINTAINED, THE BOX IS GREATER THAN 16 SQUARE INCHES OR THE TOTAL BOX AREA (ALL TRADES) PER 100 SQUARE FEET IS GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 100 SQUARE INCHES, INSTALL FIRE-RATED MOLDABLE PADS TO ALL FIVE SIDES OF THE BACK BOX TO MAINTAIN THE FIRE RATING OF THE WALL. INSTALL MOLDABLE PADS IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL LISTING FOR THE SPECIFIC PRODUCT. SOUND INSULATION PADS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE FOR USE IN FIRE-RATED WALL APPLICATIONS UNLESS THE PRODUCT CARRIES THE NECESSARY FIRE RATING. END OF SECTION No. Revisions Date pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 TE OLIRFFOAC LANRP E 23191 STA ER REGIST ED INA N REENIGE FO OISSE E AICLCERTL Exp. 06/30/26 MIRASOPHOCLISGEORGY IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"1/2" = 1'-0"3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0"3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25' 0 1'12' 0 1'6' 0 4' 0 3'1'0 2' 0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v ed . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t ed . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 11 / 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 5 : 5 9 : 5 7 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author E004 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENT • SECTION 26 05 53 -ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION • SECTION 26 27 26 -WIRING DEVICES • SECTION 26 51 19 -LED LIGHTING SECTION 26 05 53 -ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.ADHESIVE MARKINGS AND FIELD LABELS B.NAMEPLATES AND SIGNS C.PRODUCT COLORS 1.2 REFERENCES A.NFPA 70E -NATIONAL ELECTRICAL SAFETY CODE B.CEC CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE C.ANSI A13.1 -STANDARD FOR PIPE IDENTIFICATION D.ANSI Z535.4 -STANDARD FOR PRODUCT SAFETY SIGNS AND LABELS 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR THE ENVIRONMENT INSTALLED. IDENTIFICATION LABELS DAMAGED BY THE ENVIRONMENT DUE TO ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT FADING, DAMP OR WET CONDITIONS, PHYSICAL DAMAGE, CORROSION, OR OTHER CONDITIONS SHALL BE REPLACED WITH LABELS SUITABLE FOR THE ENVIRONMENT. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ADHESIVE MARKINGS AND FIELD LABELS A.ADHESIVE MARKING LABELS FOR RACEWAY: PRE-PRINTED, FLEXIBLE, SELF-ADHESIVE VINYL LABELS WITH LEGEND INDICATING VOLTAGE AND SERVICE (EMERGENCY, LIGHTING, POWER, HVAC, COMMUNICATIONS, CONTROL, FIRE). 1.LABEL SIZE AS FOLLOWS: a.RACEWAYS: KROY OR BROTHER LABELS 1-INCH (25MM) HIGH BY 12-INCHES (305MM) LONG (MINIMUM). 2.COLOR: AS SPECIFIED FOR VARIOUS SYSTEMS. B.COLORED ADHESIVE MARKING TAPE FOR BANDING RACEWAYS, WIRES, AND CABLES: SELF-ADHESIVE VINYL TAPE NOT LESS THAN 3 MILS THICK BY 1 INCH (25MM) TO 2 INCHES (50MM) IN WIDTH. C.WIRE/CABLE DESIGNATION TAPE MARKERS: VINYL OR VINYL-CLOTH, SELF-ADHESIVE, WRAPAROUND, CABLE/CONDUCTOR MARKERS WITH PREPRINTED NUMBERS AND LETTER. 2.2 PRODUCT COLORS A.NAMEPLATES AND SIGNS: 1.NORMAL POWER: BLACK LETTERS ON WHITE FACE 2.CONTROL LABELS: BLACK LETTERS ON WHITE FACE B.RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT: 1.PROVIDE COLOR CODED CONDUIT AS INDICATED BELOW. CONDUIT SHALL BE COLORED BY THE MANUFACTURER: a.NORMAL POWER AND GENERAL DISTRIBUTION: SILVER b.EMERGENCY POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM: 1)ALL EMERGENCY: ORANGE c.FIRE ALARM SYSTEM: RED d.LOW VOLTAGE AND TELEPHONE: PURPLE C.BOX COVERS: 1.BOX COVERS SHALL BE PAINTED TO CORRESPOND WITH SYSTEM TYPE AS FOLLOWS: a.NORMAL POWER AND GENERAL: SILVER b.EMERGENCY POWER AND DISTRIBUTION: 1)ALL EMERGENCY: ORANGE c.FIRE ALARM SYSTEM: RED d.GROUND: GREEN e.LOW VOLTAGE AND TELEPHONE: PURPLE 2.BOX COVER COLORS SHALL MATCH CONDUIT COLORS LISTED ABOVE. D.CONDUCTOR COLOR IDENTIFICATION: REFER TO PART 3 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A.LETTERING AND GRAPHICS: COORDINATE NAMES, ABBREVIATIONS, COLORS, AND OTHER DESIGNATIONS USED IN ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION WORK WITH CORRESPONDING DESIGNATIONS SPECIFIED OR INDICATED. INSTALL NUMBERS, LETTERING, AND COLORS AS APPROVED IN SUBMITTALS AND AS REQUIRED BY CODE. B.EXPOSED CEILINGS AND FINISHED SPACES: THE PROJECT INCLUDES EXPOSED CEILINGS IN FINISHED SPACES. THE INSTALLATION OF COLORED RACEWAYS AND LABELING MAY NOT BE AESTHETICALLY DESIRABLE IN FINISHED SPACES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE IDENTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS IN EXPOSED CEILINGS OF FINISHED SPACES WITH THE A/E PRIOR TO INSTALLATION AND ORDERING OF MATERIALS. C.INSTALL IDENTIFICATION DEVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTION AND REQUIREMENTS OF ELECTRICAL CODE. D.SEQUENCE OF WORK: WHERE IDENTIFICATION IS TO BE APPLIED TO SURFACES THAT REQUIRE FINISH, INSTALL IDENTIFICATION AFTER COMPLETION OF FINISH WORK. ALL MOUNTING SURFACES SHALL BE CLEANED AND DEGREASED PRIOR TO IDENTIFICATION INSTALLATION. E.CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION: TAG OR LABEL CONDUCTORS AS FOLLOWS: 1.MULTIPLE POWER OR LIGHTING CIRCUITS IN SAME ENCLOSURE: WHERE MULTIPLE BRANCH CIRCUITS ARE TERMINATED OR SPLICED IN A BOX OR ENCLOSURE, LABEL EACH CONDUCTOR WITH SOURCE AND CIRCUIT NUMBER. 2.MULTIPLE CONTROL WIRING AND COMMUNICATION/SIGNAL CIRCUITS IN SAME ENCLOSURE: FOR CONTROL AND COMMUNICATIONS/SIGNAL WIRING, USE WIRE/CABLE MARKING TAPE AT TERMINATIONS IN WIRING BOXES, TROUGHS, AND CONTROL CABINETS. USE CONSISTENT LETTER/NUMBER CONDUCTOR DESIGNATIONS THROUGHOUT ON WIRE/CABLE MARKING TAPE. 3.MATCH IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS WITH DESIGNATIONS USED IN PANELBOARDS SHOP DRAWINGS, CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AND SIMILAR PREVIOUSLY ESTABLISHED IDENTIFICATION SCHEMES FOR THE FACILITY'S ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS. F.INSTALL LABELS PARALLEL TO EQUIPMENT LINES AT LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED AND AT LOCATIONS FOR BEST CONVENIENCE OF VIEWING WITHOUT INTERFERENCE WITH OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT. 3.2 FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUIT DIRECTORIES A.PRODUCT: 1.ADHESIVE LABELS AND FIELD MARKINGS 2.NAMEPLATES AND SIGNS B.FEEDER DIRECTORIES BRANCH: PROVIDE EACH FEEDER, BRANCH CIRCUIT, FEEDER MODIFICATION, AND BRANCH CIRCUIT MODIFICATION WITH A TYPED CIRCUIT DIRECTORY LABEL. REFER TO TECHNICAL EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATION SECTIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING WITH EACH LABEL: 1.LOAD DESCRIPTION: LIGHTING, RECEPTACLES, SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT, SPARE, SPACE, OR SIMILAR DESCRIPTION. 2.LOCATION: ROOM NAME, NUMBER, LOCATION. C.PROVIDE A FACTORY OR CUSTOM CLEAR PLASTIC SLEEVE FOR EACH BRANCH PANEL DIRECTORY AND SECURE TO INSIDE PANEL COVER. 3.3 LIGHTING CONTROL AND RECEPTACLE COVER PLATES A.IDENTIFICATION TO BE ENGRAVED DIRECTLY ON THE STAINLESS STEEL COVERPLATES. LETTER AND NUMBER SIZE TO 1/8-INCH (3MM) HIGH. B.PROVIDE IDENTIFICATION ON ALL SWITCH AND RECEPTACLE COVER PLATES. IDENTIFICATION SHALL INDICATE SOURCE AND CIRCUIT NUMBER SERVING THE DEVICE (E.G. "C1A -24"). 3.4 CONDUIT AND EXPOSED CABLE LABELING A.PRODUCT: 1.ADHESIVE LABELS AND FIELD MARKINGS B.CONDUIT IDENTIFICATION: PRE-PRINTED, FLEXIBLE, SELF-ADHESIVE VINYL LABELS WITH LEGEND AT 20 FOOT (6 METER) INTERVALS TO IDENTIFY ALL CONDUITS RUN EXPOSED OR LOCATED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS. CONDUITS LOCATED ABOVE NON-ACCESSIBLE CEILING OR IN FLOORS AND WALLS SHALL BE LABELED WITHIN 3 FEET OF BECOMING ACCESSIBLE, OR SEPARATED BY ENCLOSURES, WALLS, PARTITIONS, CEILINGS, AND FLOORS. LABELS FOR MULTIPLE CONDUITS SHALL BE ALIGNED. REFER TO COLOR REQUIREMENTS IN PART 2 WHEN APPLICABLE IN ADDITION TO THE FOLLOWING: 1.1000 VOLT OR LESS NORMAL/EMERGENCY POWER: INDICATE FEEDER IDENTIFICATION AND VOLTAGE. 2.FIRE ALARM: INDICATE "FIRE ALARM". 3.GROUNDING: INDICATE "GROUND" AND EQUIPMENT AND DESIGNATION. 4.TELEPHONE SYSTEM: INDICATE "TELEPHONE". C.BLANK CONDUIT ENDS OR OUTLET BOXES FOR FUTURE EXTENSION OF SYSTEM SHALL HAVE PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION MARKER INDICATING PURPOSE OF CONDUIT OR BOX AND WHERE THE RACEWAY ORIGINATED. 3.5 BOX LABELING A.PRODUCTS: 1.ADHESIVE LABELS AND FIELD MARKINGS B.IDENTIFY JUNCTION, PULL AND CONNECTION BOXES: LABELING SHALL BE 3/8-INCH (10MM) KROY TAPE OR BROTHER SELF-LAMINATING VINYL LABEL, LETTERS/NUMBERS COLOR CODED SAME AS CONDUITS. IN ROOMS THAT ARE PAINTED OUT, PROVIDE LABELING ON INSIDE OF COVER. C.ALL JUNCTION, PULL, AND CONNECTION BOXES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS FOLLOWS: 1.FOR POWER AND LIGHTING CIRCUITS, INDICATE SYSTEM VOLTAGE AND IDENTITY OF CONTAINED CIRCUITS ("120V, 1LA1-3,5,7"). 2.FOR OTHER WIRING, INDICATE SYSTEM TYPE AND DESCRIPTION OF WIRING ("FIRE ALARM NAC #1"). 3.6 CONDUCTOR COLOR CODING A.PRODUCTS: 1.ALL WIRE AND CABLES SHALL BE COLOR CODED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 2.WIRE AND CABLES SMALLER THAN 6 AWG SHALL BE COLOR CODED BY THE MANUFACTURER. B.WHERE MORE THAN ONE NOMINAL VOLTAGE SYSTEM EXISTS IN A BUILDING OR FACILITY, EACH UNGROUNDED CONDUCTOR OF A MULTI-WIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT, WHERE ACCESSIBLE, SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY PHASE AND SYSTEM. C.CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COLOR CODED AS FOLLOWS: 1.208Y/120 VOLT, 4-WIRE: a.A-PHASE -BLACK b.B-PHASE -RED c.C-PHASE -BLUE d.NEUTRAL -WHITE e.GROUND BOND -GREEN 2.480Y/277 VOLT, 4-WIRE: a.A-PHASE -BROWN b.B-PHASE -ORANGE c.C-PHASE -YELLOW d.NEUTRAL -GRAY e.GROUND BOND -GREEN 3.GROUNDING CONDUCTORS: a.EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, MAIN/SYSTEM/SUPPLY-SIDE BONDING JUMPERS: GREEN. 4.CABLING FOR REMOTE CONTROL, SIGNAL, AND POWER LIMITED CIRCUITS: a.FIRE ALARM: REFER TO FIRE ALARM AND AUTOMATIC DETECTION SECTION 28 31 00 FOR CABLE COLOR REQUIREMENTS. b.LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHING: PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. END OF SECTION SECTION 26 27 26 -WIRING DEVICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.DEVICE PLATES AND BOX COVERS B.RECEPTACLES (REC-#) 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.PROVIDE SIMILAR DEVICES FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER. B.ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, DEVICES, AND ACCESSORIES: LISTED AND LABELED AS DEFINED IN THE ELECTRICAL CODE, BY A TESTING AGENCY TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND MARKED FOR INTENDED USE. C.COMPLY WITH THE ELECTRICAL CODE. 1.3 REFERENCES A.DSCC W -C-896F -GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTOR B.FS W-C-596 -ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTOR, PLUG, RECEPTACLE, AND CABLE OUTLET C.NEMA WD 1 -GENERAL COLOR REQUIREMENTS FOR WIRING DEVICES D.NEMA WD 6 -WIRING DEVICES -DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS E.CEC CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE F.UL 498 -STANDARD FOR ATTACHMENT PLUGS AND RECEPTACLES G.UL 943 -STANDARD FOR GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 26 05 00. B.PROVIDE PRODUCT DATA SHOWING CONFIGURATIONS, FINISHES, DIMENSIONS, AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 1.5 COORDINATION A.RECEPTACLES FOR OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT: MATCH PLUG CONFIGURATIONS. B.COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF RECEPTACLE ASSEMBLIES IN COUNTERTOPS AND FURNITURE WITH THE CONTRACTOR PROVIDING THE COUNTERTOP OR FURNITURE. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE PENETRATIONS AND CONDUIT ROUTING IN COUNTERTOPS AND FURNITURE WITH DRAWINGS AND OTHER OBSTACLES BELOW THE INSTALLATION SURFACE. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 DEVICE COLOR A.ALL SWITCH, RECEPTACLE, AND OUTLET COLORS SHALL BE WHITE, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 2.2 COVERPLATES A.ALL SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES, AND OUTLETS SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1.#302 STAINLESS STEEL WALLPLATES IN PUBLIC FINISHED SPACES WHERE WALLS ARE FINISHED. 2.#302 STAINLESS STEEL COVERPLATES IN UNFINISHED SPACES FOR FLUSH BOXES. 3.GALVANIZED STEEL COVERPLATES IN UNFINISHED SPACES FOR SURFACE MOUNTED BOXES. B.WHERE SEVERAL DEVICES ARE GANGED TOGETHER, THE COVERPLATE SHALL BE OF THE GANGED STYLE FOR THE NUMBER OF DEVICES USED. C.INSTALL NAMEPLATE IDENTIFICATION AS INDICATED IN SECTION 26 05 53. D.PLATE SECURING SCREWS SHALL BE METAL WITH HEAD COLOR MATCHING THE WALL PLATE FINISH. 2.3 RECEPTACLES A.REFER TO ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS LIST FOR DEVICE TYPE. B.REC-DUP: NEMA 5-20R DUPLEX RECEPTACLE: 1.HOSPITAL GRADE: 125-VOLT, 20 AMP, 3-WIRE GROUNDING TYPE HOSPITAL GRADE WITH IMPACT RESISTANT THERMOPLASTIC FACE AND ONE-PIECE NICKEL-PLATED BRASS BACK STRAP WITH INTEGRAL GROUND CONTACTS. a.MANUFACTURERS: 1)HUBBELL HBL8300 2)LEVITON 8300 3)PASS & SEYMOUR 8300 4)COOPER AH8300 C.REC-DUP-GFI: NEMA 5-20R GROUND FAULT DUPLEX RECEPTACLE: 1.HOSPITAL GRADE: 125-VOLT, 20 AMP, 3-WIRE GROUNDING TYPE HOSPITAL GRADE WITH TEST AND RESET BUTTONS IN IMPACT RESISTANT THERMOPLASTIC FACE, LISTED. a.DEVICE SHALL PERFORM SELF-TEST OF GFCI CIRCUITRY IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 943. b.MANUFACTURERS: 1)HUBBELL[ GFRST83][ GFCI TYPE DEVICES ARE NOT ALLOWED. CONTRACTOR MAY SUBSTITUTE AN ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURER WHEN HUBBELL IS THE BASIS OF SUBMITTAL FOR ALL OTHER WIRING DEVICES.] 2)LEVITON GFNT2-HG 3)PASS & SEYMOUR 2097HG 4)COOPER SGFH20 D.REC-QUAD: NEMA 5-20R DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE: 1.CONSISTS OF TWO DUPLEX RECEPTACLES, DOUBLE GANG BOX, PLASTER RING AND FACEPLATE. a.MANUFACTURERS: 1)REFER TO DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ABOVE. E.BACK WIRED DEVICES SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH EIGHT HOLES THAT ARE SCREW ACTIVATED WITH METAL CLAMPS FOR CONNECTION TO #12 OR #10 COPPER CONDUCTORS. F.SIDE WIRED DEVICES SHALL HAVE FOUR BINDING SCREWS THAT ARE UNDERCUT FOR POSITIVE WIRE RETENTION. G.GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER (GFCI) RECEPTACLES SHALL BE LISTED AND COMPLY WITH UL 943 REQUIRING INCREASED SURGE IMMUNITY, IMPROVED CORROSION RESISTANCE, IMPROVED RESISTANCE TO FALSE TRIPPING AND DIAGNOSTIC INDICATION FOR MISWIRING IF THE LINE AND LOAD CONDUCTORS ARE REVERSED DURING INSTALLATION. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A.INSTALL CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES AT ELEVATIONS INDICATED IN THE GENERAL INSTALLATION NOTES ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. B.INSTALL SPECIFIC-USE RECEPTACLES AT HEIGHTS SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. INSTALL DEVICES LEVEL, PLUMB, AND SQUARE WITH BUILDING LINES. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF ADJACENT DEVICES OF SEPARATE SYSTEMS WITH COMMON MOUNTING HEIGHTS, INCLUDING LIGHTING, POWER, SYSTEMS, TECHNOLOGY, AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL DEVICE ROUGH-INS. C.GROUND FAULT PROTECTION: PROVIDE GROUND FAULT PROTECTION FOR ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKERS SERVING 120/208 RECEPTACLES AND ELECTRICAL OUTLETS RATED 50 AMPS OR LESS SINGLE-PHASE AND 100 AMPS OR LESS THREE-PHASE IN THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS, AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, OR REQUIRED BY ADOPTED CODE: 1.INTERIOR/EXTERIOR LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO DAMP/WET CONDITIONS 2.WHEN LOCATED WITHIN 6 FEET OF SINKS, BATHTUBS, AND SHOWER STALLS D.INSTALL RECEPTACLES VERTICALLY WITH GROUND SLOT UP OR WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, HORIZONTALLY WITH GROUND SLOT TO THE LEFT. E.INSTALL GALVANIZED STEEL PLATES ON OUTLET BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES IN UNFINISHED AREAS, ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS, AND ON SURFACE-MOUNTED OUTLETS. F.INSTALL DEVICES AND WALL PLATES FLUSH AND LEVEL. G.INSTALL NAMEPLATE IDENTIFICATION TO RECEPTACLE COVER PLATES INDICATED. IDENTIFICATION SHALL IDENTIFY PANEL NAME AND CIRCUIT NUMBER. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 26 05 53 -ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION. H.TEST RECEPTACLES FOR PROPER POLARITY, GROUND CONTINUITY AND COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS. I.HEALTHCARE DEVICES SHALL BE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 99 6.3.3 FOR GROUNDING, VOLTAGE, AND IMPEDANCE MEASUREMENTS. END OF SECTION SECTION 26 51 19 -LED LIGHTING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.LIGHT-EMITTING DIODE (LED) LUMINAIRE SYSTEMS 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A.THE LIGHTING SYSTEM DESIGN INCLUDES A COMBINATION OF LUMINAIRE SOURCES, LIGHTING CONTROL COMPONENTS, PROGRAMMING SEQUENCES, AND SUPPLEMENTARY COMPONENTS FOR BUILDING AND ENERGY CODE COMPLIANCE. THE DESIGN USES PERFORMANCE-BASED SPECIFICATIONS FOR PORTIONS OF THE LIGHTING SYSTEM TO ACCOUNT FOR THE LIMITATION OF COMPARABLE PRODUCT SOLUTIONS AVAILABLE BY COMPETITIVE MANUFACTURERS. REFERENCED SECTIONS INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1.ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS: PLANS, LUMINAIRE SCHEDULES, LIGHTING CONTROL SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS, DIAGRAMS, AND DETAILS. 1.3 REFERENCES A.ANSI C78.377 -SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CHROMATICITY OF SOLID STATE LIGHTING PRODUCTS B.ANSI C82.16 -LIGHT-EMITTING DIODE DRIVERS -METHOD OF MEASUREMENT C.UL 8750 -LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (LED) EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN LIGHTING PRODUCTS D.LM-79 -APPROVED METHOD: ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC MEASUREMENTS OF SOLID- STATE LIGHTING PRODUCTS E.LM-80 -MEASURING LUMINOUS FLUX AND COLOR MAINTENANCE OF LED F.FS W-L-305 -LIGHT SET, GENERAL ILLUMINATION (EMERGENCY OR AUXILIARY) 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 26 05 00. B.BASIC REQUIREMENTS OF SUBMITTAL: 1.SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA SHEETS FOR LUMINAIRES, LED LIGHT ENGINES, DRIVERS AND POLES. INCLUDE COMPLETE PRODUCT MODEL NUMBER WITH ALL OPTIONS AS SPECIFIED. SUBMITTAL SHALL BE ARRANGED WITH LUMINAIRES LISTED IN ASCENDING ORDER, AND WITH EACH LUMINAIRE'S, LED LIGHT ENGINE, DRIVER, OR POLE INFORMATION FOLLOWING LUMINAIRE'S PRODUCT DATA. FAILURE TO ORGANIZE SUBMITTAL IN THIS MANNER WILL RESULT IN THE SUBMITTAL BEING REJECTED. 2.SUBMIT LENS PRODUCT DATA, DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS IF NOT INCLUDED IN PRODUCT DATA SHEET SUBMITTAL. 3.INCLUDE OUTLINE DRAWINGS, SUPPORT POINTS, WEIGHTS, AND ACCESSORY INFORMATION FOR EACH LUMINAIRE. 4.SUBMIT MANUFACTURER ORIGIN OF LED CHIPSET AND DRIVER. 1.5 EXTRA STOCK A.PROVIDE EXTRA STOCK UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 26 05 00. B.LED LIGHT ENGINES OR MODULES: 5 PERCENT OF QUANTITY INSTALLED, MINIMUM ONE (1) OF EACH SIZE AND TYPE OF FIELD REPLACEABLE LIGHT ENGINE OR MODULE. PROVIDE FIELD REPLACEMENT INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. C.LENSES: THREE (3) PERCENT OF QUANTITY INSTALLED, MINIMUM ONE (1) OF EACH SIZE AND TYPE. D.LED DRIVERS: 5 PERCENT OF QUANTITY INSTALLED, MINIMUM ONE (1) OF EACH SIZE AND TYPE. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.DELIVER PRODUCTS TO SITE. STORE AND PROTECT UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 26 05 00. B.PROTECT LUMINAIRE FINISHES, LENSES, AND TRIMS FROM DAMAGE DURING STORAGE AND INSTALLATION. DO NOT REMOVE PROTECTIVE FILMS UNTIL CONSTRUCTION CLEANUP WITHIN EACH AREA IS COMPLETE. C.HANDLE SITE LIGHTING POLES CAREFULLY TO PREVENT BREAKAGE AND DAMAGE TO FINISH. 1.7 WARRANTY A.THE WARRANTY PERIOD BEGINS AT THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. B.LED LIGHT ENGINES AND DRIVERS: 1.LED DRIVERS AND DIMMING DRIVERS: FIVE (5) YEARS 2.LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (LED) LIGHT ENGINES: FIVE (5) YEARS 1.8 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A.CONFORM TO NFPA 101 FOR INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 INTERIOR LUMINAIRES AND ACCESSORIES -GENERAL A.LENSED TROFFERS: PROVIDE HINGED FRAMES WITH LATCHES AND 0.125-INCH THICK VIRGIN ACRYLIC LENSES. PRISMATIC LENSES SHALL HAVE DEPTH OF NO LESS THAN 0.080", KSH12 OR EQUAL. OTHER LENSES AS SCHEDULED. B.RECESSED LUMINAIRES: CONFIRM CEILING TYPE AND FURNISH TRIM AND ACCESSORIES NECESSARY TO PERMIT PROPER INSTALLATION IN EACH SYSTEM. LUMINAIRES: LOUVERS SHALL BE ANODIZED LOW IRIDESCENT SPECULAR ALUMINUM WITH MITERED CORNERS AND INTERLOCKING CONSTRUCTION. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A.SECURELY FASTEN LUMINAIRES TO THE LISTED AND LABELED CEILING FRAMING MEMBER BY MECHANICAL MEANS SUCH AS BOLTS, SCREWS, RIVETS OR LISTED CLIPS IDENTIFIED FOR USE WITH THE TYPE OF CEILING FRAMING MEMBERS. LUMINAIRES AND WIRING INSTALLED IN FIRE-RATED CEILING ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED FOR ALL APPLICATIONS. 1.INSTALL RECESSED FLANGED LUMINAIRES TO PERMIT REMOVAL FROM BELOW. USE MANUFACTURER-SUPPLIED PLASTER FRAMES AND SWING GATE SUPPORTS. PROVIDE INDEPENDENT SUPPORT AS FOLLOWS: a.LUMINAIRES LESS THAN 56 LBS: PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) #12 GAUGE SUSPENDED CEILING SUPPORT WIRES LOCATED ON DIAGONAL CORNERS OF THE LUMINAIRES. b.LUMINAIRES 56 LBS OR GREATER: PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF FOUR (4) #12 GAUGE SUSPENDED CEILING SUPPORT WIRES LOCATED ON DIAGONAL CORNERS OF THE LUMINAIRES. SUPPORT LUMINAIRE INDEPENDENT OF THE CEILING SYSTEM. c.LUMINAIRES LARGER THAN EIGHT SQUARE FEET (8 FT2): SUPPORT LUMINAIRE INDEPENDENT OF THE CEILING SYSTEM. B.DO NOT FASTEN LUMINAIRE SUPPORTS TO PIPING, DUCTWORK, MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, OR CONDUIT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SUPPORT WIRES SHALL BE TIGHTLY WRAPPED (MINIMUM OF THREE TURNS WITHIN 3 INCHES OF THE CONNECTION) AND SHARPLY BEND TO PREVENT VERTICAL MOVEMENT. C.SUPPORT WIRE USED TO INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORT LUMINAIRES, RACEWAYS, AND WIRING SYSTEMS SHALL BE DISTINGUISHABLE FROM CEILING SUPPORT SYSTEMS BY COLOR (FIELD PAINT), TAGGING OR EQUIVALENT MEANS. 3.2 CONSTRUCTION USE OF PROJECT LUMINAIRES A.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION LIGHTING PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF DIVISION 1. B.THE PROJECT LUMINAIRES SHOWN ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES WITHOUT PROVIDING A PLAN FOR OWNER APPROVAL THAT ADDRESSES ENERGY AND LUMINAIRE OPERATING HOURS. 3.3 RELAMPING A.REPLACE FAILED LED LIGHT ENGINE MODULES OR ARRAYS AT COMPLETION OF WORK. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A.ALIGN LUMINAIRES AND CLEAN LENSES AND DIFFUSERS AT COMPLETION OF WORK. CLEAN PAINT SPLATTERS, DIRT, AND DEBRIS FROM INSTALLED LUMINAIRES. B.TOUCH UP LUMINAIRE AND POLE FINISH AT COMPLETION OF WORK. 3.5 LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE A.AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. END OF SECTION No. Revisions Date pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 TE OLIRFFOAC LANRP E 23191 STA ER REGIST ED INA N REENIGE FO OISSE E AICLCERTL Exp. 06/30/26 MIRASOPHOCLISGEORGY IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"1/2" = 1'-0"3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0"3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25' 0 1'12' 0 1'6' 0 4' 0 3'1'0 2' 0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v ed . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t ed . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 11 / 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 5 : 5 9 : 5 8 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author E005 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENT • SECTION 26 09 33 -LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEMSSECTION 26 09 33 -LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.LIGHTING CONTROL OVERVIEW B.ELECTRICAL PLAN SYMBOLS C.DEVICE COLOR AND COVERPLATES D.STANDALONE LINE AND LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROLS 1.WALL SWITCHES AND WALL DIMMERS 2.SENSORS (OCCUPANCY, VACANCY, DAYLIGHTING, PHOTOCELL, AUXILIARY POWER PACKS, ETC.) E.AUTOMATIC LOAD CONTROL RELAYS 1.AUTOMATIC LOAD CONTROL RELAY (ALCR20) F.BRANCH CIRCUIT EMERGENCY LIGHTING TRANSFER SWITCH (BCELTS) 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A.THE LIGHTING SYSTEM DESIGN INCLUDES A COMBINATION OF LUMINAIRE SOURCES, LIGHTING CONTROL COMPONENTS, PROGRAMMING SEQUENCES, AND SUPPLEMENTARY COMPONENTS FOR BUILDING AND ENERGY CODE COMPLIANCE. THE DESIGN USES PERFORMANCE-BASED SPECIFICATIONS FOR PORTIONS OF THE LIGHTING SYSTEM TO ACCOUNT FOR THE LIMITATION OF DIRECTLY COMPARABLE PRODUCT SOLUTIONS AVAILABLE BY COMPETITIVE MANUFACTURERS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REFERENCE RELATED SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, PLANS, SCHEDULES, AND DETAILS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING PRICING, SUBMITTALS, AND INSTALLATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE SYSTEM COMPONENT COMPATIBILITY AMONG VARIOUS MANUFACTURERS AND SUPPLIERS FOR A TURNKEY LIGHTING SYSTEM. REFERENCED SECTIONS INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1.SPECIFICATION SECTION 26 51 19 LED LIGHTING 2.ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS: ELECTRICAL COVERSHEET, PLANS, LUMINAIRE SCHEDULES, LIGHTING CONTROL SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS, DIAGRAMS, AND DETAILS. 1.3 RELATED WORK A.SECTION 01 91 00 -COMMISSIONING 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.MANUFACTURERS SHALL BE REGULARLY ENGAGED IN THE MANUFACTURE OF LIGHTING CONTROL EQUIPMENT AND ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT, OF TYPES AND CAPACITIES REQUIRED, WHOSE PRODUCTS HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR NOT LESS THAN FIVE (5) YEARS. B.ALL COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLIES ARE TO BE FACTORY PRE-TESTED PRIOR TO DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION. 1.5 REFERENCES A.FS W S 896 SWITCH, TOGGLE B.NEMA WD 1 -GENERAL COLOR REQUIREMENTS FOR WIRING DEVICES C.NEMA WD 7 -OCCUPANCY MOTION SENSORS D.CEC 2022 –CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE E.UL 924 -EMERGENCY LIGHTING AND POWER EQUIPMENT F.UL 1472 -SOLID-STATE DIMMING CONTROLS 1.6 SUBMITTALS A.SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 26 05 00. B.SUBMIT A COMPREHENSIVE PACKAGE INCLUDING DEVICES, HARDWARE, SOFTWARE, PRODUCT SPECIFICATION, FINISHES, DIMENSIONS, INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, COMPONENT REPLACEMENT INSTRUCTIONS, WARRANTY, SYSTEM SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS. C.PROVIDE FLOOR PLAN SHOWING LOCATION, ORIENTATION, AND COVERAGE AREA OF EACH CONTROL DEVICE, SENSOR, AND CONTROLLER/INTERFACE. FOR AREAS REQUIRING MULTIPLE SENSOR DEVICES FOR APPROPRIATE COVERAGE, SUBMIT SPECIFIC MANUFACTURER-APPROVED SENSOR LAYOUT AS AN OVERLAY DIRECTLY ON THE PROJECT DRAWINGS, EITHER IN PRINT OR APPROVED ELECTRONIC FORM. SENSOR COVERAGE PATTERNS SHALL HAVE A 20% OVERLAP. D.SUBMIT A LIST OF DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT THAT WILL BE INSTALLED FOR EACH SEQUENCE OF OPERATION. E.SUBMIT PROJECT SPECIFIC CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAMS SHOWING ALL EQUIPMENT, LINE VOLTAGE, AND CONTROL WIRING REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL COMPONENTS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DIMMERS, RELAYS, LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHES, OCCUPANCY SENSORS, AND COMMUNICATION INTERFACES AND PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH SEQUENCE OF OPERATION. INCLUDE NETWORK CABLE SPECIFICATION AND END-OF-LINE TERMINATION DETAILS, IF REQUIRED. F.PROGRAMMING SEQUENCES: PROVIDE A COPY OF THE INITIAL LIGHTING CONTROL PROGRAMMING SEQUENCES IN NARRATIVE AND MANUFACTURER/VENDOR FORMAT. G.NAMEPLATE LABELS AND CUSTOM ENGRAVING: SUBMIT SAMPLE LABEL/ENGRAVING TEXT FOR REVIEW FOR EACH APPLICABLE LIGHTING SEQUENCE OF OPERATION SOO. INCLUDE REFERENCE TO APPLICABLE SOO DESCRIPTION. PROVIDE STENCIL TEMPLATES FOR EACH DEVICE REQUIRING STENCILING. 1.7 EXTRA STOCK A.PROVIDE EXTRA STOCK UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 26 05 00. B.SENSORS, CONTROLS, POWER SUPPLIES, AND RELAYS:FIVE (5) PERCENT OF QUANTITY INSTALLED. MINIMUM OF TWO (2) OF EACH CONFIGURATION AND TYPE. C.RELAYS AND DIMMER MODULES: FIVE (5) PERCENT OF QUANTITY INSTALLED. MINIMUM OF TWO (2) OF EACH SIZE AND TYPE. D.LIGHTING CONTROL SOFTWARE / WEB APPLICATION SHORTCUT: PROVIDE INSTALLATION OF SOFTWARE OR SETUP OF WEB APP SHORTCUTS ON TWO (2) OWNER PROVIDED COMPUTERS WHEN AVAILABLE AND APPLICABLE TO THE SPECIFIC LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM. 1.8 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A.SUBMIT PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 26 05 00. B.ACCURATELY RECORD LOCATION OF ALL CONTROLS AND DEVICES. INCLUDE DESCRIPTION OF SWITCHING SEQUENCES AND CIRCUITING ARRANGEMENTS. 1.9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A.SUBMIT EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE DATA UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 26 05 00. DATA SHALL ALSO INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1.SCHEDULE FOR ROUTINE MAINTENANCE, INSPECTION, AND CALIBRATION OF ALL LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES AND SYSTEM COMPONENTS. RECOMMENDED SCHEDULE FOR INSPECTION AND RECALIBRATION OF SENSORS. 2.COMPLETE NARRATIVE DESCRIBING INTENDED OPERATION AND SEQUENCE FOR EACH CONTROL SCENARIO AND SYSTEM COMPONENT, UPDATED TO REFLECT ALL CHANGES RESULTING FROM COMMISSIONING OF SYSTEMS. NARRATIVE SHALL INDICATE RECOMMENDED SETTINGS FOR DEVICES WHERE APPLICABLE. 3.REPLACEMENT PART NUMBERS FOR ALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS. B.IDENTIFY INSTALLED LOCATION AND LABELING FOR EACH LUMINAIRE CONTROLLED BY AUTOMATED LIGHTING CONTROLS. C.SUBMIT SOFTWARE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS, PROGRAM SOFTWARE BACKUP ON COMPACT DISC OR COMPATIBLE MEDIA WITH DATA FILES, DEVICE ADDRESS LIST, AND A PRINTOUT OF SOFTWARE APPLICATION AND GRAPHIC SCREENS, WHERE APPLICABLE. 1.10 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A.PERFORMANCE STATEMENT: THE SPECIFICATION SECTION AND LIGHTING DESIGN DOCUMENTS DESCRIBE THE MINIMUM MATERIAL QUALITY, REQUIRED FEATURES, AND OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM. THE DOCUMENTS DO NOT CONVEY EVERY COMPONENT, RELAY, WIRE, AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTION REQUIRED. THE CONTRACTOR AND LIGHTING CONTROL MANUFACTURER/VENDOR ARE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING ALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS, WIRING, AND PROGRAMMING REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM BASED ON THE PERFORMANCE BASED REQUIREMENTS OF THE DOCUMENTS. B.LIGHTING SEQUENCE OF OPERATION (SOO): THE SEQUENCE OF OPERATION (SOO) DESCRIBES THE REQUIRED LIGHTING CONTROL OPERATION AND PERFORMANCE IN EACH SPACE. THE SEQUENCE OF OPERATION DESCRIPTIONS ARE INCLUDED ON THE DRAWINGS. C.DRAWINGS: THE DRAWINGS INCLUDE THE SEQUENCE OF OPERATION (SOO), LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE, LOCATION OF CONTROL DEVICES, SENSORS, AND IDENTIFICATION OF CONTROL ZONES, AND BRANCH POWER CIRCUITING. CONTROL WIRING AND MANUFACTURER/VENDOR SPECIFIC COMPONENTS ARE NOT SHOWN, BUT SHALL BE SUBMITTED WITH THE SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS. 1.11 COMMISSIONING A.COMMISSIONING OF A SYSTEM OR SYSTEMS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION IS PART OF THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS. DOCUMENTATION AND TESTING OF THESE SYSTEMS, AS WELL AS TRAINING OF THE OWNER'S OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL, IS REQUIRED IN COOPERATION WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. PROJECT CLOSEOUT IS DEPENDENT ON SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF ALL COMMISSIONING PROCEDURES, DOCUMENTATION, AND ISSUE CLOSURE. REFER TO DIVISION 1 FOR DETAILED COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS. B.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE COMMISSIONING AGENT, ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE TEN (10) WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO SCHEDULED COMMISSIONING DATE. C.THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS REQUIRES MEETING ATTENDANCE. REFER TO DIVISION 1 FOR MEETING REQUIREMENTS. D.THE SYSTEM SHALL BE FUNCTIONALLY TESTED BY A FACTORY-AUTHORIZED ENGINEER AND COMPLY WITH THE SEQUENCE OF OPERATION PRIOR TO SYSTEM COMMISSIONING. ALL LOADS SHALL BE TESTED LIVE FOR CONTINUITY AND FREEDOM FROM DEFECTS, AND ALL CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE TESTED FOR CONTINUITY AND CONNECTIONS PRIOR TO ENERGIZING THE SYSTEM. 1.12 WARRANTY A.MANUFACTURER SHALL WARRANT PRODUCTS UNDER NORMAL USE AND SERVICE TO BE FREE FROM DEFECTS IN MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP FOR A PERIOD OF TWO (2) YEARS FROM DATE OF COMMISSIONING. B.OCCUPANCY, VACANCY, DAYLIGHT SENSORS AND CONTROLS SHALL HAVE A FIVE (5) YEAR WARRANTY FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 LIGHTING CONTROL OVERVIEW A.LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM: AS DEFINED IN THE SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, THE DESIGN DOCUMENTS DESCRIBE THE OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM. THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM HAS BEEN CATEGORIZED INTO THE FOLLOWING GROUPS. REFER TO THE ELECTRICAL SYMBOL KEY, THIS SPECIFICATION SECTION, AND THE DRAWINGS TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE LIGHTING CONTROL CATEGORY WHEN MORE THAN ONE IS APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT: 1.STANDALONE LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES: INDEPENDENT (STANDALONE) DEVICES TRADITIONALLY OPERATING AT LINE OR LOW VOLTAGE, FIELD CONFIGURABLE WITH OTHER STANDALONE DEVICES TO PROVIDE AN OVERALL LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM. B.ALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND MATERIALS OF SIMILAR FUNCTION (E.G., SWITCHES, DIMMERS, SENSORS, CONTACTORS, RELAYS, ETC.) SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY STATED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS OR ELSEWHERE IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. LIGHTING CONTROL SWITCHES, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS SHALL BE LISTED. C.THE FUNCTIONS DESCRIBED IN THE LIGHTING SEQUENCE OF OPERATION SHALL DICTATE THE ACTUAL LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICE REQUIRED TO ACCOMPLISH THE FUNCTIONS DESCRIBED FOR THE SPACE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. D.EMERGENCY LIGHTING OVERRIDE CONTROL (UL924 AND UL1008): LIGHTING CONTROL EQUIPMENT COUPLED WITH REMOTE EMERGENCY POWER SOURCES (EXTERNAL TO THE LUMINAIRE) REQUIRE ALCR (UL924) OR BCELTS (UL1008) DEVICES FOR EMERGENCY (LIFE SAFETY) COMPLIANCE. AN EMERGENCY LIGHTING CONTROL BYPASS IS REQUIRED FOR EVERY INDIVIDUAL LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE-CIRCUIT BUT NOT SHOWN ON THE PLANS. REFER TO THIS SPECIFICATION FOR ALCR AND BCELTS DESCRIPTIONS. REFER TO THE SEQUENCE OF OPERATION LIGHTING CONTROL DESCRIPTIONS ON THE PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 2.2 ELECTRICAL PLAN SYMBOLS A.REFER TO ELECTRICAL COVERSHEET FOR ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS LIST AND DEVICE SPECIFICATION TAG. 1.STANDALONE LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES: CONTROL STATION COMMONLY DEFINED BY AN ALPHA CHARACTER WITH SUBSCRIPTS. a.EXAMPLE SYMBOL "S", TAGGED "SW-1P", DESCRIPTION "SWITCH-SINGLE POLE SWITCH". b.EXAMPLE CONTROL DESIGNATION: A, B, C (WHEN REQUIRED TO CLARIFY DESIGN INTENT). 2.SENSORS, RELAYS, ACCESSORIES: COMMON PLAN SYMBOLS ARE USED FOR OCCUPANCY, VACANCY, AND DAYLIGHTING SENSORS. THE CONTROL DESIGNATIONS (A, B, C OR Z1, Z2, Z3) AND IDENTIFICATION OF A STANDALONE OR #B TYPE CONTROL STATION IN THE SPACE DEFINES THE BASIS-OF-DESIGN INTENT CATEGORY OF THE LIGHTING CONTROL SENSORS AND ACCESSORIES. a.EXAMPLE, A STANDALONE OCCUPANCY SENSOR SW-OC-## DEVICE IS THE BASIS OF DESIGN WHEN SHOWN IN THE SAME ROOM AS A STANDALONE S (SW -1P) SINGLE POLE LIGHT SWITCH WITH OR WITHOUT A, B, C CONTROL DESIGNATIONS. 2.3 DEVICE COLOR AND COVERPLATES A.ALL SWITCHES AND LIGHTING CONTROLS SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH COVERPLATES THAT MATCH MATERIAL AND COLOR OF THE WIRING DEVICE COVERPLATES IN THE SPACE. WHEN THE COVERPLATE IS PROPRIETARY TO THE DEVICE/MANUFACTURER AND DO NOT MATCH THE WIRING DEVICE COVERPLATES, THE ARCHITECT SHALL SELECT THE COVERPLATE COLOR AND MATERIALS FROM THE STANDARD COVERPLATE OPTIONS. B.WHERE SEVERAL DEVICES ARE GANGED TOGETHER, THE COVERPLATE SHALL BE OF THE GANGED STYLE FOR THE NUMBER OF DEVICES USED. C.INSTALL NAMEPLATE IDENTIFICATION AS INDICATED IN SECTION 26 05 53. D.PLATE-SECURING SCREWS SHALL BE METAL WITH HEAD COLOR MATCHING THE WALL PLATE FINISH. 2.4 STANDALONE LINE AND LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROLS A.OVERVIEW: 1.WALL SWITCHES AND WALL DIMMERS: a.UL LISTED WITH INTEGRAL AIR-GAP SWITCH FOR ON/OFF CONTROL, INTEGRAL EMI/RFI SUPPRESSION, NON-VIEWABLE HEAT SINK, DIMMER TO MATCH DEVICE COLOR. b.DIMMER COMPATIBILITY AND WIRING WITH THE LOAD BEING CONTROLLED SHALL BE VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION. D. SW -D; DIMMER (STANDALONE): 1.ELECTRONIC DRIVER DIMMER, 120 OR 277 VOLT PER APPLICATION, 0-10 V CONTROL, DECORA STYLE LINEAR SLIDE OPERATOR WITH POSITIVE OFF, IEC 60629 COMPLIANT. MOUNTED IN DEDICATED BACKBOX. a.MANUFACTURERS: COMPATIBLE WITH LUMINAIRE DRIVER 2.ALTERNATIVE DIMMER, 120 OR 277 VOLT PER APPLICATION, RATING PER APPLICATION, LINEAR SLIDE OPERATOR WITH POSITIVE OFF. MOUNTED IN DEDICATED BACKBOX. a.MANUFACTURERS: COMPATIBLE WITH LUMINAIRE DRIVER E. F.SW -OC-# AND SW-VC-#; OCCUPANCY / VACANCY SENSORS (STANDALONE): 1.COMBINATION DEVICES: SUBSCRIPTS IDENTIFY COMBINATION TYPE DEVICES WHEN APPLICABLE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE COMBINATION DEVICE OR PROVIDE MULTIPLE DEVICE(S) TO MEET THE FUNCTIONALITY WHEN THE MANUFACTURER DOES NOT OFFER THE REQUIRED FUNCTIONALITY WITH A SINGLE DEVICE. MANUFACTURER VERIFIED LAYOUTS SHALL INCLUDE A 20% OVERLAP OF COVERAGE PATTERNS. 2.SUBSCRIPTS: SUBSCRIPTS ARE USED TO DEFINE THE DEVICE TYPE. a.BLANK (OR D) = DUAL TECHNOLOGY b.A = ULTRASONIC TWO-SIDED CORRIDOR COVERAGE 3.GENERAL DESCRIPTION: WALL-OR CEILING-MOUNTING, SOLID-STATE UNITS WITH A SEPARATE POWER SUPPLY/RELAY UNIT. a.OPERATION -OCCUPANCY: OCCUPANCY SENSORS TURN LIGHTS 'ON' WHEN COVERED AREA IS OCCUPIED AND TURN LIGHTS 'OFF' WITH A TIME DELAY WHEN UNOCCUPIED, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. b.OPERATION -VACANCY: VACANCY SENSORS REQUIRE A MANUAL SWITCH OPERATION TO TURN LIGHTS 'ON' WITH A TIME DELAY WHEN OCCUPIED TO TURN LIGHTS 'OFF'. c.TIME DELAY 'OFF': FIELD ADJUSTABLE WITH A MINIMUM RANGE OF 1-20 MINUTES. d.SENSOR OUTPUT: CONTACTS RATED TO OPERATE THE CONNECTED RELAY, COMPLYING WITH UL 773A. SENSOR SHALL BE POWERED FROM THE RELAY UNIT. e.RELAY UNIT: DRY CONTACTS RATED FOR 20 A BALLAST LOAD AT 120 AND 277 VAC, FOR 13-AMP TUNGSTEN AT 120 VAC, AND FOR 1 HP AT 120 VAC. POWER SUPPLY TO SENSOR SHALL BE 24 V DC, 150-MA, CLASS 2 POWER SOURCE AS DEFINED BY ELECTRICAL CODE. f.MOUNTING: 1)SENSOR: SUITABLE FOR MOUNTING IN ANY POSITION ON A STANDARD OUTLET BOX. 2)RELAY: EXTERNALLY MOUNTED THROUGH A 1/2-INCH KNOCKOUT IN A STANDARD ELECTRICAL ENCLOSURE. MOUNT RELAY ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING NEAR ENTRY DOOR TO ROOM OR AREA. 3)TIME DELAY AND SENSITIVITY ADJUSTMENTS: RECESSED AND CONCEALED. 4.INDICATOR: LED TO SHOW WHEN MOTION IS BEING DETECTED DURING TESTING AND NORMAL OPERATION OF THE SENSOR. 5.BYPASS SWITCH: OVERRIDE THE ON FUNCTION IN CASE OF SENSOR FAILURE. 6.POWER SUPPLY AND CHILD PACKS: PROVIDE AS REQUIRED FOR SENSOR QUANTITY AND SWITCHING SCHEME. MOUNT TO STANDARD 1/2" KNOCKOUT ON ELECTRICAL BOX ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING NEAR ENTRY DOOR TO ROOM OR AREA. SENSOR POWER SHALL BE FROM EMERGENCY CIRCUIT IF EMERGENCY LIGHTING IS IN THE AREA. 7.DETECTION COVERAGE (ROOM): DETECT OCCUPANCY ANYWHERE IN AN AREA BASED ON HAND MOTION. 8.DETECTION COVERAGE (CORRIDOR): DETECT OCCUPANCY BASED ON A HALF-STEP MOTION. a.(A); ULTRASONIC TWO-SIDED CORRIDOR COVERAGE OCCUPANCY/VACANCY SENSOR: FREQUENCY GREATER THAN 32 KHZ SOLID STATE, ADJUSTABLE SENSITIVITY AND TIME DELAY, TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY RESISTANT RECEIVERS. SENSOR SHALL CONTROL ALL CIRCUITS IN AREA, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 1)MANUFACTURERS: a)WATT STOPPER WT-2250 SERIES b)HUBBELL OMNI-US OR ATU SERIES c)GREENGATE ODC-U SERIES b.BLANK (OR D); DUAL TECHNOLOGY 360 DEGREE COVERAGE OCCUPANCY/VACANCY SENSOR: COMBINATION OF PIR AND ULTRASONIC OR ACOUSTIC DETECTION METHODS IN AREA OF COVERAGE. PARTICULAR TECHNOLOGY OR COMBINATION OF TECHNOLOGIES THAT CONTROLS ON AND OFF FUNCTIONS SHALL BE SELECTABLE IN THE FIELD BY OPERATING CONTROLS ON UNIT. FREQUENCY GREATER THAN 40 KHZ. DUAL SENSING VERIFICATIONS (REQUIRES BOTH TECHNOLOGIES TO ACTIVATE), EITHER TECHNOLOGY MAINTAINS ON STATUS. INTEGRATED AMBIENT LIGHT LEVEL SENSOR (2 TO 200 FC RANGE), ADJUSTABLE SENSITIVITY AND TIME DELAY, SENSOR SHALL CONTROL ALL CIRCUITS IN AREA, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 1)MANUFACTURERS: a)WATT STOPPER DT 300/200 SERIES b)HUBBELL OMNI-DT2000 / LODTRP / ATD2000C SERIES c)GREENGATE OAC-DT SERIES d)LEVITON OSC-MOW / OSM12 SERIES e)SENSOR SWITCH CM PDT 10 / WVPDT 16 SERIES (ACOUSTIC) 2.5 AUTOMATIC LOAD CONTROL RELAY (ALCR) A.ALCR20; AUTOMATIC LOAD CONTROL RELAY ALCR, 120/277 VOLT, DRY/DAMP LISTED, 32°F TO 113°F (0°C TO 45°C) OPERATING TEMPERATURE, PLENUM NEMA 1 RATED, TEST BUTTON WITH VISUAL INDICATOR, REMOTE TEST AND FIRE ALARM CONTROL, UL924 LISTED LATEST EDITION, ELECTRICAL CODE ARTICLE 700 COMPLIANT. 1.RATING: a.20 AMP (16 A PERMITTED) LED DRIVER AND BALLAST. b.10 A (1,200 WATT) INCANDESCENT. 2.LIGHTING CONTROL COORDINATION: PROVIDE ALCR DEVICE COMPATIBLE WITH DESIGNATED LIGHTING ZONE CONTROLS. EXAMPLE: SWITCHED, 0-10 VOLT DIMMING, DALI CONTROL, 2 WIRE DIMMING, OR DMX. 3.OPERATION: a.ALCR DEVICE SHALL ALLOW THE SAME LOCAL LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES TO CONTROL BOTH THE NORMAL LIGHTS AND EMERGENCY DESIGNATED LIGHTING. DEVICES THAT REQUIRE SEPARATE LOCAL LIGHTING CONTROLS FOR THE NORMAL AND DESIGNATED EMERGENCY LIGHTING ARE NOT ALLOWED. b.ALCR DEVICE SHALL MONITOR THE NORMAL POWER CIRCUIT AND SHUNT/BYPASS THE LOCAL LIGHTING CONTROLS UPON LOSS OF POWER, REMOTE TEST SWITCH, OR FIRE ALARM OVERRIDE TO PROVIDE FULL LUMEN OUTPUT FOR DESIGNATED EMERGENCY LIGHTING. c.ALCR DEVICE SHALL RETURN DESIGNATED EMERGENCY LIGHTING TO LOCAL LIGHTING CONTROL AFTER A 15-MINUTE DELAY UPON RETURN OF NORMAL POWER OR REMOTE TEST/FIRE ALARM OVERRIDE RELEASE. d.EQUIVALENT FACILITATION AND PERFORMANCE: A LIMITATION OF EQUIVALENT COMPARABLE PRODUCTS MAY REQUIRE SOME OF THE REQUIRED FUNCTIONS OF THE ALCR DEVICE TO BE PROVIDED BY AN ALTERNATIVE COMPONENT OF THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM. THE FOLLOWING FUNCTIONS MAY BE PERFORMED BY ALTERNATIVE COMPONENTS OF THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM WHEN THE DEVICE IS LISTED FOR THE REQUIRED FUNCTION AND COMPATIBLE WITH THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM: 1)REMOTE TEST SWITCH / FIRE ALARM OVERRIDE INTERFACE. 2)THE 15-MINUTE TIME DELAY UPON RETURN OF NORMAL POWER OR REMOTE TEST/FIRE ALARM OVERRIDE RELEASE. 3)TEST SWITCH MOUNTING: a)FINISHED SPACES (CEILING HEIGHT 10 FEET OR LESS): FLUSH MOUNT DEVICE IN FINISHED CEILING ADJACENT TO ONE OF THE EMERGENCY LIGHTS. b)FINISHED SPACES (CEILING HEIGHT GREATER THAN 10 FEET): FLUSH MOUNTED IN WALL. REFER TO ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR LOCATION. c)UNFINISHED SPACES: ADJACENT AND ALIGNED WITH LOCAL WALL-MOUNTED LIGHTING CONTROLS. d)OPTION: ALCR DEVICE(S) WITH A TEST BUTTON, VISUAL INDICATOR, AND FLUSH MOUNTING PLATE MAY BE INSTALLED IN THE LOCATION OF THE REMOTE TEST SWITCH IN LIEU OF PROVIDING A SEPARATE REMOTE TEST SWITCH. 4.MANUFACTURERS: a.LVS CONTROLS EPC-2 (SWITCHED) b.LVS CONTROLS EPC-2-D SERIES (0-10V DIMMING) c.LVS CONTROLS EPC-DMX (DMX) EPC SERIES (ALTERNATIVE LIGHTING CONTROL) d.IOTA ETS-20 (SWITCHED) e.IOTA ETC-20-DR (0-10V DIMMING) f.IOTA ETC SERIES (ALTERNATIVE LIGHTING CONTROL) g.MYERS EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEMS RLY-SW-2 (SWITCHED) h.MYERS EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEMS RLY-DIM-2D (0-10V DIMMING) i.MYERS EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEMS RLY SERIES (ALTERNATIVE LIGHTING CONTROL) j.NINE24 INC ELCR-R (SWITCHED) k.NINE24 ELCR-Z10 (0-10V DIMMING) l.NINE24 ELCR SERIES (ALTERNATIVE LIGHTING CONTROL) m.LIGHTING CONTROL MANUFACTURER 2.6 BRANCH CIRCUIT EMERGENCY LIGHTING TRANSFER SWITCH (BCELTS) A.BCELTS; BRANCH CIRCUIT EMERGENCY LIGHTING TRANSFER SWITCH (BCELTS), 120/277 VOLT, DRY/DAMP LISTED, 32⁰F TO 113⁰F (0⁰C TO 45⁰C) OPERATING TEMPERATURE, PLENUM NEMA 1 RATED, TEST BUTTON WITH VISUAL INDICATOR, REMOTE TEST AND FIRE ALARM CONTROL, UL1008 LISTED, UL924 LISTED LATEST EDITION, ELECTRICAL CODE ARTICLE 700 COMPLIANT. 1.RATING: 20 AMP (16 A PERMITTED) LED DRIVER, BALLAST, INCANDESCENT. 2.LIGHTING CONTROL COORDINATION: PROVIDE BCELTS DEVICE COMPATIBLE WITH DESIGNATED LIGHTING ZONE CONTROLS. EXAMPLE: SWITCHED, 0-10 VOLT DIMMING, DALI CONTROL, 2 WIRE DIMMING, OR DMX. 3.OPERATION: a.BCELTS DEVICE SHALL ALLOW THE SAME LOCAL LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES TO CONTROL BOTH THE NORMAL LIGHTS AND EMERGENCY DESIGNATED LIGHTING. DEVICES THAT REQUIRE SEPARATE LOCAL LIGHTING CONTROLS FOR THE NORMAL AND DESIGNATED EMERGENCY LIGHTING ARE NOT ALLOWED. b.BCELTS DEVICE SHALL MONITOR THE NORMAL POWER CIRCUIT, SHUNT/BYPASS THE LOCAL LIGHTING CONTROLS, AND TRANSFER THE LOAD FROM THE NORMAL CIRCUIT TO THE EMERGENCY CIRCUIT UPON LOSS OF POWER, REMOTE TEST SWITCH, OR FIRE ALARM OVERRIDE TO PROVIDE FULL LUMEN OUTPUT FOR DESIGNATED EMERGENCY LIGHTING. c.BCELTS DEVICE SHALL RETURN DESIGNATED EMERGENCY LIGHTING TO LOCAL LIGHTING CONTROL AFTER A 15-MINUTE DELAY UPON RETURN OF NORMAL POWER OR REMOTE TEST/FIRE ALARM OVERRIDE RELEASE. d.EQUIVALENT FACILITATION AND PERFORMANCE: A LIMITATION OF EQUIVALENT COMPARABLE PRODUCTS MAY REQUIRE SOME OF THE REQUIRED FUNCTIONS OF THE BCELTS DEVICE TO BE PROVIDED BY AN ALTERNATIVE COMPONENT OF THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM. THE FOLLOWING FUNCTIONS MAY BE PERFORMED BY ALTERNATIVE COMPONENTS OF THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM WHEN THE DEVICE IS LISTED FOR THE REQUIRED FUNCTION AND COMPATIBLE WITH THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM. 1)REMOTE TEST SWITCH / FIRE ALARM OVERRIDE INTERFACE. 2)THE 15-MINUTE TIME DELAY UPON RETURN OF NORMAL POWER OR REMOTE TEST/FIRE ALARM OVERRIDE RELEASE. e.ACCESSORY -REMOTE TEST SWITCH: PROVIDE A REMOTE BUTTON TEST SW ITCH. THE TEST SWITCH SHALL BE A SINGLE GANG TYPE SWITCH COMPATIBLE WITH THE BCELTS DEVICE AND ALLOW THE REMOTE FIRE ALARM OVERRIDE TO FUNCTION. f.TEST SWITCH MOUNTING: 1)FINISHED SPACES (CEILING HEIGHT 10 FEET OR LESS): FLUSH MOUNT DEVICE IN FINISHED CEILING ADJACENT TO ONE OF THE EMERGENCY LIGHTS. 2)FINISHED SPACES (CEILING HEIGHT GREATER THAN 10 FEET): FLUSH MOUNTED IN WALL. REFER TO ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR LOCATION. 3)UNFINISHED SPACES: ADJACENT AND ALIGNED WITH TO LOCAL WALL MOUNTED LIGHTING CONTROLS. 4)OPTION: BCELTS DEVICE(S) WITH A TEST BUTTON, VISUAL INDICATOR, AND FLUSH MOUNTING PLATE MAY BE INSTALLED IN THE LOCATION OF THE REMOTE TEST SWITCH IN LIEU OF PROVIDING A SEPARATE REMOTE TEST SWITCH. 4.MANUFACTURERS: a.LVS CONTROLS EPC-D-F-ATS SERIES b.BODINE SIGNIFY GTD20A c.HUBBELL DUAL LITE ATSD/BCCR SERIES d.LIGHTING CONTROL MANUFACTURER e.APPROVED EQUAL PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING A.SCHEDULE A PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING WITH THE CONTROLS REPRESENTATIVE, INSTALLING CONTRACTOR, ARCHITECT/ENGINEER, AND OWNER TO EXPLAIN THE PROPOSED LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM AND INTEGRATION WITH OTHER SYSTEMS AS WHEN APPLICABLE PER THE DESIGN DOCUMENTS. 3.2 EXAMINATION A.VERIFY THAT SURFACES ARE READY TO RECEIVE WORK. B.VERIFY FIELD DIMENSIONS AND COORDINATE PHYSICAL SIZE OF ALL EQUIPMENT WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPACES INTO WHICH THEY ARE TO BE INSTALLED. ALLOW SPACE FOR ADEQUATE VENTILATION AND CIRCULATION OF AIR. C.VERIFY THAT REQUIRED UTILITIES ARE AVAILABLE, IN PROPER LOCATION, AND READY FOR USE. D.BEGINNING OF INSTALLATION MEANS INSTALLER ACCEPTS EXISTING CONDITIONS. 3.3 INSTALLATION A.INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS. B.ALL WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT. C.LOW VOLTAGE CABLING (LESS THAN 100 VOLTS): LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROL CABLING SHALL BE PLENUM LISTED. LOW VOLTAGE CABLES IN NON-ACCESSIBLE AREAS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT. LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROL CABLE MAY BE INSTALLED WITHOUT CONDUIT IN ACCESSIBLE AREAS USING THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF CABLE SUPPORTS. CABLE SUPPORT TYPES/SYSTEMS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOW VOLTAGE CABLE MANUFACTURER. 1.J-HOOKS; BATWING TYPE. 2.BRIDLE RINGS WITH SADDLE SUPPORTS. 3.LOW VOLTAGE CABLE BATWINGS SUPPORTED BY INDEPENDENT LUMINAIRE SUPPORT SYSTEMS (LUMINAIRE SUPPORT CABLING); USE OF BATWINGS ON CEILING SUPPORT SYSTEMS NOT ALLOWED. 4.LISTED CABLE TIES. LOW VOLTAGE CABLING SECURED TO EXTERIOR OF LUMINAIRE POWER RACEWAY. D.ALL BRANCH LOAD CIRCUITS SHALL BE LIVE TESTED BEFORE CONNECTING THE LOADS TO THE LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL. 3.4 BRANCH CIRCUIT POWER WIRING FOR CONTROLLERS 1.BRANCH CIRCUIT POWER FOR THE FOLLOWING LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS SHALL BE PROVIDED FROM THE FOLLOWING BRANCHES. LIGHTING CONTROL POWER SHALL ORIGINATE FROM THE SAME BRANCH CIRCUITS SERVING THE CONTROLLED LUMINAIRES: a.ROOM CONTROLLERS, LIGHTING CONTROL POWER SUPPLIES, DEVICES, COMPONENTS, AND ACCESSORIES WHEN AN ASSOCIATED (ALCR) DEVICE IS APPLICABLE TO THE LIGHTING CONTROL SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:LIFE SAFETY BRANCH (ELECTRICAL CODE ARTICLE 517) b.ROOM CONTROLLERS, LIGHTING CONTROL POWER SUPPLIES, DEVICES, COMPONENTS, AND ACCESSORIES WHEN AN ASSOCIATED (BCELTS) DEVICE IS APPLICABLE TO THE LIGHTING CONTROL SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: THE LOAD SIDE OF THE BCELTS DEVICE NORMAL AND EMERGENCY/LIFE SAFETY PENDING THE STATUS OF THE BCELTS. c.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE BRANCH CIRCUIT POWER SOURCE REQUIRED WITH THE ENGINEER WHEN REQUIRED FOR UNIQUE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM DEVICES, COMPONENTS, AND ACCESSORIES. 3.5 LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROL CABLING A. CONTROL CABLE RACEWAY ROUTING:ALL WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT. B.CONTROL CABLING INSTALLED WITH LINE VOLTAGE WIRING: WHEN LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL CABLING IS INSTALLED WITH LINE-VOLTAGE WIRING, THE CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE, COPPER CONDUCTORS, MINIMUM 16 AWG OR PER MANUFACTURER, WITH CABLE INSULATION EQUAL TO THE LINE-VOLTAGE RATING (VOLTAGE, TEMP RATING, ETC.) AND COMPLY WITH SPECIFICATION SECTION 26 05 13 "WIRE AND CABLE." C.NETWORK CABLING: AS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER. D.SPLICES AND TAPS: TAPPING OR WIRE TRAP CONNECTORS SHALL BE USED TO SPLICE ALL CLASS 1 AND CLASS 2 CONTROL WIRING. TWIST-ON, WIRE-NUT TYPE CONNECTORS ARE NOT ALLOWED. 3.6 AUTOMATIC LOAD CONTROL RELAYS (ALCR20, ALCR3) AND BRANCH CIRCUIT EMERGENCY LIGHTING TRANSFER SWITCH (BCELTS) A.FIELD INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. B.REMOTE TEST SWITCH: PROVIDE CONNECTION TO REMOTE TEST SWITCH. C.FIRE ALARM OVERRIDE: PROVIDE CONNECTION TO ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM RELAY. 3.7 SUPPORT SERVICES A.SYSTEM STARTUP: 1.MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE FACTORY AUTHORIZED TECHNICIAN TO CONFIRM PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION OF ALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS. B.PRE-PROGRAM, TESTING, TRAINING COORDINATION: 1.THE CONTRACTOR AND MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE ON SITE REPRESENTATIVES TO PROVIDE FINAL PROGRAMMING INCLUDING PRESET, SCENE, SWITCH LABELING, AND OTHER PROGRAMMING ADJUSTMENTS BASED ON OWNER AND DESIGN TEAM ONSITE OBSERVATION AND VERBALLY REQUESTED ADJUSTMENTS AS PART OF THE BASED BID SCOPE OF WORK. 2.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DOCUMENT ONSITE REQUESTED CHANGES AND UPDATE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS TO MATCH FINAL PROGRAMMING. C.TESTING: 1.SYSTEM SHALL BE COMPLETELY FUNCTIONAL TESTED BY A FACTORY-AUTHORIZED TECHNICIAN. ALL LOADS SHALL BE TESTED LIVE FOR CONTINUITY AND FREEDOM FROM DEFECTS, AND ALL CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE TESTED FOR CONTINUITY AND CONNECTIONS PRIOR TO ENERGIZING THE SYSTEM COMPONENTS. 2.PROGRAMMING OF INITIAL ZONES, SCHEDULES, LIGHTING LEVELS, CONTROL STATION GROUPS, AND SENSOR SETTINGS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A FACTORY-AUTHORIZED TECHNICIAN. LIGHTING CONTROL SEQUENCE OF OPERATION SHALL SERVE AS A BASIS FOR PROGRAMMING, HOWEVER, ALL FINAL DECISIONS REGARDING GROUPS AND SCHEDULES SHALL BE AT THE DIRECTION OF THE OWNER. THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURES SHALL BE PERFORMED AT A MINIMUM: a.CONFIRM OCCUPANCY SENSOR PLACEMENT, SENSITIVITY, AND TIME DELAY SETTINGS TO MEET SPECIFIED PERFORMANCE CRITERIA. b.CONFIRM CONTROL STATION LABELING, PRESETS, SWITCH LABELS, AND SCENES. 3.VERIFY OCCUPANCY/VACANCY SENSOR OPERATION IS CORRECT AFTER FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED IN EACH AREA. MAKE ADJUSTMENTS TO SENSOR SETTINGS AND TIME DELAYS TO ALLOW PROPER OPERATION. 4.VERIFY OCCUPANCY/VACANCY SENSORS ARE LOCATED TO PROVIDE COMPLETE COVERAGE FOR THE AREA SERVED WITH NO NUISANCE SWITCHING. a.RELOCATE SENSORS OR PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SENSORS AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE COVERAGE. b.MASK OCCUPANCY SENSORS WHERE NECESSARY TO PREVENT NUISANCE SWITCHING FROM ADJACENT AREAS. 3.8 SYSTEM COMMISSIONING A.CONTRACTORS' TESTS SHALL BE SCHEDULED AND DOCUMENTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS. REFER TO SECTION 01 09 00, GENERAL COMMISSIONING, FOR FURTHER DETAILS. B.MASK SENSORS WHERE NECESSARY TO PREVENT NUISANCE SW ITCHING FROM ADJACENT AREAS. C.SYSTEM VERIFICATION TESTING IS PART OF THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS. VERIFICATION TESTING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND WITNESSED AND DOCUMENTED BY THE COMMISSIONING AGENT. REFER TO SECTION 01 09 00, GENERAL COMMISSIONING, FOR SYSTEM VERIFICATION TESTS AND COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS. D.TRAINING OF THE OWNER'S OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL IS REQUIRED IN COOPERATION WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. THE INSTRUCTION SHALL BE SCHEDULED IN COORDINATION WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AFTER SUBMISSION AND APPROVAL OF FORMAL TRAINING PLANS. REFER TO SECTION 01 09 00, GENERAL COMMISSIONING, FOR CONTRACTOR TRAINING REQUIREMENTS. END OF SECTION 26 09 33 SW -O; DUAL TECHNOLOGY AUTOMATIC SENSOR WITH WALL SWITCH (STANDALONE): 1.WALL SWITCH WITH MANUAL ON/AUTO/OFF. 120/277 VAC LOAD LED. 20-MINUTE ADJUSTABLE OFF DELAY. DUAL TECHNOLOGY ULTRASONIC AND PIR COVERAGE OF MINOR MOTION IN 12' X 15' PATTERN AND VACANCY DETECTION IN AREA BASED ON HALF-STEP WALKING MOTION. SENSITIVITY ADJUSTMENTS SEPARATE FOR EACH SENSING TECHNOLOGY. 2.MANUFACTURERS: a.WATT STOPPER DW -100 SERIES b.HUBBELL LHMTS c.LEVITON ODSMT SERIES d.SENSOR SWITCH WSX-PDT SA SERIES e.COOPER OWN SERIES c.HB = HIGH-BAY 360 COVERAGE B.SW -1P; SINGLE POLE SWITCH: 1.SINGLE THROW, 120/277 VOLT, 20 AMP MAINTAINED CONTACT. TOGGLE HANDLE, SIDE AND BACK WIRED. 2.MANUFACTURERS: a.HUBBELL HBL1221 b.LEVITON 1221-2 c.PASS & SEYMOUR PS20AC1 d.COOPER AH1221 e.SENSOR SWITCH nPODM C.SW -3W; THREE-WAY SWITCH: 1.SINGLE THROW, 120/277 VOLT, 20 AMP MAINTAINED CONTACT. TOGGLE HANDLE, SIDE AND BACK WIRED. 2.MANUFACTURERS: a.HUBBELL HBL1223 b.LEVITON 1223-2 c.PASS & SEYMOUR PS20AC3 d.COOPER AH1223 e.SENSOR SWITCH nPODM c.(HB): HIGHBAY AUTOMATIC SENSOR: 20' TO 40' MOUNTING HEIGHT. MINIMUM 1.3:1 WALKING MOTION COVERAGE PATTERN TO HEIGHT RATIO. ADJUSTABLE SENSITIVITY AND TIME DELAY. SENSOR SHALL CONTROL ALL LUMINAIRES IN AREA. 1)MANUFACTURERS: a)WATT STOPPER HB-300 SERIES b)HUBBELL FHB 140 OR HMHB SERIES c)LEVITON OSFHU d)COOPER OEF-P SERIES No. Revisions Date pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 VESTI 1100 RECEP 1102 LOBBY 1101 VESTI 1104 TLPUB 1106 TLPUB 1105 STAIR ST01 VESTI 1103 TLPUB 1902 TLPUB 1904 TLPUB 1903 TLPUB 1905 WTAGN 1800 Room 1115 CORRD 1118 RECEP 1502 WTAGN 1500 WSGEN 1500AW02 WSGEN 1500AW01 VESEL 1108 _____01 E111 _____01 E112 _____01 E121 _____01 E122 '1PA5' -(E) '1PA2' -(E) '1PA1' -(E) '1PB2' -(E) '1LA' -(E) '1PA3' -(E) AREA OF WORK AREA OF WORK _____01 E300 _____02 E300 TE OLIRFFOAC LANRP E 23191 STA ER REGIST ED INA N REENIGE FO OISSE E AICLCERTL Exp. 06/30/26 MIRASOPHOCLISGEORGY IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"1/2" = 1'-0"3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0"3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25' 0 1'12' 0 1'6' 0 4' 0 3'1'0 2' 0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v ed . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t ed . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 3/32" = 1'-0" 11 / 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 6 : 0 0 : 0 3 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author E101 LEVEL 01 - ELECTRICAL PLAN - OVERALL 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 3/32" = 1'-0"01 LEVEL 01 - ELECTRICAL - OVERALL 0 4'8'2' No. Revisions Date pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 CORRD 2101 VESEL 2108 VESTI 2104 TLPUB 2106 TLPUB 2105 WTAGN 2123 CORRD 2126 CORRD 2100 _____01 E113 _____02 E113 _____01 E114 _____02 E114 '2PA1' -(E) '2PA5' -(E)'2LA' -(E) '2PA3' -(E) AREA OF WORK AREA OF WORK AREA OF WORK AREA OF WORK _____03 E123 _____04 E123 _____01 E123 AREA OF WORK _____02 E123 TE OLIRFFOAC LANRP E 23191 STA ER REGIST ED INA N REENIGE FO OISSE E AICLCERTL Exp. 06/30/26 MIRASOPHOCLISGEORGY IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"1/2" = 1'-0"3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0"3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25' 0 1'12' 0 1'6' 0 4' 0 3'1'0 2' 0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v ed . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t ed . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 3/32" = 1'-0" 11 / 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 6 : 0 0 : 0 8 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author E102 LEVEL 02 - ELECTRICAL PLAN - OVERALL 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 3/32" = 1'-0"01 LEVEL 02 - ELECTRICAL - REMODEL PLAN - OVERALL 0 4'8'2' No. Revisions Date pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 VESEL 3100 CORRD 3101 CORRD 3102 TLPUB 3104 TLPUB 3103 HALLW 3107 WTAGN 3108 _____01 E115 _____02 E115 '3PB2' -(E) '3PB1' -(E) AREA OF WORK AREA OF WORK AREA OF WORK_____01 E124 _____02 E124 TE OLIRFFOAC LANRP E 23191 STA ER REGIST ED INA N REENIGE FO OISSE E AICLCERTL Exp. 06/30/26 MIRASOPHOCLISGEORGY IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"1/2" = 1'-0"3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0"3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25' 0 1'12' 0 1'6' 0 4' 0 3'1'0 2' 0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v ed . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t ed . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 3/32" = 1'-0" 11 / 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 6 : 0 0 : 1 2 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author E103 LEVEL 03 - ELECTRICAL PLAN - OVERALL 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 3/32" = 1'-0"01 LEVEL 03 - ELECTRICAL - REMODEL PLAN - OVERALL 0 4'8'2' No. Revisions Date pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 VESTI 1100 RECEP 1102 LOBBY 1101 VESTI 1104 TLPUB 1106 TLPUB 1105 STAIR ST01 VESTI 1103 TLPUB 1902 TLPUB 1904 TLPUB 1903 TLPUB 1905 WTAGN 1800 Room 1115 CORRD 1118 RECEP 1502 WTAGN 1500 WSGEN 1500AW02 WSGEN 1500AW01 VESEL 1108 1LA-6 1LA-6 1LA-6 1LA-8 1LA-8 1LA-8 1LA-6 1LA-6 1LA-6 1LA-6 1LA-61LA-6 1LA-6 1LA-6 1LA-6 1LA-6 1LA-8 1LA-81LA-8 1LA-8 1LA-8 1LA-8 1LA-8 1LA-8 1LA-8 1LA-8 1LA-8 1LA-8 1LA-81LA-8 1LA-8 1LA-8 1LA-8 1LA-8 1LA-81LA-8 1LA-8 1LA-8 2LA-9 2LA-9 2LA-9 2LA-9 2LA-9 2LA-92LA-9 2LA-9 2LA-9 1LA-6 EM-4 EM-4 EM-4 EM-4 EM-4EM-4 EM-4 EM-4 EM-4 EM-5 EM-5 1LA-14 1LA-14 1LA-14 1LA-14 1LA-14 1LA-14 1LA-14 1LA-14 1LA-14 1LA-14 1LA-14 1LA-14 1LA-14 1LA-14 EM-2 EM-3 2LA-11 2LA-112LA-11 2LA-11 EM-3 2LA-11EM-3 2LA-11 2LA-11 EM-32LA-11 EM-3 EM-3 1LA-12 1LA-12 _____02 E300 _____05 E300 2 (TYP.) 2 (TYP.) 1 (TYP.) 1 (TYP.) 1 (TYP.) TE OLIRFFOAC LANRP E 23191 STA ER REGIST ED INA N REENIGE FO OISSE E AICLCERTL Exp. 06/30/26 MIRASOPHOCLISGEORGY IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"1/2" = 1'-0"3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0"3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25' 0 1'12' 0 1'6' 0 4' 0 3'1'0 2' 0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v ed . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t ed . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 3/16" = 1'-0" 11 / 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 6 : 0 0 : 1 5 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author E111 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED LIGHTING DEMOLITION PLAN 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 0 4'8'2' KEYNOTES: 1. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING 2X4 LIGHTING FIXTURES. EXISTING CONDUIT AND WIRING SHALL REMAIN AND BE RE-USED. 2. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING DOWNLIGHT FIXTURE AND ASSOCIATED CONDUIT AND WIRING BACK TO NEAREST JUNCTION BOX. 3/16" = 1'-0"01 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED LIGHTING DEMOLITION PLAN # No. Revisions Date pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 OC OC OC OC A D D OC A OC A OC A OC HB OC A OC A D {LD1}{LC1} {LC1} {LD1} {LS1}{LS1} {LS1} {LS1} {LC1} {LC1} VESTI 1100 RECEP 1102 LOBBY 1101 VESTI 1104 TLPUB 1106 TLPUB 1105 STAIR ST01 VESTI 1103 TLPUB 1902 TLPUB 1904 TLPUB 1903 TLPUB 1905 WTAGN 1800 Room 1115 CORRD 1118 RECEP 1502 WTAGN 1500 WSGEN 1500AW02 WSGEN 1500AW01 VESEL 1108 F1/c/1LA-6F1 F1/c/1LA-6F1 F1/c/1LA-6F1 F1/a/1LA-8F1 F1/a/1LA-8F1 F1/a/1LA-8F1 F1/d/1LA-6F1 F1/d/1LA-6F1 F1/d/1LA-6F1 F1/d/1LA-6F1 F1/d/1LA-6F1F1/d/1LA-6F1 F1/1LA-6F1 F1/c/1LA-6F1 F1/d/1LA-6F1 F1/d/1LA-6F1 L16/b/1LA-8L16 L23/b/1LA-8L23 L15/b/1LA-8L15 L18/b/1LA-8L18 1 (TYP.) F1/c/2LA-9F1 F1/c/2LA-9F1 F1/c/2LA-9F1F1/c/2LA-9F1 F1/c/2LA-9F1 F1/c/2LA-9F1 F1/f/EM-5F1 F1/f/EM-5F1 F1/f/1LA-14F1 F1/f/1LA-14F1 F1/f/1LA-14F1 F1/f/1LA-14F1 F1/f/1LA-14F1 F1/f/1LA-14F1F1/f/1LA-14F1 F1/f/1LA-14F1 F1/d/EM-4F1 F1/d/EM-4F1 F1/EM-4F1 F1/EM-4F1 F1/d/EM-4F1 F1/a/EM-4F1 F1/c/EM-4F1 F1/c/EM-4F1 F1/c/EM-4F1 1LA-81LA-8 1LA-81LA-8 1LA-8 2LA-9 2LA-9 2LA-9 1LA-6 1LA-14 1LA-14 1LA-14 1LA-14 1LA-14 1LA-14 EM-2 EM-3 2LA-11 2LA-112LA-11 2LA-11 EM-3 2LA-11EM-3 2LA-11 2LA-11 EM-32LA-11 EM-3 EM-3 1LA-12 1LA-12 _____03 E300 _____06 E300 2 2 2 2 1 (TYP.) 1 (TYP.) ab a b c d c c c d d f LOBBY 1101 TE OLIRFFOAC LANRP E 23191 STA ER REGIST ED INA N REENIGE FO OISSE E AICLCERTL Exp. 06/30/26 MIRASOPHOCLISGEORGY IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"1/2" = 1'-0"3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0"3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25' 0 1'12' 0 1'6' 0 4' 0 3'1'0 2' 0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v ed . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t ed . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 3/16" = 1'-0" 11 / 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 6 : 0 0 : 1 7 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author E112 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED LIGHTING REMODEL PLAN 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 0 4'8'2' KEYNOTES: 1. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW 2X4 LIGHTING FIXTURES AT SAME LOCATION OF DEMOLISHED LIGHTING FIXTURES. RE-CONNECT NEW LIGHTS TO EXISTING CIRCUIT, BUILDING TIMECLOCK CONTROL AND NEW LIGHTING SWITCHES AS SHOWN. 2. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW LINEAR SLOT LIGHTING FIXTURES, RE-CONNECT TO EXISTING CIRCUIT, BUILDING TIMECLOCK CONTROL, AND NEW LIGHTING SWITCHES AS SHOWN. 3/16" = 1'-0"01 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED LIGHTING PLAN # GENERAL NOTE: 1. CIRCUIT 1LA-6,8,14 SERVING CORRIDOR, RECEPTION, LOBBY AND WAITING AREA LIGHTS IS CONTROLLED VIA EXISTING AUTO TIMECLOCK CONTROL, WITH MANUAL BYPASS TIMECLOCK CONTROL SWITCH. ADDITIONAL MANUAL LIGHTING CONTROL & OCCUPANCY IS PROVIDED. 2. NET LOAD REDUCTION FOR CIRCUIT 1LA-6,8 & 14. No. Revisions Date pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 OC A OC A 3 3 3 OC OC OC A {LC1} {LS1}{LS1} {LC1} {LC1} CORRD 2101 VESEL 2108VESTI 2104 TLPUB 2106 TLPUB 2105 2LA-7 2LA-7 2LA-7 2LA-7 2LA-7 2LA-7 2LA-7 2LA-7 1 EM-2 2LA-7 2LA-7 EM-2 EM-2 EM-2 EM-2 EM-2 EM-2 EM-2 2LA-13 _____08 E300 (TYP.) CORRD 2101 730 SF VESEL 2108 64 SF VESTI 2104 118 SF TLPUB 2106 45 SF TLPUB 2105 74 SF F1/a/2LA-7F1 F1/a/2LA-7F1 F1/a/2LA-7F1 F1/a/2LA-7F1 F1/a/2LA-7F1 F1/a/2LA-7F1 F1/a/2LA-7F1 F1/a/2LA-7F1 F1/2LA-13F1 1 F1/a/EM-2F1 F1/a/EM-2F1 F1/EM-2F1 F1/a/EM-2F1 F1/a/EM-2F1 EM-2 2LA-7 2LA-7 EM-2 F1/EM-2F1_____07 E300 _____09 E300 (TYP.) a a a a a b CORRD 2100 302 SF TE OLIRFFOAC LANRP E 23191 STA ER REGIST ED INA N REENIGE FO OISSE E AICLCERTL Exp. 06/30/26 MIRASOPHOCLISGEORGY IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"1/2" = 1'-0"3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0"3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25' 0 1'12' 0 1'6' 0 4' 0 3'1'0 2' 0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v ed . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t ed . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 3/16" = 1'-0" 11 / 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 6 : 0 0 : 2 0 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author E113 LEVEL 02 - ENLARGED LIGHTING PLAN - AREA A 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 0 4'8'2' 0 4'8'2' DEMOLITION KEYNOTES: 1. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING 2X4 LIGHTING FIXTURES. EXISTING CONDUIT AND WIRING SHALL REMAIN AND BE RE-USED. REMODEL KEYNOTES: 1. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW 2X4 LIGHTING FIXTURES AT SAME LOCATION OF DEMOLISHED LIGHTING FIXTURES. RE-CONNECT NEW LIGHTS TO EXISTING CIRCUIT, BUILDING TIMECLOCK CONTROL AND NEW LIGHTING SWITCHES AS SHOWN. 3/16" = 1'-0"01 LEVEL 02 - ENLARGED LIGHTING DEMOLITION PLAN - AREA A 3/16" = 1'-0"02 LEVEL 02 - ENLARGED LIGHTING PLAN - AREA A # # GENERAL NOTE: 1. CIRCUIT 2LA-7 SERVING CORRIDOR AND LOBBY LIGHTS IS CONTROLLED VIA EXISTING AUTO TIMECLOCK CONTROL, WITH MANUAL BYPASS TIMECLOCK CONTROL SWITCH. ADDITIONAL MANUAL LIGHTING CONTROL & OCCUPANCY IS PROVIDED. 2. NET LOAD REDUCTION FOR CIRCUIT 2LA-7. No. Revisions Date pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 3 3 4 3 OC A OC A D OC D {LD1} {LC1} WTAGN 2123 CORRD 2126 CORRD 2100 2LA-7 2LA-7 2LA-7 2LA-7 2LA-7 2LA-7 2LA-7 2LA-7 2LA-7 2LA-5 2LA-5 2LA-52LA-5 2LA-5 2LA-5 2LA-5 2LA-52LA-52LA-5 2LA-5 2LA-5 2LA-52LA-5 2LA-5 EM-2 EM-2 EM-2 EM-2 EM-2 EM-2 1 (TYP.) 1 (TYP.) WTAGN 2123 1316 SF CORRD 2126 717 SF CORRD 2100 302 SF 1 F1/a/2LA-7F1 F1/a/2LA-7F1 F1/b/2LA-7F1 F1/b/2LA-7F1 F1/b/2LA-7F1 F1/c/2LA-7F1 F1/d/2LA-7F1F1/d/2LA-7F1 F1/c/2LA-7F1 F1/d/2LA-7F1 F1/c/2LA-7F1 F1/d/2LA-7F1F1/c/2LA-7F1F1/d/2LA-7F1 F1/c/2LA-7F1 F1/d/2LA-7F1 F1/c/2LA-7F1F1/d/2LA-7F1 F1/c/2LA-7F1 2LA-7 2LA-7 2LA-7 2LA-7 2LA-7 EM-2 EM-2 EM-2 F1/d/EM-2F1 F1/b/EM-2F1 F1/a/EM-2F1 F1/b/2LA-7F1 (TYP.) 1 (TYP.) b a b b c c,d d TE OLIRFFOAC LANRP E 23191 STA ER REGIST ED INA N REENIGE FO OISSE E AICLCERTL Exp. 06/30/26 MIRASOPHOCLISGEORGY IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"1/2" = 1'-0"3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0"3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25' 0 1'12' 0 1'6' 0 4' 0 3'1'0 2' 0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v ed . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t ed . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 3/16" = 1'-0" 11 / 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 6 : 0 0 : 2 1 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author E114 LEVEL 02 - ENLARGED LIGHTING PLAN - AREA B 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 0 4'8'2' 0 4'8'2' 3/16" = 1'-0"01 LEVEL 02 - ENLARGED LIGHTING DEMOLITION PLAN - AREA B 3/16" = 1'-0"02 LEVEL 02 - ENLARGED LIGHTING PLAN - AREA B DEMOLITION KEYNOTES: 1. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING 2X4 LIGHTING FIXTURES. EXISTING CONDUIT AND WIRING SHALL REMAIN AND BE RE-USED. REMODEL KEYNOTES: 1. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW 2X4 LIGHTING FIXTURES AT SAME LOCATION OF DEMOLISHED LIGHTING FIXTURES. RE-CONNECT NEW LIGHTS TO EXISTING CIRCUIT, BUILDING TIMECLOCK CONTROL AND NEW LIGHTING SWITCHES AS SHOWN. # # GENERAL NOTE: 1. CIRCUIT 2LA-7 SERVING CORRIDOR AND LOBBY LIGHTS IS CONTROLLED VIA EXISTING AUTO TIMECLOCK CONTROL, WITH MANUAL BYPASS TIMECLOCK CONTROL SWITCH. ADDITIONAL MANUAL LIGHTING CONTROL & OCCUPANCY IS PROVIDED. 2. NET LOAD REDUCTION FOR CIRCUIT 2LA-7. No. Revisions Date pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 OCOC OC OC D D 3 3 OC {LD1} {LS1} {LS1} VESEL 3100 CORRD 3101 CORRD 3102 TLPUB 3104 TLPUB 3103 HALLW 3107 WTAGN 3108 1 EM-1 2LA-2 2LA-2 EM-1 2LA-2 EM-1 2LA-2 2LA-2 EM-1 EM-1EM-1 2LA-2 EM-83LB-3 3LB-3 3LB-3 3LB-3 3LB-3 3LB-3 3LB-33LB-33LB-33LB-3EM-8 3LB-3 3LB-3 3LB-3 EM-8 3LB-3 3LB-33LB-33LB-33LB-33LB-3 _____11 E300 1 (TYP.) VESEL 3100 66 SF CORRD 3101 658 SF CORRD 3102 113 SF TLPUB 3104 47 SF TLPUB 3103 74 SF HALLW 3107 155 SF WTAGN 3108 1452 SF1 EM-1 2LA-2 2LA-2 EM-1 2LA-2 EM-1 2LA-2 2LA-2 EM-1 EM-1EM-1 2LA-2 EM-83LB-3 F1/a/3LB-3F1 F1/b/3LB-3F1 F1/a/3LB-3F1 F1/b/3LB-3F1 F1/a/3LB-3F1 F1/b/3LB-3F1F1/a/3LB-3F1F1/b/3LB-3F1F1/a/3LB-3F1F1/b/EM-8F1 F1/a/3LB-3F1 F1/b/3LB-3F1 F1/a/3LB-3F1 F1/b/EM-8F1 F1/a/3LB-3F1 F1/b/3LB-3F1F1/a/3LB-3F1F1/b/3LB-3F1F1/a/3LB-3F1F1/b/3LB-3F1 _____12 E300 _____10 E300 (TYP.) a b a,b TE OLIRFFOAC LANRP E 23191 STA ER REGIST ED INA N REENIGE FO OISSE E AICLCERTL Exp. 06/30/26 MIRASOPHOCLISGEORGY IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"1/2" = 1'-0"3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0"3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25' 0 1'12' 0 1'6' 0 4' 0 3'1'0 2' 0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v ed . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t ed . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 3/16" = 1'-0" 11 / 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 6 : 0 0 : 2 3 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author E115 LEVEL 03 - ENLARGED LIGHTING PLAN 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 0 4'8'2' 0 4'8'2' 3/16" = 1'-0"01 LEVEL 03 - ENLARGED LIGHTING DEMOLITION PLAN 3/16" = 1'-0"02 LEVEL 03 - ENLARGED LIGHTING PLAN DEMOLITION KEYNOTES: 1. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING 2X4 LIGHTING FIXTURES. EXISTING CONDUIT AND WIRING SHALL REMAIN AND BE RE-USED. REMODEL KEYNOTES: 1. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW 2X4 LIGHTING FIXTURES AT SAME LOCATION OF DEMOLISHED LIGHTING FIXTURES. RE-CONNECT NEW LIGHTS TO EXISTING CIRCUIT, BUILDING TIMECLOCK CONTROL AND NEW LIGHTING SWITCHES AS SHOWN. # # GENERAL NOTE: 1. CIRCUIT 3LB-3 SERVING WAITING AREA LIGHTS IS CONTROLLED VIA EXISTING AUTO TIMECLOCK CONTROL, WITH MANUAL BYPASS TIMECLOCK CONTROL SWITCH. ADDITIONAL MANUAL LIGHTING CONTROL & OCCUPANCY IS PROVIDED. 2. NET LOAD REDUCTION FOR CIRCUIT 3LB-3. No. Revisions Date pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 E E VESTI 1100 RECEP 1102 LOBBY 1101 VESTI 1104 TLPUB 1106 TLPUB 1105 STAIR ST01 VESTI 1103 TLPUB 1902 TLPUB 1904 TLPUB 1903 TLPUB 1905 WTAGN 1800 Room 1115 CORRD 1118 RECEP 1502 WTAGN 1500 WSGEN 1500AW02 WSGEN 1500AW01 VESEL 1108 1 2 2 TE OLIRFFOAC LANRP E 23191 STA ER REGIST ED INA N REENIGE FO OISSE E AICLCERTL Exp. 06/30/26 MIRASOPHOCLISGEORGY IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"1/2" = 1'-0"3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0"3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25' 0 1'12' 0 1'6' 0 4' 0 3'1'0 2' 0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v ed . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t ed . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 3/16" = 1'-0" 11 / 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 6 : 0 0 : 2 6 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author E121 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED POWER DEMOLITION PLAN 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 3/16" = 1'-0"01 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED POWER DEMOLITION PLAN 0 4'8'2' KEYNOTES: 1. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING RECEPTACLE AND DATA DEVICE TO NEW LOCATION. REFER TO REMODEL PLAN. 2. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ELECTRICAL CONNECTION ASSOCIATED WITH REMOVAL OF MODULAR FURNITURE WITH CONDUIT AND WIRES BACK TO SOURCE. # No. Revisions Date pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 VESTI 1100 RECEP 1102 LOBBY 1101 VESTI 1104 STAIR ST01 VESTI 1103 TLPUB 1902 TLPUB 1904 TLPUB 1903 TLPUB 1905 WTAGN 1800 Room 1115 CORRD 1118 RECEP 1502 WTAGN 1500 WSGEN 1500AW02 WSGEN 1500AW01 VESEL 1108 _____01 E300 _____04 E300 1PA1-13 1PA1-13 1PA1-15 1PA1-17 1PA1-17 1PA1-15 1PA1-13,15,17 1 TE OLIRFFOAC LANRP E 23191 STA ER REGIST ED INA N REENIGE FO OISSE E AICLCERTL Exp. 06/30/26 MIRASOPHOCLISGEORGY IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"1/2" = 1'-0"3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0"3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25' 0 1'12' 0 1'6' 0 4' 0 3'1'0 2' 0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v ed . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t ed . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 3/16" = 1'-0" 2/ 1 0 / 2 0 2 6 1 1 : 5 7 : 2 1 A M 01/23/2026 Checker Author E122 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED POWER REMODEL PLAN 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 3/16" = 1'-0"01 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED POWER PLAN 0 4'8'2' KEYNOTES: 1. RELOCATED RECEPTACLE. EXTEND EXISTING CONDUIT AND W IRES. # No. Revisions Date 10 0 % C D S E T pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l 02/25/2026 Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 E J E J J 3R E 3R3R E J 3R 3 (E) 1 6 4 5 2 4 TE OLIRFFOAC LANRP E 23191 STA ER REGIST ED INA N REENIGE FO OISSE E AICLCERTL Exp. 06/30/26 MIRASOPHOCLISGEORGY IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"1/2" = 1'-0"3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0"3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25' 0 1'12' 0 1'6' 0 4' 0 3'1'0 2' 0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v ed . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t ed . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 1/4" = 1'-0" 11 / 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 6 : 0 0 : 2 9 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author E123 LEVEL 02 - ENLARGED POWER PLAN 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR No. Revisions Date 0 4'8'2' 0 4'8'2' 0 4'8'2' 0 4'8'2' 1/4" = 1'-0"01 LEVEL 02 - ENLARGED - EAST SIGNAGE DEMO PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0"03 LEVEL 02 - ENLARGED - NORTH SIGNAGE DEMO PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0"02 LEVEL 02 - ENLARGED - EAST SIGNAGE REMODEL PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0"04 LEVEL 02 - ENLARGED - NORTH SIGNAGE REMODEL PLAN KEYNOTES: 1. EXTERIOR SIGNAGE TO BE REMOVED. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTION AND ASSOCIATED WIRING BACK TO NEAREST JUNCTION BOX. EXISTING CIRCUIT AND CONDUIT 2. CONNECT NEW EXTERIOR SIGNAGE TO THE SAME CIRCUIT PREVIOUSLY FEEDING REMOVED EXTERIOR SIGNAGE, EXTEND CONDUIT AND WIRING AS REQUIRED. NEW EXTERIOR SIGNAGE SHALL BE CONTROL VIA EXISTING TIMECLOCK CONTROL LOCATED IN ELECTRICAL ROOM 1401. 3. EXTERIOR SIGNAGE TO BE REMOVED. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTION, CONDUIT AND WIRING BACK TO NEAREST JUNCTION BOX. EXISTING CIRCUIT TO BE RE-USED TO FEED NEW EXTERIOR SIGNAGE AT NEW LOCATION. 4. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEMA 3R SWITCH FOR EXTERIOR SIGNAGE. 5. POWER CONNECTION TO NEW EXTERIOR SIGNAGE. 6. CONNECT TO EXISTING EXTERIOR SIGNAGE CIRCUIT PREVIOUSLY FEEDING REMOVED EXTERIOR SIGNAGE. NEW EXTERIOR SIGNAGE SHALL BE CONTROL VIA EXISTING TIMECLOCK CONTROL LOCATED IN ELECTRICAL ROOM 1401. # TO REMAIN. pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 E E J 3R 1 2 3 3PB2 -41 TE OLIRFFOAC LANRP E 23191 STA ER REGIST ED INA N REENIGE FO OISSE E AICLCERTL Exp. 06/30/26 MIRASOPHOCLISGEORGY IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"1/2" = 1'-0"3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0"3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25' 0 1'12' 0 1'6' 0 4' 0 3'1'0 2' 0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v ed . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t ed . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 1/4" = 1'-0" 11 / 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 6 : 0 0 : 2 9 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author E124 LEVEL 03 - ENLARGED POWER PLAN 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 0 4'8'2'0 4'8'2' No. Revisions Date 1/4" = 1'-0"01 LEVEL 03 - ENLARGED - NORTHWEST SIGNAGE DEMO PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0"02 LEVEL 03 - ENLARGED - SOUTHWEST SIGNAGE REMODEL PLAN KEYNOTES: 1. EXTERIOR SIGNAGE TO BE REMOVED. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTION WITH ASSOCIATED SWITCH, CONDUIT AND WIRING SWITCHES BACK TO SOURCE. 2. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEMA 3R SWITCH FOR EXTERIOR SIGNAGE. 3. POWER CONNECTION TO NEW EXTERIOR SIGNAGE. 4. ROUTED VIA EXISTING TIMECLOCK CONTROL LOCATED IN ELECTRICAL ROOM 3320. # pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J OCOC OCOC S S S S OC OC S S O O {LS1}{LS1} O O S S S S {LS1}{LS1} O O S S {LS1} {LS1} JJ J J J J OC OC S S O O S S {LS1} {LS1} {LC1} TLPUB 1902 TLPUB 1904 Room 1115 2(TYP. 6) 1PB2-17 17 17 1717 1LB-3 1LB-3 1 (TYP. 2) TLPUB 2106TLPUB 2105 24 24 24 24 2(TYP.6) 2PA1-242LA-13 2LA-13 1 (TYP. 2) CORRD 3101 TLPUB 3104 TLPUB 3103 2 (TYP. 6) 2PA3-1 1 1 1 1 2LA-2 1 (TYP. 2) 2LA-2 3 3 1LB-3 1LB-3 2LA-13 2LA-13 33 2LA-2 2LA-2 33 D1/1LB-3D1 D1/1LB-3D1 4 D1/2LA-13D1 D1/2LA-13D1 D1/2LA-13D1 4 D1/2LA-2D1 D1/2LA-2D1 D1/2LA-2D1 4 1PA3-31 31 31 31 31 2 (TYP.6) 1LA-6 1LA-6 1 (TYP. 2) 1LA-6 1LA-6 3 3 D1/1LA-6D1 D1/1LA-6D1 D1/1LA-6D1 4 TE OLIRFFOAC LANRP E 23191 STA ER REGIST ED INA N REENIGE FO OISSE E AICLCERTL Exp. 06/30/26 MIRASOPHOCLISGEORGY IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"1/2" = 1'-0"3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0"3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25' 0 1'12' 0 1'6' 0 4' 0 3'1'0 2' 0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v ed . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t ed . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 1/4" = 1'-0" 11 / 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 6 : 0 0 : 3 1 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author E300 ELECTRICAL ENLARGED PLANS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR 1/4" = 1'-0"01 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED POWER PLAN - 1904 & 1902 RESTROOMS 1/4" = 1'-0"07 LEVEL 02 - ENLARGED POWER PLAN - 2105 & 2106 RESTROOMS 1/4" = 1'-0"10 LEVEL 03 - ENLARGED POWER PLAN - 3103 & 3104 RESTROOMS KEYNOTES:# 1. ILLUMINATED MIRROR; MANUFACTURER MODEL #SAR3-24.00X42.00-LSE-30K. PROVIDE 277 VOLTAGE. CONNECT MIRROR TO EXISTING LIGHTING CIRCUIT AND LIGHTING CONTROLS AS SHOWN. 2. LOCATE 4S JUNCTION BOX ABOVE FINISHED CEILING. PROVIDE AND INSTALL 1/2" C.O. BETWEEN ABOVE CEILING 4S BOX AND PLUMBING FIXTURE FOR LOW VOLTAGE CABLE INSTALLATION BY OTHERS. 3. EXISTING WALL MOUNT FIRE ALARM DEVICE, CEILING MOUNT SPEAKER / SMOKE DETECTOR TO BE REMOVED AND RE-INSTALLED TO ACCOMMODATE CEILING/WALL RENOVATION WORK. CONNECT DEVICE BACK TO EXISTING CIRCUIT. 4. CONNECT TO EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE CIRCUIT PREVIOUSLY FEEDING DEMOLISHED LIGHT FIXTURE. 1/4" = 1'-0"02 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED LIGHTING DEMO PLAN - 1904 & 1902 RESTROOMS 1/4" = 1'-0"08 LEVEL 02 - ENLARGED LIGHTING DEMO PLAN - 2105 & 2106 RESTROOMS 1/4" = 1'-0"11 LEVEL 03 - ENLARGED LIGHTING DEMO PLAN - 3103 & 3104 RESTROOMS 1/4" = 1'-0"03 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED LIGHTING REMODEL PLAN - 1904 & 1902 RESTROOMS 1/4" = 1'-0"09 LEVEL 02 - ENLARGED LIGHTING REMODEL PLAN - 2105 & 2106 RESTROOMS 1/4" = 1'-0"12 LEVEL 03 - ENLARGED LIGHTING REMODEL PLAN - 3103 & 3104 RESTROOMS 1/4" = 1'-0"04 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED POWER PLAN - 1105 & 1106 RESTROOMS 1/4" = 1'-0"05 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED LIGHTING DEMO PLAN - 1105 & 1106 RESTROOMS 1/4" = 1'-0"06 LEVEL 01 - ENLARGED LIGHTING REMODEL PLAN - 1105 & 1106 RESTROOMS No. Revisions Date pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 FIRST FLOOR SECOND FLOOR THIRD FLOOR DIST. BOARD 'DBA' -(E) 1200A, 480/277V, 3Ø, 4W 400A 3P TO MAIN SWBD 'MSA' -(E) 2-1/2"C., 3#4/0 XFMR '1LA' -(E) 150 KVA 480:120/208V '1PA1' -(E) 400A '1LA' - (E) '1PA3' - (E)'1PA2' - (E)'1PA5' - (E) 400A 3P XFMR '2LA' -(E) 150 KVA 480:120/208V '2PA1' -(E) 400A '2LA' - (E) '2PA3' - (E)'2PA2' - (E)'2PA5' - (E) DIST. BOARD 'DBB' -(E) 1200A, 480/277V, 3Ø, 4W, 42 KAIC 400A 3P TO MAIN SWBD 'MSA' -(E) XFMR '1LB' -(E) 112.5 KVA 480:120/208V '1PB1' -(E) 400A '1LB' - (E) '1PB2' - (E) 225A 3P XFMR '3PB' -(E) 150 KVA 480:120/208V '3PB1' -(E) 400A '3LB' - (E) '3PB2' - (E) '3PB3' - (E) 400A 3P XFMR '2LA' -(E) 150 KVA 480:120/208V '2PB1' -(E) 400A '2LB' - (E) '2PB2' - (E) '2PB3' - (E) 4"C., 4#500 2"C., 4#2 4"C., 4#500 2"C., 4#2 2-1/2"C., 3#4/0 4"C., 4#500 4"C., 4#500 2"C., 3#2/0 4"C., 4#500 2"C., 4#1 4"C., 4#500 4"C., 4#500 2"C., 4#1 2-1/2"C., 3#4/0 4"C., 4#500 3"C., 4#4/0 2"C., 4#1 2-1/2"C., 3#4/0 4"C., 4#500 AREA OF WORK AREA OF WORK AREA OF WORK AREA OF WORK AREA OF WORK AREA OF WORK AREA OF WORK AREA OF WORK AREA OF WORK A B C A B B T-BAR CEILING MEMBERS MINIMUM 12 GAUGE SPLAY WIRE AT 45 DIAGONAL FROM OPPOSITE FIXTURE CORNERS (TWO PER FIXTURE) TO STRUCTURE. ATTACH DIRECTLY TO FIXTURE WITH 3 TIGHT TURNS MINIMUM, IN 1 1/2" MAXIMUM. SET WIRE SLIGHTLY SLACK TO ALLOW FULL SEATING INTO T-BAR. B POSITIVELY ATTACH FIXTURE TO T-BAR WITH LOCKING T-BAR CLIP RATED FOR 56 POUNDS OR METAL SCREW THROUGH T-BAR INTO FIXTURE AT OPPOSITE CORNERS. ATTACH WIRE TO FIXTURE. 3 TIGHT TURNS MINIMUM, IN 1-1/2" MAXIMUM. FOR FIXTURES WEIGHING 56 POUNDS OR MORE C 12 GAUGE SUPPORT WIRES WITH THREE TIGHT TURNS, IN 1 1/2" MAXIMUM AT EACH END. ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ABOVE PER CEILING SUSPENSION DETAILS (4 PER FIXTURE) RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTURE PER DRAWING AND SCHEDULE. FOUR (4) #12 GA. WIRE ATTACHED TO FIXTURE AND STRUCTURE, ONE PER OPPOSITE CORNER, MAIN RUNNER NOTES: FOR FIXTURES WIGHTING 56 POUNDS OR LESS NOTES: 1. PROVIDE SUPPORTS @ 10'-0"oc MAX SPACING, AND 2'-0" MAX FROM ENDS OF CONDUIT RUN AND LOCATIONS WHERE CONDUIT CHANGES DIRECTION (EACH SIDE OF BEND). 2. 1-1/4" EMT CONDUIT WEIGHS 2.3 LBS PER FT OF RUN (INCLUDING WEIGHT OF CONDUCTORS INSIDE THE CONDUIT). THE WEIGHT IS 5 LBS PER FT OR LESS (2019 CBC, 1617A.I.18 ASCE 7, SECTION 13.1.4, EXEMPTION 3b), THEREFORE IT IS EXEMPT FROM SEISMIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS (BRACING NOT REQUIRED). WITH HANGERS AT 10'-O" OC MAX, THE WEIGHT PER HANGER (SUPPORTING 1-1/4" EMT CONDUIT) IS 23 LBS, WHICH IS LESS THAN THE HANGER CAPACITY (70 LBS), AND IS LESS THAN 50 LBS PER HANGER (1617A.1.24 ASCE 7, SECTION 13.6.5, EXCEPTION 1b). CADDY K16 OR K20 INSTALL THE 0.145"Ø (0.300-INCH HEAD DRIVE PIN) WITH 1-1/2" EMBED INTO LOW FLUTE OF (E) 2-1/2" THK NWC (F'c=4,000 PSI) OVER 2" STEEL DECK PER ICC ESR-2024. STIFFY 102-02-01-3-02-XX" (1-1/2" PIN, 1/4" THREADED ROD) SINGLE CONDUIT LWC/NWC OVER 20GA. MIN., METAL DECK. J-BOX FOR 120-24V VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER MOUNT J-BOX ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE 3/4" C.O. CONCEALED IN WALL FOR LOW VOLTAGE FLUSH VALVE SENSOR WIRING CONNECTION CONDUIT TO PANEL 3/4" C.O. CONCEALED IN WALL FOR LOW VOLTAGE FAUCET SENSOR WIRING CONNECTION TYPE AC CABLE WHIP 3/4"C, 3#12 TO (E) 277V POWER TE OLIRFFOAC LANRP E 23191 STA ER REGIST ED INA N REENIGE FO OISSE E AICLCERTL Exp. 06/30/26 MIRASOPHOCLISGEORGY IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"1/2" = 1'-0"3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0"3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25' 0 1'12' 0 1'6' 0 4' 0 3'1'0 2' 0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v ed . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t ed . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. As indicated 11 / 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 6 : 0 0 : 3 1 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author E400 PARTIAL SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM & ELECTRICAL DETAILS 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR NTS01PARTIAL SINGLE LINE DIAGRAMS NTS02RECESSED LAY-IN CEILING FIXTURE MOUNTING DETAIL NTS033/4 AND 1 INCH EMT - CONDUIT SUPPORT DETAIL NTS04RESTROOM TYP TRANSFORMER LOCATION No. Revisions Date pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 TE OLIRFFOAC LANRP E 23191 STA ER REGIST ED INA N REENIGE FO OISSE E AICLCERTL Exp. 06/30/26 MIRASOPHOCLISGEORGY IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"1/2" = 1'-0"3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0"3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25' 0 1'12' 0 1'6' 0 4' 0 3'1'0 2' 0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v ed . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t ed . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 11 / 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 6 : 0 0 : 3 1 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author E500 PANEL SCHEDULES & LOAD SUMMARIES 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR CIRCUIT KEY NOTES:1. EXISTING LOAD TO REMAIN. 2. EXISTING CIRCUIT WITH NET LOAD ADDITION. *TOTAL DEMAND CALCS SUBTRACT ANY REDUNDANT LOAD AND THE SMALLER OF ANY NONCOINCIDENT HVAC LOADS. THIS CALC IS DONE AT EACH PANEL. TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND AMPS:79 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS:78.97 A Spare 27.53 kVA 100.00% 27.53 kVA TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND LOAD:28.45 kVA Receptacles 0.72 kVA 100.00% 0.72 kVA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD:28.45 kVA Power 0.2 kVA 100.00% 0.2 kVA LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR ESTIMATED DEMAND TOTALS* LOAD SUMMARY Total Amps:80.70 81.53 76.08 Total Load:9.61 kVA 9.71 kVA 9.13 kVA -- 41 ELECT. RM 20 1 -- -- -- 0.5 1.08 -- -- -- 1 20 PHARMACY 42 -- -- 39 PHARMACY 20 1 -- -- -- 0.54 1.08 -- -- -- 1 20 PHARMACY 40 -- -- 37 MAT'L MAN 20 1 -- -- -- 0.5 1.08 -- -- -- 1 20 PHARMACY 38 -- -- 35 PHARMACY 20 1 -- -- -- 0.36 1.08 -- -- -- 1 20 PHARMACY 36 -- -- 33 MAN'L MAN 20 1 -- -- -- 0.9 1.08 -- -- -- 1 20 PHARMACY 34 -- 2 31 SENSOR RR 1105,1106 + (E) RECEPT 20 1 12 12 12 0.92 1.08 -- -- -- 1 20 PHARMACY 32 -- -- 29 FACP 20 1 -- -- -- 0.7 0.72 -- -- -- 1 20 PHARMACY 30 -- -- 27 EDF 20 1 -- -- -- 0.7 0.72 -- -- -- 1 20 PHARMACY 28 -- -- 25 EDF 20 1 -- -- -- 0.7 0.72 -- -- -- 1 20 PHARMACY 26 -- -- 23 ELEVATORS 20 1 -- -- -- 0.5 0.75 -- -- -- 1 20 PHARMACY 24 -- -- 21 ELEVATORS 20 1 -- -- -- 0.5 0.75 -- -- -- 1 20 PHARMACY 22 -- -- 19 ELEVATORS 20 1 -- -- -- 0.5 0.75 -- -- -- 1 20 PHARMACY 20 -- -- 17 ELEVATORS 20 1 -- -- -- 0.5 0.72 -- -- -- 1 20 PHARMACY 18 -- -- 15 ELEVATORS 20 1 -- -- -- 0.5 0.72 -- -- -- 1 20 PHARMACY 16 -- -- 13 ELEVATORS 20 1 -- -- -- 0.5 0.86 -- -- -- 1 20 PHARMACY 14 -- -- 11 ELEVATORS 20 1 -- -- -- 0.5 0.72 -- -- -- 1 20 PHARMACY 12 -- -- 9 SPRINKLER 20 1 -- -- -- 0.5 0.72 -- -- -- 1 20 PHARMACY 10 -- -- 7 SIGNS 20 1 -- -- -- 0.5 0.5 -- -- -- 1 20 FA CABINET 8 -- -- 5 SIGNS 20 1 -- -- -- 0.5 0.5 -- -- -- 1 20 PAGING 6 -- -- 3 SIGNS 20 1 -- -- -- 0.5 0.5 -- -- -- 1 20 NURSE CALL 4 -- -- 1 SIGNS 20 1 -- -- -- 0.5 0.5 -- -- -- 1 20 NURSE CALL 2 -- K E Y CKT NO.LOAD DESCRIPTION OCPD AMPS P WIRE SIZE H N G A B C WIRE SIZE G N H OCPD P AMPS LOAD DESCRIPTION CKT NO. K E Y NOTES: ISC UNKNOWN 0.00 kA SCCR:Existing LOCATION:ELEC. ROOM WIRE:4 FED FROM:PNL '1PA1' - (E)GROUND BUS PHASE:3 ENCLOSURE:NEMA 1 SOLID NEUTRAL VOLTS:120/208 Wye MOUNTING:SURFACE SINGLE TUB MAIN:100 MLO PANEL '1PA3' - (E) CIRCUIT KEY NOTES:1. EXISTING LOAD TO REMAIN. 2. EXISTING CIRCUIT WITH NET LOAD ADDITION. *TOTAL DEMAND CALCS SUBTRACT ANY REDUNDANT LOAD AND THE SMALLER OF ANY NONCOINCIDENT HVAC LOADS. THIS CALC IS DONE AT EACH PANEL. TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND AMPS:82.7 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS:82.66 A Spare 28.68 kVA 100.00% 28.68 kVA TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND LOAD:29.78 kVA Receptacles 0.9 kVA 100.00% 0.9 kVA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD:29.78 kVA Power 0.2 kVA 100.00% 0.2 kVA LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR ESTIMATED DEMAND TOTALS* LOAD SUMMARY Total Amps:79.67 86.72 82.55 Total Load:9.56 kVA 10.36 kVA 9.86 kVA 41 0 0 42 39 0 1 40-- 37 PANEL '2PA3' - (E)100 3 -- -- -- 0 1 -- -- -- 3 100 PANEL '2PA2' - (E) 38 -- -- 35 WEIGH IN 2221 & NC 20 1 -- -- -- 1.5 1 -- -- -- 1 20 2224 COPIER / S MASK 36 -- -- 33 COPY MACHINE 20 1 -- -- -- 0.7 1 -- -- -- 1 20 CORR. PRIMARY CARE 34 -- -- 31 RM 2324 RECEPT 20 1 -- -- -- 0 1 -- -- -- 1 20 NURSE STATION 32 -- 29 0 1.08 -- -- -- 1 20 RM 2219, 2225 MED ASSIS 30 -- 27 0 1.08 -- -- -- 1 20 RM 2218, 2226 MED ASSIS 28 ---- 25 PANEL '2PA5' - (E)100 3 -- -- -- 0 1.08 -- -- -- 1 20 OFFICE 26 -- -- 23 SHRED 2115 & COMP 20 1 -- -- -- 0.7 1.1 12 12 12 1 20 SENSOR RR 2105,2106 + (E) RECEPT 24 2 -- 21 EDF 20 1 -- -- -- 0.7 1.08 -- -- -- 1 20 EXAM ROOM 2217 22 -- -- 19 BREAK 20 1 -- -- -- 1 1.08 -- -- -- 1 20 RM 2213, 2214 MED FRIDGE 20 -- -- 17 BREAK 20 1 -- -- -- 1 1.26 -- -- -- 1 20 OFFICE 2212 18 -- -- 15 BREAK 20 1 -- -- -- 1 1.08 -- -- -- 1 20 OFFICE 2211 16 -- -- 13 BREAK 20 1 -- -- -- 1 0.9 -- -- -- 1 20 OFFICE 2210 14 -- -- 11 BREAK 20 1 -- -- -- 1 0.72 -- -- -- 1 20 OFFICE 2209 12 -- -- 9 BREAK 20 1 -- -- -- 1 0.72 -- -- -- 1 20 OFFICE 2208 10 -- -- 7 3RD FLOOR SIGN 20 1 -- -- -- 0.5 1 -- -- -- 1 20 RM 2319 MED FRIDGE 8 -- -- 5 3RD FLOOR SIGN 20 1 -- -- -- 0.5 0 6 -- 3 RM 2019 EMS PANEL 20 1 -- -- -- 1 0 4 -- 1 CONFERENCE 20 1 -- -- -- 1 0 -- -- -- 3 100 PANEL '2PA4' - (E) 2 -- K E Y CKT NO.LOAD DESCRIPTION OCPD AMPS P WIRE SIZE H N G A B C WIRE SIZE G N H OCPD P AMPS LOAD DESCRIPTION CKT NO. K E Y NOTES: ISC UNKNOWN 0.00 kA SCCR:Existing LOCATION:EQELC RM 2320 WIRE:4 FED FROM:XFMR '2LA' - (E)GROUND BUS PHASE:3 ENCLOSURE:NEMA 1 SOLID NEUTRAL VOLTS:120/208 Wye MOUNTING:SURFACE SINGLE TUB MAIN:400 MCB PANEL '2PA1' - (E) CIRCUIT KEY NOTES:1. EXISTING LOAD TO REMAIN. 2. EXISTING CIRCUIT WITH NET LOAD ADDITION. *TOTAL DEMAND CALCS SUBTRACT ANY REDUNDANT LOAD AND THE SMALLER OF ANY NONCOINCIDENT HVAC LOADS. THIS CALC IS DONE AT EACH PANEL. TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND AMPS:82.2 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS:82.15 A Spare 28.856 kVA 100.00% 28.856 kVA TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND LOAD:29.596 kVA Receptacles 0.54 kVA 100.00% 0.54 kVA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD:29.60 kVA Power 0.2 kVA 100.00% 0.2 kVA LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR ESTIMATED DEMAND TOTALS* LOAD SUMMARY Total Amps:81.26 86.13 79.67 Total Load:9.73 kVA 10.31 kVA 9.56 kVA -- 41 SPACE -- 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 --SPACE 42 -- -- 39 SFD 20 1 -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- 1 20 FIRE ALARM 40 -- -- 37 SPACE -- 1 -- -- -- -- 0 -- -- -- 1 20 TIME CLOCK 38 -- -- 35 ICE MAKER 20 1 -- -- -- 0.75 0.78 -- -- -- 1 20 FUT PROC 36 -- -- 33 EF-2 20 1 -- -- -- 0.48 1.5 -- -- -- 1 20 FUT PROC 34 -- -- 31 EF-3 20 1 -- -- -- 0.58 0.75 -- -- -- 1 20 ICE MAKER 32 -- -- 29 EF-4 20 1 -- -- -- 0.5 1.5 -- -- -- 1 20 PROCEDURE 30 -- -- 27 PROCEDURE 20 1 -- -- -- 0.72 1.5 -- -- -- 1 20 PROCEDURE 28 -- -- 25 PROCEDURE 20 1 -- -- -- 1.08 0.9 -- -- -- 1 20 PROCEDURE 26 -- -- 23 PROCEDURE 20 1 -- -- -- 0.72 0.72 -- -- -- 1 20 PROCEDURE 24 -- -- 21 PROCEDURE 20 1 -- -- -- 0.72 0.72 -- -- -- 1 20 PROCEDURE 22 -- -- 19 PROCEDURE 20 1 -- -- -- 1.3 0.9 -- -- -- 1 20 PROCEDURE 20 -- -- 17 ROLL DRS 20 1 -- -- -- 0.5 0.72 -- -- -- 1 20 PROCEDURE 18 -- -- 15 CATV 20 1 -- -- -- 0.36 0.9 -- -- -- 1 20 PROCEDURE 16 -- -- 13 SFD 20 1 -- -- -- 0.5 0.72 -- -- -- 1 20 PROCEDURE 14 -- -- 11 SPARE 20 1 -- -- -- 0.5 0.72 -- -- -- 1 20 PROCEDURE 12 -- -- 9 ROOF 20 1 -- -- -- 0.54 0.72 -- -- -- 1 20 PROCEDURE 10 -- -- 7 B1, WH-1 20 1 -- -- -- 0.5 1.26 -- -- -- 1 20 PROCEDURE 8 -- -- 5 EF-1B 20 1 -- -- -- 1.65 0.5 -- -- -- 1 20 HVAC CONTL 6 -- -- 3 EF-1A 20 1 -- -- -- 1.65 0.5 -- -- -- 1 20 HVAC CONTL 4 -- 2 1 SENSOR RR 3103,3104 + (E) RECEPT 20 1 12 12 12 0.74 0.5 -- -- -- 1 20 HVAC CONTL 2 -- K E Y CKT NO.LOAD DESCRIPTION OCPD AMPS P WIRE SIZE H N G A B C WIRE SIZE G N H OCPD P AMPS LOAD DESCRIPTION CKT NO. K E Y NOTES: ISC UNKNOWN 0.00 kA SCCR:Existing LOCATION:EQELC RM 2320 WIRE:4 FED FROM:PNL '2PA1' - (E)GROUND BUS PHASE:3 ENCLOSURE:NEMA 1 SOLID NEUTRAL VOLTS:120/208 Wye MOUNTING:SURFACE SINGLE TUB MAIN:125 MLO PANEL '2PA3' - (E) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CIRCUIT KEY NOTES:1. EXISTING LOAD TO REMAIN. 2. PROVIDE NEW CIRCUIT BREAKER AT EXISTING SPACE, MATCH EXISTING MODEL, MAKE AND KAIC RATING OF 10K. *TOTAL DEMAND CALCS SUBTRACT ANY REDUNDANT LOAD AND THE SMALLER OF ANY NONCOINCIDENT HVAC LOADS. THIS CALC IS DONE AT EACH PANEL. TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND AMPS:40.8 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS:40.80 A TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND LOAD:14.7 kVA Spare 11.7 kVA 100.00% 11.7 kVA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD:14.70 kVA Receptacles 3 kVA 100.00% 3 kVA LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR ESTIMATED DEMAND TOTALS* LOAD SUMMARY Total Amps:51.22 37.89 34.33 Total Load:6.09 kVA 4.49 kVA 4.12 kVA 41 0 0 42 39 0 0 40-- 37 1PA2 100 3 -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- 3 100 1PA3 38 -- -- 35 SPACE -- 1 -- -- -- -- 0 -- -- -- 1 20 SFD 36 -- -- 33 SPACE -- 1 -- -- -- -- 0 -- -- -- 1 20 TIME CLOCK 34 -- -- 31 SPACE -- 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 --SPACE 32 -- -- 29 SPACE -- 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 --SPACE 30 -- -- 27 SPACE -- 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 --SPACE 28 -- -- 25 SPACE -- 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 --SPACE 26 -- -- 23 SPACE -- 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 --SPACE 24 -- -- 21 SPACE -- 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 --SPACE 22 -- -- 19 SPACE -- 1 -- -- -- -- 0.5 -- -- -- 1 20 ELEV PIT 20 -- 2 17 KIOSK 20 1 12 12 12 1 0.18 -- -- -- 1 20 PHARMACY 18 -- 2 15 KIOSK 20 1 12 12 12 1 0.5 -- -- -- 1 20 ELEC. RM 16 -- 2 13 KIOSK 20 1 12 12 12 1 1.4 -- -- -- 1 20 MRI AREA 14 -- -- 11 RECEPTION 20 1 -- -- -- 0.72 0.5 -- -- -- 1 20 SFD 12 -- -- 9 RECEPTION 20 1 -- -- -- 0.72 0.55 -- -- -- 1 20 REFRIG.10 -- -- 7 RECEPTION 20 1 -- -- -- 0.72 0.45 -- -- -- 1 20 REFRIG.8 -- -- 5 RECEPTION 20 1 -- -- -- 0.72 1 -- -- -- 1 20 DOOR 6 -- -- 3 RECEPTION 20 1 -- -- -- 0.72 1 -- -- -- 1 20 DOOR 4 -- -- 1 RECEPTION 20 1 -- -- -- 0.72 1.3 -- -- -- 1 20 BOLLARDS 2 -- K E Y CKT NO.LOAD DESCRIPTION OCPD AMPS P WIRE SIZE H N G A B C WIRE SIZE G N H OCPD P AMPS LOAD DESCRIPTION CKT NO. K E Y NOTES: ISC UNKNOWN 0.00 kA SCCR:Existing LOCATION:ELEC. RM 1401 WIRE:4 FED FROM:XFMR '1LA' - (E)GROUND BUS PHASE:3 ENCLOSURE:NEMA 1 SOLID NEUTRAL VOLTS:120/208 Wye MOUNTING:SURFACE SINGLE TUB MAIN:400 MCB PANEL '1PA1' - (E) CIRCUIT KEY NOTES:1. EXISTING LOAD TO REMAIN. 2. EXISTING CIRCUIT WITH NET LOAD ADDITION. *TOTAL DEMAND CALCS SUBTRACT ANY REDUNDANT LOAD AND THE SMALLER OF ANY NONCOINCIDENT HVAC LOADS. THIS CALC IS DONE AT EACH PANEL. TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND AMPS:71.6 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS:71.59 A Spare 24.69 kVA 100.00% 24.69 kVA TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND LOAD:25.79 kVA Receptacles 0.9 kVA 100.00% 0.9 kVA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD:25.79 kVA Power 0.2 kVA 100.00% 0.2 kVA LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR ESTIMATED DEMAND TOTALS* LOAD SUMMARY Total Amps:84.94 71.02 61.50 Total Load:10.04 kVA 8.37 kVA 7.38 kVA -- 41 SPARE 20 1 -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- 1 20 SPARE 42 -- -- 39 SPARE 20 1 -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- 1 20 SPARE 40 -- -- 37 SPARE 20 1 -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- 1 20 SPARE 38 -- -- 35 AAP-1 20 1 -- -- -- 0.5 0 -- -- -- 1 20 SPARE 36 -- -- 33 MAM-1, OM-1 20 1 -- -- -- 0.5 0 -- -- -- 1 20 SPARE 34 -- -- 31 1501,1502 OH LIGHT 20 1 -- -- -- 1 0 -- -- -- 1 20 SPARE 32 -- -- 29 1505,1504 OH LIGHT 20 1 -- -- -- 1 0 -- -- -- 1 20 SPARE 30 -- -- 27 1506 OH LIGHT 20 1 -- -- -- 0.5 0.5 -- -- -- 1 20 1514 OH LIGHT 28 -- -- 25 SFB - 1ST FLOOR 20 1 -- -- -- 1 1 -- -- -- 1 20 1512,1513 OH LIGHT 26 -- -- 23 1520 SOILED UTILITY 20 1 -- -- -- 0.36 0.18 -- -- -- 1 20 1517 TOILET 24 -- -- 21 1606 FIRE RISER 20 1 -- -- -- 0.18 0.8 -- -- -- 1 20 VAV BOXES 22 -- -- 19 WAIT./1603 CONV./PH-1 CORR 20 1 -- -- -- 1.08 0.8 -- -- -- 1 20 VAV BOXES 20 -- 2 17 SENSOR RR 1902,1904 + (E) RECEPT 20 1 12 12 12 1.1 0.8 -- -- -- 1 20 VAV BOXES 18 -- -- 15 CIRCULATION 20 1 -- -- -- 0.72 0.72 -- -- -- 1 20 1700/1701 BREAK ROOM 16 -- -- 13 1700 BREAKROOM; MICROWAVE 20 1 -- -- -- 1 0.72 -- -- -- 1 20 1700/1701 BREAK ROOM 14 -- -- 11 1700 BREAKROOM; COUNTER 20 1 -- -- -- 1 1 -- -- -- 1 20 1700 VEND. MACH 12 -- -- 9 1700 BREAKROOM; DISPOSAL 20 1 -- -- -- 1.65 1 -- -- -- 1 20 1700 VEND. MACH 10 -- -- 7 1700 BREAKROOM; REFRIG.20 1 -- -- -- 1 1 -- -- -- 1 20 1700 VEND. MACH 8 -- -- 5 1604 LAB 20 1 -- -- -- 0.72 0.72 -- -- -- 1 20 1603-04 LAB / BLOOD DRAW 6 -- -- 3 1604 LAB 20 1 -- -- -- 0.9 0.9 -- -- -- 1 20 1603-04 LAB / BLOOD DRAW 4 -- -- 1 1604 LAB 20 1 -- -- -- 0.72 0.72 -- -- -- 1 20 1604 LAB 2 -- K E Y CKT NO.LOAD DESCRIPTION OCPD AMPS P WIRE SIZE H N G A B C WIRE SIZE G N H OCPD P AMPS LOAD DESCRIPTION CKT NO. K E Y NOTES: ISC UNKNOWN 0.00 kA SCCR:Existing LOCATION:EQMEC RM 1708.1 WIRE:4 FED FROM:PNL '1PB1' - (E)GROUND BUS PHASE:3 ENCLOSURE:NEMA 1 SOLID NEUTRAL VOLTS:120/208 Wye MOUNTING:SURFACE SINGLE TUB MAIN:100 MLO PANEL '1PB2' - (E) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Existing load Existing load Existing load Existing load Existing load TO ACCOMMODATE NEW LOAD ADDED EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT HAS SUFFICIENT CAPACITY TOTAL LOAD OF EXISTING PANEL 18.83 / 52.25 NET LOAD ADDITION (+) 3.20 / 8.88 TOTAL NEW LOAD ADDED (+) 3.20 / 8.88 NET LOAD ADDED ON 1PA3 (+) 0.20 / 0.56 RECEPT - KIOSK (+) 3.00 / 8.33 NEW LOAD ADDED: EXISTING LOAD REMOVED (-) 0.00 / 0.00 EXISTING DEMAND LOAD X 125% 15.63 / 43.37 (BASED ON LOAD MONITORING) EXISTING DEMAND LOAD 12.50 / 34.70 KVA AMPS 400 AMPS 4 WIRE 3 Ø 10/8/2025 TO 10/15/2025 EXISTING RATINGS: 120/208 VOLT ON METERING OCCURING FROM ELECTRICAL BRANCH: NORMAL EXISTING DEMAND LOAD BASED BASED ON DEMAND LOAD LOAD SUMMARY FOR:'1PA1' - (E) ELECTRICAL LOAD CAPACITY VERIFICATION TO ACCOMMODATE NEW LOAD ADDED EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT HAS SUFFICIENT CAPACITY TOTAL LOAD OF EXISTING PANEL 4.56 / 12.66 NET LOAD ADDITION (+) 0.20 / 0.56 TOTAL NEW LOAD ADDED (+) 0.20 / 0.56 FAUCET & FLUSH SENSOR (+) 0.20 / 0.56 NEW LOAD ADDED: EXISTING LOAD REMOVED (-) 0.00 / 0.00 EXISTING DEMAND LOAD X 125% 4.36 / 12.11 (BASED ON LOAD MONITORING) EXISTING DEMAND LOAD 3.49 / 9.69 KVA AMPS 100 AMPS 4 WIRE 3 Ø 10/8/2025 TO 10/15/2025 EXISTING RATINGS: 120/208 VOLT ON METERING OCCURING FROM ELECTRICAL BRANCH: NORMAL EXISTING DEMAND LOAD BASED BASED ON DEMAND LOAD LOAD SUMMARY FOR:'1PB2' - (E) ELECTRICAL LOAD CAPACITY VERIFICATION TO ACCOMMODATE NEW LOAD ADDED EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT HAS SUFFICIENT CAPACITY TOTAL LOAD OF EXISTING PANEL 16.96 / 47.08 NET LOAD ADDITION (+) 0.40 / 1.11 TOTAL NEW LOAD ADDED (+) 0.40 / 1.11 NET LOAD ADDED ON 2PA3 (+) 0.20 / 0.56 FAUCET & FLUSH SENSOR (+) 0.20 / 0.56 NEW LOAD ADDED: EXISTING LOAD REMOVED (-) 0.00 / 0.00 EXISTING DEMAND LOAD X 125% 16.56 / 45.97 (BASED ON LOAD MONITORING) EXISTING DEMAND LOAD 13.25 / 36.78 KVA AMPS 400 AMPS 4 WIRE 3 Ø 10/8/2025 TO 10/15/2025 EXISTING RATINGS: 120/208 VOLT ON METERING OCCURING FROM ELECTRICAL BRANCH: NORMAL EXISTING DEMAND LOAD BASED BASED ON DEMAND LOAD LOAD SUMMARY FOR:'2PA1' - (E) ELECTRICAL LOAD CAPACITY VERIFICATION No. Revisions Date CIRCUIT KEY NOTES:1. EXISTING LOAD TO REMAIN. 2. NEW LOAD ON EXISTING SPARE CIRCUIT BREAKER. *TOTAL DEMAND CALCS SUBTRACT ANY REDUNDANT LOAD AND THE SMALLER OF ANY NONCOINCIDENT HVAC LOADS. THIS CALC IS DONE AT EACH PANEL. TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND AMPS:1.7 TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS:1.39 A TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND LOAD:0.625 kVA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD:0.50 kVA Lighting 0.5 kVA 125.00% 0.625 kVA LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR ESTIMATED DEMAND TOTALS* LOAD SUMMARY Total Amps:0.00 0.00 4.17 Total Load:0.00 kVA 0.00 kVA 0.50 kVA 2 41 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - SOUTHWEST 20 1 12 12 12 0.5 -- -- -- -- 1 --SPACE 42 -- 39 0 0 -- -- -- 1 20 SPARE 40 ----37 EXISTING LOAD 20 2 -- -- --0 0 -- -- -- 1 20 SPARE 38 -- -- 35 ROOF BMS 20 1 -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- 1 20 SPARE 36 -- -- 33 SPARE 20 1 -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- 1 20 SPARE 34 -- -- 31 SPECIAL PROCEDURE 3335 20 1 -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- 1 20 MEDICATION REFRIG. RM 3321 32 -- -- 29 3220 TELCOM RM 20 1 -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- 1 20 3216 CHARTS 30 -- -- 27 3220 TELCOM RM 20 1 -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- 1 20 3216 CHARTS 28 -- -- 25 3220 TELCOM RM 20 1 -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- 1 20 3210, 3224, 3226, 3240 CORR.26 -- -- 23 3220 TELCOM RM 20 1 -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- 1 20 3208 WAITING 3236 CORR.24 -- -- 21 AAS CTRL PNL RM 3220,3238,3240, CORR.20 1 -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- 1 20 3207, 3208, 3209 EXAM 22 -- -- 19 3221 CLEAN UTILITY 20 1 -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- 1 20 3205 OFFICE 20 -- -- 17 3221 CLEAN UTILITY 20 1 -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- 1 20 3207, 3208, 3209 EXAM 18 -- -- 15 3221 CLEAN UTILITY - REFRIG.20 1 -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- 1 20 3205 OFFICE 16 -- -- 13 3221 CLEAN UTILITY - MED. FREEZER 20 1 -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- 1 20 3203 OFFICE, 3204 EXAM 14 -- -- 11 3221 CLEAN UTILITY - REFRIG.20 1 -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- 1 20 3203 OFFICE, 3202, 3204, EXAM 12 -- -- 9 3221 CLEAN UTILITY - ICE MAKER 20 1 -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- 1 20 3200, 3211, 3212 EXAM 10 -- -- 7 3222 SPEC. PROC.20 1 -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- 1 20 3200, 3211, 3212 EXAM 8 -- -- 5 3221 SPEC. PROC.20 1 -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- 1 20 3200, 3201, 3211, 3212 EXAM 6 -- -- 3 3220 SPEC. PROC.20 1 -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- 1 20 3210, 3213 NURSE STATION 4 -- -- 1 3219 SPEC. PROC. CLOCK 20 1 -- -- -- 0 0 -- -- -- 1 20 3210, 3213 NURSE STATION 2 -- K E Y CKT NO.LOAD DESCRIPTION OCPD AMPS P WIRE SIZE H N G A B C WIRE SIZE G N H OCPD P AMPS LOAD DESCRIPTION CKT NO. K E Y NOTES: ISC UNKNOWN 0.00 kA SCCR:Existing LOCATION:EQELC RM 3320 WIRE:4 FED FROM:'3PB1' - (E)GROUND BUS PHASE:3 ENCLOSURE:NEMA 1 SOLID NEUTRAL VOLTS:120/208 Wye MOUNTING:SURFACE SINGLE TUB MAIN:225 MLO PANEL '3PB2' - (E) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TO ACCOMMODATE NEW LOAD ADDED EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT HAS SUFFICIENT CAPACITY TOTAL LOAD OF EXISTING PANEL 2.33 / 6.47 NET LOAD ADDITION (+) 0.50 / 1.39 TOTAL NEW LOAD ADDED (+) 0.50 / 1.39 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE (+) 0.50 / 1.39 NEW LOAD ADDED: EXISTING LOAD REMOVED (-) 0.00 / 0.00 EXISTING DEMAND LOAD X 125% 1.83 / 5.08 (BASED ON LOAD MONITORING) EXISTING DEMAND LOAD 1.47 / 4.07 KVA AMPS 100 AMPS 4 WIRE 3 Ø 10/8/2025 TO 10/15/2025 EXISTING RATINGS: 120/208 VOLT ON METERING OCCURING FROM ELECTRICAL BRANCH: NORMAL EXISTING DEMAND LOAD BASED BASED ON DEMAND LOAD LOAD SUMMARY FOR:'3PB2' - (E) ELECTRICAL LOAD CAPACITY VERIFICATION pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 TE OLIRFFOAC LANRP E 23191 STA ER REGIST ED INA N REENIGE FO OISSE E AICLCERTL Exp. 06/30/26 MIRASOPHOCLISGEORGY IMEG RESERVES PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, INCLUDING COPYRIGHTS, TO THIS DRAWING AND THE DATA SHOWN THEREON. SAID DRAW ING AND/OR DATA ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF IMEG AND SHALL NOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL AND PARTICIPATION OF IMEG. ©2024 IMEG CONSULTANTS CORP. REF. SCALE IN INCHES 0 1 2 3 222 S. HARBOR BOULEVARD SUITE 800 ANAHEIM, CA 92805 P: 714.490.5555 F: 714.490.5560 The FUTURE. Built Smarter www.imegcorp.com PROJECT #24007312.00 0 5' GRAPHIC SCALES: Issue Date 1/16" = 1'-0" 50' 1/8" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"1/2" = 1'-0"3/4" = 1'-0"1" = 1'-0"1-1/2" = 1'-0"3" = 1'-0" 0 5'25' 0 1'12' 0 1'6' 0 4' 0 3'1'0 2' 0 1' Chckd By Drwn By Scale Building ID: KP Proj. No. Permit No. Sheet SheetsOf Sheet Title Project Facility This document is the property of the Owner and is Project Architect Approval: Architect/Engineer Of Record: IF THIS SHEET IS NOT 30"x42" , IT IS A REDUCED PRINT - SCALE ACCORDINGLY National Facilities Services Post Office Box 12916 Oakland California 94604 not to be used without owner's written permission. Floor Lev: Section: HGW Proj. No. © A R C H I T E C T S h a n n a g a b r i e l w e l l s , a l l r i g h t s r e s e r v ed . A n y u s e w i t h o u t p e r m i s s i o n i s e x p r e s s l y p r o h i b i t ed . P l o t t e d CAP029271 1955 Bacon Street. San Diego, CA 92107 Office 619 523 8487 www.hgwarchitecture.com PROJECT #24007312.00 Revisions By Appr. 11 / 2 5 / 2 0 2 5 6 : 0 0 : 3 3 P M 08/15/2025 Checker Author E600 TITLE 24 3401 South Harbor Boulevard, Santa Ana, CA 92704 10 0 % C D S E T 2441 HARBOR-MAC ARTHUR No. Revisions Date pl a n c h e c k r e s u b m i t t a l Plan Check Resubmittal 02/25/2026 02/25/2026 YES NO INSTRUCTIONS: ORAN GE COUNTY FI RE AUTHORI TY Plan Submittal Criteria COMMERCIAL projects, MULTIFAMILY RESIDENTIAL projects and RESIDENTIAL TRACT developments · Fill in the project/business address and provide a brief description of the scope of work and type of business operation that will take place. · Answer questions 1 through 10, read and initial items 11 and 12, then complete and sign the certification section. · If you answer: - “YES” to any part of questions 1 through 10, submit the type of plan indicated in italics to OCFA. · In some cases, other plan types not indicated herein may also be necessary depending on specific conditions or operations. · Visit www.ocfa.org for submittal information and locations. If you need assistance in filling out this form or have questions regarding requirements for review, please contact OCFA at 714-573-6108 or visit us at 1 Fire Authority Road, Irvine, CA 92602. Address Suite City Project Scope/Business Description 1. Construction of a new building, a new story, or increase the footprint of an existing building? Changes to roadways, curbs, or drive aisles? Addition, relocation, or modification of fire hydrants or fences/gates? Construction within 300 feet of an active or proposed oil well? Fire Master Plan (PR145) 2. Property is adjacent to a wildland area or non-irrigated native vegetation? Fire Master Plan (PR145); a Fuel Modification Plan may also be required. (PR120, PR124) 3. Located in or < 100’ from a Division of Oil, Gas, and Geothermal Resources (DOGGR) field boundary, < 300’ from an oil/gas seep, or < 1000’ from a landfill? Methane Work Plan. (PR170) 4. Installation/modification/repair of underground piping, backflow preventers, or fire department connections serving private fire hydrant/sprinkler/standpipe systems? Underground Plan. (PR470, PR475) 5. Drinking/dining/recreation/meetings/training/religious functions or other gatherings in a room > 750 sq.ft. (> 1,000 sq.ft. for training/adulteducation) or > 49 people? Healthcare/outpatient services for > 5 people who may be unable to immediately evacuate without assistance? Education for children (academic tutoring for ages 5+ is exempt unless classified as an E occupancy by the Building Official)? Adult/child daycare? 24-hour care/supervision? Incarceration or restraint? Hotel/apartment or residential facility with 3+ units and 3+ stories (3-story townhouses/rowhouses where an independent direct exit to grade is provided for dwelling are exempt)? Congregate housing/dormitories with 17+ people? High-rise structure (55+ feet to highest occupied floor level)? Architectural Plan (PR200-PR285) 6. Installation/modification of locks delaying or preventing occupants from leaving a space or requiring use of a card, button, or similar action to open a door in the direction of exit travel? Architectural, Sprinkler, and/or Alarm Plan depending on the occupancy and type of device installed (PR200-PR280, PR420-PR425, PR500-PR520) 7. Installation/modification/use of spray booths; dust collection; dry cleaning; industrial ovens/drying equipment; industrial/commercial refrigeration systems; compressed gasses; tanks for cryogenic or flammable/combustible liquids; vapor recovery; smoke control; battery back-up/charging systems (> 50 gal. electrolyte, > 1,000 lb. lithium ion); welding/brazing/soldering, open flame torches, cutting/grinding; or other similar operations? Special Equipment Plan (PR315, PR340-PR382) 8. Storage/use/research with flammable/combustible liquids or other chemicals? Motor vehicle/aircraft maintenance/repair? Cabinetry/woodworking/finishing facility? Chem Class & floor plan (full architectural plan if H occupancy); Special Equipment Plans may be necessary. (PR315-PR360, PR232-PR240) 9. Storage or merchandizing areas in excess of 500 sq. ft. where items are located higher than 12’ (6’ for high-hazard commodities, plastic, rubber, foam, etc.)? High-piled Storage Plan (PR330) 10. Cooking under a Type I commercial hood; installation or modification of a fire extinguishing system located in a commercial cooking hood? Hood & Duct Extinguishing System, not just the hood mechanical plan. (PR335) Initial each of the following two items indicating that you have read and understand the statement: 11. *Sprinklers/Alarms: Consult Building/Fire Codes and ordinances to determine sprinkler/alarm requirements; if a system is required, plans shall be submitted for OCFA review. Existing buildings undergoing remodel must be evaluated by a licensed Initials contractor to determine if modification is needed; if so, contractor shall submit plans prior to making modifications. 12. Fire Hazard Severity Zone: Consult maps available at building department or on OCFA website to determine if your site is located in a FHSZ. Buildings in a FHSZ may be subject to special construction requirements detailed in CBC Chapter 7A or CRC R327— Initials the building department will determine specific requirements. I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the above is true: Print Name Signature Phone Number ( ) Date / / Building Department: If you have verified that all of the questions have been answered accurately as “NO”, and the project does not otherwise require OCFA review of sprinkler or alarm plans*, then you may accept this signed form as a written release that OCFA review is not required. Should you still require that the applicant have plans approved by OCFA, please initial here or attach an OCFA referral form and have the applicant submit the form along with the appropriate plans and fees for OCFA review. 10-08-14 EE COM O R A N G E C O U N T Y F I R E A U T H O R I T Y Plan Referral Form Required for OCFA to review plans upon the request of the Building Department when the answers on the Plan Submittal Criteria Form (on the reverse) are all “No”. City / County Official Requesting Review: City / County Reference #: Date: __________________________________ City / County: _____________________________________ E-Mail: __________________________________ Contact Name: _____________________________________ Phone #: _________________________________ Title: _____________________________________ ** Have the applicant complete and sign the OCFA Plan Submittal Criteria Form on the reverse of this form. ** Reason(s) for Review: Please describe why OCFA Plan Review is or may be required by the City/County : OCFA COMMENTS: No further action required on this specific plan type, based on information provided on: ____/______/______. Project to be taken in for OCFA Review. Other: Name: _________________________________________ Contact #: ______________________________________ Date: _________________________________ OCFA Authorization Updated: 06/02/2020 rs